ML16049A505

River Bend, Unit 1 - Emergency Implementing Procedures

ML16049A505
Person / Time
Site:	River Bend
Issue date:	01/27/2016
From:	Entergy Operations
To:	Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Shared Package
ML16049A5031	List: ML16049A505 ML16049A507
References
RBG-4765 EIP-2-002, Rev 32
Download: ML16049A505 (423)

Text

{{#Wiki_filter:REFERENCE USE*P 13.01 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*CLASSIFICA TIONA ACTIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-002 REVISION NUMBER: *32 Effective Date:

• 1/27/16 NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*INDEXING INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE ...........................................................................................

2 2 REFERENCES..............................................................

........................

2 3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................... 3 4 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................ ................................................... 4 5 GENERAL ................................................................................... ........ 5 6 PROCEDURE........................................................................................ 6 7 DOCUMENTATION ....................... ....................................................... 6 ATTACHMENT 1 -NOTIFICATION OF UMJSUAL EVENT ..................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 2 -ALERT........................................................................... 10 ATTACHMENT 3 -SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY ..................................... 13 ATTACHMENT 4 -SIREN CONTROL FROM THE CONTROL ROOM ................... ....17 ATTACHMENT 5 -TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST ....................................... 19 EIP-2-002 EP202 REV -32 PAGEl1OF 20 1 PURPOSE This procedure describes the actions to be taken by the Emergency Director/Emergency Plant Manager when an emergency condition has been classified as a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE), Alert, Site Area or General Emergency, per ELP-2-00 1, Classification of Emergencies. 2 REFERENCES 2.1 ADM-0060, First Responder Emergencies 2.2 EIP-2-00l, Classification of Emergencies 2.3 EIP-2-006, Notifications 2.4 EIP-2-007, Protective Action Recommendation Guidelines 2.5 EIP-2-0 12, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.6 EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.7 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.8 EIP-2-026, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability, and Search and Rescue 2.9 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.10 EPP 100, Procedure Review, Revision, and Approval 2.11 FPP-0010, Fire Fighting Procedure 2.12 RBNP~-035, Hazardous Material Emergency Response Plan 2.13 NRC RIS 2007-02 Clarification of NRC Guidance for Emergency Notifications During Quickly Changing Events 2.14 EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization EIP-2-002 REV -32 PG F2 PAGE 2 OF 20 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Augmentation

-Actions taken to Support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.2 Radiological

Release -For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment. The release characterization should be further defined when communicating to offsite agencies to characterize whether or not the release is below or above Technical Specification limits. Indicate the appropriate release characterization on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms.3.2.1. Release BELOW federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.2.2. Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements' Manual)3.2.3. Effluent Technical Requirements Manual 1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO.Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE 125 Channel 4 (4GE 125)Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)O__R 3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments. 4 RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 Shift

Manager: EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 3 OF 20

4.1.1. Assume

the responsibilities and authority of the Emergency Director until properly relieved or until the emergency situation is terminated.

4.1.2. Decide

the Severe Accident Procedure mitigation strategy when applicable.

4.1.3. Continue

Shift Manager responsibilities after being relieved or on termination of the emergency.

4.2 Emergency

Director: 4.2.1 Provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS)response activities. The Emergency Director has the authority to inmmediately and unilaterally initiate all emergency actions.4.2.2 Assess and classify emergency conditions.

4.2.3 Provide

notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.

4.2.4 Coordinate

RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.

4.2.5 Ensures

that offsite radiological conditions are projected and monitored.

4.2.6 Authorize

issuance of KI and radiation exposure in excess of 10OCFR20 limits for ERO members outside of the protected area.4.2.7 Authorize press releases.4.3 Emergency Plant Manager: 4.3.1 Authorize doses in excess of 10OCFR20 limits.4.3.2 Direct onsite activities in support of the Control Room.4.3.3 Authorize departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(x).4.3.4 Determine need for onsite evacuation, personnel accountability, and implement search and rescue as required.EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 4 OF 20 73 5 GENERAL 5.1 The Emergency Director / Emergency Plant Manager inay delegate some actions on the Attachment checklists. The following may not be delegated:

5.1.1. Declaration

of an emergency 5.1.2. Notification -approval and direction to send the notification.

5.1.3. Protective

Action Recommendations (PAR)5:1.4. Authorize doses in excess of 10CFR20 limits.5.1.5. Authorize the issuance of KI 5.1.6. Termination of the emergency 5.2 Degrading plant conditions during a rapidly evolving event can cause an escalated emergency classification to be declared before the notifications for the previous (or initial declaration) are made. Use one of the following three approaches to insure notifications are made within 15 minutes of declaration of the initial or lower classification. [] If the plant condition degrades and a higher classification emergency is declared before the notifications are made for the lesser emergency declaration, update the notification to reflect the higher emeggency declaration and complete the updated notification within 15 minutes of the lesser emergency declaration. E'. If the notification cannot be updated and completed within 15 minutes of the lesser emergency declaration, make the notification for the lesser emergency within 15 minutes of its declaration. The notification should contain a caveat that a change in classification is forthcoming. In parallel, prepare the notification for the higher emergency classification and make additional notification within 15 minutes of its declaration time.EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 5 OF 20 El If the notification for the lesser emergency declaration is in progress when the escalation is declared, the notification for the lesser emergency should be completed within 15 minutes of its declaration. The notification could contain a caveat (or verbally when verifying receipt of the message) that a change in classification is forthcoming. In parallel, prepare the notification for the higher emergency classification and make additional notification within 15 minutes of the escalated declaration> 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended; steps not applicable should be marked N/A.NOTE If the Control Room is evacuated, the Shift Manager, designated Communicator, and Chemistry Technician shall report to the TSC with their binders to perform the actions of this procedure.

6.1 NOTIFICATION

OF UNUSUAL EVENT -The Emergency Director and Emergency Plant Manager should use Attachment 1 as a guideline.

6.2 ALERT

EMERGENCY -The Emergency Director and Emergency Plant Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline. 6.3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY OR GENERAL EMERGENCY -The Emergency Director and Emergency Plant Manager should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. 7 DOCUMENTATION

7.1 Attachments

1 -3 and 5 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP 100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-002 REV -32' PAGE 6 OF 20 EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 6 OF 20 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Date:_______Time:______ INITIAL ACTIONS ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1OF 3 Action Completed (time) (initial)Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement WARBLE tone "Attention in the plant. At time (declaration time) an UNUSUAL EVENT was declared due to (brief cause of emergency). (Repeat message)1.1 Repeat the announcement over the GSB page phone two times (time) (initial)WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, etc...) consider delaying activation of the Emergency Response Organization until the danger has passed.2 Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization for the NOUE in accordance with EIP-2-006. 3 Direct the Communicator to notify the following: 3.10Offsite authorities -Within 15 minutes of the declaration using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).3.2 NRC -Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and not later than one hour after declaring the emergency. 4 For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment

5.5 Evacuate

onsite affected area(s), if needed, in accordance with EIP-2-026.6 If the NOUE classification was due to a gaseous effluent release, then 6.1 Request a Chemistry Technician, as necessary, to sample to verify less than two times the ODCM.6.2 Request a Chemistry Technician to report to the control room, as necessary, to monitor and perform dose projections.(time) (initial)(time)(initial)(time) (initial)(initial)(time) (initial)(time)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 7 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 3 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1 Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency. 2 Invoke 10 CFR 50.54 (x) for departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications when action is immediately needed to protect the public health and safety and no action consistent with license conditions and Technical Specifications that can provide equivalent protection is immediately apparent. (Emergency Director or SRO)3 Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations. 4 Verify and update classification levels and onsite protective actions, as necessary.(initial)(time) (initial)(time)(initial)(initial)5 Determine status of and need for persons previously sent to staging___________ areas. (time) (initial)6 If additional manpower is needed, augment the staff.___________(time) (initial)7 Direct periodic status reports to the: 7.1 Offsite authorities -Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF)_____ should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short (initial)Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation. During extended emergencies, time between LNMVFs should not exceed 2 hours.7.2 NRC -Update as requested. ____(initial)8 If the initiating event of the emergency was a natural hazard (e.g.,___________ tornado, hurricane force winds, earthquake, or flood), dispatch personnel (time) (initial)to perform a visual inspection per DFS-00 10, DFS Equipment Handling and Storage Abnormal Conditions, when loaded cask are stored at the facility and the hazard is no longer present.EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 8 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 3 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Time:____Action Completed When NOUJE conditions are no longer met, terminate the emergency Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:

2.1 Offsite

authorities -Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF).2.2 NRC Announce emergency termination twice over the merged Gaitronics. Announce emergency termination twice over the GSB page phone.If activated, deactivate the OSC.(time) (initial)(time)(time)(time)S(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(iiil)(initial)(initial)Forward the originals of all documents generated by implementation of this procedure to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 9 OF 20 ALERT ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1OF 3 Action Completed INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, etc...) consider delaying activation of the ERO until the danger has passed. If off-hours consider activating alternate ERO facilities. If a HOSTILE ACTION is present, refer to AOP-0054 or AOP-0063 for making plant announcements and activation of the ERO.1 Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement WARBLE tone "Attention in the plant. At time (declaration time) an ALERT was declared due to (brief cause of emergency). Activate all Emergency Response Facilities. Escort all visitors to the Primary Access Point." (Repeat message)1.1 Repeat the announcement over the GSB page phone two times.2 Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization for the ALERT in accordance with EIP-2-006. 3 Direct the Communicator to notify the following:

3.1 Offsite

authorities -Within 15 minutes of the declaration using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).3.2 NRC -lImmediately after notifying state and local authorities and not later than one hour after declaring the emergency. 4 For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment

5.5 Evacuate

onsite affected area(s), if needed, in accordance with EIP-2-026.6 Direct a chemistry technician to verify the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) is running; activate ERDS if it is not. Must be performed within an hour of an Alert or higher emergency classification.(time) (initial)(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(time)(initial)(time) (initial)(initial)(time) (initial)(time)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 10 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 3 ALERT SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1 Dispatch RP personnel to sample and/or survey near the site boundary to verify whether or not a release of radioactive materials has occurred.2 If desired, direct Security Shift Supervisor to perform a precautionary notification of all non-essential personnel, visitors, contractor personnel, and members of the public in the Owner Controlled Area.3 Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(initial)NOTE Ultimate authority for invoking 10 CFR 50.54(x) resides with the Emergency Director. If timely response precludes Emergency Director authorization, the minimal authority is an onshift licensed SRO.4 Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations 5 Verify and update classification levels and onsite protective actions, as necessary. 6 Determine status of and need for persons previously sent to staging areas.(time) (initial)(initial)(time) (initial)7 Direct periodic status reports to the: 7.1 Offsite authorities -Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF)should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation. During extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.(initial)7.2 NRC -Update as requested. ____(initial)8 If the initiating event of the emergency was a natural hazard (e.g.,___________ tomnado, hurricane force winds, earthquake, or flood), dispatch personnel (time) (initial)to perform a visual inspection per DFS-0010, DFS Equipment Handling and Storage Abnormal Conditions, when loaded cask are stored at the facility and the hazard is no longer present.EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 11 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 3 ALERT TERMINATION ACTIONS Date:____Time:___ 1 Terminate the emergency when the ALERT conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished: (tit 1.1 The plant is in a stable condition.

1.2 Excessive

releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exist.1.3 No further potential for major damage to equipment exists.2 Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:

2.1 Offsite

authorities -Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMVIF).(t 2.2 NRC (ti 3 Announce emergency termination twice over the merged Gaitronics.(t 4 Announce emergency termination twice over the GSB page phone.(t 5 Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.(ti 6 Forward the originals of all documents generated by implementation of this procedure to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. Action Completed ne)me)me)me)me)me)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 12 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1OF 4 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY. INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: Action Completed WARINING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, etc...) consider delaying activation of the ERO until the danger has Passed. If off-hours consider activating alternate ERO facilities. If a HOSTILE ACTION is present, refer to AOP-0054 or AOP-0063 for making plant announcements and activation of the ERO.1 Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement WARBLE tone "Attention in the plant. At time (declaration time) a (Site Area Emergency or General Emergency) was declared due to (brief cause of emergency). Activate all Emergency Response Facilities." (Repeat message)1.1 Repeat the announcement over the GSB page phone two times 2 Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization for the SAE or GE in accordance with EIP-2-006, if not already activated at an Alert.3 Evaluate protective actions offsite and implement EIP-2-007, as necessary.(time) (initial)(time)(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(initial)4 Direct the Communicator to notify the following: 4.10Offsite authorities -Within 15 minutes of the declaration using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).4.2 NRC -Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and no later than one hour after declaring the emergency. 5 For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment

5.6 Evacuate

the Owner Controlled Area in accordance with EIP-2-026. 7 Dispatch personnel to sample and evaluate the release of radioactive materials in accordance with EIP-2-0 14, as necessary.(time)(time)(time)(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 13 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 4 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY INITIAL ACTION (cont.'d)8 Initiate dose calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, if a radiological release is occurring or imminent.9 At a General Emergency (if the Offsite Emergency Facilities are not manned) perform the following:

9.1 Contact

the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) Operations Officer and verify that he is prepared to broadcast the appropriate EAS message.9.2 Coordinate the siren sound time with the GOHSEP Operations Officer.9.3 Activate the sirens at the agreed upon time using Attachment 4.SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (time)(time)(initial)(initial)(time) (initial)(initial)(initial)1 Direct a chemistry technician to verify the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) is running; activate ERDS if it is not.Must be performed within an hour of an Alert or higher emergency classification. 2 Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.(time)(initial)(initial)NOTE Ultimate authority for invoking 10 CFR 50.54(x) resides with the Emergency Director. If timely response precludes Emergency Director authorization, the minimal authority is an onshift licensed SRO.3 Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations. 4 Verify and update classification levels 5 Direct periodic status reports to the: 5.1 Offsite authorities -Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF)should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation. During extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.5.2 NRC -Update as requested.(time)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 14 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 4 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)6 Determine status of and need for persons previously sent to assembly and/or staging areas.7 Verify and update offsite protective actions, as necessary. 8 Authorize the issuance of KI if recommended by RP and in accordance with EIP-2-0 12, Radiation Exposure Controls.9 Authorize emergency worker(s) exposure in excess of the limits established by 10CFR2O if recommended by RP and in accordance with EIP-2-0 12, Radiation Exposure Controls.(time) (initial)(time) (initial)(time) (initial)(time)(initial)TERMINATION ACTIONS Date:____Time: Action Completed Terminate the emergency when the SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished: 1.1 The reactor is shut down, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.

1.2 Excessive

releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant~radioactivity release exist.1.3 Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition. 1.4 The State of Louisiana, the local parishes, and the N-RC concur in terminating the emergency. 2 Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:

2.1 Offsite

authorities -Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF).2.2 NRC 3 Announce emergency termination twice over the Gaitronics.(time)(initial)(time)(initial)(time) (initial)(time) (initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 15 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 4 OF 4 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY TERMINATION ACTIONS (cont'd)4 Initiate recovery actions in accordance with EIP-2-028. ____(time) (initial)5 Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate. _________(time) (initial)6 Forward the originals of all documents generated by the implementation of this procedure to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 16 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1OF 2 SIREN CONTROL FROM TilE CONTROL ROOM NOTE River B end parish EOCs have the capability to sound the River Bend sirens in their respective parishes. Sounding of the sirens from the Control Roomn would only be performed for fast breaking events where the parish EOCs were not staffed or ifthe Emergency Operations Center(which can sound the sirens for the parishes ifnecessary) was unable to sound the sirens. If the Siren Control Unit in the Contfrol Room does not work, the siren sounding time may have to be changed. Notif the EOF Emergency Director when the EOF is operational or GOHSEP ifControl Room is performing Protective Action Recommendations. If the Siren Control Unit in the Control Room does no__t work, contact one of the following and direct them to sound the Siren System.1. Emergency Operations Facility (Backup)2. Alternate Emergency Operations Facility (Secondary Backup)3. Emergency Planning if available (normal working hours)CANCEL AN INADVERTENT SIREN SOUNDING Initial Conditions: White LED Test button on Control Room Siren Control Unit should be illuminated. No other lights should be illuminated on the Siren Control Unit. Press LED Test button -all switch and buttons should illuminate -this Verifies that lights are working.1. Insert key into the ACTIVATE key switch of the Control Room Siren Control Unit 2. Turn ARM switch momentarily to the right, switch should blink On/Off.3. Press CANCEL button. -The ARMV switch should illuminate solid. The CANCEL button should illuminate On/Off.4. Momentarily rutn ACTIVATE Key to the right. CANCEL button should illuminate solid.NOTE: Illuminated CANCEL button indicates CANCEL is still in progress. Once CANCEL is complete CANCEL button illumination will go out. After illumination of the CANCEL button goes out the system can be returned to the normal configuration. To return the system to the normal configuration, perform the following.

1. Remove key from ACTIVATE switch.2. Store key EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 17 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 2 SIREN CONTROL FROM THE CONTROL ROOM RBS CONTROL ROOM SIREN ACTIVATION SEQUENCE Initial Conditions:

White LED Test button on Control Room Siren Control Unit should be illuminated. No other lights should be illuminated on the Siren Control Unit. Press LED Test button -all switch and buttons should illuminate -this verifies that lights are working.1. Insert key into the ACTIVATE key switch of the Control Room Siren Control Unit 2. Turn ARM switch momentarily to the right, switch should blink On/Off.3. Press ALL CALL button. The ARM switch should illuminate solid. The ALL CALL button should illuminate On/Off..4. Momentarily tur ACTIVATE Key to the right. ALL CALL button should illuminate solid 5. Depress and hold the ALL-CALL pushbutton switch until the red ALL-CALL lamp comes on.6. Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on.NOTE: Illuminated ACTIVATE button indicates siren activation is still in progress. Once activation is complete ACTIVATE button illumination will go out. After illumination of the ACTIVATE button goes out the system can be returned to the normal configuration. To retur the system to the normal configuration, perform the following.

1. Remove key from ACTIVATE switch.2. Store key.EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 18 OF 20 EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 18 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1OF 2 TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST ACTIONS Date:______

Time:______Action Completed 1 HAZARD FROM OFFSITE RELEASE -If a report is received from _________an offsite organization (for example, Tembec or Big Cajun #2) or (time) (initial)governmental agency that a toxic gas is approaching River Bend: 1.1 Use a 10 mile EPZ map and the following table to determine whether the release is a threat to River Bend Station..Industrial Facilities Within 5 miles of River Bend Station (Facility Distance Wind Direction____________________ _______________________(from) Tembec (Crown Vantage) 3.4 miles 183 degrees Big Cajun #2 3.1 miles 235 degrees 1.2 If the release is determined to be a threat, then perform the following:

1.2.1 Direct

those personnel deemed necessary to remain onsite to report to the Control Room.1.2.2 Direct Security to institute protective measures for Security Officers.1.2.3 Implement EIP-2-026 for evacuations as deemed necessary.

1.2.4 Direct

Chemistry to monitor the Control Room.1.2.5 Ensure Operators are prepared to dons SCBAs if needed.1.2.6 Take other actions as deemed necessary to protect the health and safety of personnel. 1.2.7 Upon the determination that the hazard no longer exists, then refer to the recovery actions of Section 3 of this attachment. 1.3 If the release is not determined to be a threat, then monitor the situation.(time)(time)(time)(time)(time)(time)(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 19 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 2 TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST 2 HAZARD FROM ONSITE RELEASE -If a report is received that a toxic gas is being released onsite: 2.1 Determine if the release is a threat to site personnel. 2.1.1 If the release is determined to be a threat, then perform the following: 2.1.1.1 Determine the areas affected by the release 2.1.1.2 Notify Security of potential or actual emergency condition and request that access control for the affected areas be implemented. 2.1.1.3 Implement EIP-2-026 for evacuations as necessary. 2.1.1.4 Direct Chemistry to monitor the Control Room if necessary. 2.1.1.5 Ensure Operators are prepared to don SCBAs if needed.2.1.1.6 Contact Environmental Services and inform of the situation. 2.1.1.7 Take other actions as deemed necessary to protect the health and safety of personnel. 2.1.1.8 Upon determination that the hazard no longer exists, then refer to the recovery actions of Section 3 of this attachment.(time) (initial)(time) (initial)(initial)(time) (initial)(initial)(time) (initial)(time) (initial)(time) (initial)(initial)3 RECOVERY ACTIONS 3.1 If toxic chemicals actually entered the site boundary, then perform the following: 3.1.1 Post and restrict access to all below ground level areas.3.1.2 Sample and determine that each restricted area has a safe environment prior to releasing the area for general access.(time) (initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)3.1.3 Request an engineering evaluation of the effects of the toxic chemicals on the site (i.e. atmospheric vented tanks, electrical equipment, mechanical components, plant compressed air systems, etc.)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 20 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET I OF 4 ProcedurelDocument Number: EIP-2-002 Revision: 32 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Classification Actions Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. Revised definition

3.2 Radiological

Release -From: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event.To:" For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive matedial to the environment.

2. Revised release characterization contained in definition 3.2.From: No release.Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.To:" Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.I--YES [] NO Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?

50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert and Evaluation is part Notification System Design Report? NOT required.Enter justification below and If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure the complete Part basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is VI.documented below: Justification: fl Bounding document attached (optional) ENI-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 2OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-002 Revision: 32 EquipmentlFacilltylOther: River Bend Station Title: Classification Actions Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different chanige control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. Per new template E] One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity.Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.LI One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 1 0CFR50,54(ci) Part IV. Editorial Change EJYES [] NO 50.54(oq(3) Continue to next part Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is numbering, spelling," or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Enter Justficaion:justification and Justficaion:complete Part VL Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-I Section I1?I. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 staffing) [in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] ____4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] _____5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] LI 6. S~tate and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] LI EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-002 Revision: 32 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Classification Actions Part V. (Continued)

7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [41 LI 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the Q]declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.

(51 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to the LI public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and LI Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response organizations. [61 0]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] LI 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the plume LI exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during enmergencies is established. [7] Ii 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emer ency response. [8] L 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] LI 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. (10] LI 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to LI support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]___20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those for LI hostile action events.[1 0]21. The resources for controllingj radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] LI 22. Arran ements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] LI 23. lan forrecver andreetry re eveoped [1] [24. A, drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) is LI 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and III demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14] ___26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] [27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] ____28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] LI 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properiy trained. [16] El[APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.LI If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 IO1CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4OF 4 SProcedurelDocument Number: EIP-2-002 IRevision: 32 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Classification Actions BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Change Items 1 and 2. Revised release definition to remove 'due to the classified event' and also removed 'no release' as a release characterdzation. There are no changes to the current offsite notification procedure process with one exception associated with removing'no release' as an option with which to characterize releases from the site. With this change RBS will still provide to local organizations emergency messages which contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected populations, and whether protective measures are necessary. This change is in alignment with NRC RIS 2002-16 and has been agreed to by both State and local officials. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are still capable of alerting them of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications therefore no further evaluation is required for this change.Part VI. Signatures: Preparer Name (Print)._._._'}-reparer _.Date: Fred Hurst .,/ , ., ,p/=.z-/11-23-15 (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) J Reviewer Signature t'Date: N/A Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Tom Sowdon A / 1-321 Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) .Approvr Date: EN-EP-305 REV 3 REFERENCE USE ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*NO TIFI CA TIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-006 REVISION NUMBER: *43 Effective Date: " 1/27/16 NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*INDEXIN~G INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE ......................................................................................... 2 2 REFERENCES.................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITIONS .................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITY ............................................................................... 3 5 GENERAL......................................................................................... 4 6 PROCEDURE ..................................................................................... 5 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................. 5 ATTACHMENT 1 -CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR ..................................... 6 ATTACHMENT 2 -TSC/CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR ............................... 9 ATTACHMENT 3 --LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM ................................ 10 ATTACHMENT 4 -GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LONG NWF................... 11 ATTACHMENT 5 -NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST ......................................... 12 ATTACHMENT 6 -PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST......................................... 13 ATTACHMENT 7 -ACTIVATION OF THE ERO .......... ..................................... 14 ATTACHMENT 8 -SHORT NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) ................ 17 ATTACHMENT 9 -GUIDELINE FOR COMPLETING THE SHORT NWF................... 18 EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 1 OF 18 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for notifying offsite authorities and activating the River Bend Station Emergency Response Organization. 2 REFERENCES 2.1 NRC RIS 2007-02, Clarification of NRC Guidance For Emergency Notifications During Quickly Changing Events 2.2 Emergency Telephone Book 2.3 EN-EP-3 10, Emergency Response Organization Notification System 2.4 EN-EP-3 12, ERO Notification System Activation and Response 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Short

Notification Message Forn (SNMF) -Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary. 3.2 Long Notification Message Form (LNMIF) -Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMIF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 2 OF 18

3.3 Radiological

Release -For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment. The release characterization should be fuirther defined when communicating to offsite agencies to characterize whether or not the release is below or above Technical Specification limits. Indicate the appropriate release characterization on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms.3.3.1. Release BELOW federally approved operating limits S (Technical Requirements Manual)3.3.2. Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.3.3. Effluent Technical Requirements Manual 1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO.Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE 125)Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMvS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)OR 3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments. 4 RESPONSIBILITY

4.1 Emergency

Director (ED) -ensure that notifications to State and local authorities, as well as the NRC, are completed as required by this procedure. Reviews the SNMF and LNMF prior to transmittal to offsite authorities.

4.2 Communicator

-when directed relays information concerning station status to offsite agencies. Performs message verification after NMVF transmittal. EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 3 OF 18 4.3 TSC/Control Room Communicator -initially communicates with the NRC regarding plant events. Upon being relieved by the ENS Communicator, the TSC/Control Room Communicator establishes communications with the EOF and TSC keeping both facilities informed of plant conditions, evolutions, and other information as necessary. If directed by the Shift Manager, the TSC/Control Room Communicator (if qualified as Emergency Director) will assume Emergency Director duties during EOF relocation to its backup or alternate facility.5 GENERAL 5.1 Oflsite notification is expected to be initiated within 15 minutes of event classification and/or PAR development. 5.2 The minimum information to include in the notification (SNMF): 1. Class of emergency 2. Date and time of declaration

3. Brief description of the emergency 4. Wind direction and speed 5. Whether offsite protective measures are necessary 6. Whether a release is taking place 5.3 Degrading plant conditions during a rapidly evolving event can cause an escalated emergency classification to be declared before the notifications for the previous (or initial declaration) are made. Use one of the following three approaches to insure notifications are made within 15 minutes of declaration of the initial or lower classification.

• If the plant condition degrades and a higher classification emergency is declared before the notifications are made for the lesser emergency declaration, update the notification to reflect the higher emergency declaration and complete the updated notification within 15 minutes of the lesser emergency declaration.
• If the notification cannot be updated-and completed within 15 minutes of the lesser emergency declaration, make the notification for the lesser emergency within 15 minutes of its declaration.

The notification should contain a caveat that a change in classification is forthcoming. In parallel, prepare the notification for the higher emergency EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 4 OF 18 classification and make additional notification within 15 minutes of its declaration time.*If the notification for the lesser emergency declaration is in progress when the escalation is declared, the notification for the lesser emergency should be completed within 15 minutes of its declaration. The notification could contain a caveat (or verbally when verifying receipt of the message) that a change in classification is forthcoming. In parallel, prepare the notification for the higher emergency classification and make additional notification within 15 minutes of the escalated declaration. 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.

6.1 Operations

Shift Manager / Emergency Director 6.1.1. Complete the Short Notification Message Form using Attachment 9 guideline as necessary.

6.1.2. Direct

the Communicator to send after the INFORM message is approved.6.2 Control Room Communicator 6.2.1. The Control Room Communicator should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. 6.3 TSC/Control Room Communicator 6.3.1. The TSC/Control Room Communicator should use Attachment 2 as a guideline. 7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1, 2, 5, 6, and 7 of this procedure will be sent to permanent plant files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-006

• REV -43 PAGE 5 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1OF 3 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR INITIAL ACTIONS Date:______Time:______Action Completed Initials Ensure that the INFORM computer is ready for message preparation and _______transmission.

2 Receive notification message form from ED for offsite notifications. _______NOTE The recommended sequence is to activate the ERO first unless notifcation time is short. Notifications to State and local must be made within 15 minutes of the declaration. The State and Local Hot Line is the preferred method of communicating messages with the commercial phone and Civil Defense Radio as backups. Backup method(s) is understood as the intent if the Hot Line is not available. 3Make the following offsite notifications in any sequence determined by the ED: 3.1 Notify the State and local authorities within 15 minutes of the declaration ________using SNMF (Attachment 8)3.1.1 Generate a SNMF on INFORM using the message form provided by the ED.3.1.2 Transmit SNMF to State and local authorities using INFORM.3.2 Activate the Emergency Response Organization using Attachment

7.4 Verify

State and local authorities received the SNMvF using the verification list _______produced by INFORM or use the State and Local Hot Line and complete Attachment

5. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (Attachment

5) for each message sent.4.1 If an agency did not receive the INFORM notification message, complete the _______verification of receipt of the other agencies.4.2 If the INFORM notification message is not received, then: 4.2.1 If FAX is available, fax the message and verify receipt. _______OR 4.2.2 Read the message to the agency(s) line by line over the Hot Line or by commercial phone. Use the Civil Defense Radio if the Hot Line or phones are not available.

_______EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 6 OF 18 ATTACHIMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 3 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR Action Completed Initials 5 If a General Emergency has been declared and Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) is being issued from the Control Room: 5.1 Call the State EOC (GOHSEP) and Parish EOCs on State/Local Hotline and ______inform them that you will call them back in 5 minutes for a PAR confirmation.

5.2 After

5 minutes, contact the State EOC and the five Parish EOCs. Using the _______PAR Verification Checklist (Attachment 6), verify, the Directors or Assistant Directors are on line for each Parish EOC and the Operations Officer is on line for the State EOC.5.3 When verified on the Hot Line, request the Emergency Director (ED) to pick up the Hot Line for PAR verification and give the ED Attachment 6 to complete.6 As directed by the ED, notify the NRC of the emergency using ENS after_______ notifying the State and local authorities and no later than one hour after the declaration of the emergency. 6.1 The NRC Operations Center phone numbers are 1-301-816-5100 (main) and 1-301-951-0550 or 1-301-415-0550 (backups).

6.2 Document

the NRC notification using NRC Form 361 or similar form.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities and the NRC as directed by the ED.Verify' receipt of each NMIF using a new NMF Verification Checklist (Attachment 5).1.10Offsite authorities -Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMIF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation.

1.1.1 During

extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.1.1.2 Refer to Attachments 3 and 4 for details on LNMF completion. 1.2 NRC -Update as requested.

2. If directed by the ED, activate the EROpagers for a higher classification.

EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 7 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 3 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials 1. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the LNMF, unless relieved by the TSC.2. Upon termination, forward the originals of all completed Attachments to the Operations Shift Manager.)/EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 8 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1lOFi1 TSCICONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR INITIAL ACTIONS Date:______Time:______Action Completed Initials 1. Perform a turnover with the Control Room Communicator regarding _____the status of information provided to the NRC.2. Communicate with the NRC using the ENS line. Maintain communications_____ as requested by the NRC (LC #13626). The NRC Operations Center phone numbers are 1-301-816-5100 (main) and 1-301-951-0550 or 1-301-415-0550 (backups). Time NRC notified:_____

3. Document the NRC notification using NRC Form 361 or similar form or log. _____SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Provide the NRC with information updates as requested.

2. ,'When relieved of ENS responsibilities by the ENS Communicator, establish communications on the status headset with the TSC Operations Coordinator and EOF Technical Advisor.3. Ensure that the Operations Coordinator and the Technical Advisor are kept informed on plant conditions, evolutions, equipment status, medical emergencies, fire emergencies, hazardous material emergencies and any other information as necessary or as requested.

4. If directed by the Shift Manager and if qualified as Emergency Director, assume Emergency Director duties during BOF relocation to its backup or alternate facility.4.1 Refer to EIP-2-002, Classification Actions for guidance.4.2 Request that OSC provide Control Room Communicator (SNEO) and Dose Assessor (Chemistry Technician).

4.3 The Shift Manager then assumes the responsibility of providing the TSC updates on plant status as requested. TERMINATION ACTIONS Date:______Action Completed Initials 1. Upon termination, ensure that the originals of all Attachments are ______forwarded to the Operations Shift Manager.EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 9 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGEl1OF 1 LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM 1. THIS IS RIVER BEND STATION WITH MESSAGE NUMBER ____2. A. TIME ______DATE_____ B. COMMUNICATOR:__________C. TEL NO.3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION: A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY B. El ALERT 0.0[ GENERAL EMERGENCY 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION El DECLARATION TIME:______DA'I E. El TERMINATED El[ TERMINATION

5. RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. El No Protective Actions Recommended at this time (Go to item 6).B. El Evacuate C. El Monitor and Prepare ________________

D. El Shelter 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE/COM MENTS:_7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN? El NO El YES TIME: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: El NOT AVAILABLE AT THIS TIME (Go to item 9)A. Wind Direction FROM ________Degrees at____________ B. Sectors Affected (A-R).C. Stability Class (A-G)D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other 9. RELEASE INFORMATION: A. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits B. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits 10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. El Radioactive Gases B. El Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. El 11. RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES ________Ci/s B. IODINE 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE: A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant B. TEDE -WB DOSE COMMITMENT (moRemo) C. CDE -THYRC____ DATE: _______MPH oactive Liquids (Go to item 13)-S _____________Cl/s ata)1D DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)Site Boundary _ ______ 5 miles ______Site Boundary 2 miles 5 miles 10 miles 2 miles 10 miles 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: _ ____________TITLE: ___________

14. MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: ________TITLE:

____EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 10 OF 18 ETP-2-006 REV-43 PAGE 10 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGEl1OFi1 GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LONG NMF INFORM MANUAL METHOD* River Bend and Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages Line :1 sequentially until the emergency is terminated.

• • 2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission.

2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted. Line 2 2B Comm: Enter facility name. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name*2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hotline" unless alternate* method is being used, then enter alternate method. method is being used, then enter alternate method.Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated. Scheck "terminated".

• Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination."termination" and enter termination time/date.

Enter time/date of emergency declaration or termination. S Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and recommended, indicate the scenario number. May add-:indicate scenario number. May add information as information as necessary. necessary. SEnter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add:Line 6: information as necessary. Use this line to correct any information as necessary. Use this line to correct any: previous errors. previous errors.:Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should_____ be obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date. be obtained from Oerations. If yes, enter the time/date.

• Meteorological data for Lines SA-C is available on Meteorological data for Lines SA-C is available on ERISERIS and printers in the Control Room and and printers in the Control Room and Meteorological

Line S: Meteorological Tower. Tower.S A -Enter wind direction (from) and speed. SA -Enter wind direction (from) and speed.8B -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according to SB -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according to the the current wind direction, current wind direction.

S C -Enter stability class. SC -Enter stability class.SD -Check appropriate box. SD -Check appropriate box.: Determine release characterization. Determine release characterization.

, 9A/B -Check A or B as appropriate.

When checking 9A/B -Check A or B as appropriate. When checking A A or B complete lines 10, 11 and 12. or B complete lines 10, 11 and 12.SIinae 9,______________________...Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core ,Linej damage, check 1OA for airborne release. If there is damage, check i0A for airborne release. If there is clad 1 0. clad damage or fuel melt, check 1OA & lOB for damage or ifuel melt, check 10A & lOB for airborne ,,, airborne release. If the release is a liquid release, check release. If the release is a liquid release, check 10OC.... l0C.Line Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in i11 uCi/sec. These rates must be converted to Ci/sec uCi/sec. These rates must be converted to Ci/sec., 12A Enter number of hours used and method used in 12A Enter number of hours used and method used in Line dose calculation, dose calculation. 12 "*12B Obtain from URI/RASCAL results.. 12B Obtain from URI/RASCAL results.*Line. Enter Emergency Director's name and "ED" as title. Enter Emergency Director's name and "ED" as title. ED 1i3: : ED must review and approve NMvFs prior to must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.

• transmission.

Line Leave blank. For use by parishes. Leave blank. For use by parishes.14:-EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 11 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1lOFi1 NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least on...e of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.(EOC -Emergency Operations Center)MESSAGE #______MSG. REC'D FACILITY (YES /NO /NA)La. Dept. of Environmental Quality (LDEQ)(M-F -8AM to 4PM only)Governor's Office Homeland Security &Emergency Preparedness -GOHSEP (EOC or 911)West Feliciana Parish 911 West Feliciana Parish EOC East Feliciana Parish 911 East Feliciana Parish EOC _______Pointe Coupee Parish 911 Pointe Coupee Parish EOC East Baton Rouge Parish 911 East Baton Rouge Parish EOC West Baton Rouge Parish 911 West Baton Rouge Parish EOC Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (MEMA)Mississippi Highway Patrol (MIIP)________ At General Emergency Parish EO~s and State EOC Operations Officer informed of 5-mninute PAR verification phone call YES NO NA Message Verified ________________________ Communicator Signature / KCN Time / Date EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 12 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGEl1OFi1 PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended: ____Date:____ Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The ED will verify approved scenario and initial the form.(OHSEP -Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness) WEST FELICLANA PARISH: ED Initial On Line Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #____ ____EAST FELICIANA PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #____ ____POINTE COUPEE PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #____ ____WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #____ ____EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #____ ____STATE OF LOUISIANA State EOC (GOHSEP) Operations Officer _____Siren Sounding Time:__________ EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 13 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 0F 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO Primary Method of ERO Activation NOTE If the ERO has already been activated at an ALERT or higher classification, any subsequent classifications do not require ERO Notification System activation. The ERO Global Page is initially used to alert the ERO of the ensuing EverB ridge Notification. If EverBridge cannot be accessed using the steps 'below, it can be accessed from any internet ready PC at hftt://eron. enteriv. coin 1. Obtain the following Primary_ ERO Activation codes from Communicator binder and input into blanks: Global Page Security Code_____ EverBridge Access Code_____ EverBridge Pass Code____2. Activate the ERO Global Page using the plant pager system: 2.1 Dial 4605 or 5105.2.2 Enter 2000 as the pager number.2.3 When prompted enter the Global Page Security Code from step 1.2.4 When prompted key in the call back number *#*30#3. Activate the EverBridge ERO Notification system: 3.1 Obtain the classification level, ________, from the ED/STA.3.2 Open the EverBridge ERO Notification System by clicking: Start All Programs Nuclear Corporate Apps Nuclear Emergency Response ERON 3.3 Enter Access Code and Pass Code from step 1 and click Submit.3.4 Select the appropriate Emergency Classification.

3.5 Answer

"Yes" or "No" to Security EAL question, "Was the event declared on a Security EAL." NOTE If a hazard is presently onsite that may jeopardize responding ERO members, the Emergency Director should consider using the EverBridge Action which directs personnel to alternate reporting locations. For NO UE Classification, "No Action/Information Only" should be the selected Action unless directed otherwise by the Emergency Director.3.6 Select the appropriate response Action by clicking on it.3.7 Once satisfied with the message content, click "Send Notification" button.3.8 Answer "Yes" to verification question, "Are you CERTAIN you want to send this message?" 4. Log time ERO activated.______

5. Verify that pagers in the facility have sounded within approximately 3 minutes after ERO activation time in step 4.6. If message was no.tt successfully sent, proceed to page 2 of this attachment for the Alternate Method of ERO Activation.

7. Upon completion, notify ED/STA _____________

____Signature / KCN Date EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 14 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF T11E ERO Alternate Method of ERO Activation

1. Obtain the following Alternate ERO Activation codes from Communicator binder and enter into blanks: Global Page Security Code EverBridge Member TD EverBridge Password 2. If not perfonmed on page 1 of this attachment, activate the ERO Global Page using the plant pager system: 2.1 Dial 4605 or 5105.2.2 Enter 2000 as the pager number.2.3 When prompted enter the Global Page Security Code from step 1.2.4 When prompted key in the call back number *#*30#3. Activate the EverBridge ERO Notification System:, 3.1 Determine which message you wish to send from the flowchart.

You will recite this message in Step 3.7.No'An unusuailEvent has been declared at the plan~t:;. No ,additlonaL ctloris' are; I I: ,': :requir(ed at thiis time.7;K has beeni declared at: the plant.:;:Report to youri assigned emergency.

reaponse..facility:.

FFD~requ irements: NO ac ion (required) A(n ) ;( Emero encvy Cassltcatlonl)

• ,:has been dclar-ed:

at ;the plant.;.it0 you~r altern~ate assignfed:i <* re'quirem'ents a Pply. ::: : :4:: A: Security Event has, declared at the'.I accordanice to the PA If:j DO'NOT REPORT TOT-IHE:SITE;;... 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8'Dial 9-1-888-440-4911 or 9-1-303-825-2212. When prompted, enter the Member ID from Step 1 followed by the # sign.When prompted, enter the Password from Step 1 followed by the # sign.When prompted, press i to send the message to ALL PATHS and ALL GROUPS.When prompted, press 1 to record a message.When prompted, record your voice message from the flowchart. If necessary, press 1 to play the message, press 2 to re-record the message, or if satisfied with the message recording press 3 to send the message.When prompted, press 1 to launch broadcast. 3.9 4.5.Log time ERO activated. Upon completion, notify ED/STA.Signature / KCN Date 6. If unsuccessful in activating the EverBridge ERO notification system via the Primary or Alternate methods, proceed to page 3 of this attachment for the Backup Method of ERO Activation. EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 15 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 3 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO Backup Method of ERO Activation

1. Obtain the following Backup ERO Activation codes from Communicator binder and input into blank: Global Page Security Code ____2. Activate the pagers by dialing 4605 or 5105 on the plant phone system. If the plant phone system is inoperable, dial 381-4605, 635-5105, or 635-6864 on a direct line.3. Enter 2000 as the pager number.4. Enter the Global Page Security Code from step 1.5. When prompted key in the appropriate code as written from the following:

1) Enter *ff*02# (Notification of Unusual Event)2) Enter *#*03# (Alert)3) Enter *#*04# (Site Area Emergency)

4) Enter *#*05# (General Emergency)

5) Enter *#* 10# (Alert. Staff alternate facilities.)

6) Enter *#* 11#f (Site Area Emergency.

Staff alternate facilities.)

7) Enter *#* 1 2# (General Emergency.

Staff alternate facilities.)

8) Enter *#*43# (Protected Area Evacuation)

6. When page is accepted, hang up.7. Log time pagers activated.

________8. Verify that pagers in the facility have sounded within approximately 3 minutes after ERO activation time in step 7. If not, begin calling the ERO using the Emergency Telephone Book.9. Upon completion, notify ED/STA.Signature/KCN Date EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 16 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 8: ~PAGEl1OFi SHORT NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)Time/Date: Message: This is River Bend Station A General Emergency was declared at[I ]on [for Wind from Deg. At MPH PAR Reference Scenario No.: O Release BELOW federally approved operating limits o Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits Authorized by: Title: Time/Date: Message: This is River Bend Station A Site Area Emergency was declared at I on [fo r Wind from Deg. At MPH No Protective Actions Required.O Release BELOW federally approved operating limits O Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits Authorized by:I Title:[EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 17 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1lOF 1 GUIDELINE FOR COMPLETING THE SHORT NMF Notification of General Emergency Time/Date: Message: Li This is River Bend Station A General Emergency was declared at Z1 I o°n f Ior w Wind from Deg.W At _ MPH O Release BELOW federally approved operating limits o Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits Authorized by: ,E Title: Liz I I I .. .... .1 Message transmittal time and date (auto generated by the program when transmitted). If INFORM is INOP and the message is read or faxed to the recipients, write the time and date the first contact was established to read the message or the time the>2 Sequential message number sent for the emergency (auto generated by the program when transmitted). Include the message number when completing the hand written SNMIF.3 Time of emergency declaration (24 hour clock).4 Date of emergency declaration. Format mm/dd/yyyy 5*Include IC-EAL #, example AU1-2.6 The description of the event causing the classification. The description may be brief with detailed event information sent on a LNMF as soon as possible after the SNMF. The description does not have to be worded exactly like the IC and EAL but should be sufficient for the offsite agencies to understand the event that occurred. In most instances, the description in the IC contains adequate information. If the IC or EAL contains an "or" statement, include only the applicable part. (Example: H1A4 contains "fire or explosion" in the IC and EAL. If the initiating event is a fire, do not include explosion in the event description.) 7 Wind directiOn FROM. This information is obtained from the AMI-80 MET Data printer in the control room or other source.EPP-2-503 provides guidance if MET data is not_ available. iWind speed. This information: is obtained from the AMI:80 MET Data printer in the control room or other source. EPP-2-503 prvdsgidance if MET data is not_ available. 9 Assess DRMS or ERIS effluent monitors trend to determine if any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment has occurred. Procedure section 3.3 contains definitions for release. Select the appropriate release characterization. O (GE only) PAR Scenario number. Use E]P-2-007 and PAR flow chart to determine the correct PAR.11 Eerec Director name E12 ED* The wording of many ICs for the different classification levels differ by one or two words. The IC-EAL # is a tool to ensure the correct EAL condition is communicated. EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 18 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET t OF 5{Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-006 Revision: 43 EquipmentlFacility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Notifications Part I. Description of Activity Bei~ig Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. Revised definition

3.3 Radiological

Release -From: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event.To...: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment.

2. Revised release characterization contained in definition 3.3.From: No release.Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.To:" Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.3. Attachment 3 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action. Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line 5C to Line 5D.4. Attachment 3 -Revised Long Notification Message Form lines 9A, D and E to remove 'No Release' as release information characterization and to be consistent with change 2 above.5. Attachment 4- Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option and to be consistent with change 4 above. Reordered remaining steps.6. Attachment 8 -Revised Short Notification Message Form examples for the Site Area Emergency and General Emergency to remove the 'No Release' option to be consistent with change 2 above.7. Attachment 9 -Revised Guideline for Completing the Short NMF to remove the option of 'No Release' to be consistent with change 6 above.8. Attachment 9 -Revised Guideline for Completing the Short NMF line 7 and 8 to change procedure reference EIP-2-001 to EPP-2-503.

9. Attachment 9 -Revised Guideline for Completing the Short NMF line 9.From: Assess DRMS or ERIS effluent monitors trend to determine if any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event has occurred.To:" Assess DRMS or ERIS effluent monitors trend to determine if any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment has occurred.10. Responsibility

-Added the following responsibility for the TSC/Control Room Communicator. TSC/Control Room Communicator -initially communicates with the NRC regarding plant events. Upon being relieved by the ENS Communicator, the TSC/Control Room Communicator establishes communications with the EOF and TSC keeping both facilities informed of plant conditions, evolutions, and other information as necessary. If directed by the Shift Manager, the TSC/Control Room Communicator (if qualified as Emergency Director) will assume Emergency Director duties during EOF relocation to its backup or alternate facility.11. Attachment 2 -Added Subsequent Action 4 -If directed by the Shift Manager and if qualified as Emergency Director, assume Emergency Director duties during EOF relocation to its backup or alternate facility. Refer to EIP-2-002, Classification Actions for guidance. Request CR Communicator (SNEO) and Dose Assessor (Chemistry Technician). The Shift Manager then assumes the responsibility of providing the TSC updates on plant status as requested. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 2 OF 5 PrOcedure/Document Number: EIP-2-006 Revision: 43 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Notifications Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? [--IYES []NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert and 50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Notfiatin ystm esin epotEvaluation is part Notiicaton yste Desgn epor? iNOT required.Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure the buelitow nd basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is complete Part documented below: VI.Justification: El Bounding document attached (optional) Part lUi. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the~proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. Per new template El One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity.Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.El One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES I 0CFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change E]YES [] NO Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluato3n Cotneionxtpr numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Enter Justficaion:justification and VI.Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-I Section II?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] ElI 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing b~asis (24/7 staffing) El in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] El 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] LII 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] El 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] Lii EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATI'ACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3OF 5 Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-O06 Revision: 43 EquipmentlFacility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Notifications Part Vi(Continued)

7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] E 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmen~tal agencies are capable of alerting them of the []9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to the El 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-lo, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and El report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response organizations.

[6] Q]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] El 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the plume El exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] El 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 16. Adequate e uipment is maintained to support emer ency response. [8] E 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] El 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation duding emergencies. [10] El 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to El support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10] ___20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those for El hostile action events. 10]____21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] El 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] El 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] El 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) is El established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and El demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14] ___26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] El 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] El 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] El 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] El APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.El If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 5 Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-006 Revision: 43 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Notifications BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Changqe Items 1.,2 and 9. Revised release definition to remove 'due to the classified event' and also removed 'no release'as a release characterization. There are no changes to the current offsite notilication procedure process with one exception associated with removing'no release' as an option with which to characterize releases from the site. With this change RBS will still provide to local organizations emergency messages which contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected populations, and whether protective measures are necessary. This change is in alignment with NRC RIS 2002-16 and has been agreed to by both State and local officials. Procedures for notification of State and local govemnmental agencies are still capable of alerting them of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications therefore no further evaluation is required for this change.Chanae Item # 3. Attachment 3 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action. Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line 50 to Line 5D. This change was previously evaluated by RBS under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/2114 as part of revision 26 of EIP-2-007. That 10CFR50.54(q) determined the use of monitor and prepare was consisten~t with regulatory guidance and was not a reduction in effectiveness of Emergency Plan functions and could be incorporated without prior NRC approval. No further evaluation is required for this change.Chanqe Item # 4 Attachment 3 -Revised Long Notification Message Form Line 9A to remove 'No Release' as a release*information characterization to be consistent with change 2.Chanqe Item # 5. Attachment 4- Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option to be consistent with change 4. Reordered remaining steps.Changqe Item # 6. Attachment 8 -Revised Short Notification Message Form examples for the Site Area Emergency and General Emergency to remove the 'No Release' option to be consistent with change 2.Chanqe Item # 7. Attachment 9 -Revised Guideline for Completing the Short NMF to remove the option of 'No Release' to be consistent with change 6(2 or 6).Changes 4 and 6 remove 'No release' from typical forms on both the Long NMF and Short NMF. Changes 5 and 7 remove from the guidance on completion of Long NMF and Short NMF the use of 'No Release'. The ability to perform notifications to State/Local agencies in a timely manner is not impacted by this change as notifications of emergency classification and Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) are still being made by Short Notification Message Form. The evaluation of the removal of 'No Release' is being performed as part of change #2 above.Changes 4, 5, 6 and 7 do not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for these changes.Changqe Item # 8. Attachment 9 -Revised Guideline for Completing the Short NMF line 7 and 8 to change procedure reference from EIP-2-001 to EPP-2-503. Lines 7 and 8 of the Guidelines direct the user to refer to a procedure for alternate methods of acquiring meteorological information if it's not available. The procedure attachment information has been moved from EIP-2-001 to EPP-2-503. This change was previously evaluated by RBS under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/2/14 as part of revision 25 of EIP-2-001. That I0CFR50.54(q) determined the move of this information was not a reduction in effectiveness of Emergency Plan functions and could be incorporated without prior NRC approval.No further evaluation is required for this change.Chanqe #10. Added Responsibility 4.3 to identify those of the TSC/Control Room Communicator. These responsibilities include those listed in Attachment 2 and an additional responsibility was included to assume the role of Emergency Director upon EOF relocation to its backup or altemnate facility. This additional responsibility is contingent upon the TSC/Control Room Communicator being Emergency Director qualified. Changqe #11. Attachment 2- Added Subsequent Action 4 -If directed by the Shift Manager and if qualified as Emergency Director, assume Emergency Director duties during EOF relocation to its backup or altemnate facility. Refer to EIP-2-002, Classification Actions for guidance. Request CR Communicator (SNEO) and Dose Assessor (Chemistry Technician). The Shift Manager then assumes the responsibility of providing the TSC updates on plant status as requested. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 5 OF 5 Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-006 Revision: 43 SEquipmentlFacility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Notifications The responsibilities of the TSCIControl Room Communicator were not previously listed under the responsibility section of the procedure. This addition is considered as an enhancement to the procedure. The additional responsibility of the TSC/Control Communicator assuming the role of Emergency Director would only apply during the unlikely event of the EOF relocating to its backup or altemnate location and only if the individual was Emergency Director qualified. Upon the effective date of this procedure change, individuals assuming the role of TSC/Control Room Communicator will be Shift Managers and therefore will be ED qualified. Once the EOF has relocated and become operational, command and control including Emergency Director responsibilities will be returned to the EOF Emergency Director. No further evaluation is required for this change.Part VI. Signatures:___________ Preparer Name (Print) ' ~R re rer Sig ture Date: Fred Hurst 11-23-15 (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) RverigaueDate: N/A Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Tom Sowdon , f_. 11-23-2015 Nuclear EP Project Manager ._________ Approver Name (Print) Date: EP manager or designee Sc'e.)-EN-EP-305 REV 3 REFERENCE USE*P 13.01 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*OPERA TIONS SUPPORT CENTER PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-016 REVISION NUMBER: *30 Effective Date: *1/27/16 NOTE : SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*INEXNGINFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PU R PO SE .................................................................. 2 2 REFERENCES ...................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITIONS ...... .............................. ................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES................................................................................ 3 5 GENERAL........................................................................................ ...5 6 PROCEDURE........................................................................................ 6 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................... 6 ATTACHMENT 1 -OSC MANAGER ................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 2 -WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR ......................................... 8 ATTACHMENT 3 -MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL/I&C COORDINATORS ........... 1I0 ATTACHMENT 4 -RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR ............................................... 11 ATTACHMENT 5 -TSC/OSC/CR HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ..... ....................... 14 ATTACHMENT 6 -OSC LOG KEEPER............................................................. 15 ATTACHMENT 7 -OSC SUPPORT PERSONNEL ................................................ 16 ATTACHMENT 8 -TSC VENTILATION EMERGENCY MODE OPERATIONS ............. 18 ATTACHMENT 9 -OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION... ................ 20 ATTACHMENT 10 -OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN...................... 21 ATTACHMENT 11 -OSC PERSONNEL CHECKLIST............................................ 22 EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 1 OF 22 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides site specific instructions for activation, operation, and relocation of the Operations Support Center (OSC). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-6 11, Operations Support Center (0OSC) Operations is the primary procedure to reference for OSC activation and operations. 2 REFERENCES 2.1 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.2 EIP-2-0 15, Post Accident Sampling Operations* 2.3 EN-RP-104, Personnel Contamination Events 2.4 EN-RP-121, Radioactive Material Control 2.5 RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.6 EN-RP-108, Radiation Protection Posting 2.7 EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations 2.8 EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Habitable

-For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the OSC Manager may declare the OSC uninhabitable based upon other conditions.

3.2 Augmentation

-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.3 Search

and Rescue Team -Teams used to locate missing/unaccounted individuals and to provide assistance in removing individuals from the evacuated area. Search and Rescue Teams should be composed of at least two persons selected from Radiation Protection Technicians, Chemistry Technicians, Nuclear Control Operators/Nuclear Equipment Operators, or First Responders. If one of the team members is not an RP Technician, at least one of the team members must be trained in the use of radiation survey instruments. At least one team member must be trained in search and rescue techniques. Fire Brigade members are trained in search and rescue techniques. EIP-2-016 REV -30 PG F2 PAGE 2 OF 22 4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 OSC Manager -reports to the Emergency Plant Manager and has the overall responsibility for the activation and operation of the Operations Support Center. Direct and control the OSC, coordinate all OSC emergency response activities, and keep the Emergency Plant Manager informed about OSC activities. 4.2 Work Control Coordinator -reports to the OSC Manager. Ensure that the OSC is activated. Coordinate the formation, briefing, timely dispatch and debriefing of repair and corrective action teams, search and rescue teams and onsite monitoring teams and mobilize other required support personnel. Maintain communications with the Maintenance Coordinator in the TSC. Ensure OSC Team Dispatching Forms are completed for all work teams dispatched, assume the responsibilities of OSC Manager when the OSC Manager is not available, keep the OSC Manager informed of the status of OSC operations, and ensure OSC staff provides support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure. Use status boards or other acceptable methods.4.3 Mechanical and Electrical/I&C Coordinator(s) -reports to the Work Control Coordinator. Assign team members to the repair and corrective action teams. Conduct or participate in the pre-job briefing for the assigned tasks. Ensure repair and corrective action teams are tracked.Ensure communication with the teams is maintained. Participate in debriefing of returning emergency teams.4.4 RadlChem Coordinator -reports to the Work Control Coordinator. Assist in making the OSC operational, coordinate the activities of Radiation Protection and Chemistry personnel, ensure all work teams dispatched in the plant are briefed and debriefed. 4.5 OSC Operations Support -reports to the OSC Manager. This position is filled by an On-shift Operator. Support the OSC as needed, ensures the OSM is informed of OSC teams and activities. Identify potential operational support needs. Assist Coordinators is assigning operational tasks to qualified operators. OSC Operations Support may be assigned other duties and is not required to remain in the OSC.4.f6 OSC Log Keeper- reports to the OSC Manager. Maintain facility log on OSC status boards and/or displays. Ensure timeliness of facility briefs by prompting OSC Manager of the briefing schedule if necessary. Support the OSC Manager as requested. EIP-2-016 REV -30 PG F2 PAGE 3 OF 22 4.7 OSC Teams -reports to Work Control Coordinator. Performs qualified job functions and/or emergency plan functions as directed by the OSC Manager or Coordinators.

4.8 Mechanical

Maintenance Personnel -Implement repair and corrective actions as directed by the OSC Manager.4.9 Electrical Maintenance Personnel -Implement repair and corrective actions as directed by the OSC Manager.4.10 I & C Maintenance Personnel -Implement repair and corrective actions as directed by the OSC Manager.4.11 Operations Personnel -assist the OSC teams on plant/operational matters, fire brigade, or search and rescue as directed by the OSC Manager.4.12 Chemistry Technician Personnel -support accident assessment efforts by obtaining and analyzing plant radiochemistry and chemistry samples, perform dose assessment in the Control Room until the TSC is operational and serve as a member of the offsite Radiological Monitoring Team as directed by the Rad/iChem Coordinator. On-shift Chemistry Technician reporting to the Control Room to perform dose assessment reports to OSC after the EOF becomes operational. 4.13 Radiation Protection Technician Personnel -provide personnel monitoring and dosimetry for emergency response personnel; provide radiation protection coverage for repair and corrective actions, search and rescue, first aid, and fire fighting; assist in access control to radioactive contaminated areas; provide for personnel monitoring during an evacuation of site personnel; and assist with radiation protection tasks as directed by the Rad/Chem Coordinator including radiological briefing and debriefing of teams.4.14 Habitability Technician -complete the check of emergency equipment and perform initial and periodic habitability surveys of the Control Room, TSC and OSC; keep the Radiological Coordinator and Rad/Chem Coordinator informed of TSC, OSC and CR habitability; maintain the OSC contamination control point, and perform other actions as directed by the Rad/Chem Coordinator. 4.15 Fire Brigade -provide fire suppression and protection activities as required. Fire Brigade members may perform other functions as directed when fire brigade emergency response is not required.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PG F2 PAGE 4 OF 22 4.16 First Responder Team -provide emergency care or treatment to ill or injured personnel before medical assistance can be obtained during an emergency. First Responder Team members may perform other functions as directed when medical emergency response is not required.4.17 Search and Rescue -search for missing or troubled plant personnel and return them safely to the facility. Search and Rescue Team members may perform other functions as directed when search and rescue emergency response is not required.5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 9, Operations Support Center Organization Chart is a typical makeup for the OSC.5.2 Attachment 10, Operations Support Center Floor Plan is a typical setup for the OSC.The OSC may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency declaration. Once activated, the OSC shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When OSC minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to be operational in 90 minutes.5.4 Situations may arise where personnel responding to an emergency will not be able to access the emergency response facilities in the protected area (e.g. terrorist event). In these situations, TSC personnel should man the Emergency Operations Facility located in the Training Center.Operations Support Center personnel should also be staged in the EOF and carry out the applicable steps of this procedure. EOF personnel will report to the Alternate EOF in Baton Rouge. Joint Information Center personnel will be directed to the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) in Baton Rouge.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 5 OF 22 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended. 6.1 OSC Manager 6.1.1. The OSC Manager should use Attachment I as a guideline. NOTE The Work Control Coordinator, Mechanical Coordinator, Electrical/I&C Coordinator, and Rad/Chem Coordinator assigned to respond at the ALERT level however all three are not required for minimum staffing.6.2 Work Control Coordinator 6.2.1. The Work Control Coordinator should use Attachment 2 as a guideline..

6.3 Mechanical

and Electrical/I & C Coordinators 6.3.1. The Mechanical and Electrical/I & C Coordinators should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. 6.4 Rad/Chem Coordinator 6.4.1. The Rad/Chem Coordinator should use Attachment 4 as a guideline. 6.5 TSC/OSC/CR Habitability Technician 6.5.1. The TSC/OSC/CR Habitability Technician should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. 6.6 OSC Log Keeper 6.6.1. The OSC Log Keeper should use Attachment 6 as a guideline. 6.7 OSC Support Personnel 6.7.1 The OSC Support Personnel should use Attachment 7 as a guideline. 7 DOCUMENTATION Attachment 1-7, and 11 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 6 OF 22 EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 6 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1lOFt1 OSC MANAGER Actions Completed ACTIVATION Date: _ __Time: ____Initial

1. Refer to EN-EP-6l1.

2. If the OSC is determined to be uninhabitable, determine with the Emergency

__Plant Manager the appropriate OSC personnel to relocate to the Main Control Room.3. Direct an On-shift Operator to fill the position of OSC Operations Support. __SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Direct an individual to initiate a ventilation check using Attachment 8.2. If decision is made to relocate the OSC, implement the relocation section of this procedure. RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable ifthe OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Brief the OSC members of plan to relocate to the Main Control Room.2. Notify dispatched repair teams of OSC relocation decision.3. Direct OSC Coordinators to ensure work orders, dispatched work team status, applicable procedures, handheld radios, respirators, SCBA's, spare SCBA bottles, and equipment as required are relocated to the Main Control Room.4. Direct the following OSC personnel to report to the Main Control Room briefing room to resume OSC operations:

a. OSC Coordinator(s)

b. Electrician (1)c. Mechanic (1)d. I&C Technician (1)e. RP Technician (1)f. Rad/Chem Coordinator (1)5. Determine with the Emergency Plant Manager the disposition of remaining OSC personnel.

Send to EOF or to alternate location to be utilized as additional resources or send them home to remain on standby.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 7 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1OF 2 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR ~Actions Completed ACTIVATION Date: _ __Time: ____Initial

1. Refer to EN-EP-6 11.2. Periodically announce that no eating, drinking, or chewing is allowed __until habitability is determined.

3. Obtain habitability status from the Rad/Chem Coordinator.

Ensure that status __is posted on OSC status board and/or displays.4. Assume the OSC Manager's responsibilities during absence of the.__OSC Manager.5. Ensure OSC personnel have carded in on the accountability card reader or __accounted for on the status board and/or displays. If card reader is inoperable, prepare and maintain a list of names and badge numbers to manually maintain accountability.

6. Ensure that work teams dispatched by the Control Room are posted to the __OSC status board and/or displays and accounted for.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Augment the OSC staff as necessary by contacting the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator.

Call the Safety Representative to report to the OSC, if necessary.

2. Direct OSC support personnel to complete the OSC PERSONNh.EL CHECKLIST and report any activity not qualified to perfonrm.3. Obtain a status from the work teams dispatched by the Control Room and complete the applicable information on a Team Dispatching Form, documenting teams dispatched before OSC activation.

Track these work teams to completion of assignment.

4. Check qualifications of search and rescue team members as necessary.

At least 1 team member must be trained in search and rescue techniques and at least 1 team member must be trained in the use of radiation survey instruments. Fire Brigade members are trained in search and rescue techniques.

5. Provide the completed Team Dispatching form to the OSC Log Keeper for update of status boards and/or displays.6. Maintain a file of active and completed Work Orders.7. Implement the relocation section of this procedure when directed by the OSC Manager.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 8 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 2 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable if the OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Direct selected OSC personnel to relocate Team Dispatching Forms, work team status, applicable procedures, all handheld radios, respirators, SCBA's, spare SCBA bottles, instruments and equipment as required to the Control Room.2. Disposition remaining OSC personnel as directed by the OSC Manager.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 9 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGEl1OFi1 MECHANICAL AN]) ELECTRICAL/I&C COORDINATORS Actions Completed ACTIVATION Date: _ __Time: ____Initial

1. Refer to EN-EP-611.

2. Assume the OSC Manager's responsibilities during absence of the __OSC Manager.3. Determine the operational status of the following equipment:

__(circle one)* At least one River Bend Phone extension Yes/No* Inplant/Services Building Gaitronics System Yes/No* Portable radios (six) Yes/No* TSC intercom Yes/No 4. Ensure OSC personnel have carded in on the accountability card reader or __accounted for on the status board and/or displays. If card reader is inoperable, prepare and maintain a list of names and badge numbers to manually maintain accountability. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Direct OSC support personnel to complete the OSC PERSONNEL CHECKLIST and report any activity not qualified to perform.2. Obtain a status from the work teams dispatched by the Control Room and complete the applicable information on a Team Dispatching Form, documenting teams dispatched before OSC activation. Track these work teams to completion of assignment.

3. Check qualifications of search and rescue team members as necessary.

At least 1 team member must be trained in search and rescue techniques and at least 1 team member must be trained in the use of radiation survey instruments. Fire Brigade members are trained in search and rescue techniques.

4. Implement the relocation section of this procedure when directed by the OSC Manager.RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable if the OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Direct selected OSC personnel to relocate work orders, work team status, applicable procedures, all handhield radios, respirators, SCBA's, spare SCBA bottles, instruments and equipment as required to the Control Room.2. Disposition remaining OSC personnel as directed by the OSC Manager.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 10 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1OF 3 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR Actions Completed ACTIVATION Date: _ __Time: ____Initial

1. Refer to EN-EP-611.

2. Direct 3 RP Technicians to the EOF to perform Offsite Radiological

__Monitoring and Habitibility Technician responsibilities. (2 RP Techs required to report to EOF within 75 minutes for Offsite Monitoring Teams)3. Ensure the distribution of pocket/electronic dosimeters to TSC, OSC and __Control Room personnel and announce the frequency at which individuals should read their dosimeters. As necessary, direct the issuing of DLRs using page 3 of this Attachment. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE During a classified emergency, the RBS administrative controls are suspended, however, every effort shall be made to maintain personnel exposure within the limits established by IJOCFR20.The Rad/Chem Coordinator may delegate responsibilities to Senior Radiation Protection Technician(s). CAUTION During a Fuel Handling Accident where the spent fuel is greater than 30 days old, ssKr (10.7 year half-life) is the principle gaseous isotope available for release. It is important in this case to take (RO-2/2A) open window as well as closed window readings since the primary dose from this isotope is Shallow Dose Equivalent. The [3-/ yemission ratio is approximately 240.1. As required, direct the establishment of a clean path between TSC/OSC and the OSC emergency locker and a contamination control point outside door # SB 123-19.2. Deploy onsite radiation monitoring teams to survey radiation levels and sample for contamination. Keep the OSC Manager informed of plant monitoring team activities and radiological conditions.

3. Pr'bvide a Radiation Protection Technician or Chemistry Technician to act as Offsite Team Coordinator in the TSC when directed by the Radiological Coordinator.

4. Communicate rad/chemistry sample results to the TSC and/or CR.5. Periodically assess TSC and OSC habitability.

EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 11 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 3 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable if the OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Relocate equipment required for continued emergency response to the Main Control Room. (Respirators, SCBA's, spare SCBA bottles, PCs, logs, exposure records, instruments, etc. as required.)

2. Evaluate the need to move the contamination control points and relocate as necessary.

EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 12 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 3 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR DLR Tracking Log (Typical)Date: DLR# Name (LastFirstMI)Print SSN Returned DLR# Name (LastFirstMDPrint SSN Returned__ ______ I ___ :1 __EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 13 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1lOF 1 TSC/OSC/CR HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION Date: ____Time: _ ___Action Completed Initial 1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use.2. Perform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys in accordance with __RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys or applicable attachments of EIIP-2-0 14, Offsite Radiological Monitoring, to ensure that the TSC, OSC and CR are habitable. Report results to the Rad/Chem Coordinator.

3. Inform the Rad/Chem Coordinator when prepared to perform functional

__responsibilities. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Periodically perform surveys of the TSC, OSC and CR.2. Establish a contamination control point outside of door SB 123-19, as directed. If needed, establish a clean path between the TSC and OSC supply locker.3. If personnel entering the TSC/OSC are contaminated, notify the Rad/Chem Coordinator and arrange for decontamination.

4. Keep the Rad/Chem Coordinator informed of all activities:

RELOCATION NOTE.This section is applicable if the OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable. If the TSC/OSC is relocating:

1. Relocate to the control room or other location as directed by the OiSC Manager. Upon arrival resume habitability assessment and provide team coverage if necessary.

Utilize supplies located in the Emergency Planning locker if relocated to the control room.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 14 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGEl1OF 1 OSC LOG KEEPER Actions Completed ACTIVATION Date: _____Time: _____Initial

1. Refer to EN-EP-6 11.2. Update status boards and/or displays with current information.

3. Request information on work teams dispatched prior to OSC activation and __update status boards and/or displays.4. Ensure that OSC personnel are signed in on OSC Staffing sheet. __SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Ensure timeliness of facility briefs by prompting the OSC Manager of the briefing schedule if necessary.

RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable if the OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Relocate to the Main Control Room as directed.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 15 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1OF 2 OSC SUPPORT PERSONNEL ACTIVATION

1. Sign in on the OSC staffing sheet.2. Perform duties as directed.SUBSEOIUENT ACTIONS 1. Radiation Protection Technicians

a. Perform an operability check on all survey instruments prior to use.b. A Senior Radiation Protection Technician assumes the Rad/Chem Coordinator responsibilities when the Rad/Chem Coordinator is no__t available.

c. Assist with radiation protection tasks as directed by the Rad/Chem Coordinator, including conducting briefs and debriefs.d. Provide support for fires, medical, as directed.e. If the EOF is relocated, perform the duties of the Offsite Team Coordinator in the TSC, as required.2. Chemistry Technicians

a. On-shift Chemistry Technician reporting to the Control Room to perform dose assessment reports to OSC after the EOF becomes operational.

b. Perform samples as directed by the Rad/Chem Coordinator.

c. If the EOF is relocated, perform the duties of the Offsite Team Coordinator in the TSC, as required.3. Maintenance Personnel a. Receive task and radiological briefing before going on assignment.

b. Ensure that a radio is provided for communications with the OSC Manager/Coordinator.

c. Ensure that you have proper tools, equipment and safety measures before going on assignment.

d. Perform in-plant activities as directed by the OSC Coordinator(s).

e. Ensure that debriefing is conducted on return to OSC.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 16 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 2 OSC SUPPORT PERSONNEL SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)f. Ensure that Status Boards and/or displays are updated to reflect your current status.g. Obtain tools and equipment from the OSC emergency locker or from the tool room as necessary to complete task.h. If qualified, perform function of Fire Brigade member and Search and Rescue Team member as directed.4. OSC Operations Support a. Refer to EN-EP-61 1.5. Operations Personnel a. Assist the OSC teams on plant/operational matters, Fire Brigade, or Search and Rescue as directed.6. Other personnel in the OSC perform duties as directed by the Work Control Coordinator.

RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable ifthe OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Relocate to the Main Control Room as directed.2. Relocate logs, tools, instruments, and equipment as directed.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 17 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1OF 2 TSC VENTILATION EMERGENCY MODE OPERATIONS NOTE During a LOCA, the TSC Ventilation.

System will automatically go into the emergency mode and proper system operation should be verified. For other emergency situations, the system will have to be manually placed in the emergency mode. Operation is identical during a LOCA or other emergency. SOP-0056 may also be used to shift TSC Ventilation System to the emergency mode.AT HVL-PNL261 VTSC PANEL, VERIFY HVL-HS420, HVL-FN1 OUTSIDE AIR FAN IS PLACED TO AUTO.2 AT VTSC PANEL, VERIFY HVL-MIC-414, EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR MOISTURE CONT. IS PLACED TO AUTO.3 AT VTSC PANEL, VERIFY HVL-HS-421, AH{U-1 START-STOP SWITCH IS PLACED TO START.4 AT VTSC PANEL, PLACE HVL-HS-223, STOP-NORMAL-EMIER. AHiU-2 TO EMERGENCY AND VERIFY THE FOLLOWING: 4.1 HVL-AOD-202, EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR opens.4.2 HVL-FN-7, EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR is running.4.3 HVL-FN-8, NORMAL EXHAUST AIR AIR FAN stops.4.4 HVL-AOD-208, NORMAL OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER closes.4.5 HVL-AOD 216, NORMAL EXHAUST AIR DAMPER POS.. closes.4.6 HVL-AOD 218, EMER. EXHAUST AIR DAMPER opens.4.7 HVL-FN-9, EMER. EXHAUST AIR FAN, starts.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 18 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 2 OF 2 TSC VENTILATION EMERGENCY MODE OPERATIONS NOTE During a LOCA, the following step is no required.5 AT VTSC PANEL, PLACE HVL-HS420, HVL-FN1 OUTSIDE AIR FAN IN THE RUN POSITION.6 AT VTSC PANEL, VERIFY HVL-PDI-407, BUILDING PRESSURIZATION IS READING A POSITIVE PRESSURE IN THE TSC.7 IF TSC PRESSURE IS NOT POSITIVE, THEN RAISE BUILDING PRESSURE BY PERFORMING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING:

• Adjust HVL-PDC-407, BLDG. PRESSURIZATION CONTROL.*Place HVL-HS-406, TOILETS EXHAUST FAN Switch in the STOP position.*Place HVL-HS-422, EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR FAN to the MAN position.8CHECK THE FOLLOWING:

8.1 HVL-FN1, OUTSIDE AIR FAN is running.8.2 HVL-AOD-41 1, EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR is open.8.3 HVL-AOD-408, LOCAL OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER is closed.NOTE HVL-A0D426, REMOTE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER is operational but is isolated with a blank plate installed on the intake side of the ductwork to prevent airflow past the damper.8.4 Verify HVL-HS-428, LOCAL-REMOTE EMER. OUTSIDE AIR selector switch is in LOCAL with the following damper indications: 8.4.1. HVL-AOD-427, LOCAL AIR FILTER INLET is open.8.4.2. HVL-AOD-426, REMOTE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER is closed.8.5 HVL-AHU1, TSC AIR HANDLING UNIT is running.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 19 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1lOF 1 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION Emergency Plant Manager OSC Log Keeper Work Control Coordinator Operations Support_ _ _Mechanical Rad / Chem Electrical/I&C Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator OSC Support RiP Technicians Chemistry Techs Operations Mechanical Maint.Electrical Maint.I&C Technicians I- ----i, Collateral Duties-2First Responders Search & Rescue Fire Brigade EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 20 OF 22 EIP-2-O1 6 REV-30 PAGE200F22 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1lOFi1 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN (TYPICAL)OSC Area I -v.,v CORRIDOR~WOMEN'S z ROOM IN u TSJC OPERATIONS AREA COMPUTER DISPLAY AREA R A M P Services Building 1 23'COMPUTER ROOM TI OSO Layout EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 21 OF 22 EIP-2-016 REV-30 PAGE 21 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1lOF 1 OSC PERSONNEL CHECKLIST OSC PERSONNEL CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)NAME: ___________ POSITION:_________

• Declared pregnant female Y__/_N (If Y, report to OSC Manager.)___Obtain DLR____ Logged on to RWP (if applicable)

____ Verify Respirator/Fit Quals current YES / NO___ Verify SCBA/Fit Quals current YES / NO___Obtain PD/Electronic Dosimetry____ Obtain Dose margin ____mr___OSC Check-in and keycard in___ RP meter Qualified YES / NO____ Qualified ( YES!/ NO -Circle Crafts)(Mech., Elec., I & C, Ops, RP, Chem., Env.)____ Heat Stress Evaluation complete, if required____ Flashlight Obtained (Field crews)____ Search and Rescue Training____ Confined Space Training: Entry/Technician Rescue__ Hazmat Training Other qualifications: EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 22 OF 22 ATI-ACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 1 OF 5 Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. This change revises site-specific RBS procedure EIP-2-016, Operations Support Center, Rev. 30 and issues fleet procedure EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations, Rev. 2. Responsibilities and Definitions common to both EN-EP-611I and EIP-2-01 6 were deleted from EIP-2-01 6 and retained in EN-EP-61 1. Changes were made throughout EIP-2-01 6 to reflect this change.2. Section 1. Purpose -Changed "This procedure provides instructions for activation, operation, and deactivation of the Operations Support Center (OSC)" TO "This procedure provides site specific instructions for activation, operation', and relocation of the Operations Support Center (OSC). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC)Operations is the primary procedure to reference for OSC activation and operations." 3. Section 2. References -* Added "EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations".

• Changed "RP-1 04" to "EN-RP1 04"* Changed "RSP-0213, Control and Handling of Radioactive Material" to "EN-RP-121, Radioactive Material Control"* Added "EN-RP-1 08, Radiation Protection Posting".4. Step 4.12 and Attachment

7. Step 2.a -Revised the following sentence: From: On-Shift Chemistry Technician reporting to the Control Room to perform dose assessment reports to TSC and fill position of TSC Dose Assessor after the EOF becomes operational.

To: On-Shift Chemistry Technician reporting to the Control Room to perform dose assessment reports to OSC after Sthe EQF becomes operational.

5. Step 5.4 -Replaced "Alternate JIC" with "Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)" as the JIC will be relocated outside of the 10 mile EPZ when this procedure becomes effective.

Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? D-YES ]NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert and 50.54(q)(3) Continue Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is NOT to next required. Enter part If YES, identify bounding source document numbed/approval reference and ensure the auntifcotionebelowr basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is Vl.documented below: Justification: 3] Bounding document attached (optional) Part II1. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. E] One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.LI One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3).Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SH-EET 2 0F 5 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Operations Support Center Part IV. Editorial Change LIYES []NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is next part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT requied.Justification: Enter*Change # 3 from Part I -Section 2, References -Editorial change to make the following justification and changes:complete Part* Added "EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations'.

• Changed "RP-1 04" to "EN-RP1 04"* Changed "RSP-0213, Control and Handling of Radioactive Material" to "EN-RP-121, Radioactive Material Control"* Added "EN-RP-1 08, Radiation Protection Posting".This proposed change is editorial in nature in accordance with EN-AD-i101.

It does not change the intent or purpose of the procedure. No further evaluation is necessary."No" is checked because the procedure revision contains other changes that are not editorial Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section II? ____1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis [(24/7 staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [[2]4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] LI 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] [6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] LI 7. A standard scheme of emergency cldssification and action levels is in use. [41 LI 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them LI of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt LI instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5] ____10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert LI and Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5] ____ii. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response LI organizations. [6] ____EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATT-IACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 5 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Operations Support Center 12. SYStems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [61 LI 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the LI plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]____14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] LI 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] LI 18. A~range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. 110] LI 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are LI available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, LI including those for hostile action events.[1 0] ____21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] LI 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [121 LI 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] LI 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program LI areas) is established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, LI maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] LI 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [151 LI 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] LI 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] LI APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION l] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOTI required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.U3 If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Change item #1 Entergy ERO responsibilities are outlined in EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-01 6 rev. 26 as part of implementation of the Fleet Standard ERO and were previously evaluated under a 10OCFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/6/10. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations, which includes those same ERO responsibilities. This procedure revision transitions to the new fleet procedure. EIP-2-01 6 is being maintained to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-61 1. Existing RBS facilities and equipment continue to be maintained with no change to the intent of the procedure actions. Timing requirements for augmentation and facility operability are also not changed.Process discussion: RBS currently uses the same process reflected in the fleet procedure of ERO position checklists and position binders. A review of the RBS Emergency Plan commitments was performed against the fleet OSC EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATT'ACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 5 procedure and EIP-2-01 6. Fleet procedure information was supported with site specific information as necessary to ensure site-specific Emergency Plan requirements and associated processes were retained. Therefore, changes to the location of the description of emergency response processes were made (changed to fleet procedure or retained in site-specific EIP), but no changes to the emergency response processes addressed by 10CFR50.47(b) planning standards themselves were made.Summary:* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* Some ERO responsibilities have been reiocated to align with EN-EP-61 1.* The description, activation and operation of the OSC as described in the RBS Emergency Plan has not been changed.* All site specific commitments continue to be met un~der the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.

• This change does not alter the OSC structure, organization or location.The revision of the site Operations Support Center (OSC) procedure (EIP-2-01

6) and incorporating the use of fleet Operations Support Center (OSC) Procedure (EN-EP-61

1) does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. The proposed revision does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation required for this change..Changqe Item #2 This proposed change consists of revising the purpose of the procedure to state that this procedure is a site specific document, changed deactivation to relocation and identified the fleet procedure for operating the Operations Support Center (OSC). This proposed change removes all instructions that are duplicated in the fleet procedure thereby leaving only site specific instructions.

The user will use both procedures in conjunction to perform the processes in the OSC.Changed "deactivation" to "relocation" because the steps for deactivation are now located in the fleet procedure while the steps for relocation remain in the site specific procedure. Adding the fleet procedure ensures the user understands that the fleet procedure is the primary document for 0S0 operation. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation required for this change.Changqe Item #t 4 This change is part of the process to remove the Emergency Director capabilities from the TSC and relocate this function to the Main Control Room. The on-shift Chemistry Technician reporting to the Control Room to perform dose assessment will no longer be part of the TSC staff. This was previously reviewed under a 10OCFR50.54(q) evaluation for EIP-2-006 Revision 43. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Changqe Item #5 -This change was previously reviewed under a 10OCFR50.54(q) evaluation for the Emergency Plan Revision 42. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is reguired for this change.EN-EP-305 REV 3 A'FFACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 5 OF 5 ProeparerNa umeePrnt) Preparer SntReviDate: Revewrt Name(Prnat)ueveerSgntueDae Duane White 1/13/2016 Nuclear EP Project Manager __________ Approver Name (Print) Approver Signature Date: EP manager or designee EN-EP-305 REV 3 REFERENCE USE n = -ll ENTERGY RIVER BEND) STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE* TECHNICAL S UPPOR T CENTER PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-018 REVISION NUMBER: *38 Effective Date: *1/27/16 NOTE : SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*INDEXING INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE............................................................................................ 2 2 REFERENCES ...................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................... 3 5 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 4 6 PROCEDURE ................................................................................ i....... 5 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 1 -EMERGENCY PLANT MANAGER........................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 2 -TSC MANAGER................................................................. 9 ATTACHMENT 3 -IT SPECIALIST ................................................................ 11 ATTACHMENT 4 -RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR......................................... 15 ATTACHMENT 5 -MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR.......................................... 17 ATTACHMENT 6 -REACTOR ENGINEER........................................................ 18 ATTACHMENT 7 -ENGINEERING COORDINATOR............................................ 19 ATTACHMENT 8 -MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL/I&C ENGINEERS .................. 20 ATTACHMENT 9 -OPERATIONS COORDINATOR............................................. 21 ATTACHMENT 10 -SECURITY COORDINATOR ............................................... 22 ATTACHMENT 11 -TSC COMMUNICATOR..................................................... 23 ATTACHMENT 12- -ENS COMMUNICATOR..................................................... 24 ATTACHMENT 13 -TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION CHART .........25 ATTACHMENT 14 -TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN........................ 26 ATTACHMENT 15 -TSC ADDITIONAL RELOCATION GUIDELINES ...................... 27 EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 1 OF 28 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides site specific instructions for the activation, operation and relocation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-6 10, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations is the primary procedure to reference for TSC activation and operations. 2 REFERENCES 2.1 COP-i1050, Post Accident Estimation of Fuel Core Damage 2.2 EIP-2-0 12, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.3 EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.4 EIP-2-026, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability, and Search and Rescue 2.5 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.6 RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.7 Commitment 15578 2.8 EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization 2.9 EN-EP-610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Augmentation

-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.2 Habitable

-For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the TSC Manager may declare the facility uninhabitable based on other conditions.

3.3 Radiological

Release -For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment. The release characterization should be further defined when communicating to offsite agencies to characterize whether or not the release is below or above Technical Specification limits. Indicate the appropriate release characterization on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms.3.3.1 Release BELOW federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 2 OF 28

3.3.2 Release

ABOVE federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.3.3 Effluent Technical Requirements Manual 1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO.Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)OR 3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments. 4 RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 Emergency

Plant Manager: 4.1.1 Authorize doses in excess of 10OCFR20 limits.4.1.2 Direct onsite activities in support of the Control Room.4.1.3 Authorize departures. from license conditions or Technical Specifications in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54 (x).4.1.4 Determine need for onsite evacuation, personnel accountability, and implement search and rescue as required.4.2 TSC Manager -ensures that TSC is activated, manages TSC staff/resources in mitigation efforts, assesses plant conditions and recommends potential mitigation actions, and that TSC staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure.. EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 3 OF 28 5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 13, Technical Support Center Organization Chart is a typical makeup for the TSC.5.2 Attachment 14, Technical Support Center Floor Plan is a typical setup for the TSC.5.3 The TSC may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency declaration. Once activated, the TSC shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When TSC minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to become operational in 90 minutes.5.4 Situations may arise where personnel responding to an emergency will not be able to access the emergency response facilities in the protected area (e.g.. terrorist event). In these situations, TSC personnel should man the Emergency Operations Facility located in the Training Center and carry out the applicable stePS of this procedure. Operations Support Center personnel should also be staged in the EOF. EOF personnel will report to the Alternate EOF in Baton Rouge to assume their duties as per EIP-2-022. Joint Information Center personnel will be directed to the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) in Baton Rouge.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 4 OF 28 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.

6.1 Emergency

Plant Manager 6.1.1 The Emergency Plant Manager should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. 6.2 TSC Manager 6.2.1 The TSC Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline. 6.3 IT Specialist 6.3.1 The IT Specialist should use Attachment 3 as a guideline.

6.4 Radiological

Coordinator 6.4.1 The Radiological Coordinator should use Attachment 4 as a guideline.

6.5 Maintenance

Coordinator 6.5.1 The Maintenance Coordinator should use Attachment 5 as a guideline.

6.6 Reactor

Engineer 6.6.1 The Reactor Engineer should use Attachment 6 as a guideline.

6.7 Engineering

Coordinator 6.7.1 The Engineering Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline.

6.8 Mechanical

and Electrical/I&C Engineers 6.8.1 The Mechanical and Electrical/I&C Engineers should use Attachment 8 as a guideline.

6.9 Operations

Coordinator 6.9.1 The Operations Coordinator should use Attachment 9 as a guideline. EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 5 OF 28 6.10 Security Coordinator 6.10.1 The Security Coordinator should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. 6.11 TSC Communicator 6.11.1 The TSC Communicator should use Attachment 12 as a guideline. 6.12 ENS Communicator 6.12.1 The ENS Communicator should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. 7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-12 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF)per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness., EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 6 OF 28 EIP-2-O1 8 REV-38 PAGE6OF28 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 0F 2 EMERGENCY PLANT MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: _____Action Completed Initial NOTE Situations may arise where personnel responding to an emergency will not be able to access the emergency response facilities in the protected area. Refer to Attachment 15 for guidance on establishing the TSC.1. Refer to EN-EP-610.___ 2.. Review status of emergency with the Shift Manager and any work teams___dispatched out of the Control Room. Brief OSC Manager on teams dispatched from the Control Room.3. Review habitability determination and if necessary provide direction___ on evacuation of the TSC, OSC, or CR.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Brief OSC Manager on teams dispatched from the Control Room.2. If the TSC is relocating, refer to Relocation Actions portion of this checklist. EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 7 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 EMERGENCY PLANT MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS NOTE Situations may arise where it is not desirable to relocate to the main control room due to hazardous conditions. Refer to Attachment 15 for guidance.1. If the TSC becomes uninhabitable, the following personnel and their functions will transfer to the Control Room. These personnel should relocate with their S facility procedure binders.Emergency Plant Manager-Reactor Engineer-Radiological Coordinator-Operations Coordinator-ENS Communicator-To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assume EPM functions. To report to the RE desk to provide support to operations. To report to dose assessment computer to assist the EPM.To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assist the EPM.To report to the Communicator's desk to resume NRC communications.

2. The following personnel will report to the Main Control Room Shift Manager's office to resume OSC functions.

They should relocate with radios, SCIBAs (with spare bottles), procedures, and forms.OSC Manager-Electrician (1)Mechanic (1)I&C Technician (1)Radiation Protection Technician (1)Rad!Chem Coordinator-To provide briefings and control teams.To perform habitability assessment and team coverage.To assist in team briefings and control offsite teams if necessary.

3. Determine with the Emergency Director the disposition of remaining OSC and TSC personnel.

a. Send to BOF to be utilized as additional resources.

b. Send home to remain on standby.4. Consult with Security Coordinator on disposition of security force.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 8 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1OF 2 TSC MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial NOTE Situations may arise where personnel responding to an emergency will not be able to access the emergency response facilities in the protected area. Refer to Attachment 1 5 for guidance on establishing the TSC.1. Refer to EN-EP-610.___

2. Ensure TSC PA system is turned on for the OSC to hear briefings.___

3. Make TSC habitability determination and inform EPM of finding.___

a. Obtain status of radiological habitability for the TSC/OSC from the Radiological Coordinator.

b. Deternine status of TSC facility power. If facility is running on backup power review the situation and likelihood of recovery of power.NOTE ERIS, DRMS, dose assessment and offsite communications equipment are powered through B YS-INV06.

Battery duration is estimated to be 4 hours.c. Review other considerations which could impede operation of the facility.4. If the TSC/OSC is uninhabitable, obtain concurrence from the EPM___and implement the Relocation Action portion of this checklist.

5. If the TSC/OSC is determined to be habitable, make announcement.

__SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Ensure the OSC Manager has had the TSC ventilation system placed in the emergency mode.2. Relieve the EPM as necessary. Remain in the immediate TSC area when functioning as the EPM and make appropriate announcements.

3. Obtain a list of personnel located in the Protected Area from Security.This information can be utilized for later shift compliments.

EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 9 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 2 TSC MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS NOTE Situations may arise where it is not desirable to relocate to the main control room due to hazardous conditions. Refer to Attachment 15 for guidance.1.the If the TSC becomes uninhabitable, the following personnel and their functions will transfer to Control Room. These personnel should relocate with their facility procedure binders.Emergency Plant Manager-Reactor Engineer-Radiological Coordinator-Operations Coordinator-ENS Communicator-To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assume EPM functions. To report to the RE desk to provide support to operations. To report to dose assessment computer to assist the EPM.To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assist the EPM.To report to the Communicator's desk to resume N-RC communications.

2. The following personnel will report to the Main Control Room Shift Manager's office to resume SOSC functions.

They should relocate with radios, SCBAs (with spare bottles), procedures, and forms.OSC Manager-Electrician (1)Mechanic (1)I&C Technician (1)Radiation Protection Technician (1)Rad!Chem Coordinator-To provide briefings and control teams.To assist in team briefimgs and control offsite teams if necessary. 3.Consult with the Emergency Plant Manager on disposition of remaining personnel.

a. Send to EOF as additional resources.

b. Send home to remain on standby.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 10 OF 28 IT SPECIALIST ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 4 Action Completed Initial ACTIVATION Date: 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Print daily plant status report and ensure distribution to TSC personnel.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Resolve any IT related malfunctions.

2. Using pages 2-4 of this attachment provide a list of TSC, OSC, and Main Control Room staff to the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator for development of a staffing rotation.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 11 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 4 IT SPECIALIST TSC STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts)Date:______

Time:_____ PomergoncPlnMage Emergency Plant Manager TSC Manager Radiological Coordinator Operations Coordinator Engineering Coordinator Maintenance Coordinator Reactor Engineer IT Specialist TSC Communicator Security Coordinator Mechanical Engineer Electrical / I&C Engineer ENS Communicator EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 12 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 4 IT SPECIALIST OSC STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts)Date:_______ Time:_____ Position OSC Manager Work Control Coordinator Mechanical Coordinator Electrical / I&C Coordinator Rad / Chem Coordinator Log Keeper Operations Support Onshift Operator RP Technicians (13) EOF Habitability Technician Offsite Monitoring Team /Offsite Monitoring Team Chemistry Technicians Offsite Monitoring Team Offsite Monitoring Team Mechanical Maintenance Electrical Maintenance I&C Technician Operations IEIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 13 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 4 OF 4 IT SPECIALIST MAIN CONTROL ROOM STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts)Date:______ Time:_____ Position Shift Manager Control Room Supervisor Shift Technical Advisor Nuclear Control Operators Nuclear Equipment Operators EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 14 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: ____Action Compl1eted Initial NOTE The TSC and OSC may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys based on release conditions. If DRMS or meteorological tower information is unavailable in the facility, have an individual dispatched to the Control Room to relay data. The onsite hotline, ifavailable, may be used to relay this information. DRMS data may also be obtained from an ERIS computer.1. Refer to EN-EP-610.___

2. Determine the capability for obtaining DRMS values.___

3. Determine the capability for obtaining meteorological data. ___4. Verify operability of the onsite hotline. Call the OSC at 103.___SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE--V Offsite teams are expected to report in 75 minutes and be ready for deployment as soon as possible but no later than 90 minutes fo' llowing notifi cation.1. Assess plant radiological conditions and effectiveness of accident mitigation strategies.

2. Verify operability of the offsite/onsite monitoring team radio by contacting the following locations:

SEOF on the OFF/RAD channel*OSC on the ON/RAD channel 3. If the EOF is relocated, request a Radiation Protection Technician or Chemistry Technician from the OSC to act as Offsite Team Coordinator in the TSC.EIP-2-018 ,REV -38 PAGE 15 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd)4. At an Alert if the EOF is not operational, coordinate with the OSC Manager to dispatch personnel for radiological and environmental monitoring in accordance with EIP-2-0 14, Offsite Radiological Monitoring. Even though it is NO__.T required at an Alert emergency classification, it is a good practice to assess radiological conditions near the site boundary to verify whether or not a release has occurred.5. Recommend the collection of samples using Chemistry Operating Procedures as necessary.

6. Develop and implement methods to process liquid and gaseous radioactive waste accumulated during the emergency.

7. If containment radiation monitors are not available to assess source term for dose assessment, containment venting or PARs, use RPP-0098 and/or plant conditions (i.e., water level, time core uncovered, etc.) to estimate containment dose rates.RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:

1. Assume normal Radiological Coordinator responsibilities in control room or other facility as directed to support mitigation activities.

EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 16 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGEl1OFi1 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: ____Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.___

2. Obtain the status of work teams dispatched by the Control Room___and/or the OSC.3. Ensure that status boards and/or displays are operational.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Ensure that OSC is placing TSC ventilation in the emergency mode.2. Track TSC personnel leaving the TSC envelope who are not members of an OSC team.RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 17 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1lOF 1 REACTOR ENGINEER ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Inforn the TSC Manager if in the Control Room and estimate your time of arrival in the TSC.SUIBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.

1. Report to the Control Room, as necessary, and return to the TSC.RELOCATION ACTIONS*If the TSC is relocating:

1. Transfer to Reactor Engineer workstation in control room or other location as directed by TSC Manager and resume functions.

EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 18 OF 28 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR ATTACHMENT 7 PAGEl1OFi1 Action Completed Initial ACTIVATION Date: 1. Refer to EN-EP-610. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions. RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 19 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGEl1OFi1 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL/I&C ENGINEERS ACTIVATION Date: ____Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Ensure that prints and drawings are available.

If not, use the administrative ___computer to obtain what is needed.3. If desired by Engineering Coordinator, set up the flip chart for tracking engineering activities.

4. Verify engineering computers are functional.___

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Verify that the TSC administrative computer is functional. RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 20 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGEl1OFi1 OPERATIONS COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: ___ Action Completed Initial 1. Verify ERIS monitor is operational.

If power is not available, perform __the following:

a. Obtain panel key from TSC key box.b. Proceed through door SB123-04 to~room #303 (Cable chase room).c. Check breaker panel 1VBN-PNL06.

d. If the main breaker and/or other breakers have tripped, switch to the "OFF" position, then switch to the "ON" position.2. If ERIS monitor is inoperable, obtain plant parameters from the Control Room. __SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Establish contact with the TSC/CR Communicator.

2. Identify operators in the field and teams dispatched by the Shift Manager to the Maintenance Coordinator.

NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.

3. Follow the EOPs/SAPs and keep the Emergency Plant Manager informed on status.4. Review emergency classification and recommend upgrading of the emergency in accordance with EIP-2-00 1, Classification of Emergencies.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate as directed and assist Emergency Plant Manager as necessary.

EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 21 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGEl1OFi1 SECURITY COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: ____Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Ensure that the lock plates of TSC doors SB123-03 and SB123-01 are___flipped and the doors are locked and signs posted. Activate card reader on door SB 123-12. Ensure that TSC/OSC personnel have carded in on the accountability card reader.3. If card reader is inoperable, prepare manual list of personnel and maintain ___accountability.

4. Obtain from Security Alarm Station compensation positions and locations.

___5. Verify that the Control Room card reader is activated. If inoperable, ___ensure that the Shift Manager maintains a manual list of personnel. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE: Prior to a formal OCA evacuation, the Emergency Plant Manager may direct Security to no'tify members of the public known to be in the OCA to evacuate River Bend property. Security may make this notifi cation using any communications method (i. e., telephone, direct contact, etc.).1. Begin preparations for possible Owner Controlled Area evacuation. Contact local law enforcement to determine any impediments to routes leaving the site (e.g. bridges out, toxic releases, etc.) Inform Emergency Plant Manager as needed.2. Obtain alpha listing report of personnel inside the PA for Administration and Logistics Coordinator in EOF.3. At a Site Area Emergency or higher, perform evacuation and accountability in accordance with EIP-2-026.

4. Notify the Security Shift Supervisor of vehicles needing entry into the Protected Area.5. Notify the OSC Manager and Radiological Coordinator of any offsite personnel responding into the Protected Area as these personnel need to be tracked (ie.Local law enforcement, fire fighting personnel, EMS).RELOCATION ACTIONS 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 22 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 11 PAGEl1OF 1 TSC COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Have Administration and Logistics Coordinator call out another TSC Communicator, if needed.3. Verify that all required TSC staff members are signed in on TSC Staffing sheet.Identify any TSC position not filled and report results to TSC Manager.1.BEOENsur tACTIteOpeaiNS CoriaoanTSMageprodclyvifth accuracy of status board information.

RELOCATION ACTIONS J 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 23 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 12 PAGEl1OFi1 ENS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Proceed to the Control Room and relieve the TSC/Control Room Communicator or Control Room Communicator of the NRC notification duties.3. Inform the TSC Manager that you are in the Control Room.4. When the TSC becomes operational, inform the NRC that you are relocating duties to the TSC. Report to the TSC.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Upon termination of the emergency,.

notify the NRC.RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Report to the Communicator's desk in the control room or other location as directed to resume ENS duties.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 24 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 13 PAGEl1OFi1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION CHART EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 25 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE 1lOFi1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN (TYPICAL)OSO Area ! CORRIDORWME' z RO lir TSC OPERATIONS AREA COMPUTER DISPLAY AREA R A M P Services Building 123'COMPUTER ROOM CABLE CHASE EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 26 OF 28 EIP-2-O1 S REV-38 PAGE26OF2S ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 2 TSC ADDITIONAL RELOCATION GUIDELINES NOTE Unforeseen factors may arise which make predetermined actions ineffective or impractical in certain circumstances.

In these instances, the Emergency Plant Manager may use his discretion in taking alternate courses of action based on available information. Situations may arise where personnel responding to an emergency will not be able to access the emergency response facilities in the protected area (e.g. security event). If the TSC and control room are not available or not recommended, then consider establishing operations in the EOF. A final alternative would be the Alternate BOF.Should the EOF be chosen, TSC personnel should man the Emergency Operations Facility located in the Training Center. Operations Support Center personnel will also be staged in the EOF. EOF personnel will report to the Alternate EOF to assume their duties and Joint Information Center personnel will be directed to the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) in Baton Rouge. , If possible, TSC personnel should. consider taking certain items with them to the EOF -procedures, drawings, laptop Computers, etc.Arriving TSC personnel should use the provided Emergency Planning aid while staffing the facility to-man the appropriate chairs. They should also receive a turnover from EOF personnel, if present, prior to the EOF relocating. Emergency Plant Manager should consider requesting some EOF personnel to stay in EOF to assist.Personnel should be directed to carry out the applicable steps of EIP-2-0 18 with the following exceptions:

1. Security Coordinator

-Coordinates law enforcement response with plant secunity in a security incident. Establishes controls for access to EOF.Provides initial accountability to the Emergency Plant Manager and maintains accountability thereafter. Coordinates with Security Shift Supervisor on teams dispatched to the site.2. Maintenance Coordinator -Coordinates activities with OSC personnel and Security Coordinator. The Maintenance Coordinator should place the EOF ventilation in the emergency mode. For ventilation activation:

a. Obtain master key from BOF key box.b. Place ventilation switch in Room TC 300-06 in emergency position.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 27 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 2 OF 2 TSC ADDITIONAL RELOCATION GUIDELINES

c. Go to Room TC 3 00-09 (Mechanical Equipment Room), and verify that valve "A" is closed and valve "B" is open.d. Leave ventilation switch in emergency position.e. Inform Radiological Coordinator of ventilation system mode.3. Operations Coordinator and Radiological Coordinator should check breakers in EOF UPS Breaker Panel on south wall of room behind door TC300-14 for ERIS and DRMVS should they not be operable.

If Alternate EOF is staffed, Operations Coordinator should conference the EOF Technical Advisor to the bridge.4. ENS Communicator should consider taking over HPN duties while BOF transitions to the ABOF.As soon as possible, communications should be established with the Emergency Director/Emergency Plant Manager (0OSM). These responsibilities should be transferred to the Alternate EOF upon that facility becoming operational. Any offsite agencies whose assistance is needed should be incorporated into the site response as per established plans.Should the decision be made that the Training Center is not safe or secure, the TSC and OSC staffs should report to the Alternate BOF with EOF personnel. From there, TSC personnel should re-establish communications with the control room, make a determination of plant needs, and develop plans to address those needs. Once a determination is made that the Training Center or TSC/OSC facilities are again safe, then TSC and OSC personnel should relocate to those facilities to continue operations in support of the control room.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 28 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 9.1 100FR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 1 OF 6 Procedure/Document Number: Revision: EIP-2-01 8 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. This change revises site-specific RBS procedure EIP-2-018, Technical Support Center, Rev. 38 and issues fleet procedure EN-EP-610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations, Rev. 2. Responsibilities and Definitions common to both EN-EP-610 and EIP-2-018 were deleted from EIP-2-018 and retained in EN-EP-610. Changes were made throughout EIP-2-018 to reflect this change.2. This change removes the Emergency Director function from the TSC when the EOF is not operational. The Emergency Director responsibilities are now performed in the Control Room and applicable actions are located in EIP-2-006, Notifications. Changes were made throughout EIP-2-018 to remove responsibilities associated with Classifications, Notifications and Dose Assessment, including the following:

• Section 3. Definitions

-Removed definitions for Long Notification Message Form (LNMF), Short Notification Message Form (SNMF), and Rapidly Progressing Severe Accident (RPSA)* Section 4. Responsibilities -Removed Section 4.2, Emergency Director responsibilities. e Attachment

14. Protective Action Recommendations (PARS) -Deleted this attachment.

• Attachment

10. TSC Dose Assessor -Deleted this position.* Attachments 1, 2. 3. and 4 -Removed procedure steps associated with the Emergency Director function from these attachments.

3. Revised definition

3.3 Radiological

Release: From: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event.To:" For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment.

4. Revised release characterization contained in definition 3.3: From: No release.Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.To_: Release below federally approved operating limits.Release .above federally approved operating limits.5. In Step 5.4 and in Attachment 15, replaced "Alternate JIC" with "Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)" as the JIC will be relocated outside of the 10 mile EPZ when this procedure becomes effective.

6. Section 2, References

-Editorial change to removed "EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies" and "EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations". Added "EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations".

7. Attachment 15, Step 2 -Added additional guidance from EIP-2-020, Emergency Operations Facility for placing the EOF ventilation in emergency mode.8. Section 1, Purpose -Changed "This pSrocedure provides instructions for the activation, operation and deactivation of the Technical Support Center (TSC)" TO "This procedure provides site specific instructions for the activation, operation and relocation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations is the primary procedure to reference for TSC activation and operations.'

EN-EP-305 REV 3

9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SH-EET 2 OF 6 ProcedurelDocument Number: Revision: ElIP-2-018 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? I--YES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Evaluation is NOT next part Alert and Notification System Design Report? required. Enter justification below If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and and complete Part ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the vI.proposed change is documented below: _____________ Justification: Z] Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activty.(Refer to EN-LI-i 00)NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. [] One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.LI One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI. -CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent?Justification: Chance # 6 from Part I -Section 2, References -Editorial change to removed "EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies" and "EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations". Added"EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations". This proposed change is editorial in nature in accordance with EN-AD-101. It does not change the intent or purpose of the procedure. No further evaluation is necessary. NO is checked because the procedure revision contains other changes from Part I that are Non-editorial. DYES 50.54(q,)(3) Evaluation is NOT required.Enter justification and complete Part, VI.[]NO Continue to next part EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 6 Procedure/Document Number: Revision: EIP-2-01 8 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-I Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] ____2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 LI staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1] ___3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] II]4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. 121 LI 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] [6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] LI 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] Ej 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of LI the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt [instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and LI Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response LI organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] LI 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the LI plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] LI 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to Support emergency response. [8] LI 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] LI 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] LI 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are LI available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including LI those for hostile action events.[1 0]21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] LI 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] LI 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] LI EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 6 ProcedurelDocument Number: Revision: EIP-2-01 8 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and otherprogram D]areas) is established. [14] __25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, El and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [141 LI 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] Li 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [161 -[29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] LI APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.0 If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Chancqe item #1 from Part I.Procedure EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization, outlines the Entergy ERO positions and responsibilities. Procedure EIP-2-01 8, TSC Support Center, was revised in revision 33 to implement the Fleet Standard ERO and was previously evaluated under a 1OCFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/6/2010. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations, which delineates the operation of the TSC based on the positions and responsibilities within EN-EP-801. This proposed procedure revision revises the site procedure to work in concert with the fleet procedure. Site Procedure EIP-2-01 8 will address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-610. Existing RBS facilities and equipment continue to be maintained and there are no changes to any intent in procedure actions. Timing requirements for augmentation and facility operability are also unchanged. Process discussion: RBS currently uses the same processes reflected in the fleet procedure position checklists and position binders. A review of the RBS Emergency Plan commitments was performed against the fleet TSC procedure and EIP-2-01 8. Fleet procedure information was supported with site specific information as necessary to ensure site-specific Emergency Plan requirements and associated processes were retained. Therefore, changes to the location of the description of emergency response processes were made (changed to fleet procedure or retained in site-specific EIP), but no changes to the emergency response processes addressed by 10CFR50.47(b) planning standards themselves were made.Summary:* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* Some ERO responsibilities have been relocated to align with EN-EP-610.

• The description, activation and operation of the TSC as described in the RBS Emergency Plan have not been changed.* All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.
• This change does not alter the TSC structure, organization or location.The proposed revision to the site Technical Support Center (TSC) Procedure EIP-2-018 and incorporating the use of fleet Technical Support Center (TSC) Procedure EN-EP-610 does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description,'facilities, equipment or a process. This proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 100FR50.54(q)

SCREENING SHEET 5 OF 6 Procedure/Document Number: Revision: EIP-2-01 8 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center BASIS FOR CONCLUSION (Continued) Changqe Item # 2 This change to remove the Emergency Director capabilities from the TSC and relocate this function to the Main Control Room was previously reviewed under a 10CFR50.54(q) evaluation for RBS Emergency Plan, Revision 42, which will be implemented on the same day as this revision. The evaluation determined that there was no reduction in effectiveness due to this change. Therefore, this proposed change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities, equipment or a process. This proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Changqe items # 3 and 4. Revised release definition to remove 'due to the classified event' and also removed 'no release' as a release characterization. There are no changes to the current offsite notification procedure process with one exception associated with removing'no release' as an option with which to characterize releases from the site. With this change RBS will still provide to local organizations emergency messages which contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected populations, and whether protective measures are necessary. This change is in alignment with NRC RIS 2002-16 and has been agreed to by both State and local officials. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are still capable of alerting them of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. This change was evaluated under a 1 0CFR50.54(q) evaluation for EIP-2-020 Revision 39. Therefore, this proposed change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities, equipment or a process. This proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan.No further evaluation is required for this change.Changqe Item # 5 -This change was previously reviewed under a 10OCFR50.54(q) evaluation for the Emergency Plan Revision 42, which will be implemented on the same day as this revision. The proposed change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities, equipment or a process. This proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation required for this change.Changqe Item # 7 -Attachment 15, Step 2- -Added additional guidance from EIP-2-020, Emergency Operations Facility for placing the EOF ventilation in emergency mode.Previous guidance directed the TSC Maintenance Coordinator to refer to EIP-2-020 for placing the EOF ventilation in the emergency mode. This enhancement places those applicable steps in Attachment 15 of this procedure.. This prevents the Maintenance Coordinator from using multiple procedures to complete this task.This proposed change is an enhancement and therefore does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities, equipment or a process. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Change Item #8 -This change to revise Section 1, Purpose is addressed under Change #1.EN-EP-305 REV 3 A'I-ACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 6 OF 6 Procedure/Document Number: Revision: EIP-2-O1 8 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station ,Title: Technical Support Center Part VI. Signatures: Preparer Name (Print) Preparer Signature Date: (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Duane White 1/19/2016 Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) Approver Signature Date: EP manager or designee EN-EP-305 REV 3 REFERENCE USE-SW ENTERGY RIVER BEND) STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*EMERGENCY OPERA TIONS FACILITY PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-020 REVISION NUMBER: *39 Effective Date:

• 1/27/16 NOTE : SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*IND4JEXING INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE .........................................................................................

2 2 REFERENCES.................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITION S.................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................. 4 5 GEINERAL......................................................................................... 5 6 PROCEDURE ............................................................... ...................... 5 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................. 7 ATTACHMENT 1 -EMERGENCY DIRECTOR................................................... 8 ATTACHMENT 2 -EOF MANAGER.............................................................. 12 ATTACHMENT 3 -ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR................... 17 ATTACHMENT 4 -RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR...................... 21 ATTACHMENT 5 -PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON........................................ 25 ATTACHMENT 6 -DOSE ASSESSOR............................................................ 26 ATTACHMENT 7 -OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ......................................... 28 ATTACHMENT 8 -BOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ...................................... 30 ATTACHMENT 9- -OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR .............................................. 32 ATTACHMENT 10 -TECHNICAL ADVISOR.................................................... 36 ATTACHMENT 11 -EOF COMMUNICATOR ................................................... 37 ATTACHMENT 12 -LOG KEEPER............................................................... 38 ATTACHMENT 13 -LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON ................................................. 39 ATTACHMENT 14 -OFFSITE LIAISON ......................................................... 40 ATTACHMENT 15 -SIREN SYSTEM OPERATION ........................................... 41 ATTACHMENT 16 -ORGANIZATIONAL CHART............................................. 43 ATTACHMENT 17 -EOF FLOOR PLAN ......................................................... 44 ATTACHMENT 18 -PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS ....................... 45 EJP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 1 OF 50 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides site specific instructions for activation, operation, and relocation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations is the primary procedure to reference for EOF activation and operations. 2 REFERENCES 2.1 RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.2 RP-104, Personnel Decontamination Event 2.3 EIP-2.-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.4 EIP-2-0 14, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.5 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.6 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.7 EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision and Approval 2.8 Institute of Nuclear Power Operations (INPO) Resource Manual 2.9 EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies 2.10 EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Augmentation

-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.2 Habitable

-For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the EOF Manager may declare the facility uninhabitable based on other conditions.

3.3 Rapidly

Progressing Severe Accident (RPSA)-A General Emergency with rapid loss of containment integrity (emergency action levels indicate containment loss) and loss of ability to cool the core.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 2 OF 50 EW-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 2 OF 50

3.4 Radiological

Release -For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment. The release characterization should be further defined when communicating to offsite agencies to characterize whether or not the release is below or above Technical Specification limits. Indicate the appropriate release characterization on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms.3.4.1. Release BELOW federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.4.2. Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.4.3. Effluent Technical Requirements Manual 1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO.Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005).' OR 3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments.

3.5 Short

Notification Message Form (SNMF) -Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary. EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 3 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 3 OF 50 3.6 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) -Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do no__t require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.4 RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 Emergency

Director: 4.1.1. Provide overall management of River Bend station (RB S)response activities. The Emergency Director has the authority to immediately and unilaterally initiate all emergency actions.4.1.2. Assess and classifyj emergency conditions. 4.1.3.' Provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.

4.1.4. Coordinate

RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.

4.1.5. Ensures

that offsite radiological conditions are projected and monitored.

4.1.6. Authorize

issuance of KI and radiation exposure in excess of 0 CFR 20 limits for ERO members outside of the protected area.4.1.7. Authorize press releases.4.1.8. Establish a Recovery Organization.

4.1.9. Terminate

the emergency. 4.2 EOF Manager -Ensure that the EOF is activated, ensure that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that EOF staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure. EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 4 OF 50 5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 16, Emergency Operations Facility Organization Chart, is a typical makeup for the EOF.5.2 Attachment 17, Emergency Operations Facility Floor Plan, is a typical setup for the EOF.5.3 The EOF may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency,, or General Emergency declaration. Once activated, the EOF shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When facility minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to become operational in 90 minutes.6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented in the attachments is recommended. Report any actions unable to complete, equipment issues, or problems to EOF Manager for resolution and/or determining facility operational status.6.1 Emergency Director 6.1.1. The Emergency Director should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. 6.2 EOF Manager.6.2.1. The EOF Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.

6.3 Administration

(Admin) & Logistics Coordinator 6.3.1. The Administration & Logistics Coordinator should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. EIP-2-O20 REV -39 PAGE 5 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 5 OF 50

6.4 Radiological

Assessment Coordinator 6.4.1. The Radiological Assessment Coordinator should-use Attachment 4 as a guideline.

6.5 Public

Information Liaison 6.5.1. The Public Information Liaison should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. 6.6 Dose Assessor 6.6.1. The Dose Assessor should use Attachment 6 as a guideline.

6.7 Offsite

Team Coordinator 6.7.1. The Offsite Team Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline. 6.8 EOF Habitability Technician 6.8.1.. The EOF Habitability Technician should use Attachment 8 as a guideline.

6.9 Offsite

Communicator 6.9.1. The Offsite Communicator should use Attachment 9 as a guideline. 6.10 Technical Advisor 6.10.1. The Technical Advisor should use Attachment 10 as a guideline. 6.11 EOF Communicator 6.11.1. The EOF Communicator should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. 6.12 Log Keeper 6.12.1. The Log Keeper should use Attachment 12 as a guideline. 6.13 Offsite Monitoring Teams 6.13.1. The Offsite Monitoring Teams should use EIP-2-014 as a guideline. REV -39 PAGF, 6 OF 50 Ti'TP~Xfl~fl T~EV -3Q PAGE 6 OF 50 6.1I4 Lead Offsite Liaison 6.14.1. The Lead Offsite Liaison should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. 6.15 Offsite Liaison 6.15.1. The Offsite Liaison general guidance is contained in Attachment 14.7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-15 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF)per EPP 100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-O2O REV = 39 PAGE 7 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 7 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 4 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ACTIVATION Date: ___Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. ___SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Emergency Director has the authority to immediately and unilaterally initiate all emergency actions.1: If decision is made to relocate the EOF, implement the Relocation Actions portion of this checklist. NOTE Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of the declaration of a General Emergency or data availability which require upgrading the PARs.PARs 2. Using Attachment 18, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data, meteorological conditions and plant conditions. Unnecessary evacuation of the public is NOT considered a conservative decision. Do NO__T.recommend a PAR change that would direct shelter or monitor and prepare of an area (PAS) that has already been recommended for evacuation. CAUTION Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) require containment venting at specified pressures and hydrogen concentrations, regardless of offsite consequences.

3. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting. As appropriate and time permitting, other Considerations for containment venting include:* Notifyt JIC, States and Parishes about any venting and any expected PAR changes.* How will altering the venting start time affect offsite doses due to containment radioactivity buildup\decay?

EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 8 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE8OF5O ATTACHMENT 1; PAGE 2 OF 4 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.* Will the release be a puff, series of puffs or continuous and what is the expected duration(s)?

• Would the population-at-risk be able to evacuate before plume reaches them?* Are the winds variable or expected to change and affect areas where protective actions are NOTQ in place?* Are there any special interest groups or facilities to consider?4. Review and discuss protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the appropriate personnel and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison Officer, if available.

If State representatives have not yet arrived, recommendations to the local authorities shall not be delayed.5. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes. Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs.6. Using Attachment 18, revise based on plant conditions, dose projections, field monitoring data and meteorological conditions when advised by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Technical Advisor.7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE. or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure the LDEQ Liaison is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 9 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 4 EMERGENCY .DIRECTOR TERMINATION

1. Coordinate with the Emergency Plant Manager on terminating the emergency in accordance with the following criteria: ALERT -Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished:

1. The plant is in a stable condition.

2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists SALE/GE -Terminate the emergency when the SALE/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:

1. The reactor is shutdown, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is , available.

2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been tenminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.

4. The State of Louisiana, the local Parishes and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.

2. Notify the NRC via NRC ENS line and offsite authorities using a notification message form of the emergency termination.

3. When a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 10 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 4 OF 4 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Direct the EOF Manager to perform relocation actions and proceed to the AEOF___prior to releasing the EOF staff. Turnover of responsibilities is to be in accordance with EN-EP-609.

2. Inform the parishes, the states of Louisiana and Mississippi, and the NRC that ___the EOF staff will be relocating to the AFOF and all communication will be directed from.3. If relocation is due to conditions other than radiological conditions, direct the ___EOF staff to relocate directly to the Alternate EOF.4. If relocation is due to radiological conditions, direct the EOF staff to relocate to ___*the AFOF through the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 11 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1OF 5 EOF MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Periodically announce that no eating, drinking, or chewing is allowed until ___habitability is determined.

3. Obtain status of EOF radiological habitability firom Radiological Assessment

__Coordinator and advise Emergency Director of status. Other considerations may include environmental conditions, loss of power or other conditions which may impede operation of the facility.4. Make announcement when the EOF is determined to be habitable. __5. If the EOF is not habitable, direct EOF staff to implement the Relocation Actions __on their checklists, as appropriate.

6. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the activation portion of their __checklists except for steps noted below and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities. (See section 5.3 -EOF Operational Goal is 45 or 90 minutes.)Emergency Classification Time: ____+ (45 or 90) _____EOF Operational Goal Time MINIMUM STAFFING: a. Emergency Director b. EOF Manager (Except for steps 5 & 6)c. Radiological Assessment Coordinator

d. Dose Assessor e. Technical Advisor f. Offsite Communicator

7. Inform the Emergency Director that the EOF is ready to be declared operational.

__SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. If the emergency is due to a hostile action against the plant, direct the Administrative & Logistics Coordinator to ensure that operations, security and radiation protection liaisons have been dispatched to the WF Parish Incident Command Post (ICP). Direct that an additional security liaison be dispatched to the EOF to establish communications with the ICP.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 12 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 5 EOF MANAGER SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)NOTE Noti~fications to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 1_5 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)change using the Short Notifcation Message Form (SNrMF).NOTE All Notifi cation Message Forms must be reviewed and approved by the Emergency Director.2. Conduct a PAR Call following each PAR issuance a. When all parish Directors or Assistant Directors, the Operations Officer at the State Emergency Operations Center (GOHSEP), and the LDEQ Liaison, if available, are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement.

b. Record scenario number each parish will implement on the PAR Verification Checklist provide by Offsite Communicator.

c. Obtain siren sounding time from the Operations Officer and record on PAR Verification Checklist.

d. If requested by a parish agency that RBS sound their sirens, then direct the EOF Communicator to do so using Attachment 15 at the agreed upon siren sounding time.3. Evaluate the need for retaining personnel relocating from the TSC.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 13 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 5 EOF MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS Date:____Actions Completed Initials 1. Obtain the Alternate EOF (AEOF) access package from the EOF key box.___2. Ensure EOF Staff is aware of route to Alternate EOF following direction___

from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.

3. Proceed to the Alternate EOF.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 14 OF 50 ATTACH4MENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 5 EOF MANAGER LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM 1. THIS IS RIVER BEND STATION WITH MESSAGE NUMBER____

2. A. TIME ____DATE______B.

COMMUNICATOR:___________C. TEL NO. _____3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION: A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERN INAE B. El ALERT 0.0[ GENERAL EMERGENCY 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION El DECLARATiON El TERMI AIN TIME:______DATE:_____ VllNATED 5. RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. El No Protective Actions Recommended at this time (Go to item 6).B. El Evacuate ____________________________________________ C. El Monitor and Prepare 0. El Shelter 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTIONIUPDATEICOMMENTS:___________________________________________________________

7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN?

El NO El YES TIME:__- __8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: El NOT AVAILABLE AT THIS TIME (Go to item 9)A. Wind Direction FROM ________Degrees at____________MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R).C. Stability Class (A-G)D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other_____

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. El A RELEASE is occunring BELOW federally approved operating limits B. El A RELEASE is occunring ABOVE federally approved operating limits 10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. El Radioactive Gases B. El Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. El Radioactive Liq 11. RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES ________Cl/s B. IODINES___

12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE: A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant Data B. TEDE -WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. CDE -THYROID DOSE DATE: _______luids (Go to item 13)Ci/s COMMITMENT (mRem)5 miles Site Boundary 5 miles Site Boundary 13.14.2 miles ____ ___ 10 miles_______

MESSAGE APPROVED BY:____________ MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: ____________ 2 miles ____ ___ 10 miles_______ TITLE: ____________ TITLE: ____________ EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 15 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 5 OF 5 EOF MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF MANUAL METHOD INFORMRiver Bend and Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line 1' until the emergency is terminated. S 2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission. 2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted. Line 2 2B Comm: Enter facility name. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hotline" unless alternate... method is being used, then enter alternate method. method is being used, then enter alternate method.Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, check Check appropriate classification or terminated.

"terminated".

• Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination."termination" and enter termination time/date.

Enter time/date of emergency declaration or termination. Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been recommended, Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 select appropriate protective actions and indicate scenario indicate the scenario number. May add information as... number. May add information as necessary, necessary. .. : Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 1 necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors, necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be*obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date. obtained from Operations. If yes, enter the time/date. ,; ,Meteorological data for Lines 8A-C is available on ERIS and Meteorological data for Lines 8A-C is available on ElRiS and in the Control Room and Meteorological Tower. printers in the Control Room and Meteorological Tower.iLine 8 SA -Enter wind direction (from) and speed. 8A -Enter wind direction (from) and speed.S B -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according to 8B -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according~to the S the current wind direction, current wind direction. S.: C -Enter stability class. 8C -Enter stability class.S:: D -Check appropriate box. 8D -Check appropriate box....Determine release characterization. Determine release characterization. S 9A/B Check A or B as appropriate. When checking A or B 9A/B Check A or B as appropriate. When checking A or*complete lines 10, 11 and 12. B complete lines 10, 11 and 12.Line 9_________,__________ Lin 1 Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core damage, Ln 1 *check 10OA for airborne release. If there is clad damage or fuel check 1 0A for airborne release. If there is clad damage or fuel S melt, check 10A & l0B for airborne release. If the release is a melt, check 10A & 10B for airborne release. If the release is* liquid release, check 10C. a liquid release, check 10C.Line 11 Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec. Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. These rates must be converted to Ci/sec.* 12A Enter number of hours used and method used in dose 12A Enter number of hours used and method used in dose'Line 112 calculation, calculation." *"12B Obtain from URI/RASCAL results. 12B Obtain from URI/RASCAL results.Line 13 Enter Emergency Director's name and "ED" as title. ED must Enter Emergency Director's name and "ED" as title. ED must_____ review and approve NMFs prior to transmission, review and approve NMFs prior to transmission. Line !4, Leave blank. For use by parishes. Leave blank. For use by parishes.EIP-2-02O REV -39 PAGE 16 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE16OF5O ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1OF 4 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Identify any EOF position not filled and report results to EOF Manager.3. Obtain plant daily report and distribute as necessary.

4. Ensure EOF Access List is available.

__SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Contact personnel to fill any vacant EOF positions.

2. Contact the TSC Manager in the TSC concerning any personnel injuries.3. Obtain requested personnel resources to assist with the emergency.

4. After the EOF becomes operational, establish EOF access security controls.a. Position and operate doors per the posted instructions at EOF west inner door.b. Lock EOF east entrance (TC 100-19) and post sign to use west entrance.c. Emergency Director or BOF Manager must approve EOF entry for anyone not on the access list. NRC and LDEQ personnel should present their credentials as authorization to enter the EOF. Notify EOF Manager when any outside agencies enter the EOF.5. Verify the NRC FTS 2001 phones have a dial tone. Report any problems to the NRC Operations Center using a commercial phone and the numbers listed on the NRC phone.6. Contact the hospital for current information on injured personnel, as applicable.

Keep the EOF Manager informed of status.7. Assist in obtaining drawings and procedures as needed. The simulator documents may be used.8. Develop long-term staffing rotation list: a. Establish a 24 hour ERO staffing schedule, excluding the JIC. Obtain MCR, TSC, and OSC staffing from TSC IT Specialist. Once schedule is complete, obtain approval from EOF Manager.b. If PARs have been issued, discuss recommended routes with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC).c. Contact the individuals on the rotation list and inform them of the time they are scheduled to report and the proper route to be taken.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 17 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 4 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)i 9. Coordinate assistance from the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) using the phone or Corporate Hot Line. Use the INPO Emergency Resources Manual as a reference.

10. Coordinate assistance for personnel, equipment, supplies, food, lodging, travel, and.communications, as necessary.

Maintain a list of requests and estimated response times. If PARs have been issued, obtain recommended routes and staging areas from the RAC and arrange for Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) access through the Lead Offsite Liaison to the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs).11. Coordinate with RAC, TSC Security and Maintenance Coordinator as necessary to get personnel, equipment and materials onsite and in Security Owner Controlled area or Protected area, as appropriate.

12. Coordinate monetary matters through the Corporate Emergency Center. Assistance may be requested from Corporate Business Services.13. Obtain list of materials, supplies, and contractors that may be required for recovery from EOF and TSC personnel.

14. If directed, place ventilation system in the Emergency Mode. For ventilation activation:

a. Obtain master key from EOF key box.b. Place ventilation switch in Room TC 300-06 in emergency position.c. Go to Room TC 3 00-09 (Mechanical Equipment Room), and verify that valve "A" is closed and valve "B" is open.d. Leave ventilation switch in emergency position.e. Inform Radiological Assessment Coordinator of ventilation system mode.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE. 18 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 4 ADMINISTRATION

& LOGISTICS COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Cornpleted Initials 1. Coordinate with EOF staff on documents necessary to support Alternate EOF __functions. Ensure documents are collected and transferred to the Alternate EOF.2. When directed, contact the East Baton Rouge Emergency Operations Center __(EOC) and request the notification of the Zachary Monitoring/Decontamination Station of personnel arriving and, if necessary, that a school bus be dispatched to the EOF to assist in the relocation.

3. Request an IT and Communication person to report to AEOF for assistance.

__EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 19 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 4 OF 4 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR-J EOF STAFFING LIST (Typical)Agenc/PostionPrinted Name or Signature Emergency Director E OF Manager _ _ _ _ _ _STechnical Advisor SOffsite Communicator SRadiological Assessment Coordinator Dose Assessor Ofisite Team Coordinator EOF Communicator Administration & Logistics Coordinator Log Keeper Public Information Liaison Lead Offsite Liaison RP Technician Habitability RP Technician (OMT)RP Technician (OMT)Chemistry Technician (OMT)Chemistry Technician (OMT)Offsite Liaison -West Feliciana Offsite Liaison -East Feliciana Offsite Liaison -Pointe Coup ee Offsite Liaison -East Baton Rouge Offsite Liaison -West Baton Rouge Offsite Liaison -State EOC-t-t-t-i-4-4-4 EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 20 OF 50 ELP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE 20 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Ensure the Dose Assessor is available and prepared to assume functional responsibilities.

NOTE The EOF may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys based on release conditions.

3. Provide habitability results to the EOF Manager and post EOF habitability status. Refer to EN-EP-609 for guidance.

__4. Inform the EOF Manager When the RAG and Dose Assessor checklists are ___completed and prepared to perform functional responsibilities. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. As required, ensure the distribution of direct reading dosimeters and DLRs to EOF personnel and announce the frequency at which individuals should read their dosiimeters.

2. As required, direct the establishment of an EOF contamination control point at the door outside the EOF Decontamination Facility (Door TC-300-17).

Provide direction on frisking requirements.

3. Using Attachment 18, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring, meteorological conditions and plant conditions.

Unnecessary evacuation of the public is NO...T considered a conservative decision.4. Discuss the PARs with the Emergency Director (ED) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison, if available, including the basis and reasoning used to arrive at the PARs.5. Provide the PAR scenario number for the Short Notification Message Form 6. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmittal. EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 21 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE 21 0F50 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)7. If containment radiation monitors are not available to assess source term for dose assessment, containment venting or PARs, use RPP-.0098 and/or plant conditions (i.e., water level, time core uncovered, etc.) to estimate containment dose rates.8. After initial PAR implementation, use Attachment 18 to keep the ED informed on PAR changes based on plant conditions, dose projections, field monitoring data and meteorological conditions, including wind shifts. Obtain NWS forecast from Dose Assessor.9. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into RBS.10. If doses_> 1 rem TEDE or >5 remn CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the ED and the LDEQ Liaison of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.11. Evaluate the need for EOF or offsite team personnel to exceed 10OCFR20 limits or the need for the use of Potassium Iodide (KI) in accordance with EIP-.2-.012, Radiation Exposure Controls. Obtain the Emergency Director's authorization as necessary.

12. Make arrangements with environmental services for analysis of environmental samples taken by offsite monitoring teams.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 22 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Cornpleted Initials 1. Coordinate with the OSC the control of oftsite monitoring teams. A __Radiation Protection Technician or Chemistry Technician can assume control or if desired, the EOF Offsite Team Coordinator can remain to control offsite monitoring teams until the AEOF is established.

2. Transfer overall responsibility for dose assessment to the Shift Manager. __3. If communicating on NRC H{PN, transfer HPN responsibilities to the Shift __Manager and notify NRC of transfer.4. Review radiological and meteorological information and provide directions to the __staff relocating to the Alternate EOF. A suggested route to the Zachary Monitoring/Decontamination Station and the Alternate EOF is shown on Page 4.Ensure that the EOF staff have DLRs and direct reading dosimeters prior to relocating to the Alternate EOF, if radiological release above federally approved operating limits is in progress.5. Ensure that the EOF Habitability Technician obtains survey meters and the ___DLR Tracking Log for transport to the Alternate EOF.6. Direct the EOF Habitability Technician to perform a sweep of the EOF __and Training Center to verify that all personnel have evacuated the building prior to relocating and send the Technician to the Alternate EOIF or Zachary Monitoring/

Decontamination Station.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 23 OF 50 EIP-2-02E) REV-39 PAGE23OF5O ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Directions from River Bend Station to the Zachary Fire Department Decontamination Station 1. Turn right (south) onto UJS-61 S toward Baton Rouge. Continue to follow US-61 5. (10.8 miles)2. Turn left onto Mt Pleasant-Zachary Rd/LA-64 E. Continue to follow LA-64 E. (5.6 miles)3. The Zachary Fire Department is on the left at 4525 MAIN ST.Directions from River Bend Station to the Alternate / Entergy RBS Backup Emergeney Operations Facility (5564 Essen Lane. Baton RouIse)1. Turn right (south) onto UJS-61 S toward Baton Rouge. Continue to follow US-61 5. (19 miles)2. Merge onto 1-110 5 toward Baton Rouge. (8.7 miles)3. Take 1-10 E. (4.9 miles)4. Merge right onto Essen LnILA-3064 W via EXIT 160. (1 mile)5. The Entergy Building is on the right at 5564 ESSEN LN.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 24 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1lOFi1 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Attempt to contact a JIG representative and determine activation status.___

3. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities and __JiG status.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Determine operability of FAX machine.2. Inform EOF Manager when JIG is operational and prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

3. Establish contact with JIG Technical Advisor or Press Release Writer.4. Keep JIG provided with current plant status and any injuries.5. Ensure classification upgrades, PAR upgrades and siren sounding times are communicated to Company Spokesperson to ensure media briefings are accurate.6. Obtain information to address rumors received by JIG.RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ___Actions Completed Initials 1. When directed by the EOF Manager to relocate, turnover responsibilities to __the Shift Manager.2. Notify EOF Manager and Company Spokesperson when responsibilities are __turned over.3. Relocate as directed by EOF Manager. __EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 25 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1OF 2 DOSE ASSESSOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials NOTE: If the Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) or meteorological tower information is unavailable in the facility, have Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RA C) request an individual from the OSC be dispatched to the Control Room to relay data. The onsite hotline or other means of communication may be used to relay this information and values may also be obtained from an ERIS computer..

1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Dose assessment program is running.3. DRMS values for performing dose calculations can be obtained.

__4. Meteorological data for perfonming dose calculations can be obtained. __5. Inform the RAG when prepared to perform functional responsibilities. __Alternate methods may be used, as necessary. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Determine if any DRMS or meteorological parameters used in dose calculations are in a Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO) and their limitations.

2. Call the National Weather Service to obtain weather forecast.3. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations.

Provide 'the results to the RAG.4. Check operability of the Onsite Hotline by calling the TSC at 102.., 5. Verify the operability of the backup dose assessment computer, as time permits.Place the LapTop computer battery on charge.6. Provide DRMS data to the RAG.ELP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 26 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 OF 2 DOSE ASSESSOR 7. As directed, convert offsite monitoring team dosimeter readings to TEDE and provide results to the RAG for evaluation.

8. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or >5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate.

Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors: These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 n~iles --dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials_1. Turn over dose assessment functions to the Shift Manager.2. Obtain backup dose assessment computer and charger to transport to the Alternate BOF (AEOF).EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 27 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1OF 2 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials.1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Offsite teams are expected to report in 75 minutes and be ready for deployment as soon as possible but no later than 90 minutes following notifcation.

1. Ensure offsite teams complete applicable attachment of EIP-2-012 in regards to the administration of potassium iodide (KI), if directed to take KI.2. Dispatch offsite monitoring teams. Even though it is NOT required at an Alert emergency classification, it is a good practice to assess radiological conditions near the site boundary to verify whether or not a release has occurred.3. Check the operability of the Offsite Monitoring Team radio. The radio check includes two portable radios, as well as, the vehicle's mobile radio for each of the monitoring teams.4. Record the Offsite Monitoring Teams's location and readings on the status board.5. Keep track of Offsite Monitoring Team radiation exposures.

If any member reaches 1 R on their dosimeter, notify the RAC immediately. Direct the Dose Assessor to convert the readings to TEDE and evaluate as follows: a. When a Team Member's dosimeter reading reaches 1 R, immediately convert to TEDE and evaluate.b. If converted TEDE is greater than 5 rem, obtain a whole body count as soon as practical to confirm calculated TEDE, and consider replacing the individual on the Team.c. If confirmed TEDE is greater than 5 rem, inform Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) of overexposure for NRC notification (10OCFR20). EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 28 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 2 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Comnpleted Initials 1. Turn over control of offsite teams to the OSC. __2. Inform the offsite teams when control has been transferred.

3. Inform the RAC when turnover is completed and report to AFOF as directed.

__ELP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 29 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1 OF 2 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION Date: _ ___Actions Completed Initials 1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use. __2. Perform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys in accordance with __RPP-0006 or applicable attachments of EIP-2-014 to ensure that the EOF is habitable. Report survey results to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAG).3. Inform the RAG when prepared to perform functional responsibilities. __SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. As directed, distribute direct reading dosimeters and issue DLRs using page 3.2. Establish a contamination control point outside of door TC-300-17, as directed.3. Perform periodic habitability surveys mn EOF.4. Decontaminate individuals as required in accordance with RP-104.5. Perform tasks as directed by the RAC. This may include manning the NRC HPN line.6. Keep the RAC informed ofall activities. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Completed Initials.1. Sweep the EOF and Training Center to ensure that all personnel have __evacuated.

2. Bring survey instruments and DLR Tracking Log to the Alternate EOF (ABOF). __EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 30 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE300F5O ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 2 OF 2 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN DLR Tracking Log (Typical)Date: DLR# Name(Last, First, MI) Print SSN Returned EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 31 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Check operability of the following communications equipment:

a) State and Local Hotline, call the State Emergency Operations Center ___(Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)) at 361.b) Civil Defense Radio, call GOHSEP. __c) IINFORM Computer __3. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities. __SUB SEOUENT ACTIONS NOTES Notification to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR)change using the Short Notifi cation Message Form (SNMF).1. Verify NMFP receipt with State and local authorities. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (p age 3) for each message sent.2. If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies. If FAX is available, fax the message to the agency which did not receive the message and verify receipt.3. If the message is still not received, read it to the agency (s), line by line over the Hot Line or by commercial phone. Use Civil Defense radio if Hot Line or phones are not available.

4. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 32 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR

5. When PARs are issued: a. Call the State EOC (GOHSEP) and Parish EOCs on State/Local Hotline and inform them that you will call them back in 5 minutes for PAR confirmation.

b. After five minutes, contact Louisiana and the five Parish EOCs. Using page 4, verify that the Director or the Assistant Director for all Parishes and the Operations Officer at State EOC are on the Hotline.c. When verified, request the EOF Manager and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the EOF.Manager the PAR Verification Checklist.

6. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the Emergency Director.Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist.

7. Upon termination of the emergency, notify, State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form.RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Transfer the responsibility for communications with State and local __authorities to the Shift Manager.ELP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 33 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 3 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.MESSAGE #MSG. REC'D (Y/N/NA)FACILITY La. Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ)(M-F -8AM to 4PM only)Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)(M-F -8AM to 4PM only)GOHSEP after hours numbers West Feliciana Parish (WFP)East Feliciana Parish (EFP)Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP)East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP)West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP)Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (MEMA)Mississippi Highway Patrol (MIIP)At a General Emergency, Parish EOCs and State EOC Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call Message Verified ____________________

YES NO NA Communicator Signature / KCN Time/Date EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 34 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 4 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended: _____Date:_____ Communicator verifes that correct individuals are on the Hotline by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The EOF Manager will verify approved scenario and initial the form..(OHSEP -Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness) WEST FELICIANA PARISH: Manager Initial On Line Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director______ APPROVED SCENARIO #________EAST FELICLANA PARISH: Director (OHSEP)_ _ _ _ _ _Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #________POINTE COUPEE PARISH: Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #________WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director______ APPROVED SCENARIO #________EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director _____APPROVED SCENARIO #________STATE OF LOUISIANA State EOC Operations Officer______ Siren Sounding Time: _____EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 35 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGEl1OFi1 TECHNICAL ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Check operability of ERIS monitor.3. If ERIS is inoperable, obtain plant parameters from the Control Room. __4. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

__SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Follow EOPs/SAPs and keep Emergency Director informed of status.RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Inform the Shift Manager of the transfer to the Alternate EOF (AEOF). __EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 36 OF 50 EOF COMMUNICATOR

• ATTAChM ENT 11 PAGE 1lOFt1 Actions Completed Initials ACTIVATION Date: 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

SUB SEOUENT ACTIONS 1. If requested by the EOF Manager to sound a parish's sirens, then use Attachment 15.RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Assist EOF Manager as needed.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 37 OF 50 LOG KEEPER Date: ATTACHMENT 12 PAGEl1OFi1 Actions Completed Initials ACTIVATION 1.2.3.4.Refer to EN-EP-609. Check headset operability. Turn on available projectors and displays.Update status boards and/or displays with information SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Assist EOF staff in gathering material to be transferred to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).EIIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 38 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 13 PAGEl1OFi1 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. SUB SEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Report status of Offsite Liaisons to EOF Manager.2 Obtain contact information from Offsite Liaisons and fll in names on EOF sign in list.3. Obtain information fr~om Resource Data Book, as necessary. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. When directed by the EOF Manager to relocate, turnover responsibilities to __TSC Communicator or AEOF.2. Notify EOF Manager and Offsite Liaisons when responsibilities are turned over. __3. Relocate as directed by EOF Manager. __EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 39 OF 50 ATTACIIMENT 14 PAGEl1OFi1 OFFSITE LIAISON The Offsite Liaison reports to their assigned Parish or State Emergency Operation Center (EOC) and performs the responsibilities listed in their EOC position binder.EIP-2-02O REV -39 PAGE 40 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE400F5O ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 2 SIREN SYSTEM OPERATION Actions Completed Initials Actions to verify system is operational:

1. Verify Siren Control Unit (Remote Control Panel) has power by observing white LED Test button (power light) is lit.___2. Verify siren radio has power and is on channel 01.___3. Verify, siren computer has power.___NOTE If any of the above components do not have power, then the sirens will not be able to be sounded from the EQE if requested by the parishes.In that instance they will have to be activated by the Main Control Room.Actions to sound sirens if requested by parish agency: 1. Obtain RBS Siren Control Unit key from EOF key box.___2. Insert RBS Siren Control Unit key into switch labeled ACTIVATE.___

3. Turn the ARM switch momentarily to the right. Switch will blink on and off.___4. Press the appropriate button (ex. ALL CALL, EBRP, EFP). The ARM switch will illuminate solid. The button pressed will blink on and off.___5. Momentarily turn the ACTIVATE key switch to the right. The button pressed will illuminate solid. Sirens will begin to sound.___NOTE While the siren Sounding is occurring (3 minute period), the lights on the Siren Control Unit will be lit and the computer map shaded red.Once the sounding is complete, the system will automatically perform a siren status request which will indicate ifany sirens failed to sound. During this time the "'Stat-Re q" light on the Siren Control Unit will be lit. This light will extinguish when the status request is complete.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 41 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 2 OF 2 SIREN SYSTEM OPERATION Actions Completed Initials Actions to obtain siren sounding results if requested by a parish agency: 1. After the status request is complete, observe the siren computer screen. Any failed ___sirens will be indicated by a RED triangle (A).2. Right click the computer mouse over the RED triangle to open a screen which will ___indicate the siren name (ex. WF-l18, EBR-5).3. If a siren has indicated failure, then notify the respective parish of the need to implement their backup route alerting steps for the public in the areas surrounding that siren. ___Actions to return the system to normal configuration:

1. Remove the RBS Siren Control Unit key from the ACTIVATE switch and store*in key box.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 42 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1lOF 1 ORGANIZATIONAL CHART I i l i I* s * .I I I' Offsite Offsite I--II', Monitoring Monitoring

'.,' Team # 1 Team. #2 II I I Dose Assessment Team I........................................., , [ J' In Other Locations ', In EOF I REV -39 PAGE 43 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 17 PAGEl1OFi1 EOF FLOOR PLAN (TYPICAL)C PER SONNEL.: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 Emergency Director EOF Manager Technical Advisor Radiological Assessment Coordinator Dose Assessor Ol~site Team Coordinator L~og Keeper Admin & Logistics Coordinator Offsite Communicator EOF Communicator Public Informnation Liaison Lead Offsite Liaison Habitability Technician LD)EQ Senior Liaison LDEQ Accident Assmt Coord LDEQ Logistics Coordinator LDEQ Dose Assessment LDEQ Technical Logististics Coordinator LDEQ Field Monitoring Team Coordinato NI NRC Site Team Director N 16 NRC Deputy Site Team [Director N3 NRC Liaison L.eader N 14 NRC Technical Assessment Branch Leader N 14 NRC Reac~tor Safety Counterpart Link Commnunicator RSCL N6 NRC Security / Safeguards Communicator N7 NRC Technical Specialist -Public Information N8 NRC Protective Measures Branch Leader N9 NRC D~eputy Protective Measures Branch Leader N t01 NRC Protective Measures Specialist Nil1 NRC Dose Assessor N12 NRC Protective Measures Counterpart Link Communicator PMCL N 13 NRC Chronology / Documentation Communicator N 14 NRC Response Branch Leadter N14 NRC Informnation Technology Specialist N 14 NRC Chronology Documentation Leader r DOORS (A) TC300-06 (B) TC-3001-09 (C) TC-100-19 (D) TC-300-16 (E) TC-300-17 (F) TC-300-15 (G) TC-300-14 (H) TC-300-07 EOF LAYOUTr.CDR EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 44 OF 50 ETP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 44 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 1OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)Primary PAR Flow Chart NOTE: A Rapidly Progressing Severe Accident is a significant reactor event with immediate or General Emergency near-immediate offsite consequences that is Declared intended to be easily recognizable. IF unsure~on the criteria below, THEN assume that a Rapidly Progressing Severe Accident is no..t in progress.Isthis a LOSS of the containment fission product barrier as C aidyPontasinm eeen AAraioloica A RapidlyaProgressingoSeverenAccident Evacuate 2 mile radius NTAc Raid lyPoresntSvr Evacuate 10 miles downwind Recommend monitor and prepare Evacuate 2 mile radius remainder of 10 mile radius Evacuate 5 miles downwind Evacuate Schools, Institutions andReomnmniradpeae Recreation Areas 10 mile radius recmmende monitor andeprepare Bok2Evacuate Schools, Institutions and Continue to monitor for wind shifts or areas where EPA PAGs will be exceeded and adiust PAR as necessary. Refer to EIP-2-020 Subsequent PAR Guidance.EIP-2-020 EP200 REV -39 PAGE 45 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 2 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)BLOCK 1 EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND MONITOR AND PREPARE THE REMAINDER OF THE 10 MILE RADIUS. EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, AND RECREATION AREAS WITHIN 5 MILE RADIUS.Locate the wind direction to find the scenario number to use.DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 1 A R& B 191.26-213.75 1 B A& C 213.76-236.25 2 C B &D 236.26-258.75 3 D C & E 258.76-281.25 4 E D& F 281.26-303.75 4 F E &G 303.76-326.25 5 G F & H 326.26-348.75 5 H G & J 348.76-11.25 6 J H& K 11.26-33.75 7 K J& L 33.76-56.25 8 L K &M 56.26-78.75 8 M L& N 78.76-101.25 9 N M &P 101.26-123.75 10 P N& Q 123.76-146.25 10 Q P &R 146.26-168.75 10 R A EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 46 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 3 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)BLOCK 2 EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND MONITOR. AND PREPARE THE REMAINDER OF THE 10 MILE RADIUS. EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, AND RECREATION AREAS WITHIN 10 MILE RADIUS.Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use.DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 11 A R&B 191.26-213.75 12 B A& C 213.76-236.25 13 C B& D 236.26-258.75 14 D C & E 258.76-281.25 15 E D &F 281.26-303.75 16 F E &G 303 .76-326.25 17 G F & H 326.26-348.75 18 H G& J 348.76-11.25 19 J H& K 11.26-33.75 20 K J &L 33.76-56.25 21 L K& M 56.26-78.75 22 M L & N 78.76-101.25 23 N M& P 101.26-123.75 24 P N &Q 123.76-146.25 24 Q P & R 146.26-168.75 11 R. Q& A EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 47 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 4 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)Subsequent PAR Guidance 1. After initial PAR implementation changes in wind direction may change the PAR Scenario number.Before changing the PAR, consider current and projected plant conditions, dose projections and meteorological conditions in determining whether to stay with current PAR or issue a new PAR.Obtain updates on weather forecast from National Weather Service (NWS).2. Minimize the number of protective action areas (PAS) evacuated when issuing PARs. Do not recommend a PAR change that would cause an area (PAS) that has already been recommended for evacuation to shelter or monitor and prepare.3. IF an initial PAR has been issued due to declaration of a General Emergency an a new PAR is being considered based on a wind shift or for any other reason, THEN assess the following criteria in steps 3.1 and 3.2 or use the Subsequent PAR Flow Chart to determine whether the new PAR should be issued based on dose assessment or on plant conditions. NOTE: If a radiological assessment shows that an ongoing release or containment source term is not sufficient to cause exposures in excess of EPA protective action guidelines, then PARs should not be expanded based only on changes in wind direction. 3.1 If the condition described in A or B exists, then provide the new PAR as indicated by that condition and the current evacuated areas (PAS) using PAR Scenario Maps. If no other PAR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs). IF neither condition A nor condition B exists, THEN proceed to subsequent step 3.2.A. Radiological assessment shows EPA PAGs will be exceeded in the new area based on an actual release.B. A potential loss of the containment fission product barrier (per EALs) exists and containment source term indicates PAGs could be exceeded in the new area if a release were to start.3.2 WHEN step 3.1 does not apply: 3.2.1 IF_ any answer in 1 through 3 is "yes", THEN issue the new PAR Scenario number taking into account the new and current evacuated areas (PAS) using PAR Scenario Maps. If no other PAR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs).1. Are there continuing degraded or unknown adverse plant conditions that could , impact or cause additional core damage and containment failure (e.g., magnitude of source term, core not covered, and containment cooling degraded or unavailable)?

2. Unsure radiological release pathway is understood (e.g., ifiltered, non-ifitered, monitored, unmonitored with potential for release rate to increase, or potential for RCS leak to increase)?

EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 48 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 5 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)3. IF available, does off-site radiological data support the protective action recommendation methodology based on dose assessment?

4. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting.SNOTE: Controlled venting could affect an area beyond initial evacuation orders (e.g., five to ten miles downwind).I 4.1 Use the following criteria to determine the appropriate action for the controlled release of radioactive material from containment.

4.1.1 Dose assessment shows that the EPA protective action guidelines would be exceeded in the new affected area (PAS).4.1.2 There is assurance that the release is short term (1 hour or less).4.1.3 If time allows, contact parish officials of the new affected area (PAS) to determine whether the area can be evacuated prior to plume arrival.* Iffthe new affected area cannot be evacuated before the plume arrives, then recommend shelter for the newly affected area. Issue the previous PAR Scenario and include in the offsite notification message the protective actions (shelter) for the newly affected area (PAS).* If the new affected area can be evacuated prior to plume arrival, then recommend evacuation of the new affected area. Compare PAR Scenario maps to ensure the newly affected area is included. If it is not, then issue the previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message the protective actions (evacuation) for the newly affected area (PAS).4.2 If the release duration cannot be readily or accurately determined, and dose or plant conditions warrant, then evacuation should be recommended. EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 49 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 6 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)SUBSEQUENT PAR FLOW CHART PAG -Protective Action Guideline (1 Remn TEDE or 5 Rein CDE Thyroid)PAS -Protective Action Section (I-18)General Emergency and PARs have been previously issued AND wind shift changes PAR Scenario number or dose assessment indicates a PAG is exceeded in a new PAS Do no._.t recommend the shelter or monitor and prepare of an evacuated PAS. Minimize evacuated areas (PAS).Ifra radiological assessment shows that an ongoing release or containment source term is not sufficient to cause Iexposures in excess of EPA protective action guidelines, then PARs should not be expanded based only on changes in wind direction. SCompare PAR Scenario maps for current and new evacuated areas (PAS).incudethenewaresS No PAR change evacuted (AS)?required IF THEN Radiological assessment shows EPA PAGs will be exceeded i Issue PAR Scenario to include previously in the new area based on an actual release i evacuated areas and new areas (PAS). If no other PAR OR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then Potential loss of containment (per EALs) exists and containment issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite source term indicates PAGs could be exceeded in the new area notification message protective actions for new affected i fa release were to start. areas (PASs).4-SNo Unsure radiological releas and containment failure?(magnitude of source term, core not covered, andYE containment cooling degraded or unavailable) YES~Compare current and new evacuated areas (PAS) on PAR Scenario Maps and issue new PAR Scenario number as appropriate. IF no other PAR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in of~ite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs).EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 50 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE500F5O ATTACHMENT 9.1 I OCFR5O.54fca) SCREENING ATTAC HM ENT 9. t 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING* ,f ......Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. This change issues fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations, Rev. 2 and revises site-specific RBS procedure EIP-2-020, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations, Rev. 39.Responsibilities common to both EN-EP-609 and EIP-2-020 were deleted from EIP-2-020 and retained in EN-EP-609.

2. Revised definition

3.6 Radiological

Release-From: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event.To: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment.

3. Revised release characterization contained in definition 3.6.From:" No release.Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.To: Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.4. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action; Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line 5C to Line 5D.5. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form Line 9A, D, and E to remove 'No Release' as release information characterization and to be consistent with change 3 above.6. Attachment 2 -Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option and to be consistent with change 3 above. Reordered remaining steps.7. Moved steps for placing EOF ventilation in Emergency Mode from the EOF Communicator (Attachment 11, step 1) to the Administrative and Logistics Coordinator (Attachment 3).8. Throughout procedure removL~d actions in support of Joint Information Center (JIC) habitability as the JIC will be relocated outside of the 10 mile EPZ when this procedure becomes effective.

9. EOF relocation steps as they pertain to transfer of responsibilities have been revised to align with EN-EP-609.

Command and control and will be transferred back to the Shift Manager instead of the Emergency Plant Manager in the TSC.10. Attachment 4 -Revised Note.,From: If NO release is occurring or has not previously occurred, the EOF and JIC may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys.To: The EOF may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys based on release conditions. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTAC HM ENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(a) SCREENING Sheet 2 of 6 Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? E-IYES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? NOTareuaionirextdar Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: complete Part Justification: El Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 01-f there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. El One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activty involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.El One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 5o.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part Vi.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change ElYES []NO 50,54(oD(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Justification: Enter cotnplete Part VI.Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, indluding program elements from NUREG-.0654/FEMA REP-i Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] El 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 El staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1] -3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] El 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] El 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] [6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [31 El EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations

7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. t4] U]8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of fl the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.

[5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt U]instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and [Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response U]organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] [13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the [plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] [15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support'emergency response. [8] [16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] [17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] [18. ,A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] [19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are [available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including [those for hostile action eve nts.[1 0]21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] [22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] [23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] [24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program [areas) is established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to devrelop, U]maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] [27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] [28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] [29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] [EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 4 of 6 EquipmentJFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for condlusion below and complete Part VI.0If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Chancqe items #1. 7. 8 and 9 Entergy ERO responsibilities are outlined in EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-020 rev. 33 as part of implementation of the Standard ERO and were previously evaluated under a 10OCFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/2/10. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations, which indudes those same ERO responsibilities. This proposed revision removes duplicate instructions from the EIP-2-020 for transition to the fleet procedure. EIP-2-020 is being maintained to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-609. Existing RBS facilities and equipment continue to be maintained. Regulatory requirements for the EOF (e.g. staffing time) remain unchanged. Habitability surveys of the JIC will no longer be required by EOF personnel as the JIC facility will be permanently located at the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness facility which is located outside of the 10 mile EPZ. The move of the JIC is reviewed under a 100FR50.54(q) evaluation for the Emergency Plan Revision 42.The responsibility related to emergency ventilation alignment was transferred from the EOF Communicator to the Administrative and Logistics Coordinator. These responsibilities will not affect the ability of the Administrative and Logistics Coordinator to perform functions currently assigned to the position. Transfer of responsibilities in the unlikely event the EOF is relocating its backup facility has been aligned with those contained in EN-EP-609. Process discussion: RBS currently uses the same process reflected in the fleet procedure of ERO position checklists and position binders. A review of the RBS Emergency Plan commitments was performed against the fleet EOF procedure and EIP-2-020. Fleet procedure information was supported with site specific information as necessary to ensure site-specific Emergency Plan requirements and associated processes were retained. Therefore, changes to the location of the description of emergency response processes were made (changed to fleet procedure or retained in site-specific EIP), but no changes to the emergency response processes addressed by 10CFR5O.47(b) planning standards themselves were made.Summary:* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* Some ERO responsibilities have been relocated to align with EN-EP-609.

• The description, activation and operation of the EOF as described in the RBS Emergency Plan has not been changed.* All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.

= This change does not alter the EOF structure, organization or location.The revision of the site Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) procedure (EIP-2-020) and incorporating the use of fleet Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Procedure (EN-EP-609) screens out. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for these changes Chanqe Items # 2 and 3. Revised release definition to remove "due to the dlassified event" and also removed "no release" as a release characterization. There are no changes to the current offsite notification procedure process with one exception associated with removing 'no release' as an option with which to characterize releases from the site.With this change RBS will still provide to local organizations emergency messages which contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected populations, and whether protective measures are necessary. This change is in alignment with NRC RIS 2002-16 and has been agreed to by both State and local officials. Procedures for notification of State and local oovernmental aaencies are still caoable of alertina... ............ ........ ..... r ..... ...EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTAC HM ENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations thenm of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for this change.Chanqe Item # 4. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action. Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line 5C to Line 5D. This change was previously evaluated by RBS under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 1213/14 as part of revision 38 of EIP-2-020. That 1OCFR50.54(q) determined the use of monitor and prepare was consistent with regulatory guidance and was not a reduction in effectiveness of Emergency Plan functions and could be incorporated without prior NRC approval. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for this change.Change Item # 5. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form Line 9A, D, and E to remove 'No Release'as release information characterization and to be consistent with change 2 above.Chancqe Item # 6. Attachment 2- Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option and to be consistent with change 3 above. Reordered remaining steps.Change 5 removes 'No release' from the typical form for the Long NMF and supporting lines D and E which relate to start and stop times of a release. Change 6 removes from the guidance on completion of the Long NMF the use of 'No Release'. The ability to perform notifications to State/Local agencies in a timely manner is not impacted by this change as notifications of emergency classification and Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) are still being made. The evaluation of the removal of 'No Release' is being performed as part of change #3 above. Changes 5 and 6 do not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for these changes.Chance Item #10. Attachment 4- Revised Note.From: If NO release is occurring or has not previously occurred, the EOF and JIC may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys.To: The EOF may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys based on release conditions, Habitability surveys of the JIC will no longer be required by EOF personnel as the JIC facility will be permanently located at the Govemnor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness facility which is located outside of the 10 mile EPZ. The relocation of the JIC was evaluated under a 10OCFR50.54(q) evaluation for the Emergency Plan Revision 42. The removal of 'no release is occurring or has not previously occurred" is to coincide with change 2 and 3 where the term "no release" has been deleted. In place of that statement, "based on release conditions" has been included for guidance in determining if the facility is habitable prior to surveys being performed. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for these changes.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9,1 10CFRS0.54(q) SCREENING ASAhMeNt6 o .1 6 CRO5(qCENN Proedure6 ocuetfubrRviin EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Part VI. Signatures:________ Preparer Name (Print) ,7)f -Pr arrnature Date: (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) /eve'rinu 4 Date: N/A Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Duane Whitei ! II6'.// 1/13/2016 Nuclear EP Project Manager j/ 1 JJ fc)EP manager or designee ___----_-."_"__- EN-EP-305 REV 3 REFERENCE USE ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*AL TERNA TE EOF -A CTIVA TION AND TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: Effective Date:*EIP-.2-022

• 31* 1/27/16 NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*INDEXING INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE ............................................................................................

2 2 REFERENCES ...................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................... 4 5 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 5 6 PROCEDURE........................................................................................ 5 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 1 -EMERGENCY DIRECTOR..................................................... 8 ATTACHMENT 2 -EOF MANAGER............. ................................................... 11 ATTACHMENT 3 -ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR.................... 15 ATTACHMENT 4 -RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ...................... 18 ATTACHMENT 5 -PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON ......................................... 20 ATTACHMENT 6 -DOSE ASSESSOR.............................................................. 21 ATTACHMENT 7 -OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR........................................... 23 ATTACHMENT 8 -EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ........................................ 24 ATTACHMENT 9 -OFF SITE COMMUNICATOR................................................. 25 ATTACHMENT 10 -TECHNICAL ADVISOR..................................................... 29 ATTACHMENT i1 -EOF COMMUNICATOR.................... ................................. 30 ATTACHMENT 12 -LOG KEEPER ................................................................. 31!ATTACHMENT 13 -LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON................................................... 32 ATTACHMENT 14 -OFFSITE LIAISON ........................................................... 33 ATTACHMENT 15 -ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN.......34 ATTACHMENT 16 -PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS ........................ 36 ATTACHMENT 17- -PROMPT NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (SIREN) OPERATION........... 42 EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 1 OF 43 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides site specific instructions for activation and operation of the Alternate Emergency Operations Facility (AEOF). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations is the primary procedure to reference for AEOF activation and operations. 2 -REFERENCES 2.1 EIP-2-0 12, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.2 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.3 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.4 EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision and Approval 2.5 EIP-2-OO01, Classification of Emergencies 2.6 EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Augmentation

-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.2 Rapidly

Progressing Severe Accident (RPSA)-A General Emergency with rapid loss of containment integrity (emergency action levels indicate containment loss) and loss of ability to cool the core.3.3 Radiological Release -For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment. The release characterization should be further defined when communicating to offsite agencies to characterize whether or not the release is below or above Technical Specification limits. Indicate the appropriate release characterization on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 2 OF 43

3.3.1. Release

BELOW federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.3.2. Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.3.3. Effluent Technical Requirements Manual 1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point O__R 2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO.Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)OR 3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments.

3.4 Short

Notification Message Form (SNMF) -Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary. 3.5 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) -Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do no__t require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 3 OF 43 4 RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 Emergency

Director: 4.1.1. Provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS)response activities. The Emergency Director has the authority to immediately and unilaterally initiate all emergency actions.4.1.2. Assess and classify emergency conditions.

4.1.3. Provide

notifications and make protective action reconmmendations to offsite authorities.

4.1.4. Coordinate

RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.

4.1.5. Ensures

that offsite radiological conditions are measured and monitored.

4.1.6. Authorize

issuance of KI and radiation exposure in excess of 10OCFR 20 limits for ERO members outside of the protected area.4.1.7. Authorize press releases.4.1.8. Establish a Recovery Organization.

4.1.9. Terminate

the emergency. 4.2 BOF Manager -Ensure that the BOF is activated, ensure that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that EOF staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure. 'I EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 4 OF 43 5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 15, Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Floor Plan, is a typical setup for the ABOF.6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented in the attachments is recommended. Report any actions unable to complete, equipment issues, or problems to EOF Manager for resolution and/or determining facility operational status.6.1 Emergency Director 6.1 .1. The Emergency Director should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. 6.2 EOF Manager 6.2.1. The EOF Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.

6.3 Administration

& Logistics Coordinator 6.3.1. The Administration & Logistics Coordinator should use Attachment 3 as a guideline.

6.4 Radiological

Assessment Coordinator 6.4.1. The Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 4 as a guideline.

6.5 Public

Information Liaison 6.5.1. The Public Information Liaison should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. 6.6 Dose Assessor 6.6.1. Dose Assessor should use Attachment 6 as a guideline. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 5 OF 43

6.7 Offsite

Team Coordinator 6.7.1. The Offsite Team Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline. 6.8 EOF Habitability Technician 6.8.1. The EOF Habitability Technician should use Attachment 8 as a guideline.

6.9 Offsite

Communicator 6.9.1. The Offsite Communicator(s) should use Attachment 9 as a guideline. 6.10 Technical Advisor 6.10.1. The Technical Advisor should use Attachment 10 as a guideline. 6.11 EOF Communicator 6.11.1. The EOF Communicator should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. 6.12 Log Keeper 6.12.1. The Log Keeper should use Attachment 12 as a guideline. 6.13 Offsite Monitoring Teams 6.13.1. The Offsite M~onitoring Teams should use EIP-2-014 as a guideline. 6.14 Lead Offsite Liaison 6.14.1. The Lead Offsite Liaison should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. 6.15 Offsite Liaison 6.15.1. The Offsite Liaison general guidance is contained in Attachment 14.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 6 OF.43 7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1 through 13 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 7 OF 43 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1OF 3 Actions Comapleted Initials ACTIVATION Date: 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Emergency Director has the authority to immediately and unilaterally initiate all emergency actions.NOTE Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of the declaration of a General Emnergency or data availability which require upgrading the PARs.1. Using Attachment 16, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data, meteorological conditions and plant conditions. Unnecessary evacuation of the public is NO...T considered a conservative decision.Do NO.._TT recommend a PAR change that would direct shelter or monitor and prepare of an area (PAS) that has already been recommended for evacuation. CAUTION Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) require containment venting at specified pressures and hydrogen concentrations, regardless of offsite consequences. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 8 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 3 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)2. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting. As appropriate and time permitting, other considerations for containment venting include:* Notify JIG, States and Parishes about any venting and any expected PAR changes.* How will altering the venting start time affect offsite doses due to containment radioactivity buildup\decay?

• Will the release be a puff, series of puffs or continuous and what is the expected duration(s)?
• Would the population-at-risk be able to evacuate before plume reaches them?* Are the winds variable or expected to change and affect areas where protective actions are NO._TTin place?* Are there any special interest groups or facilities to consider?3. Review and discuss the protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the appropriate personnel and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison Officer, if available.

If State representatives have not yet arrived, recommendations to the local authorities shall not be delayed.4. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes. Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs prior to the PAR call.5. Using Attachment 16, revise PARs based on plant conditions, dose projections, field monitoring data and meteorological conditions when advised by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Technical Advisor.6. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure the LDEQ Liaison is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 9 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 3 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR TERMINATION

1. Coordinate with the Emergency Plant Manager on terminating the emergency in accordance with the following criteria: ALERT -Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following conditions have been accomplished:

1. The plant is in a stable condition.

2. ,Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists.SAF/GE -Terminate the emergency when the SAB/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:

1. The reactor is shutdown, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.

2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exist.3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.

4. The State of Louisiana, the local parishes, and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.

2. Notify the NRC via NRC ENS line and offsite authorities using a notification message form of the emergency termination.

3. When a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 10 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1OF 4 EOF MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed/ Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

__2. Open lockers and direct personnel to obtain their phones, position binders, and supplies needed to set up the Alternate EOF (AEOF) in accordance with Attachment 15.3. Verify facility is habitable.___

4. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the applicable activation portion __of their checklists and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities:

MINIMUM STAFFING: a. Emergency Director b. EOF Manager (except steps 4 and 5)c. Radiological Assessment Coordinator

d. Dose Assessor e. Technical Advisor f. Offsite Communicator

5. Inform the Emergency Director that the AEOF is ready to be declared___

operational. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR)change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).NOTE All Notifcation Message Forms must be reviewed and approved by the Emergency Director (ED).1. If the emergency is due to a hostile action against the plant, direct the Administrative &Logistics Coordinator to ensure that operations, security and radiation protection liaisons have been dispatched to the WF Parish Incident Command Post (ICP). Direct that an additional security liaison be dispatched to the AEOF to establish communications with the ICP.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 11 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 2 , PAGE 2 OF 4 EOF MANAGER SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)2. Conduct a PAR Call following each PAR issuance a. When all parish Directors or Assistant Directors, the Operations Officer at the State Emergency Operations Center (GOHSEP), and the LDEQ Liaison, if available, are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement:

b. Record scenario number each parish will implement on the PAR Verification Checklist provide by Offsite Communicator.

c. Obtain siren sounding time from the Operations Officer and record on PAR Verification Checklist.

d. If requested by a parish agency that RBS sound their sirens, then direct the EOF Communicator to do so using Attachment 17 at the agreed upon siren sounding time.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 12 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 4 EOF MANAGER LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM 1. THIS IS RIVER BEND STATION WITH MESSAGE NUMBER 2. A. TIME ______DATE______B.

COMMUNICATOR:___________C. TEL NO.3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION: A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. 0 SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. 0 TERMINATED B. 0 ALERT D. 0 GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION 0] DECLARATION 0] TERMINATION TIME:______DATE:_____ 5.RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. 0] No Protective Actions Recommended at this time (Go to item 6).B. 0 Evacuate C. 0 Monitor and Prepare D. 0] Shelter 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATEICOMMENTS:____________________________

7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN?

0] NO 0] YES TIME:_____

8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: 0] NOT AVAILABLE AT THIS TIME (Go to item 9)A. Wind Direction FROM ________Degrees at ____________MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R)C. Stability Class (A-G)____________________

DATE: D. Precipitation: 0] None 0] Rain 0] Sleet 0] Snow 0] Hail 0] Other_____

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. 0 A RELEASE is occunring BELOW federally approved operating limits B. 0 A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits 10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. 0 Radioactive Gases B. 0 Radioactive Airbor'ne Particulates C. 0] Radioactive Liquids (Go to item 13)RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES ________Cl/s B. IODINES __________Ci/s

12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE: A. Projections for _____hours based on: 0] Field Data 0] Plant Data B. TEDE -WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. CDE -THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (toRemo)Site Boundary 5 miles Site Boundary 2 miles 5 miles 10 miles 13.14.2 miles ____ ___10 miles_______

MESSAGE APPROVED BY: ___________ MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: ____________ TITLE: TITLE: EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 13 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 4 EOF MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF INFORM MANUAL METHOD*

• River Bend and Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages Line I sequentially until the emergency is terminated., 2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission.

2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted. Line 2 2B Comm: Enter facility name 2B Comm.: Enter facility name ,2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate."Hotline" unless alternate" method is being used, then enter alternate method, method is being used, then enter alternate method.Line 31 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated. ...check "terminated". tine 4: Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination. S "termination" and enter termination time/date. Enter time/date of emergency declaration or termination. Line : ,, Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been i~n6. recommended, select appropriate protective actions and recommended, indicate the scenario number. May add ,indicate scenario number. May add information as information as necessary.

necessary.

• Enter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add information Line 6 information as necessary.

Use this line to correct any as necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.i: : previous errors.Line 7, Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should bebe obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date. obtained from Operations. If yes, enter the time/date. Meteorological data for Lines 8A-C is available on Meteorological data for Lines 8A-C is available on ElRiS SERIS and printers in the Control Room and and printers in the Control Room and Meteorological Line 8 ;.Meteorological Tower. Tower.* ......8A -Enter wind direction (from) and speed. '8A -Enter wind direction (from) and speed.8B -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according to 8B -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according to the*:: ... the current wind direction. current wind direction.

• :8C -Enter stability class. 8C -Enter stability class.,: 8D -Check appropriate box. 8D -Check appropriate box.'*::'.Determine release characterization.

Determine release characterization. S 9A/B Check A or B as appropriate. When checking A 9A/B Check A or B as appropriate. When checking A oror B complete lines 10, 11 and 12. B complete lines 10, 1 1 and 12.:. "Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core damage, Line 10 damage, check 1OA for airborne release. If there is clad check 1OA for airborne release. If there is clad damage or! , "damage or fuel melt, check 10A & lOB for airborne fuel melt, check 1OA & lOB for airborne release. If the* , release. If the release is a liquid release, check 10C. release is a liquid release, check 10C.,Line 11 i Enter release rate. DRM\S provides release rates in Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in S uCi/sec. These rates must be converted to Ci/sec uCi/sec. These rates must be converted to Ci/sec.,: 12A. Enter number of hours used and method used in 12A Enter number of hours used and method used in*Line 12 ... dose calculation, dose calculation. -12B Obtain from URI/RASCAL results. 12B Obtain from UJRI/RASCAL results.;Line Enter Emergency's name and "ED" as title. ED must Enter Emergency Director's name and "ED" as title. ED'___.... review and approve NMFs prior to transmission, must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission. Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes. Leave blank. For use by parishes.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 14 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 0F 3 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __2. Identify any EOF position not filled and report results to EOF Manager. __3. Ensure BOF Access List is available. __SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Contact personnel to fill any vacant ABOF positions.

2. Contact the TSC Manager in the TSC concerning any personnel injuries.

Contact the hospital for current information on injured personnel, as applicable. Keep the EOF Manager informed of status.3. Obtain requested personnel resources to assist with the emergency.

4. After the AEOF becomes operational, establish AEOF access security controls.5. Develop long-term staffing rotation list: a. Establish a 24 hour ERO staffing schedule, excluding the JIC. Obtain MCR, TSC and OSC staffing from the TSC IT Specialist.

Once schedule is complete, obtain approval from EOF Manager.b. If PARs have been issued, discuss recommended routes with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC).c. Contact the individuals on the rotation list and inform them of the time they are scheduled to report and the proper route to be taken.6. Coordinate assistance from the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC). Use the INPO Emergency Resources Manual as reference.

7. Coordinate assistance for personnel, equipment, supplies, food, lodging, travel, and communications, as necessary.

Maintain a list of requests and estimated response times. If PARs have been issued, obtain recommended routes and staging areas from the RAC and arrange for Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ)access through the Lead Offsite Liaison to the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs).8. Coordinate with RAC, TSC Security and Maintenance Coordinator as necessary to get personnel, equipment and materials onsite and in Security Owner Controlled area or Protected area, as appropriate. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 15 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)9. Coordinate monetary matters through the Corporate Emergency Center.Assistance may be requested from Corporate Business Services.10. Obtain list of materials, supplies, and contractors that may be required for recovery from EOF and TSC personnel.

11. Assist in obtaining drawings and procedures as necessary.

EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 16 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 3 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR EOF STAFFING SHEET (Typical)EmeAgency/Pisicion Printed Name or Signature I jEmergency Director IManager _________________Technical Advisor___________________ SOffsite Communicator = Radiological Assessment Coordinator Dose Assessor Offsite Team Coordinator EOF Communicator Administration & Logistics Coordinator

• Log Keeper Public Information Liaison Lead Offsite Liaison RP Technician Habitability RP Technician (OMT)PP Technician (OMT) _______________

Chemistry Technician (OMT)__________________ Chemistry Technician (OMT)__________________ Offsite Liaison -West Feliciana Offsite Liaison -East Feliciana Offsite Liaison -Pointe Coupee____________________ Offsite Liaison -East Baton Rouge Offsite Liaison -West Baton Rouge ____________________ Offsite Liaison -State EOC EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 17 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-6 09.2. Ensure the Dose Assessor is available and prepared to assume functional __responsibilities.

3. Inform the EOF Manager when the RAC and Dose Assessor are prepared to __perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Using Attachment 16, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data, meteorological conditions and plant conditions. Unnecessary evacuation of the public is NO._.T considered a conservative decision.2. Discuss the PARs with the Emergency Director (ED) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison, if available, including the basis and reasoning used to arrive at the PARs.3. Provide PAR scenario number for the Short Notification Message Form.4. Provide information for appropriate sections of the Long Notification Message Form.5. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmittal.

6. After initial PAR implementation, use Attachment 17 to keep the ED informed on PAR changes based on plant conditions, dose projections, field monitoring data and meteorological conditions, including wind shifts. Obtain NWS forecast from Dose Assessor.7. If containment radiation monitors are not available to assess source term for dose assessment, containment venting or PARs, use RPP-0098 and/or plant conditions (i.e., water level, time core uncovered, etc.) to estimate containment dose rates.8. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into River Bend Station.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 18 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)9. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 remn CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate.

Inform the Emergency Director and the LDEQ Liaison of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.10. Evaluate radiation exposures and inform Emergency Director of anyone approaching 10CFR20 limits.11. Make arrangements with environmental services for analysis of environmental samples taken by offsite monitoring teams.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 19 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGEl1OFi1 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON ACTIVATION Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __2. Attempt to contact JIG and determine activation status.___

3. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities and __JIG status.SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Test FAX machine for operability.

2. Keep EOF Manager informed on any JIG issues and operational status.3. Establish contact with JIG Technical Advisor or Press Release Writer.4. Keep JIG provided with current plant status and any injuries.5. Ensure classification upgrades, PAR upgrades and siren sounding times are communicated to Company Spokesperson to ensure media briefings are accurate.6. Obtain information to address rumors received by JIG.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 20 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1OF 2 DOSE ASSESSOR ACTIVATION Date: -Actions Completed Initials NOTE: If the Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) or meteorological tower information is unavailable in the facility, have Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAG) request an individual from the OSC be dispatched to the Control Room to relay data. Any means of communication may be used to relay this information and values may also be obtained from an ERIS computer.1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

__2. Dose assessment program is running. __3. DRMS values for performing dose calculations can be obtained. __4. Meteorological data for performing dose calculations can be obtained. __5. Obtain the current status of dose projections and to establish a means __for obtaining Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) data if needed.6. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAG) when prepared to___perform functional responsibilities. Alternate methods may be used, as necessary. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Determine if any DRMS or meteorological parameters used in dose calculations. are in a Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO) and their limitations.

2. Call the National Weather Service to obtain weather forecast.3. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations.

Provide the results to the RAC.4. If relocating from BOF with dose assessment Laptop, verify' the operability of the backup Laptop computer and place computer battery on charge.5. Obtain DRMS data and provide data to the RAC.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 21 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 OF 2 DOSE ASSESSOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)6. As directed, convert offsite monitoring team dosimeter readings to TEDE and provide results to the RAG for evaluation.

7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate.

Inform the RAG of the distance and downwind areas at which a PAG is estimated to be exceeded.Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors: These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".Radiation Dose at 15 miles =dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although*CDE Thycroid will normally be the dominant factor.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 22_OF 43 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGEl1OFi1 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-6 09.2. Verify the operability of the Offsite Monitoring Team radio. __3. Contact the OSC, if controlling offsite teams, obtain Offsite Monitoring Team __status and inform OSC of when EOF will assume control of offsite teams.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. If not already performed, brief teams on plant status, meteorological and radiological conditions and direct completion of KI form in EIP-2-0 12.2. Record the Offsite Monitoring Teams' location and readings.3. Keep track of Offsite Monitoring Team radiation exposures. If any member reaches 1 R on their dosimeter, notify the RAC immediately. Direct the Dose Assessor to convert the readings to TEDE and evaluate as follows: a. When a Team Member's dosimeter reading reaches 1 R, immediately convert to TEDE and evaluate.b. If converted TEDE is greater than 5 rem, obtain a whole body count as soon as practical to confirm calculated TEDE, and consider replacing the individual on the Team.c. If confirmed TEDE is greater than 5 rem, inform Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) of overexposure for NRC notification (10CFR20). EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 23 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGEl1OFi1 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use. __2. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when prepared __to perform functional responsibilities. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Perform surveys of arriving individuals if there is a question as to where they may have been and if they could be contaminated. Report survey results to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC).2. Direct any contaminated individuals to the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station.3. Assist the dose assessment team as necessary.

4. Perform tasks as directed by the RAC. This may include manning the NRC HPN line.5. Keep the RAC informed of all activities.

EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 24 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __2. Check the operability of the following communications equipment: a) State and Local Hotline, call the State Emergency Operations Center at ___Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) at 361.b) Civil Defense Radio, call GOHSEP.c) INFORM Computer __3. Receive status of notifications from facility with offsite notification responsibility. __4. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities. ___SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR)change using the Short Notifi cation Message Form (SNMF).1. Verify NMF receipt with State and local authorities using the verification list produced by INFORM or use the State and Local Hotline. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (page 3) for each message sent.2. If an agency has not_ received the INFORM message, complete the verification receipt of the other agencies.3. If the INFORM message is not received then: 3.1 If FAX is available, fax the message and verify receipt.OR 3.2 Read the message to the agency(s) line by line over the Hot Line or by commercial phone. Use the Civil Defense Radio if the Hot Line or phones are not_ available.

4. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 25 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)5. When PARs are issued: a. Call the State and Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EO Cs) on the Hotline and inform them that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.

b. After five minutes, contact Louisiana and the five Parish EOCs. Using page 4, verify, that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at State BOC are on the Hotline.c. When verified, request the EOF Manager and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the EOF Manager the PAR Verification Checklist.

6. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the Emergency Director.

Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist.

7. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 26 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 3 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.(EOC -Emergency Operations Center)MESSAGE #__ ____MSG. REC'D FACILITY (YES / NO I NA)La. Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ)(M-F -8AM to 4PM only)Governor's Office of Liomeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)(M-F -8AM to 4PM only)GOHSEP after hours numbers West Feliciana Parish (WFP)_______

East Feliciana Parish (EFP)Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP)East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP)West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP)Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (MEMA)Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP)At a General Emergency, Parish EOCs and State EOC Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call YES NO NA Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN Time/Date EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 27 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 4 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SScenario

1. Recommended:

_____ Date:_____ Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The EOF Manager will verify approved scenario and initial the form.(OHSEP -Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness) WEST FELICIANA PARISH: Manager Initial On Line Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director_______ APPROVED SCENARIO #_ _______EAST FELICIANA PARISH: Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #_ _______POINTE COUJPEE PARISH: Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #I____WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director_______ APPROVED SCENARIO #_____ ___EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director_______ APPROVED SCENARIO #_____ ___STATE OF LOUISIANA State EOC Operations Officer______ Siren Sounding Time: _____EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 28 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGEl1OFi1 TECHNICAL ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __2. Establish contact with the Operations Coordinator or Control Room __3. Obtain current plant status, emergency operations in progress, and key __plant parameters.

4. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional

__responsibilities. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Obtain plant ERIS data as possible. Have the TSC fax ERIS data sheets to the AEOF, as needed.2. Ensure status boards and/or displays are updated with information obtained from ERIS.3. Follow EOPs/SAPs and keep the Emergency Director informed on status.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 29 OF 43 EOF COMMUNICATOR ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1lOFi1 Actions Completed Initials ACTIVATION Date: 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Place the AEOF Prompt Notification System (Siren) components in an operational state prior to siren sounding. Refer to Attachment 17.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 30 OF 43 LOG KEEPER Date:___ __ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 1lOFi1 Actions Completed Initials ACTIVATION

1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Refer to EN-EP-6 09.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 31 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 13 PAGEl1OFi1 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON ACTIVATION Date: ____Actions Comnpleted Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __2. Inform EOF Manager when prepared tO perform functional responsibilities. __SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Report status of Offsite Liaisons to EOF Manager.2 Establish communications with Corporate Emergency Center (CEC).3. Obtain information from Resource Data Book, as necessary. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 32 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE 1lOF 1 OFFSITE LIAISON The Offsite.Liaison reports to their assigned Parish or State Emergency Operation Center (EOC) and performs the responsibilities listed in their EOC position binder.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 33 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 0F 2 ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN ALT EOF Main Room (Typical)Offsite Communicator Emergency Director Essen Lane 2 nd Floor Training Room Technical Advisor NRC Site Team Director EOF Manager Log Keeper EOF Communicator Public Information Liaison Lead Offsite Liaison Administration & Logistics Coordinator EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 34 OF 43 EIP-2-022 REV-31 PAGE 34 0F43 ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 2 OF 2 ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN ALT EOF Conference Room (NRC) and Dose Assessment Room (Typical)Essen Lane 2 nd Floor Telecom Room AEOF Spare 5 Offsite Team Coordinator NRC Dose Assessor NRC Protective Measures Counterpart Link NRC Deputy Protective Measures Branch Leader AEOF Spare 1 AEOF Spare 2 AEOF Spare 3 Dose Assessor LDEQ Dose Assessment LDEQ Technical Logistics Coordinator LDEQ Field Monitoring Team Coordinator AEOF Spare 4 Conference Room (NRC)NRC Deputy Site Team Director NRC Liaison Leader NRC Reactor Safety Counterpart Link Communicator RSCL NRC Security / Safeguards Communicator NRC Technical Specialist -Public Information NRC Protective Measures Specialist NRC Chronology/IDocumentation Communicator NRC Response Branch Leader NRC Information Technology Specialist NRC Chronology Documentation Leader SEssen Lane 2 nd Floor Conference Room EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 35 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Primary PAR Flow Chart NOTE: A Rapidly Progressing Severe Accident is a significant reactor event with immediate or General Emergency near-immediate offsite consequences that is Declared intended to be easily recognizable. IF unsure~on the criteria below, THEN assume that a Rapidly Progressing Severe Accident is no..t in progress.determined by CotanenA radiologIca release --radiationd monitor withprsiteeboundary Rem vinderof 10 rierading dose> 1,000 emaolu~~~~~~~remainder of 10 mile radiusEvcae5mlsdw in Evacuatee Schools, Institutions and~~~~~~~~~Recreation Areas 10 mile radiusReomnmniradpeae Continue to monitor for wind shifts or areas where EPA PAGs will be exceeded and adjust PAR as necessary. Refer to EIP-2-022 Subsequent PAR Guidance.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 36 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 2 oF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS BLOCK 1 EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND MONITOR AND PREPARE THE REMAINDER OF TH-E 10 MILE RADIUS. EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, AND RECREATION AREAS WITHIN 5 MILE RADIUS.Locate the wind direction to find the a rpprriate scenario number to use.DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 1 A R& B 191.26-213.75 1 B A& C 213.76-236.25 2 C B& D 236.26-258.75 3 D C & E 258.76-281.25 4 E D & F 281.26-303.75 4 F E& G 303.76-326.25 5 G F &H 326.26-348.75 5 H G & J 348.76-11.25 6 J H& K 11.26-33.75 7 K J &L 33.76-56.25 8 L K& M 56.26-78.75 8 M L & N 78.76-101.25 9 N M& P 101.26-123.75 10 P N& Q 123.76-146.25 10 Q P& R 146.26-168.75 10 R Q& A EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 37 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 3 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS BLOCK 2 EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND MONITOR AND PREPARE THE THE 10 MILE RADIUS. EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, AND RECREATION AREAS WITHIN 10 MILE RADIUS.Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use.DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER c- SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 11 A R& B 191.26-213.75 12 B A &C 213.76-236.25 13 C B &D 236.26-258.75 14 D C & E 258.76-281.25 15 E D &F 281.26-303.75 16 F E& G 303.76-326.25. 17 G F &H 326.26-348.75 18 H G& J 348.76-11.25 19 J H& K 11.26-33.75 20 K J &LI 33.76-56.25 21 L K& M 56.26-78.75 22 M L &N 78.76-101.25 23 N M &P 101.26-123.75 24 P N &Q 123.76-146.25 24 Q P& R 146.26-168.75 11 R Q& A EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 38 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 4 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMEND~ATIONS Subsequent PAR Guidance 1. After initial PAR implementation changes in wind direction may change the PAR Scenario number.Before changing the PAR, consider current and projected plant conditions, dose projections and meteorological conditions in determining whether to stay with current PAR or issue a new PAR.Obtain updates on weather forecast from National Weather Service (NWS).2. Minimize the number of protective action areas (PAS) evacuated when issuing PARs. Do not recommend a PAR change that would cause an area (PAS) that has already been recommended for evacuation to shelter or monitor and prepare.3. IF an initial PAR has been issued due to declaration of a General Emergency and4 a new PAR is being considered based on a wind shift or for any other reason, THEN assess the following criteria msteps 3.1 and 3.2 or use the Subsequent PAR Flow Chart to determine whether the new PAR should be issued based on dose assessment or on plant conditions. NOTE: If a radiological assessment shows that an ongoing release or containment source term is not sufficient to cause exposures in excess of EPA protective action guidelines, then PARs should not be expanded based only on changes in wind direction. 3.1 I__f the condition described in A or B exists, then provide the new PAR as indicated by that condition and the current evacuated areas (PAS) using PAR Scenario Maps. If no other PAR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs). IF neither condition A nor condition B exists, THE__NN proceed to subsequent step 3.2.A. Radiological assessment shows EPA PAGs will be exceeded in the new area based on an actual release.B. A potential loss of the containment fission product barrier (per EALs) exists and containment source term indicates PAGs could be exceeded in the new area if a release were to start.3.2 WHEN step 3.1 does not apply: 3.2.1 IF any answer in 1 through 3 is "yes", THEN issue the new PAR Scenario number taking into account the new and current evacuated areas (PAS) using PAR Scenario Maps. If no other PAR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs).1. Are there continuing degraded or unknown adverse plant conditions that could impact or cause additional core damage and containment failure (e.g., magnitude of source term, core not covered, and containment cooling degraded or unavailable)?

2. Unsure radiological release pathway is understood (e.g., filtered, non-filtered, monitored, unmonitored with potential for release rate to increase, or potential for RCS leak to increase)?

EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 39 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 4 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS

3. IF" available, does off-site radiological data support the protective action recommendation methodology based on dose assessment?

EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 40 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 5 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS

4. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting.SNOTE: Controlled venting could affect an area beyond initial evacuation orders (e.g., five to ten miles downwind).

4.1 Use the following criteria to determine the appropriate action for the controlled release of radioactive material from containment. 4.1.1 Dose assessment shows that the EPA protective action guidelines would be exceeded in the new affected area (PAS).4.1.2 There is assurance that the release is short term (1 hour or less).4.1.3 If time allows, contact parish officials of the new affected area (PAS) to determine whether the area can be evacuated prior to plume arrival.*If the new affected area cannot be evacuated before the plume arrives, then recommend shelter for the newyly affected area. Issue the previous PAR Scenario and include in the offsite notification message the protective actions (shelter) for the newly affected area (PAS).*If the new affected area can be evacuated prior to plume arrival, then recommend evacuation of the new affected area. Compare PAR Scenario maps to ensure the newly affected area is included. If it is not, then issue the previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message the protective actions (evacuation) for the newly affected area (PAS)." 4.2 If the release duration cannot be readily or accurately determined, and dose or plant conditions warrant, then evacuation should be recommended. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 41 OF 43 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 6 OF 6 PAG -Protective Action Guideline (1 Remn TEDE or 5 Remn CDE Thyroid)PAS -Protective Action Section (1-18)SUBSEQUENT PAR FLOW CHART (I General Emergency and PARs have been previously issued AND wind shift changes PAR Scenario number or dose assessment indicates a PAG is exceeded in a new PAS D 4'Do not__ recommend the shelter or monitor and prepare of an evacuated PAS. Minimize evacuated areas (PAS).Ifsa radiological assessment shows that an ongoing release or containment source term is not sufficient to cause exposures in excess of EPA protective action guidelines, then PARs should not be expanded based only on changes in wind direction. Compare PAR Scenario maps for current and new evacuated areas (PAS). I inlueEhenw res o eNo PAR. change evacuted (AS)?requiredNO IF iTHEN Radiological assessment shows EPA PAGs will be exceeded I Issue PAR Scenario to include previously in the new area based on an actual release i evacuated areas and new areas (PAS). If no other PAR OR i Scenario includes all required areas (PAS), then Potential loss of containment (per EALs) exists and containment issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite source term indicates PAGs could be exceeded in the new area notification message protective actions for new affected i~f a release Were to start. I areas (PASs).-I-SNO S/r un rYES p oter I \ incr-,<damage and containment falr?(magnitude of source term, core not covered, andYE containment cooling degraded Sor unavailable) lCompare current and new evacuated areas (PAS) on PAR Scenario Maps and issue new PAR Scenario number as appropriate. IF no other PAR_ Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs).EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 42 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1OF 2 PROMPT NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (SIREN) OPERATION Actions Completed Initials Actions to place system in operational state: 1. Verify Siren Remote Control Panel has power by observing white LED Test button (power light) is lit.___2. Power on siren radio and verify siren radio is on channel 01. __3. Power on siren computer.4. Log onto computer as Observer and enter password Observer.___ NOTE If any of the above components do not have power, then the sirens will not be able to be sounded from the AFOF ifre quested by the parishes.In that instance they will have to be activated by the Main Control Room.Actions to sound sirens if requested by parish agency: 1. Obtain RBS Siren Control Unit key from Alternate EOF key box.___2. Insert RiBS Siren Control Unit key into switch labeled ACTIVATE.___

3. Turn the ARM switch momentarily to the right. Switch will blink on and off.___4. Press the appropriate button (ex. ALL CALL, EBRP, EFP). The ARM switch will illuminate solid. The button pressed will blink on and off.___5. Momentarily turn the ACTIVATE key switch to the right. The button pressed will illuminate solid. Sirens will begin to sound. ___NOTE While the siren sounding is occurring (3 minute period), the lights on the Siren Remote Control Panel will be lit and the computer map shaded red. Once the sounding is complete, the system will automatically perform a siren status request which will indicate ifany sirens failed to sound. During this time the "Stat-Re q"' light on the Siren Remote Control Panel will be lit. This light will extinguish when the status request is complete.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 43 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 2 OF 2 PROMPT NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (SIREN) OPERATION Actions Completed Initials Actions to obtain siren sounding results if requested by a parish agency: 1. After the status request is complete, observe the siren computer screen. Any failed ___sirens will be indicated by a RED triangle (A).-2. Right click the computer mouse over the RED triangle to open a screen which will ___indicate the siren name (ex. WF-18, EBR-5).3. If a siren has indicated failure, then notifyr the respective parish of the need to implement their backup route alerting steps for the public in the areas surrounding that siren.Actions to return the system to normal configuration:

1. Remove the RBS Siren Control Unit key from the ACTIVATE switch and store in key box.___2. Log off of and power down computer 3. Power off siren radio.ETP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 44 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q)

SCREENING AiltEernaenc EOF-Aerations Fandit TranFOerao Fntions Part 1. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. This change issues fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations, Rev. 2 and revises site-specific RBS procedure EIP-2-022, Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer off Functions, Rev. 31.Responsibilities common to both EN-EP-609 and EIP-2-022 were deleted from EIP-2-022 and retained in EN-EP-609.

2. Revised definition

3.5 Radiological

Release -From: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event.To:" For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment.

3. Revised release characterization contained in definition 3.5.From: No release.Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.To: Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.4. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action. Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line 50 to Line 5iD.5. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form Lines 9A, D, and E to remove 'No Release' as release information characterization and to be consistent with change 3 above.6. Attachment 2 -Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option and to be consistent with change 3 above. Reordered remaining steps.7. Attachment 3- Deleted step to ensure all telephones are in place.Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?

L-IYES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: complete Part VI.__ _ _ _ _Justification: LI Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. EN-EP-305 REV 3 A'I-rACHM ENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(a) SCREENING Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer of Functions APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. [] One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.[] One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation Is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change IZYES [] NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Justification: Enter justification and complete Part VL.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(a) SCREENING Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer of Functions Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] Li*2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 Li staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] ElI 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] Li 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] Li 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] [7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] Li 8. Procedures for notification of State and local govemnmental agencies are capable of alerting them of fl the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt Li instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and Li Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response Li organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] Li 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the Lii plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] Li 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] Li 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] Li 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] Li 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] Li 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are Li available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including Li those for hostile action events.[1 0]21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] Li 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] Li EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 4 of 6 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer of Functions 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] [24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program Lii areas) is established. [~14 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, D]maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [141 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] E]27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] D]28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [161 [29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are property trained. [16] LI APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Change items #1. 7. 8 and 9 Entergy ERO responsibilities are outlined in EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-022 rev. 25 as part of implementation of the Standard ERO and were previously evaluated under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 1212/10. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations which includes those same ERO responsibilities. This procedure revision transitions to the new fleet procedure. EIP-2-022 is being maintained to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-609. Existing RBS facilities and equipment and still being maintained and there are no changes to any intent in procedure actions. Timing requirements for augmentation and facility operability are also not changed.Process discussion: RBS currently uses the same process reflected in the fleet procedure of ERO position checklists and position binders. A review of the RBS Emergency Plan commitments was performed against the fleet EOF procedure and EIP-2-022. Fleet procedure information was supported with site specific information as necessary to ensure site-specific Emergency Plan requirements and associated processes were retained. Therefore, changes to the location of the description of emergency response processes were made (changed to fleet procedure or retained in site-specific EIP), but no changes to the emergency response processes addressed by I0CFR50.47(b) planning standards themselves were made.Summary:* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* No ERG responsibilities have been relocated.

• The description, activation and operation of the Alternate EOF as described in the RBS Emergency Plan has not been changed.* All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.
• This change does not alter the Altemnate EOF structure, organization or location.The revision of the site Alternate Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) procedure (EiP-2-022) and incorporating the use of fleet Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Procedure

('EN-EP-609) screens out. Based on the above, this chan qe EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(a) SCREENING ATAHET91 OF5.4u SCRENIN Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer of Functions does flat need to be evaluated. Chan qe Items # 2 and 3. Revised release definition to remove 'due to the classified event' and also removed 'no release' as a release characterization. There are no changes to the current offsite notification procedure process with one exception associated with removing 'no release' as an option with which to characterize releases from the site. With this change RBS will still provide to local organizations emergency messages which contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected populations, and whether protective measures are necessary. This change is in alignment with NRC RIS 2002-16 and has been agreed to by both State and local officials. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are still capable of alerting them of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications therefore no further evaluation is required for this change.Change Item # 4. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action. Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line SC to Line 5D. This change was previously evaluated by RBS under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 1214114 as part of revision 30 of EIP-2-022. That 10CFR50.54(q) determined the use of monitor and prepare was consistent with regulatory guidance and was not a reduction in effectiveness of Emergency Plan functions and could be incorporated without prior NRC approval. No further evaluation is required for this change.Changqe Item # 5. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form Lines 9A, D, and E to remove 'No Release'as release information characterization and to be consistent with change 2 above.Change Item # 6. Attachment 2- Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option and to be consistent with change 3 above. Reordered remaining steps.Change 5 removes 'No release' from the typical form for the Long NMF and supporting lines 0 and E which relate to start and stop times of a release. Change 6 removes from the guidance on completion of the Long NMF the use of 'No Release'. The ability to perform notifications to State/Local agencies in a timely manner is not impacted by this change as notifications of emergency classification and Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) are still being made. The evaluation of the removal of 'No Release' is being performed as part of change #3 above. Changes 5 and 6 do not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for these changes.Changqe Item #7. Attachment 3 -Deleted step to ensure all telephones are in place.Set up instructions for the Alternate EOF previously involved relocating phones from a storage locker to their intended ERO location. Phones have now been permanently located at the respective ERG positions. No further evaluation is required for this change at it is an enhancement. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHM ENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(a) SCREENING Sheet 6 of 6 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer of Functions Part Vi. Signatures: Preparer Name (Print)John Hurst (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print)N/A Reviewer Name (Print)Tom Sowdon Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print)EP manager or designee EN-EP-305 REV 3

• G12.23.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*JOINT INFORMATION CENTER PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-023 REVISION NUMBER: *14 Effective Date: *1/27/2016 NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.REFERENCE USE*INJDEXING INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE............................................................................................

2 2 REFERENCES ...................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................... 2 5 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 3 6 PROCEDURE ........................................................................................ 3 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................... 6 ATTACHMENT 1 -JOINT INFORMATION CENTER -FLOOR PLAN ......................... 7 EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAGE 1 OF 7 EIP-2-023 REV-14 PAGE1OF7 1 PURPOSE This procedure describes the activation of the Joint Infornation Center (JIC) and the staff functions related to providing a place where all official news regarding the emergency is available from all sources.2 REFERENCES ECP-2-00 1, Joint Information Center (JIG) Staff Position Instructions 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Facility

Staffing -The process of assembling personnel, verifying equipment operability and making a facility ready to support the emergency response.3.2 Operational -The Joint Information Center (JIG) is considered to be operational when, in the judgment of the Company Spokesperson, sufficient JIG staff and equipment are ready to provide their designated functions in support of the emergency response.4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 JIG Manager -The JIG Manager's responsibilities include, but, are not limited to the following:

4.1.1. Coordinate

activation of JIG personnel.

4.1.2. Ensure

that the JIG is made operational in accordance with procedure.

4.1.3. Provide

timely and accurate information to the public through the media.4.1.4. Control rumors and misinformation.

4.1.5. Report

directly to the Company Spokesperson. EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAE2O7 PAGE 2 OF 7

4.1.6. Manage

all public information functions.

4.1.7. Coordinate

joint agency spokespersons. 4.2 JIG Staff -Ensure that the JIG is made operational in accordance with procedure and provide support to the JIG operation as directed.5 GENERAL 5.1 The JIG is located on the first floor of the Govenor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) building at 7667 Independence Blvd, Baton Rouge, LA.5.2 The JIG is staffed by licensee personnel along with representatives from the State of Louisiana, the five parishes within the ten-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ), the State of Mississippi, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, the Federal Emergency Management Agency and other federal agencies if and as they respond.5.3 The JIG is activated at an Alert or higher declaration. 6 PROCEDURE 6.1 The Company Spokesperson should: 6.1.1. Upon receiving a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE): 1. Acknowledge receipt of the NOUE by responding to the ERO notification system as directed.2. Call the Control Room and verify the NOUE and plant status with the Emergency Director.EIP-2-023 REV- 14 PAGE 3 OF 7 EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAGE 3 OF 7

3. Call the site Corporate Communications representative using the Emergency Telephone Book, Section IV-B phone numbers. Should the site Corporate Communications personnel fail to respond, call the Echelon Corporate Communications representative listed in the same section of the Emergency Telephone Book.Inform them of the NOUB declaration and determine if a press release is appropriate.

Utilize Corporate Communications in development and distribution of the press release to media outlets. Emergency Director approval of press releases is required prior to release to the media and public.4. Maintain periodic contact with the Emergency Director in the Control Room on the status of the NOUE, press releases, and termination of the NOUJE.6.1.2. Upon being notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency acknowledge receipt by responding to the ERO notification system as directed. At an Alert or higher proceed to the JIC and carry out duties and responsibilities. Ensure GOHSEP performs media notification (LC #13612).6.1.3. Participate in the initial recovery planning meeting, with the Emergency Director in conjunction with GOHSEP and OROs determine the extent to which Entergy should participate in the JIC during the recovery phase.6.1.4. When the Emergency Director agrees end Entergy participation in the JIC and make assignments for any press releases during recovery operations. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Manager-Emergency Preparedness.

6.2 Using

ECP-2-001, Joint Information Center (JIC) Staff Position Instruction and the Facility Setup Manuals, as a guide, the following JIC positions will perform the duties described: 6.2.1. The Company Spokesperson should provide accurate and timely dissemination of EOI information to the media at all press conferences. EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAE4O7 PAGE 4 OF 7 6.2.2. The .JIC Manager reports to the Company Spokesperson. The JIG Manager supervises JIG operations tO facilitate accurate timely release of information to the media and public.The JIG Manager ensures pre-conference briefings are held with JIG Spokesperson Team as well as coordinating interviews and technical briefings with the Media Liaison.6.2.3. The Media Liaison should provide information to the media present at the JIG, assist with press conferences, and arrange interviews when possible. The Media Liaison reports to the JIG Manager and will assume the duties and responsibilities of the JIG Manager, at press briefings, in his/her absence.6.2.4. The Technical Advisor in the JIG is responsible for interpreting technical information received from the EOF as needed for press releases as well as to support the Company Spokesperson in responding to technical questions from the media on the emergency. The Technical Advisor also advises the Inquiry Response Coordinator/Rumor Control on technical questions from the public or media. The Technical Advisor reports to the Company Spokesperson. 6.2.5. The Press Release Writer should receive all technical input from the Technical Advisor in the JIG and Public Information Liaison in the EOF. The Press Release Writer prepares press releases from acquired information for the JIG Manager and Emergency Director's signatures. Assist Company Spokesperson with technical input for press conferences. Establish contact with and provide information to the Corporate Emergency Center (GEG).6.2.6. The JIC Manager should serve as the primary Entergy Operations contact for Offsite Spokespersons at the JIG and reads EOI press releases for confirmation from offsite agencies.6.2.7. The Technical Assistant assists with Offsite Spokespersons activities at the JIG as well as providing logistics support, copying and distributing Entergy press releases. The Technical Assistant reports to the JIG Manager.EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAGE 5 OF 7 EIP-2-023 REV-14 PAGE5OF7

6.2.8. Media

Monitor monitors media reports on radio, television or intemnet (should be performed in conjunction with GOHSEP personnel if possible). The Media Monitor should report all media inacurracies to the JIG Manager for correction during press conferences. The Media Monitor reports to the J-IG Manager.7 DOCUMENTATION Send any documentation of NOUE actions to the Manager-Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-023 REV- 14 PAGE 6 OF 7 EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAGE 6 OF 7 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1lOF 1 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER FLOOR PLAN Lend ~ ~.n4 ~7~67 Ikp~k~ B~. Ua~r~ ~ I A O~Qt~~225) 92!~-7~OO EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAGE 7 OF 7 Attachment

9.1 Attacment

.110CFR50.54(q) Screening Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-023 lRevision: 14 Sheet I of 5 Equlipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): This procedure revision moves the Joint Information Center (JIC) from the River Bend Station Training Center on site to the Governor's Office of Homeland Security andEmergency Preparedness, 7667 Independence Blvd, Baton Rouge, LA which also moves the JIC out of the 10 mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ). This change eliminates the need to maintain an Alt JIC at 446 North Blvd in Baton Rouge, LA previousiy needed to avoid radiation exposure of the press in event of a release on site.1) Replace 'news release' with 'press release' throughout procedure to use updated terminology.

2) Change 5.1 From: "The JIC is located on the first floor of the Training Center (See Attachment 1)To:" "The JIC is located on the first floor of the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) building at 7667 Independence Blvd, Baton Rouge, LA(See Attachment 1)." 3) Change 6.1.2 F2rom: "Upon being notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency acknowledge receipt by responding to the ERO notification system as directed.

At an Alert proceed to the JIC and carry out duties and responsibilities. At a Site Area or General Emergency proceed to the Alternate JIC to carry out the duties and responsibilities. Ensure media notification (LC #1 3612).Tom: "Upon being notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency acknowledge receipt by responding to the ERO notification system as directed. At an Alert or higher proceed to the JIC and carry out duties and responsibilities. Ensure GOHSEP performs media notification (LC #1361 2)." 4) Delete 6.1.3 "If notified at any time by the Emergency Director that the JIC is uninhabitable or should be relocated, direct relocation of the JIC staff to the alternate facility at North Boulevard in Baton Rouge, per ECP-2-001, Joint Information Center (JIC) Staff Position Instruction." 5) Delete 6.2.3 "The Information Coordinator reports to the JIC Manager and supervises media and public response activities as well as establishing and maintaining frequent contact with Corporate Communications personnel." -supports JIC relocation.

6) Delete 6.2.6 "Logistics should provide staffing, administrative and logistic support for the JIC, and distribute news releases.

The Logistics Coordinator reports to the JIC Manager. Logistics Coordinator will request IT support for both telecommunications and computer needs when relocation to Alt JiC is required. Logistics personnel report to the Logistics Coordinator. They maintain the master files, duplication, distribution, and assist in the activation/deactivation of the JIC." -supports JIC relocation.

7) Change 6.2.8 From: "The Technical Assistant should serve as the primary Entergy Operations contact for Offsite Spokespersons at the JIC and reads EOI news releases for confirmation from offsite agencies.

The Technical Assistant reports to the Information Coordinator." To:" "The Technical Assistant assists with Offsite Spokespersons activities at the JIC as well as providing logistics support, copying and distributing Entergy press releases. The Technical Assistant reports to the JIC Manager." 8) Delete 6.2.9 "The Inquiry Response Coordinator should take appropriate actions regarding incoming media/public queries and rapidly act upon rumors or misinformation identified by Phone Team or other sources.The Inquiry Response Coordinator reports to the Information Coordinator." -supports JIC relocation.

9) Delete 6.2.10 "The inquiry Responders should contact the media upon activation of the Joint Information Center, provide responses to incoming media and public queries, and rapidly act upon rumors or misinformation.

Inquiry Responders report to the Inquiry Response Coordinator." -supports JIC relocation.

10) Delete 6.2.11 "Credentialing personnel should establish and maintain access control at the Training Center JIC Staff (breezeway) entrance and the Media (auditorium lobby) entrance, (See Attachment 1).11) Attachment 1 -update JIC Floor Plan by replacing Training Center Floor Plan with GOHSEP Floor Plan EN-EP-305 REV 3 Attachment

9.1 Attacment

.1 10CFR50.54(q) Screening Procedure/Document Number: E IP-2-023 /Revision: 14 Sheet 2 of 5 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? E-YES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3)* \ Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? Evalreuaioniredt.ar Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: complete Part vi. _ _ _ _ _ _Justification: LI Bounding document attached (optional) Part IIl. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Conltrol Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity. (Refer to EN-LI-i100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION IXI If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. [] One or more controlling change processes Eare selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan: continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.LI One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 50.54(q)(3) Part IV. Editorial Change DYES IXINO suc a frmatigpargrph50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change scasfrtinpagphEvaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? Yes NOT re~quired. Justification: Enter 1) Replace 'news release' with 'press release' is editorial, intent is unchanged. justification and complete Part VI."No" is selected because procedure revision contains other changes that are not editorial. EN-EP-305 REV 3 Attachment

9.1 Attacment

.110CFR50.54(q) Screening Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-023 Revision: 14 Sheet 3 of 5I Equilpment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center ProcedurelDocument Number: EIP-2-023 Revision: 14 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-I Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] D]2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 E]staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] []4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] [5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] III 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. 131 D]7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] LI 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of []the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt [instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and [Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]i11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response LI organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] LII 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the [plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7]1[15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] [16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] [18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] [19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are LI available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including [those for hostile action events.[10]____ EN-EP-305 REV 3 Attachment

9.1 Attacment

.110CFR50.54(q) Screening Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-023 Revision: 14 Sheet 4 of 5 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center ProcedurelDocument Number: EIP-.2-023 Revision: 14 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] D]22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] LI 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] LI 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program LI areas) is established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, [maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] [27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] [28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] [29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] _____APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for condlusion below and complete Part VI. .U3 If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION

2) Change 5.1 Frm The JIC is located on the first floor of the Training Center (See Attachment 1)To:" "The JIC is located on the first floor of the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOH.SEP) building at 7667 Independence Blvd, Baton Rouge, LA(See Attachment 1)." 3) Change 6.1.2 From: "Upon being notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency acknowledge receipt by responding to the ERO notification system as directed.

At an Alert proceed to the JIC and carry out duties and responsibilities. At a Site Area or General Emergency proceed to the Alternate JIC to carry out the duties and responsibilities. Ensure media notification (LC #1 3612).To:" "Upon being notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency acknowledge receipt by responding to the ERO notification system as directed. At an Alert or higher proceed to the JIC and carry out duties and responsibilities. Ensure GOHSEP performs media notification (LC #1361 2)." 4) Delete 6.1.3 "If notified at any time by the Emergency Director that the JIC is uninhabitable or should be relocated, direct relocation of the JIC staff to the alternate facility at North Boulevard in Baton Rouge, per ECP-2-001, Joint Information Center (JIC) Staff Position Instruction." 5) Delete 6.2.3 "The Information Coordinator reports to the JIC Manager and supervises media and public response activities as well as establishing and maintaining frequent contact with Corporate Communications personnel." -supports JIC relocation.

6) Delete 6.2.6 "Logistics should provide staffing, administrative and logistic support for the JIC, and distribute news releases.

The Logistics Coordinator reports to the JIC Manager. Logistics Coordinator will request IT support for both telecommunications and computer needs when relocation to Alt JIC is required. Logistics personnel report to the Logistics Coordinator. They maintain the master files, duplication, distribution, and assist in the activation/deactivation of the JIC." -supports JIC relocation. EN-EP-305 REV 3

9.1 10CFRS0.54(q) Screening Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-023 IRevision: 14 Equip;m~enlacilltylOther: River Bend Station Title-Center 7) Change 6.2.8 From: "The Technical Assistant should serve as the primary Entergy Operations contact for Dffsite pok~espersons at the JIC and reads EO! news releases for confirmation from offsite agencies. The Techcl f!A.,ssistan~t reports to the Information Coordlnator, .To: 'he Technical Assistant assists with Offsite Spok~espersons activities at tthe JiC as well as providing logisticSssupport, and distributing Entergy press releases. Th'eTechnical Assistant reports to the JIC 8) 6i21.9 ='The :Inquiry ResPonse Coo rdinator shoucld take actions regar'ding incoming media/public queris ,and rapidly act upon rumors or misinf6rmtionId jent~ifiedI by ;Phone Team cr other sources.The ;Inquiry Resp~onse reports to the Inform:ation -supports JiC relocation.

9) Delete 6.2.10 =The Inquiry Responders should contact the media upon activation of the Joint Information Center, provide responses to incoming media and public querieS, and raboidly act upon rumors or misinformation.

Inquiry Responders report to the Inquiry Response Coordinator." -supports JIC relocation.

10) Delete 6.1.11 "Credentialing personnel should establish and maintain access control at the Training Center Ja C Staff.(breezeway) ehtr'ance and the Media (auditorium lobby) :entrance, (See Attachment 1l).11) Attachment 1 -update'.JlC Floor Plan by replacing Training Center Floor Plan with GOHSEP Floor Plan The proposed!

changes to this procedure support the relocation of the Joint Information Center (J IC) .from Riv'er Banid ;Staion to GOHSEP in Baton Rouge, LA. The relocation of the JIC to GOHSEP facility and the removal :of the sp~ecific JIC position have been reviewed in revision 042' to the RBS Emergency Plan. these proposed changes do not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change fa'cilitiesor equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation Is required for this change.Preparer Nmde (Print) Preparer S:igna.ture Date: Norman E Tison ., : 1/17/16 (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) R./ eviewer Sign~atu're

. ...Date: Reviewer Nam'e (Print) :eviewer Signature ) ;Date: D uane Whfte /

Nuclear EP project Manager EP manager or aestgnee 1-25-16 U f EN-EP-305 REV 3 SE try MNGMNNUCLEAR NON-QtUALITY REL.ATED EN-EP-900 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 1 OF 5 Emergency Preparedness Forms IProcedure Contains NMM ECH eB REFLIB Forms: YES 13 NO Z]Procedure Revision Type: New LI NON-Editorial [] Editorial 13 TC 13 Cancellation LI HQN Prcdr we: Dean Burnett GvracOwe: Mary Ann Wilson Effetie Title: Director,- Emergency Title: DPreogramerec Date Programs Program 01/27/16 St:HQN St:HQN W P Site Site Procedure Champion Title ANO N/A N/A B3RP N/A N/A CNS N/A N/A GGNS Jeff Seiter Manager, EP IPEC Lori Glander Manager, EP JAF James Jones Manager, EP PLP Dan Malone Manager, EP PNPS N/A N/A RBS Tim Schenk Manager, EP VY N/A N/A W3 N/A N/A HQN N/A N/A For site implementation dates see ECH eB REFLIB using site tree view (Navigation panel)Site and NMM Procedures Canceled or Superseded By This Revision, N/A Process Applicability Exclusion: All Sites: LI Specific Sites: ANO 13 BRP 13 GGNS 13 IPECI-- JAF 13 PLP 13 PNPS[-- RBS 13 VY 13 W3 13 Change Statement Revision 2 is to implement the fleet standard Emergency Preparedness Forms procedure at Palisades, Indian Point and RBS. This revision also adds EN-EP-609 to the interfacing procedure list for EP Form EP-7-ALL.Associated PRHQN #: PRHQN 2015-0063,4 Procedure Writer: D. Townsend Contains Proprietary Information: YES 13 NO [] TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Pg 1.0 PURPOSE................................................................................ 3

2.0 REFERENCES

........................................................................... 3 3.0 DEFINITIONS............................................................................. 3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES..................................................................... 3 5.0 DETAILS .................. .............................................................. 3 6.0 INTERFACES ............................................................................ 4 7.0 RECORDS................................................................................ 4 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS...................................................... 4 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ......................................................................... 4 ATTACHMENT

9.1 CURRENT

LIST OF EFFECTIVE FORMS ........................................ 5 1.0 PURPOSE[1] This procedure controls Forms used by the Emergency Response Organization during emergencies.

2.0 REFERENCES

[1] Sites Emergency Plans[21 Site Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures

3.0 DEFINITIONS

NONE 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES [1] The Emergency Planning Department is responsible for maintaining forms used by the Emergency Response Organization in accordance with this procedure. 5.0 DETAILS~5.1 USE OF FoRMs[1] The Implementing Procedure that calls for a form to be completed will control the actual use of forms.[2] Any needed instructions for form completion will either be on the form itself or in the procedure calling for its use.5.2 CONTROL OF FORMS[1] Forms are numbered sequentially as the need for them is defined by other implementing procedures.(a) Form numbers will be formatted as "EP-n-Site or All Rev x", where n is the sequential number of the form and x is the current revision of the form. For the Site, the designator will be as designated in PCRS. If All sites use the form, then All will be used.5.3 METHOD OF PLACING FORMS IN THIS PROCEDURE[1] Forms are attached as addendums to this procedure. They will appear formatted in the end use format. There will be no annotation on the addendums or actual forms showing addendum number or procedure page number.[2] Attachment 9.1, Current List of Effective Forms will list all effective forms and the number of pages in each form.[3] The Effective Forms are located in the EP Corporate drive (i.e., \\metne\EP Fleet Forms).

6.0 INTERFACES

[1] EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations [2] EN-EP-610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations [13] EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (05C) Operations 7.0 RECORDS[1] Forms completed by members of the ERO during an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records and are maintained in accordance with EN-AD-i103. 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS [1] None 9.0 ATTACHMENTS Attachment

9.1 Current

List of Effective Forms ATr'ACHMENT 9.1CURNLITOEFCIVFRM CURRENT LIST OF EFFECTIVE FORMS Page 1 of 1 Form Form TitleInefcg Number (number of pages if > 1) Poeue EP-1 -ALL This has been intentionally left biank Nn EP-2-ALL Essential Information Form (2 pages) EN-EP-609, EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611 EP-3-ALL Log Sheet FormENE-0,NEP6,E-P61 EP-4-ALL Exposure Authorization Form (2 pages) EN-EP-609, EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611 EP-5-ALL Team Dispatching Form EN-EP-609, ENEP-610, EN-EP-611 EP-6-ALL Team Tracking Form EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611 EP-7-ALL Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form (2 pages) EN-EP-609, EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611I EP-8-ALL KI Instructions/Briefing Form EN-EP-609, EN-EP-610, EN-EP-61 1 NRC Form-361, Reactor Plant Event Notification EN-EP-609, EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611 EP-g-ALL Worksheet (2 pages)Fillng n EO Vaanc Duing aciitySite Specific CR procedures/EN-EP-EP-10-ALL Activation/Operation Form60,E-P6,ENP61 EP-1 1-ALL Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form (3 pages) EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611I EP-12-ALL

• Engineering Task Assignment Form (2 pages) EN-EP-610 EP-1 3-ALL NRC Briefing Form EN-EP-609 EP-14-ALL Briefing Form EN-EP-609, EN-EP-6I0, EN-EP-611 ATTACHMENT 9.1 1 0CFR50.54(q)

SCREENING SHEET 1 OF 4 ProcedurelDocument Number: EN-EP-900 Revision: 002 EquipmentlFacility/Other: River Bend Station Title: EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS FORMS Part I, Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): This change implements fleet procedure EN-EP-900, Emergency Preparedness Forms, Rev. 2 for use by the RBS emergency response organization. Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? [-]YES ~ O]NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below:, complete Part VI. _ _ _ _ _ _Justification: El Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may indlude changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. El One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50,54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.El One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10CFR50.54 (q)Part IV. Editorial Change E--YES O]NO 50,54(o,)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Justification: Enter~justification and complete Part VI.Part V. Emergency Planning ElementlFunction Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, incduding program elements from NUREG-0654/FE=MA REP-I Section II?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] lI]2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 LI staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] _[EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 100CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 2 OF 4 ProcedurelDocument Number: EN-EP-900 Revision: 002 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS FORMS 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] i[]5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] [6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] I[l 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] LI 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of []the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt [instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and [Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [51 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response El organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] [13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the [plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. 17] LI 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] [16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] _____17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] Ii 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] [19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are [available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [101 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including [those for hostile action events.[1 0]21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. (11] LI 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] [23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] [24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program El areas) is established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, [maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] [27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] [28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] III 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] [EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EN-EP-g00 IRevi~sion: 002 Equipment(FacilitylOther: River Bend StationlAPPLICABILITY CONCLUSION l]if no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.U If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Transition to the new fleet procedure will change processes as illustrated below: EP-2-ALL. EP-1 4-ALL: Essential Information Form and Briefin9 Form: These forms are used to support turnovers and briefs and replace applicable RBS stand-alone forms which are not contained in site procedures. The information provided in both fleet forms, for briefings and Essential Information, is similar to the subject areas contained in existing forms used at RBS. These forms constitute a replacement of the RBS site specific forms and contain the relevant information needed to facilitate turnovers, both from one facility to another and within a facility (shift turnover) and for the use of periodic briefings within a facility.Additionally, the fleet forms support timely transfer and turnover and can be supplemented as needed by other information such as log entries, dose assessment printouts, notification forms, etc. This change does not affect the meaniing or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-3-ALL: Loq Sheet Form: This change replaces an existing log form in RBS site procedures. Both forms are similar and contain no specific required information. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-4-ALL: Exposure Authorization Form: This form does not replace an existing RBS site specific form or procedure. The RBS procedure EIP-2-01 2, Radiation Exposure Controls, contains instructions for special radiation exposure controls during an emergency and will continue be used by the ERO. The information contained in the fleet form (EP-4-ALL) supports the information contained in the site procedure in that the'V exposure limits and authorization requirements are the same. The use of this new fleet form provides for a systematic collection of information for the authorization in a single location (on the form). This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.' EP-5-ALL. EP-6-ALL. EP-1 1-ALL. EP-12-ALL: Team Dispatchinq Form. Team Trackinq Form. Repair &Corrective Action Assiqnment Form, and Engineering Task Assignment Form: This change replaces RBS forms and EP aids with fleet forms. Briefing, dispatching and tracking of OSC teams and/or assignment of engineering tasks are not processes described in the 10CFR50.47 planning standards or NUREG-0654 and are not referenced in Regulatory Guide 1.219. This change does not affect a process associated with an emergency planning standard. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-7-ALL: Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form: RBS procedures currently contain facility sign-in forms.The current process for facility sign-in and the directions associated with this new form are consistent. The fleet form is considered as an enhancement as it also provides for a clear "statement" (using a checkbox)from a responder as to whether or not they are fit-for-duty in accordance with Entergy requirements. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent (6f a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-8-ALL: KI Instructions/Briefinq Form: The fleet form does not replace an existing RBS site specificform EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTrACHMENT 9.1 10OCFRS0.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4OF 4 ProcedurelDocument Number:. EN-EP-900 Revision: 002 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS FORMS or procedure. RBS procedure ElP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls, contains instructions for special radiation exposure controls including the use of KI during an emergency and will continue to be used by the ERO. EIP-2-012, Attachment 2, "Potassium Iodide (KI) Administration Form', and fleet form EP-8-ALL will be used in concert when administrating Potassium Iodide. The use of both forms will enhance the KI process with no loss of function. .The overall process for the authorization and issuance of KI essentially remains the same. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-9-ALL: NRC Form 361: Current RBS procedure references NRC Form 361 or similar form or log to document NRC notifications. The form itself is not contained in RBS procedures, but is used as a tool to document the notification. The information in the form and its use remain the same. This change does not change a process. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Ep-1Q0-ALL: Fillina an ERO V~acancy: This change uses the same process for filling ERO vacancies as that contained in RBS Emergency Planning Position Paper, Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation. Form EP-1 0-ALL will replace that position paper. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-1 3-ALL: NRC Briefing Form: This form is used to prepare for and conduct a briefing of NRC responders and replaces a RBS stand-alone aid which is not contained in site procedures. The information provided in this fleet form is similar to the subject areas contained in the existing aid used at RBS. This form constitutes a replacement of the RBS site specific aid and is considered to contain the relevant information needed to facilitate the NRC briefings. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Part VI. Signatures: ohPreparer usName (Print) Pr arer Si ature (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) R*viDerSigntur--a N/A Reviewer-Nam e(Print) ... .. ....... ... ... .. ie e -ig t re , .. ... .. ...... Date: .......Duane White///Nuclear EP Project Manager ___,__,___1!20/201 A ppro ver"- ',, cName (Print) Appovr i uDate: EP manager or designee -J 7J ,//'....- -O-t EN-EP-305 REV 3 NUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-.EP-609 REV. 2 r MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 1 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS Procedure Contains NMM ECH eB REFLIB Forms: YES Li NO []Procedure Revision Type: New LI NON-Editorial [] Editorial LI TC LI Cancellation LI HQNMayAnWlo Effective Procedure Owner: Dean Burnett Governance Owner:MayAnWso Dae Title: Director, Emergency Title: Director, Emergency Dae Site: Programs Site: Programs I1/27/2016 HQN HQN Site Site Procedure Champion Title ANO N/A N/A BRP N/A N/A CNS N/A N/A SGGNS Jeff Seiter Manager, EP IPEC Lori Glander Manager, EP_ JAF James Jones Manager, EP_ PLP Dan Malone Manager, EP PNPS N/A N/A... RBS Tim Schenk Manager, EP VY N/A N/A W3 N/A N/A HON David Townsend EP, Project Manager For site implementation dates see ECH eB REFLIB using site. tree view (Navigation panel)Site and NMM Procedures Canceled or Superseded By This Revision OP-I1903.067, EI-4.3 Superseded site procedures remain active until the site-specific implementation date._Process Applicability Exclusion: All Sites: LI Specific Sites: ANO LI BRP LI GGNS LI IPECL-I JAF LI PLP LI PNPSL-I RBS LI VY LI W3 LI Change Statement Revision 2:* Implements the fleet standard Emergency Operations Facility Operations procedure at Palisades, Indian Point, ANO and RBS. /* Added Note to the procedure's purpose that allows the procedure to be used at the backup/alternate EOF as applicable.

• Added INPO IER 13-10 to the reference section.* Correct title of Administration and Logistics Coordinator position in section 4.0 [10].* Added Form Number (EP-#-ALL) before all Forms referenced in the procedure.
• Corrects typo on Attachment 9.16 that stated "The following actions should be taken once Attachment 9.19, Event Termination Checklist, is complete." The Event Termination Checklist is Attachment 9.15.* Add Hostile Action Based event criteria to the Event Termination Checklist and Emergency Director's Checklist* Grammatical correction; Changed "effect" to 'affect" on the Radiological Assessment Coordinator's checklist which stated "Any condition which may effect the emergency classification".
• Added JIC to the list of locations that receive a copy of the approved press releases and clarified where the offsite agencies, who receive a copy of the approved press release, are located.* Add locals to list of agencies to be notified/contacted of classification, termination, PARs and changes to classification or PARs.* Changed Shift Manager to Control Room on the ED checklist to clarify that ED responsibilities should be transfeh'ed to the facility rather than an ERO position if the EOF has to relocate or evacuate to a backup or alternate facility.* Added the Company Spokesperson to the list of positions that are notified of the EOF relocation or evacuation.
• Added guidance to the ED checklist to ensure EOF Staff transports all completed documentation with them to the backup or alternate facility.* Clarify the guidance in the ED, EOF Manager, and Offsite Communicator checklist on when periodic updates to offsite agencies are done.* Added action to notify the NRC and Offsite Liaisons if the EOF is relocated to the Lead Offsite Liaison's checklist.
• Added EOF relocation to list of items requiring a periodic update to offsite agencies* Added action to Administration and Logistics Coordinator to ensure EOF is secure.* Added action to Administration and Logistics Coordinator to provide any special routing information to relief staff.* Replaced "and" with "/" on the ED checklist concerning contacting and informing the SVP, Regional Operations of the event.* Reworded step on the ED checklist concerning maintaining the facility log for readability.
• Corrects step for the Administration and Logistics Coordinator responsibilities, that describe to whom the Administration and Logistics Coordinator provides support, by removing "TSC" before the Emergency Response Organization.

The Administration and Logistics Coordinator provides support the entire Emergency Response Organization.

• Corrects step on Radiological Assessment Coordinator checklist by changing "for" to "from" concerning requesting decontamination support from the TSC* Add locals to list of agencies in the EOF to be kept informed of the events by the Lead Offsite Liaison* Grammatical correction; Changed "of' to "on" on the EOF Technical Advisor's checklist to read "make an announcement on facility bridge"* Grammatical correction; Added an "s" to the word announcement on the ED's checklist Associated PRHQN #: 2015-00479 Procedure Writer: D. Townsend Contains Proprietary Information:

YES III NO Z] TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Paae 1.0 PURPOSE ...................................... 4

2.0 REFERENCES

4 3.0 DEFINITIONS .............................................................. 4 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................... 4 5.0 DETAILS .................................................................. 5 6.0 INTERFACES .............................................................. 6 7.0 RECORDS................. .................................................. 7 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS ........................................ 7 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ........................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT

9.9 ATTACHMENT

9.10 ATT-IACH MENT 9. 11 ATTACHMENT 9.12 ATTACHMENT 9.13 ATTACHMENT 9.14 ATTACHMENT 9.15 ATTACHMENT 9.16 ATTACHMENT 9.17 ATTACHMENT 9.18 ATTACHMENT 9.19 ATTACHMENT 9.20 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ........................................... 8 EOF MANAGER .................................................. 1i8 EOF TECHNICAL ADVISOR ...................................... 25 EOF LOG KEEPER ............................................... 28 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR.................. 31 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR ....................................... 38 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON................................... 43 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON........................................... 46 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR................................... 50 ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS COORDINATOR ............. 54 IT SPECIALIST..................................................... 58 DOSE ASSESSOR ....................................... 61 OFFSITE LIAISON................".................................. 64 EOF COMMUNICATOR....... ..................................... 66 EVENT TERMINATION CHECKLIST ................................ 68 RECOVERY ISSUES/STRATEGY GUIDE .......................... 69 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET .................... 71 OFFSITE MONITORING TEAM .......................... ........... 76 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS .................................. 79 ERO STAFFING FOR LONG DURATION EVENTS................ 80

1.0 PURPOSE

NOTE This procedure may be used for activation and operations at the backup/alternate EQE as applicable. [1] To describe the activation and operation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EQE)focusing on classification, notification, dose assessment and protective action recommendations.

2.0 REFERENCES

[1] Site Emergency Plans[21 Site Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures 13] INPO IERI13-10O

3.0 DEFINITIONS

[1] Activation -Actions taken to staff and setup an emergency response facility to make it operational. Actions include but are not limited to notification of emergency personnel, equipment setup and equipment operability testing.[2] Operational -Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is setup and available to assume/perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.[3] Stratecqic Alliance for FLEX Emerqency Response (SAFER) -. The industry organization that assists in providing equipment and resources from off-site following a beyond-design-basis external event (BDBEE)4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES [1] The entire staff of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) is responsible for activation and operation of the facility using this procedure, their position specific checklists and applicable site specific performance aids.[2] The Emergency Director (ED) is responsible for overall command and control of the emergency response, including classifications; notifications, PARs and ensuring all resources are available to mitigate emergency conditions. [3] The EOF Manager is responsible for overseeing operations of the EOF and assisting the ED in performance of key duties.[4] The EOF Technical Advisor (TA) is responsible for analyzing data from the plant and providing technical advice to the EOF Staff and tracking EALs based on plant data.[5] The Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAG) is responsible for overseeing operations of the off-site dose assessment and all radiological controls for Entergy Personnel. MNGENNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 I REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 5 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS [6] The Offsite Communicator is responsible for making required communications to offsite authorities. [71 The Public Information Liaison is responsible for providing information on emergency actions to the Joint Information Center (JIG).[8] The Lead Offsite Liaison is responsible for ensuring the offsite agencies, including NRC, located in the EOF and the offsite liaisons, located at the EO~s are briefed on the plant conditions. [9] The Offsite Team Coordinator is responsible for communicating with the offsite monitoring teams and supporting the RAG in dose assessment activities. [10] The Administration and Logistics Coordinator is responsible for providing support to the EOF Manager and the Emergency Response Organization. Responsibilities include managing 24 hour staffing of the emergency response facilities, managing logistics for supporting the onsite and offsite emergency response such as additional support personnel or equipment, meals, lodging, etc., and coordinating access security measures in the EQE if applicable. [11] The IT Specialist is responsible for assisting EOF staff in operation of facility computer and communications issues as necessary. [12] Dose Assessor is responsible for monitoring plant data for possible releases and performing dose projections based on any actual or potential, releases.[13] The Offsite Liaisons are responsible for reporting to their assigned offsite location, obtaining plant information from the Lead Offsite Liaison and ensuring the offsite agencies located in the EOC are briefed on the plant conditions. They clarify plant conditions and respond to questions for the offsite agencies.[14] The EQE Log Keeper is responsible for providing administrative support to the ED in any EQE activity that is required. Activities may include log keeping, faxing, copying, etc.[15] The Offsite Monitoring Team is responsible for supporting plume tracking by taking measurements in the field and reporting results back to the EOF.5.0 DETAILS NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended. [1] The EOF may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, and General Emergency declaration. [2] Once activated, the EOF shall become operational as soon as possible (without delay)after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. [3] The EOF shall be made operational in accordance with site specific time commitments. [4] The ED shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, Emergency Director.[5] The EOF Manager shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, EOE Manager.[6] The EOF Technical Advisor shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, EOF Technical Advisor.[7] The EOF Log Keeper shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, EOF Log Keeper.[8] The Radiological Assessment Coordinator shall follow the instructions outlined Attachment 9.5, Radiological Assessment Coordinator. [9] The Offsite Communicator shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.6, Offsite Communicator. [10] The Public Information Liaison shall follow tl~ie instructions outlined Attachment 9.7, Public Information Liaison.[11] The Lead Offsite Liaison shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.8, Lead Offsite Liaison.[12] The Offsite Team Coordinator shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.9, Offsite Team Coordinator. [13] The Administration and Logistics Coordinator shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.10, Administration and Logistics Coordinator. [14] The IT Specialist shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.11, IT Specialist. [15] The Dose Assessor shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.12, Dose Assessor.[16] The Offsite Liaisons shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.13, Offsite Liaisons.[17] The EOF Communicator shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.14, EOF Communicator. [18] The Offsite Monitoring Team shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.18, Offsite Monitoring Team.6.0 INTERFACES [1] EN-AD-I103, Document Control & Records Management Programs[2] EN-EP-31 1, Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) Activation via the Virtual Private Network (VPN)[3] EN-EP-601, Corporate Emergency Center Operations [4] EN-LI-i102, Corrective Action Process[5] EN-NS-1 02, Fitness for Duty Program[6] EN-RP-1 04, Personnel Contamination Events[7] EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations [8] EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations

7.0 RECORDS

Any logs or forms completed by members of the ERO during an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records and are maintained in accordance with EN-AD-i103. 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS Step Site Document Commitment Number or_____Reference

• GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 5.4.2 (A-G)* GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 5.4.4_____________
• GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 6.1.2. S1* GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 6.2.45 8 8 ____________

I. t 9.0 ATTACHMENTS

9.1 Emergency

Director 9.2 EOF Manager 9.3 EOF Technical Advisor 9.4 EOF Log Keepers 9.5 Radiological Assessment Coordinator

9.6 Offsite

Communicator

9.7 Public

Information Liaison 9.8 Lead Offsite Liaison 9.9 Offsite Team Coordinator 9.10 Administration and Logistics Coordinator 9.11 IT Specialist 9.12 Dose Assessor 9.13 Offsite Liaison 9.14 EQE Communicator 9.15 Event Termination Checklist 9.16 Recovery Issues/Strategy Guide 9.17 Shift and Relief Planning Worksheet 9.18 Off~site Monitoring Team 9.19 Site Specific Commitments 9.20 ERO Staffing for Long Duration Events A'I-rACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 1 of 10 Emergency Director Name:__________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes~NOTE The ERO should take appropriate actions necessary to mitigate the event regardless of facility manning or status.1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Emergency Director binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions and overall status of emergency situation.

C. Call the Control Room Shift Manager (affected unit for ANO and IPEC) and receive a briefing on plant conditions. Use EP-2-ALL.Essential Information Form to document turnover information.

1. This briefing is not required to declare the EOF operational.

D. Verify that the correct emergency classification has been declared NOTES SM retains responsibility for off-site agencies notification and the 1 hr NRC authorities' notification until the Emergency Director (ED) assumes responsibility for implementation of the Emergency Plan.1.2 Assume the Position of Emergency Director (ED)A. Ensure EOF is ready to assess and classify the emergency. B. When notified by the EQE Manager that EQE is prepared to perform Offsite Notification and Protective Action Recommendation declare the EOF Operational and announce to the EOF staff.C. Contact the SM to obtain latest plant status and coordinate the official time of turnover to ensure it will not interfere with or delay required emergency classification, offsite agencies notifications or issuance of PARs. ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 2 of 10 Initial Responsibility/Activity (continued)Noe NOTES Transfer of Classification, Notification and Protective Action Recommendation functions from the Control Room to the EOF should be made as soon as reasonably practical. D. Once the formal transfer of Classification, Notification and Protective Action Recommendation functions are made from the Control Room to the EOF make an announcement to EQE personnel that you have assumed the ED function.E. Ensure facility log is maintained in WebEOC or EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form, by appointing someone during minimum staffing situations when the EOF Log Keeper is not present.F. If a radiological release is in progress or expected, inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator to ensure on-site and off-site radiological conditions are evaluated in accordance with procedures. G. IF relieving another ED in the EOF THEN perform a formal turnover with the current ED.1. Review the facility log.2. Obtain a briefing from the acting ED on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress using EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form.(a) Review the EAL Chart and procedures in preparation for possible classification escalation and recommendation of protective actions.3. Once formal turnover is complete, announce to the EOF that you are now the Emergency Director. Instruct the EOF Manager to notify the TSC, Control Room, OSC, JIC and CEC.4. Sign in on the EOF Staffing Board.5. Document turnover in WebEOC or facility logs indicating change of Emergency Director and relief by on coming Emergency Director. ATTACHMENT

9.1 Sheet

3 of 10 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR Initial Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activitv

2.1 Direct

the activities of the EOF With focus on classification, notification, dose assessment and protective action recommendations. A. Direct EOF organization activities in support of the TSC and offsite response agencies.B. Direct protective actions for offsite monitoring teams, EOF staff, and offsite agencies.C. Request assistance from offsite agencies, excluding requests for offsite medical/fire, security assistance. (Coordinate request for Federal assistance through the State).D. Integrate off-site responders with site response efforts, when required.2.2 Notification of Corporate Duty Manager A. Ensure the Corporate Duty Manager is notified of any Emergency declaration and briefed on event.B. Inform the Corporate Duty Manager if the Site Vice President or designee has or will contact/inform the SVP, Regional Operations of the event.2.3 Maintain personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you leave the area, THEN assign the EOF Technical Advisor to fulfill your responsibility. Upon your return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Technical Advisor on any events that occurred while you were away.B. Inform the EOF Manager to notify/retrieve you should significant changes to event conditions occur.2.4 Maintain a Log A. Designate the EOF Log Keeper to maintain a log using WebEOC or EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.1. Log when you assume the duties of the ED and EOF activation.

2. Log significant decisions and important details used to make decisions (i.e. emergency classification changes, EALs entered, time of offsite notifications and protective action recommendations).

ATTACHMENT

9.1 Sheet

4 of 10 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 3. Log all significant communications with other members of the ERO and offsite officials. B. Periodically review log for accuracy.2.5 Conduct Periodic Facility Briefings A. Coordinate with the EQE Manager to establish a time period for the conduct of facility briefings.

1. Establish briefing periods at every 30-60 minute intervals as conditions warrant or as conditions change.2. Inform the Public Information Liaison to make an announcement

• approximately 5 minutes before actual brief that a brief will be conducted (if possible).

3. Direct key staff to provide information needed for the brief, if necessary.

4. Direct the EQE Technical Advisor,.Radiological Assessment Coordinator and other key ERO staff, as necessary, to participate in briefing facility personnel on current plant status and offsite radiological conditions respectively.

5. Conduct briefing using EP-1 4-ALL, Briefing Form and EP-2-ALL, Essential Infor~mation Form as guidance and ensure information provided in the briefing is captured and entered into WebEOC by the EOF Log Keeper.B. Ensure that the Offsite Agency representatives at the EQE are updated on the status of the emergency periodically.

1. Coordinate with the EQE Manager and Lead Offsite Liaison to keep Offsite Liaisons and offsite personnel in the EQE current on: (a) Emergency events (b) Current plant conditions (c) Emergency response activities underway (d) Offsite radiological release status, dose assessment and PARs.

ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 5ofl10 Notes Continuous Responsibility1Activity (continued) C. Direct the EQE Technical Advisor to brief key EOF staff on each significant plant parameter change, escalation, or PAR recommendation. D. Establish a frequency of regular EOF staff briefings and announce time for next brief at end of each briefing.E. Periodically ensure the other emergency response facility managers (Control Room, TSC, OSC and JIC) are briefed on EQE activities.

2.6 Classify

Emergency Conditions. (Non-delegable) A. Review plant conditions wihteEmergency Plant Manager (EPM), SM and EOF TeChnical Advisor.B. Review offsite radiological data with the EOF Manager and Radiological Assessment Coordinator. C. Review current information and recommendations with the EAL Chart and procedure. D. Following discussion and concurrence with the EPM, SM, Technical Advisor, Radiological Assessment Coordinator (if required) and EOF Manager, direct the completion of the following actions in the order identified below: 1. Escalate the emergency classification or terminate the event and transition into Recovery.2. Ensure classification announcement are made in the plant.Work with Control Room, TSC, etc. as appropriate to make announcements.

3. Direct notification of the Offsite Agencies in accordance with Section 2.8, "Initial Notification of emergency classification and/or PARs to Offsite Agencies." 4. Request accountability status from the TSC Manager, if.applicable.

5. IF there is an escalation to a GENERAL EMERGENCY, THEN implement actions in accordance with Section 2.7, "Protective Action Recommendations."

A'I-IACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 6of 10 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes E. Inform the EQE Manager, SM, and EPM when and at what time the emergency classification was made.F. Announce to EOF personnel when and at what time the emergency classification was made.G. In coordination with the Lead Offsite Liaison, inform each EOF State and local representative of a change in emergency classification and the condition producing the change.H. Authorize emergency dose commitments ~for EQE personnel and field monitoring teams in accordance with EP-A-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form.I. Authorize the use of KI in accordance with EP-8-ALL, KI Instructions/Briefing Form.2.7 Make Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) (non-delegable) NOTE Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) are to be made only at the General Emergency classification. A. Assess, with the assistance of the EOF Technical Advisor and the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, the appropriate PAR per site specific procedure. B. Re-evaluate, with the assistance of the EOF Technical Advisor and the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, the adequacy of the PARs when plant conditions, dose projections, meteorological or plant conditions change. SE 'try NUCLEAR NNQATYRLED N-E-69RV2 I MANAGEMENT JMANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 14 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS A'IrACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 7 of 10 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notesr~2.8 Initial Notification of Emergency Classification and/or PARs to Offsite Agencies (States, Locals, NRC) (non-delegable) CAUTION Offsite Agency notification must be initiated within 15 minutes of emergency classification declaration. The Control Room will make the notification to the NRC as soon as possible after the declaration and must be completed within 1 hour.A. Review and approve the completed "Emergency Notification Form".B. Direct the Offsite Communicator to transmit data on the form to the offsite agencies and to report to you when complete.C. Direct the EOF Manager to notify the Corporate Emergency Center Manager of all declarations and information as contained on "Emergency Notification Form", if required.2.9 Review and Approve Entergy Press Releases A. Confer, as appropriate, with the Company Spokesperson, EOF Technical Advisor, EOF Manager and Radiological Assessment Coordinator if there is any question regarding the accuracy of a proposed press release prior to approval.B. Review and approve periodic press releases prepared by the Joint Information Center.1. After review, initial and time stamp front of press release.2. Immediately return press release to the Public Information Liaison to provide to the Joint Information Center for distribution. C. IF it is a Security Event, THE.N press releases have been developed, reviewed and pre-approved by Security Coordinator, FBI Public Information Officer (PlO) for release to the media. ATTACHMENT

9.1 Sheet

8 of 10 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes D. Direct the Lead Offsite Liaison to provide copies of approved press releases to the Offsite Agencies representatives in the EQE.2.10 Periodic Update Notification to Offsite Agencies NOTE When onsite conditions are stable, time period for periodic updates may be extended with concurrence from offsite agencies.A. Ensure the Offsite Communicator obtains the information needed for "Emergency Notification Form", at the following frequencies:

1. 15 minutes for any classification upgrade 2. 15 minutes for any PAR change 3. In accordance with site specific requirements when one of the following occurs:*(a) There has been a release or (b) A significant change in release rates or (c) A significant change in meteorological conditions (d) A significant change in plant conditions (e) Conditions are stable (30, 60, or 120 minutes (JAF-approximately 30 minutes) following the last notification to offsite agencies).

B. Review and approve the completed, "Emergency Notification Form".C. Direct the Offsite Communicator to transmit data on the form to the offsite agencies and to report to you when complete;D. Determine reportability actions for non-emergency reportable events during an emergency (hazardous material spills, contaminated injured personnel, etc.) and ensure they are reported in accordance with procedure requirements. 2.11 Additional/Long Term Emergency Response Support A. Direct the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to ensure that manpower planning is being conducted to provide for response efforts over an extended period. _____________ NUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANAGEM ENT b/ MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 1 6 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 9 of 10 Continuous Resl~onsibilitV/Activitv (continued) Notes B. Depending uponl the duration of the emergency, direct the SAdministration and Logistics Coordinator to make arrangements for food and potable water delivery to all emergency response centers, including off-site teams.2.12 Relocation/Evacuation of the EQE A. IF it becomes necessary to relocate or evacuate the EOF to a backup or alternate facility, THEN transfer the following to the Emergency Director in the Control Room: 1. Responsibility to make Protective Action Recommendations

2. Approval of Offsite Notifications

3. Dose Assessment

4. Communications with Offsite Agencies 5. Any other activities requiring the approval of the Emergency Direct~r B. Ensure EOF staff transfers the following:

1. Approval of Press Releases (Control Room)2. Command and control of Monitoring

& Sampling Teams (OSC)3. Any other critical on-going activities (TSC)C. Once all actions listed above are complete, then direct the EOF to relocate the backup or alternate facility.D. Notify Shift Manager, Emergency Plant Manager and Company Spokesperson the EOF is being evacuated and relocated, E. Ensure EOF staff transports all completed documentation with them to the backup or alternate facility.2.13 Integrate offsite responders with on-site response efforts when required.A. Prepare for NRC Site Team response activities.

1. Direct the Lead Offsite Liaison to coordinate activities associated with the NRC Site Team: 2. Brief (or designate Lead Offsite Liaison) the in-plant NRC Site Team upon arrival.

ATTrACHMENT

9.1 Sheet

10 of 10 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Termination to the Recovery Phase A. Transition to a recovery phase is warranted IF the following criteria are satisfied (Document using Attachment 9.15 "Event Termination Checklist):

1. The plant is in a stable configuration with adequate core cooling 2. In-plant radiation levels are stable or decreasing with time.3. The release of radioactive material to the environment is controlled and there :is no significant potential for additional uncontrolled releases.4. Fires are extinguished; flooding conditions and any other site damage are under control.5. All vital areas requiring occupancy are habitable.

• 6. All safety systems necessary to maintain the plant in a stable configuration are operable.7. Site security control is established.

8. For a Hostile Action Based Event, FBI and Local Law Enforcement Agencies have completed associated actions.9. The decision to terminate the emergency classification, including the justification for termination, has been discussed with the NRC and State/Locals officials (For Unusual Event only if their emergency response organizations have been activated as a result of this event).B. IF conditions wa.rrant termination to a recovery phase, THEN the ED completes the actions as listed in recovery plan using Attachment 9.16, "Recovery Issues/Strategy Guide" of this procedure.

A'IrACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 1 of 7 EOF Manager Name:___________________ Date: 1.0 Initial Res ponsibility/Activitv 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the EOF Manager binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions.

C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) on emergency status.1.2 Assume the position of EOF Manager A. IF the EOF has NOT been declared operational THEN:*Notes NOTE Typical minimum staffing needed to declare EOF Operational. The Site's staffing requirements may differ as needed to address site specific requirements: -Emergency Director-Radiological Assessment Coordinator o._r Dose Assessor-Offsite Communicator NOTE During a Security Event only personnel and facilities necessary to mitigate the emergency situation should be activated. The EOF may be declared operational without all key members being present. This will be determined by the most senior person in the facility.1. Verify the minimum EOF staff is present.(a) IF additional personnel are needed or positions are vacant THEN direct someone to fill vacancies in accordance with EP-1 0-ALL, Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation Form.2. Ensure communication is available to the offsite agencies via primary or alternate notification method via verbal concurrence by the Offsite Communicator. Enrg MNGMNNUCLEAR NON-QUALTY RELATED EN-EP-609RV2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 19 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS A'I-ACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 2 of 7 Initial Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 3. Ensure communication is available to the Control Room via verbal concurrence by the EOF Technical Advisor.4. Ensure radiological monitoring and dose assessment capabilities are available in the EOF via verbal concurrence by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.(a) IF Dose Calc is not available in the EOF, THEN ensure dose calculations can be performed in the Control Room.5. WHEN minimum staffing for the EOF is met AND Steps 2 through 4 above are complete, THEN notify the Emergency Director that the ERO is ready to perform: (a) Classifications (b) Notification of off-site agencies.(c) Off-site Protective Action Recommendations (PARs).B. Ensure data systems and displays are displaying appropriate data.C. Obtain Control Room official time (time on their clock) and coordinate with the Public Information Liaison the synchronization of the EOF time with Control Room time.D. Ensure current classification level is posted throughout the facility.E. Ensure the appropriate personnel man the EOF entrance and screens incoming personnel for FFD.F. Review the EOF staffing to verify Minimum Staffing is present.G. WHEN the Emergency Director assumes responsibility from the Shift Manager, THEN notify the following that the EOF is operational and that (name) is now the Emergency Director: 1. JIC (Company Spokesperson) -use the emergency telephone book for the phone number.2. Control Room (Shift Manager) / TSC (EPM)/IOSC (OSC Manager)3. CEC (Corporate Emergency Center Manager) / e-' ~ h " AAEETNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2___________JMANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 20 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 3 of 7 Initial Responsibilitv/Activitv (continued) Notes H. Coordinate with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator to ensure the needs of the State/Locals are met.I, Assist the Radiological Assessment Coordinator with facility habitability as requested. J. IF relieving another EQE Manager, THEN4 perform a formal turnover with the current EOF Manager.1, Review the log.2. Obtain a briefing from the current EOF Manager on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.3. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

4. Inform the ED when you assume the role of EOF Manager 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. Inform the ED if you leave the area. Upon your return, obtain a briefing from the ED on any events that occurred while you were away.B. If the doors to the EOF need to be locked due to a radiological or security issue, then notify the appropriate personnel assigned secure the facility.2.2 Keep the ED informed of changing conditions that may cause a change in the Emergency Classification A. Ensure that radiological assessment of offsite conditions is being performed as determined by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator. ATTACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 4 of 7 Continuous Responsibility/Activitv (continued) Notes 2.3 Initial Notification of Emergency Classification and/or PARs to Offsite Authorities (States, locals, NRC)A. Ensure the Offsite Communicator transmits to offsite authorities using, "Emergency Notification Form", within 15 minutes of the Emergency Classification declaration. Support as necessary. B. Ensure current classification level is posted in the facility.(WebEOC, whiteboard, placards, etc.)C3. Ensure status boards are updated, as required. Update the classification/notification board as necessary.

2.4 Direct

periodic updates to offsite authorities B. Ensure the Offsite Communicator obtains the information needed for "Emergency Notification Form", at the following frequencies:

1. 15 minutes for any classification upgrade 2. 15 minutes for any PAR change 3. In accordance with site specific requirements when one of the following occurs: (a) There has been a release or (b) A significant change in release rates or (c) A significant change in meteorological conditions (d) A significant change in plant conditions (e) Conditions are stable (30, 60, or 120 minutes (JAF-approximately 30 minutes) following the last notification to offsite agencies).

2.5 Assist

in the review of Entergy Press Releases A. Assist the ED in obtaining accurate information if there is any question regarding the accuracy of a proposed press release prior to approval.B. Ensure changes in classifications and release information is provided promptly to the Public Information Liaison. ATTACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 5 of 7 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes.2.6 Ensure Offsite Representatives arriving at EOF are briefed.A. IF the Lead Offsite Liaison is not available upon the offsite representatives' arrival at the facility, THEN brief on: 1. Emergency events 2. Current plant conditions

3. Emergency response activities currently underway 4. Offsite radiological release status 5. Dose assessment and PARs 2.7 Assist the ED in periodic facility briefings A. Coordinate with the ED to schedule the conduct of periodic facility briefings.

B. Ensure the EQE Technical Advisor and the Radiological Assessment Coordinator participates in briefing facility personnel on current plant status and offsite radiological conditions respectively. C. Ensure information provided in the briefing is captured and appropriately documented. 2.8 KI issuance for Entergy Workers A. Coordinate with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator the distribution of KI to EOF staff.2.9 Additional/Long Term Emergency Response Support A. IF additional resources are needed to support emergency response THEN assist, and or direct the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to assist in obtaining resources. B. Periodically check with the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to evaluate and discuss future manpower and logistics needs.C. Depending upon the duration of the emergency, ensure arrangements are made by the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to have food/water delivered. Coordinate the distribution with the Administration and Logistics Coordinator when notified of food delivery. Sheet 6 of 7 EOF MANAGER ATTACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 6 of 7 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity (continued)Noe A. IF it becomes necessary to evacuate or relocate the EQE, THEN assist the ED in transferring duties to other facilities in accordance with Attachment 9.1 of this procedure. B. Assist the ED in activating the Back-up/Alternate EOF in accordance with procedure. 2.11 ERDS Activation A. If requested by the Control Room the EQE Manager or the IT Specialist should activate ER~s in accordance with procedure.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Termination to the Recovery Phase A. Assist the ED in formulation of a recovery plan using Attachment 9.16, "Recovery Issues/Strategy Guide" of this procedure. B. Ensure all temporary procedures used and/or developed are properly documented for use by Recovery Organization so that necessary actions can be taken for plant operations. C. Assist the Recovery Staff in collecting information and resources to provide for long term operation of the site recovery function (e.g., manpower, food, reference materials, and other logistical concerns).

0. Ensure the Offsite Communicator notifies the NRC, State and Locals when the event has been terminated and the plant has entered the Recovery Phase.E. Ensure the EOF Communicator notifies the Control Room, TSC and OSC when the event has been terminated and the plant has entered the Recovery Phase.

ATTACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 7 of 7 Closeout Activity (continued) Notes F. Notify the JIC and Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) when the event has been terminated and the plant has entered the RecoverY Phase 3.2 Direct EO)F personnel to return all equipment to proper storage location.3.3 Collect all documentation: A. Direct EQE staff to verify their logs, forms and other documentation is complete.B. Collect all documentation associated with event from the EO)F staff C. Provide all documentation to the EP Manager upon termination of the emergency. A'IrACHMENT

9.3 Sheet

1 of 3 EOF TECHNICAL ADVISOR EOF Technical Advisor Name:______________ Date:____1.0 Initial Res ponsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form I 2. Sign in on the EQE staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the EOF Technical Advisor binder & ID Badge.B. Review plant data electronic displays and any other available sources to become familiar with current plant status.C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) or EQE Manager on emergency status.1.2 Assume the position of EOF Technical Advisor A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Contact the TSC and/or Control Room to obtain information on the status of plant conditions.

2. Review current information and recommendations with the thresholds on the EAL Chart and/or procedure.

3. Inform the ED and EOF Manager when you are prepared to assume EOF Technical Advisor duties.B. IF relieving another EOF Technical Advisor, THE..N perform a formal turnover with the current Technical Advisor: 1. Review the current log.2. Obtain briefing from current EOF Technical Advisor on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.C. Sign in on the EOF Staffing Board D. Inform the ED and EOF Manager that you are now the EOF Technical Advisor.

Eney ANEMTNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609RV2 MANUAL REFERENCE PAGE 26 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS A'I'rACHMENT 9.3 EOF TECHNICAL ADVISOR Sheet 2 of 3 Initial ResponsibilitvlActivity (continued) Notes E. When the EOF is declared operational make announcement on the facility bridge line, if applicable

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitylActivities

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area THEN, inform the EQE Log Keeper you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Log Keeper on any events, which have. occurred while you were away.C. If the ED needs to leave the area, assume the role of ED. Upon the ED's return, provide a briefing on any events that occurred while the ED was away.2.2 Obtain and Monitor Plant Data A. Keep the ED informed of changing conditions that may cause a change in the Emergency Classification.

1. In coordination with the EOF Log Keeper, continuously monitor the inter-facility communications and plant data system and advise the Emergency Director of major events.2. Review the EAL Charts and procedures in preparation for possible classification escalation and recommendation of protective actions.3. In coordination with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, continuously compare radiological conditions with the thresholds on the EAL Chart and/or procedure.

4. Advise the ED on the following items: (a) Any significant change in the condition of the plant.(b) Any observable trends in plant data.(c) Major Operator actions being undertaken.(d) Any condition which may affect the emergency classification.

A'n'ACHMENT 9.3 EOF TECHNICAL ADVISOR Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (continued) Notes 5. Provide the Offsite Communicator, in preparation for the State and local notifications, the completed, "Emergency Notification Form" following the ED's approval.B. IF any of the EOF plant data computer systems are not functioning THEN inform the IT Specialist of malfunctions. C. If Plant Data electronic display becomes unavailable, inform the Public Information Liaison to have the TSC Communicator fax a completed EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form to the EOF.2.3 Assist ED in conduct of briefings A. Assist the ED in preparations for facility briefings by completing EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form to support periodic briefs as requested. B. Assist the ED with summary briefings of plant conditions tO EQE Staff and/or offsite authorities present in the EQE.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Termination to the Recovery Phase A. Assist the ED in formulation of a recovery plan using Attachment 9.16, "Recovery Issues/Strategy Guide" of this procedure.

3.2 Return

all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.3 Review

all documentation you maintained during the emergency: A. Ensure ED log, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all temporary procedures used and/or developed are documented for use by Recovery Organization so that necessary actions can be taken for plant operations.

3.4 Provide

all logs and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.4 EOF LOG KEEPER Sheet I of 3 EOF Log Keeper Name:__________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibilitv1Activityv Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the EOF Log Keeper binder & ID Badge B. Review plant data electronic displays and any other available sources to become familiar with current plant status.C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED), EOF Manager or EOF Technical Advisor on emergency status.D. Log into WebEOC. If WebEOC is unavailable, create and maintain a facility log.1.2 Assume the position of EOF Log Keeper A. IF initial activation THEN" 1. Inform the Emergency Director when you are prepared to ,.assume EOF Log Keeper duties.B. IF relieving another EOF Log Keeper, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current EOF Log Keeper: 1. Review the current Emergency Director log. , 2. Obtain briefing from current EOF Log Keeper on t~he emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.3. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

4. Inform the Emergency Director that you are now the EOF Log Keeper.5. Log into WebEOC.

AI~rACHMENT

9.4 Sheet

2 of 3 EOF LOG KEEPER 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitvlActivities Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area THEN, inform EOF Technical Advisor you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EQE Technical Advisor' on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Perform EOF Log Keeper Duties A.7Assist the Emergency Director and EQE Manager as necessary. B. Periodically review Attachment 9.1, "Emergency Director"' checklist of this procedure to ensure Emergency Director's completion of required steps.C. Prompt the ED to maintain regular briefs.D. Maintain a chronological log of emergency status and EOF activities on WebEOC. Use EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form if WebEOC is not available. E. Display the repair and corrective action team status via WebEOC, if available. F. Provide other clerical functions as needed.2.3 Conduct and support of briefings CAUTION Be aware of sensitive information if Security event is in progress -coordinate information to be presented at the brief with the Security Coordinator. A. Assist the EOF Technical Advisor in preparations for facility briefings, if requested. B. Support the Plant Status/Briefing, if requested. C. Ensure information provided in the briefing is captured and entered into WebEOC/facility log. AI-rACHMENT

9.4 Sheet

3 of 3 EOF LOG KEEPER Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes 2.4 Distribute Emergency Notification Forms A. Copy and distribute Emergency Notification Forms received from the Offsite Communicator to the following:

1. Emergency Director 2. Radiological Assessment Coordinator

3. EQEF Technical Advisor 4. EOF Communicator

5. Public Information Liaison 6. Lead Offsite Liaison 7. Offsite agencies located in the EOE.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the EOF Log Keeper maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMEI Sheet I of f7T9.RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR I Radiological Assessment Coordinator:______________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Radiological Assessment Coordinator binder & ID Badge.B. Review status boards, map boards and any other available sources to become familiar with current radiological conditions and plant status.C. Obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on emergency status D. Evaluate onsite andoffsite radiological conditions.

1 .2 Assume the position of Radiological Assessment Coordinator A. IF initial activation THE.N: 1. Verify Control Room's initial projections, if applicable.

2. Request Protected Area/Onsite Monitoring Team to support dose assessment, if applicable.

3. Review any current protective action recommendations

• Offsite (Public)* Onsite (Site personnel)

4. Direct the performance of dose projections in accordance with applicable procedure(s).

5. Make initial contact with State Radiological Personnel or local Radiological Personnel if applicable.

6. Review any dose calculations (current/projected) performed, onsite/offsite monitoring team results and site evacuation routes.7. Direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to coordinate monitoring and sampling activities.

ATrACHME Sheet 2 of NT9.RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR 7____________________________________ Notes Initial ResponsibilitylActivities (continued)Noe

8. Review, with the EOF Technical Advisor and EOF Manager, current information and recommendations with-the thresholds on the EAL Chart and/or Procedure.

9. Inform the EOF Manager when you are ready to assume radiological assessment and monitoring responsibilities.

10. Advise State Radiological Personnel or local Radiological Personnel (if applicable) when EOF is operational.

11. Maintain awareness of dose projections generated by NRC, state(s), local (if applicable), utility models to recognize and understand significant differences.

B. IF relieving another Radiological Assessment Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Radiological Assessment Coordinator:

1. Review the current Radiological Assessment Coordinator Log.2. Obtain briefing from current Radiological Assessment Coordinator on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.3. Review Emergency Notification Forms, dose calculations, met data, monitoring team data 4. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

5. Inform the EOF Manager that you are now the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activities

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the EOF, THEN, inform the EOF Manager you are leaving the area.2.2 Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.3 Maintain a log A. Maintain a log using EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form. A'n'ACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

3 of 7 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes 1. Log when you assume the duties of the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.

2. Log significant decisions and important details used to make decisions (i.e. emergency classification changes and protective action recommendations).

3. Log all significant communications with other members of the ERO and offsite officials.

B. Periodically review log for accuracy.2.4 Establish and maintain habitability in the EOF A. Request RP monitor to perform EOF habitability from the TSC Radiological Coordinator, if applicable. B. Direct periodic habitability surveys for the EOF particularly when a release is in progress or suspected.

1. Ensure habitability approximately once every 60 minutes or more frequently in conditions warrant.2. IF there is a release, THEN , ensure habitability surveys are performed immediately and r0otify the Administrative

& Logistic Coordinator to place EOF Ventilation/Isolation in service, if applicable. C. IF the following conditions exist in the EOF, THEN request the ED to implement restrictions on eating and drinking in the EOE.1. Radiological conditions are unknown.2. Contamination Levels above background.

3. Airborne contamination levels above background.

D. Set up radiological controls for the EOF.E. Ensure EOF personnel are aware of any restrictions in place. Note any radiological release that may interfere with personnel movement outside.1. Advise the TSC Radiological Coordinator of changes in radiological release status.F. IF any of the following conditions exist, THEN request the ED immediately to consider a planned evacuation of the EOF: 1. EOE dose rates > 100 mRem/hr SNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED 1 EN-EP-609 "RV JM1W T~r/ MANAGEM ENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 34 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.5 RADIOLOGICAL

ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Sheet 4 of 7 Continuous Responsibilitv1Activities (continued) Notes 2. EQE Projected doses > 1 Rem TEDE or 5 Remn ODE over a 12 hour period 3. Airborne concentrations which may result in exceeding occupational limits for inhalation specified in 10CFR20, Appendix B, Table 1.G. Support dosimetry control and record keeping in accordance with procedure. H. Establish radiological controls for supplemental and relief personnel responding to the station.I. Recommend emergency exposure limits for EOF personnel and Offsite Monitoring Teams.J. When necessary, request personnel from the TSC Radiological Coordinator to support any decontamination. 2.5 KI issuance for Entergy Workers associated with the EOF A. Review radiological conditions. B. IF individuals receive or are expected to receive radioiodine uptakes > 5 REM ODE thyroid dose or a General Emergency has been declared, THEN: 1. Control the issuance of KI to emergency workers as follows: (a) Discuss issuance of KI with Radiological Coordinator in the TSC.(b) Discuss issuance of KI with offsite agencies present in the EOF (c) Get approval of the ED for issuance of KI.(d) Direct team members to read Patient Package Insert prior to taking KI (EP-8-ALL, KI Instructions/Briefing Form)./(e) Recommend emergency workers to take one KI tablet per day. Refer to site specific procedure for location of KI.(f) Record KI issuance information on KI Instructions/Briefing Form.(g) Notify the Assembly Area Coordinator(s) to issue KI to personnel in the assembly area, if applicable. B. Evaluate iodine uptakes for persons issued KI, informing contracted medical representatives of KI issuance. ATTACHMENT

9.5 ASSESSMENT

COORDINATOR' Sheet 5 of 7 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes 2.6 Develop and provide recommendations for classification level changes and PARs based on radiological considerations to the ED A. Assess PARs based on plant conditions, dose projection, meteorological, or environmental measurements.

1. Take into consideration previous PARs, if any.B. Re-evaluate PARs when plant conditions, dose projection, meteorological, or environmental measurements change.C3. Continuously compare dose projection and field survey results in accordance with procedure.

D. Evaluate any plant radiological changes.E. In coordination with the EQE Technical Advisor, continuously compare conditions with the thresholds on the EAL Chart and/or procedure. G. Advise ED on the following items: 1. Any significant change in the radiological conditions.

2. Any observable trends in radiological data.3. Any condition which may affect the emergency classification.

I H. When notified by the ED that a radiological release is in progress or expected evaluate On-site and Off-Site Radiological Conditions in accordance with procedures. I. Contact State Radiological Personnel or local Radiological Personnel (if applicable) within 30 minutes of issuing a PAR to ensure they understand basis.J. Maintain awareness of dose projections generated by NRC, state(s), local (if applicable) and utility models and recognize differences. K. Provide overall liaison and coordination of efforts in the area of field team data with State Radiological Personnel or local Radiological Personnel (if applicable).I /tf, NUCLEAR NoN-QuALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 Entergy MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 36 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.5 RADIOLOGICAL

ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Sheet 6 of 7 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (continued) Notes L. Brief offsite authorities responding to the EOF on radiological information, if requested by EOE Manager.M. Provide the Offsite Communicator with the information completed on "Emergency Notification Form": 1. Release status 2. Meteorological conditions

3. PARs, if any 2.7 Assist ED in conduct of briefings A. Assist the ED in preparations for facility briefings.

B. When directed by the ED, provide summary briefings of radiological conditions to EOE Staff and/or offsite authorities present in the EOF.2.8 Coordinate and direct the dose assessment and offsite monitoring efforts.*A. Oversee the activities of your Staff.B. In coordination with the Radiological Coordinator, ensure the Health Physics Network (HPN) is staffed when requested by the NRC.1. IF the NRC requests an open, continuous Health Physics Network (HPN) communications channel, THEN ensure a technically competent individual is available to continuously maintain the HPN phone. Request support from OSC as necessary. C. Evaluate Offsite Radiological Conditions in accordance with Procedure. D. Provide direction to the Offsite Team in determining monitoring and sampling activities of the teams and receive periodic updates.E. Ensure that the State/Local personnel in the EOE are provided with dose projection information for all Dose Calculations. Provide additional data as requested by the State/Locals. F. Through the TSC Manager and/or the Radiological Coordinator, ensure that you are kept informed of the latest estimate of the amount of core damage. ATTACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

7 of 7 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Continuous ReSponsibilitylActivities (continued) Notes G. Ensure that there is an exchange of field team data with the State/Local lead dose assessment personnel. H. Direct possible predictive and worse-case dose projections, when necessary. I. Conduct periodic briefings with the Emergency Director and the EOF Manager to discuss the status of offsite radiological information and assessments. J. Organize the information and concisely state the latest radiological conditions on the status and map boards. As new or additional information becomes available, update the boards.K. If necessary, obtain support from the OSC to assist the EQE on decontamination activities.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Termination to the Recovery Phase A. Assist the Emergency Director" in formulation of a recovery plan using Attachment 9.16, "Recovery Issues/Strategy Guide" of this procedure.

3.2 Contact

State Radiological Personnel or local Radiological Personnel (if applicable) and inform them that the EOE is deactivated.

3.3 Return

all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.4 Review

all documentation the Radiological Assessment Coordinator maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.5 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. Sheet I of 5 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR ATTACHMENT

9.6 OFFSITE

COMMUNICATOR Sheet I of 5 Offsite Communicator Name:_________________ Date:____1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activities Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Offsite Communicator binder & ID Badge B. Review available sources to obtain overall status of emergency situation.

C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) or EOF Manager on emergency status.1.2 Assume the position of Offsite Communicator A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Obtain copies of all Emergency Notification Forms that have been transmitted prior to EOF activation from Room.2. Ensure communication is available to the states and locals via primary or alternate communication methods by conducting a test of the system.3. Call the Control Room to: (a) Determine and record other offsite notifications made.(NRC, Corporate).(b) Determine and record the next time required offsite agencies notifications are due. ATTACHMEN Sheet 2 of 5T9.OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR 5 Initial Res ponsibilitylActivities Notes 4. Obtain from the EQE Technical Advisor, Radiological Assessment Coordinator and/or EOF Manager the information needed for Emergency Notification Form: (a) Time of emergency classification declaration (b) Plant status (c) Release status (d) Meteorological conditions (e) PARs, if any 5. Log on to Web EOC.6. Inform the EOF Manager when you are prepared to assume Offsite Communicator duties.7. Notify the Offsite Agencies when the EOF was declared operational by the ED: B. IF relieving another Offsite Communicator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Offsite Communicator:

1. Review the current Offsite Communicator log.2. Obtain briefing from current Offsite Communicator on the emergency and any notifications or actions that have been completed or are in progress.(a) Review all Emergency Notification Forms that have been transmitted prior to your arrival.(b) Determine and record the next time required notifications are due..(c) Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EQE staffing board if applicable.(d) Log on to Web EOC.3. Inform the EOF Manager that you are now the Offsite Communicator.

ATTACHMEN~ Sheet 3 of 5T9.OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR 5 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitvlActivities Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the EQE A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area, THEN inform ,the EQE Manager you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EQE Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Maintain Log A. Maintain log using EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form for recording events and decisions.

1. Log when you assumed the duties of the Offsite Communicator (and EQE activation, if not previously done).2. Log time of offsite agencies notifications and time for next notifications.

3. Log all significant communications with other offsite officials.

2.3 Initial

Notification of. Emergency Classification and/or PARs to Offsite Agencies CAUTION State/locals notifications MUST be initiated within 15 minutes of emergency classification declaration. A. Coordinate with the EOF Technical Advisor, Radiological Assessment Coordinator and/or EOF Manager to obtain the information needed to complete Emergency Notification Form: 1. Time of emergency classification declaration

2. Plant status 3. Release status per the Note above, 4. Meteorological conditions

5. PARs B. Acquire Emergency Notification Form.C. Input the required data and review form for accuracy.

ATTACHMENT

9.6 OFFSITE

COMMUNICATOR ATTACHMENT

9.6 OFFSITE

COMMUNICATOR Sheet 4 of 5 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes D. If not already accomplished, ensure the completed Emergency Notification Form has been reviewed and approved by the ED (The*EDs approval is non-delegable). E. IF computer generated Emergency Notification Form is unavailable, THEN manually complete Emergency Notification Form.F. Using the Primary or alternate notification method, transmit the Emergency Notification Form to offsite agencies, within 15 minutes of the Emergency Classification declaration, in accordance with procedure. G. Verify offsite agencies received and understood the emergency notification. H. Provide a copy of transmitted Emergency Notification Forms to the EOF Log Keeper for distribution to appropriate personnel in the EOF including offsite agencies.I. Report to the Emergency Director, EOF Manager and Public Information Liaison when transmittal is complete.J. Maintain records of all notifications and communications.

2.4 Periodic

updates to offsite agencies A. Ensure the Offsite Communicator obtains the information needed for "Emergency Notification Form", at the following frequencies:

1. 15 minutes for any classification upgrade 2. 15 minutes for any PAR change 3. In accordance with site specific requirements when one of the following occurs: (a) There has been a release or.(b) A significant change in release rates or (c) A significant change in meteorological conditions (d) A significant change in plant conditions j MNGETNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2___________JMANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 42 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.6 0OFFSITE

COMMUNICATOR Sheet 5 of 5 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes (e) Conditions are stable (30, 60, or 120 minutes (JAF- I approximately 30 minutes) following the last notification to offsite agencies). B. IF computer generated Emergency Notification Form is unavailable, THEN manually complete Emergency Notification Form.*C. When periodic updates are required, refer back to Step 2.3.D. IF other plant events are occurring that do not require an upgrade to the emergency classification, THEN provide that information in the remarks section.E. IF it becomes necessary to relocate or evacuate the EQE to a I backup or alternate facility, THEN provide that information in the remarks section.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Complete notifications for entry to Recovery using Emergency Notification Form.3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all the Offsite Communicator maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that Jogs, forms and other documentation are complete. 3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase./ ATTACHMENT

9.7 Sheet

I of 3 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON Public Information Liaison Name:_______________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibilitv/Activitv Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EQE staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Public Information Liaison binder & ID Badge B. Review any available sources of plant information to obtain overall status of emergency situation.

C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) or EOF Manager on emergency status.D. Log into WebEOC.1 .2 Assume the Position of Public Information Liaison A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Test the EOF PA system if applicable.

2. In coordination with the EOF Manager, synchronize clocks in the EOF with Control Room time.3. Notify the ED of any time discrepancies between Plant Data System and the Control Room times.4. When the EOF has been declared operational (obtain from the ED), make the following announcement over the EOF PA system "The EOF was activated at ___hrs. The time is now____hrs, please synchronize clocks in your area." 5. Inform the EOF Manager when you are prepared to assume the Public Information Liaison duties.

ATrACHMENT

9.7 PUBLIC

INFORMATION LIAISON Sheet 2 of 3 Initial Responsibility/Activity Notes B. IF relieving another Public Information Liaison in the EOF THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Public Information Liaison.1. Obtain briefing from current Public Information Liaison on the emergency and any notifications or actions that have been completed or are in progress.(a) Review all Emergency Notification Forms that have been transmitted prior to your arrival.2. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Inform the ED that you are now the Public Information Liaison.2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area, THEN inform the EOF Manager you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Perform Public Information Liaison Duties A. Assist in the preparation of press releases by keeping the JIC Technical Advisor and Press Release Writer updated on the event.B. Immediately notify the Company Spokesperson of any classification upgrades or changes in radiological release.C. Make EOF announcements as directed by the ED.2.3 Review and approve/concur Entergy press releases A. Obtain draft press releases (may be done via WebEOC) from the JIC, provide a review of the information to check for key points and provide to ED for review and approval. A'IrACHMENT

9.7 PUBLIC

INFORMATION Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous Responsibil ity/Activity Notes B. Obtain ED signature on final press releases.C. Notify the JIC Press Release Writer or Information Coordinator of any necessary revisions to the press release and/for ED's approval.D. Provide a copy of the approved press releases to the JIC and offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) in the EOF. Keep the original press releases.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Public Information Liaison maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHME Sheet I C ofT 9.LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON ,f 4 Lead Offsite Liaison Name:_________________ Date:____1.0 Initial Responsibility1Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Lead Offsite Liaison binder & ID Badge B. Review any available sources to obtain overall status of emergency situation.

C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) or EOF Manager on emergency status.D. IF Emergency Notification Form has been generated in the EOF, THEN obtain copies of all the forms and provide to the State/Local Agencies in the EOF.1.2 Assume the Position of Lead Offsite Liaison A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Inform the EOF Manager when you are prepared to assume the Lead Offsite Liaison duties.B. Notify the Offsite Communicator when State EOCs are staffed.C. Ensure that the offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) at the EOF are updated on the status of the emergency upon arrival at the EOF using EP-1 3-ALL, NRC Briefing Form.D. IF relieving another Lead Offsite Liaison in the EOF THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Lead Offsite Liaison.1. Obtain briefing from current Lead Offsite Liaison on the emergency and any notifications or actions that have been completed or are in progress.(a) Review all Emergency Classification and PAR Notification/Upgrade Forms that have been transmitted prior to your arrival. ATTACHMENT 9.8 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Resp~onsibilitvIActivitv (continued) Notes 2. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Inform the EOF Manager that you are now the Lead Offsite Liaison.2.0 Continuous Res ponsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area, THEN inform the EOF Manager you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Ensure offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) in the EOF are kept informed A. Provide initial briefings as offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.)arrive at the EOF: 1. Offsite radiological release status via Radiological Assessment Coordinator

2. Dose assessment and PARs via Radiological Assessment Coordinator B. Ensure that the offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) in the EOF are updated on the status of the emergency periodically.

C. Provide additional information, if requested, on each significant change in: 1. Plant parameters

2. Emergency classification escalations or de-escalations

3. PAR recommendations

4. Dose Projections D. Ensure offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) in the EOF are aware of briefings.

E. Respond to offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) in the EOF questions. ATTACHMENT 9.8 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON Sheet 3 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) ,-Notes F. IF it becomes necessary to relocate or evacuate the EQE to a backup or alternate facility, THEN notify the offsite agencies (state,I local, NRC, etc.) in the EQE of the relocation. G. Provide feedback to the ED directly or via the EOF Technical Advisor regarding:

1. Offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) questions and concerns.2. State's or local's (if applicable) protective action directives.

2.3 Ensure

Offsite Liaisons are kept informed A. Provide initial briefings as Offsite Liaisons arrive at their locations via conference bridge line or another communications method: 1. Emergency events 2. Current plant conditions

3. Emergency response activities currently underway 4. Offsite radiological release status 5. PARs B. Provide periodic briefings on the status of the emergency to Offsite Liaisons via conference bridge line or another communications method.C. Provide additional information on each significant change in: 1. Plant parameters

2. Emergency classification escalations or de-escalations

3. PAR recommendations D. Respond to Offsite Liaisons' questions.

E. IF it becomes necessary to relocate or evacuate the EOF to a backup or alternate facility, THEN notify the Offsite Liaisons of the relocation.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Termination to the Recovery Phase A'IrACHMENT 9.8 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON Sheet 4 of 4 Closeout Activity (continued) Notes A. IF conditions warrant de-escalation to a recovery phase, THEN, facilitate a discussion between the ED and the State/Local/NRC representatives at the EOF.3.2 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.3 Review

all documentation the Lead Offsite Liaison maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.4 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

1 of 4 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR Offsite Team Coordinator Name:_______________ Date:____1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activitv Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Offsite Team Coordinator binder & ID Badge B. Review status boards, map boards and any other available sources to become familiar with current radiological conditions and plant status to develop a plume tracking strategy.C. Obtain a briefing from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on emergency status.1. Review On-site!/Site Boundary team and Off-Site team data.2. Request any additional information on current status of emergency response.D. Obtain and review field team data.E. Perform communication check (radio, telephone, etc.) check with Offsite Monitoring Teams.F. Obtain phone numbers for OMT cell/satellite phones (if applicable).

1.2 Assume

the position of Offsite Team Coordinator A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. As directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, Direct Offsite Monitoring Teams in accordance with Radiological Monitoring procedure.

2. When communications has been established with the Off-Site Teams, inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator that you are ready to assume the dispatching and tracking of the monitoring teams.3. Ensure that the EPZ map posted in the EOF indicates team location and correct wind direction.

I NON-QUALr'Y RELATED I N-EP609I1I EV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 51 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS A'IrACHMENT

9.9 OFFSITE

TEAM COORDINATOR Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Responsibility/Activities '(continued) Notes 4. Log on to WebEOC and access the Rad Monitoring Field Team Data Board.5. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and Off-site Monitoring Teams that you have assumed the responsibility of direction and coordination of the teams.B. IF relieving another Offsite Team Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Offsite Team Coordinator:

1. Obtain briefing from current Offsite Team Coordinator on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.2. Upon arrival at the EOF, sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Log on to WebE:OC using and access the Rad Monitoring Field Team Data Board.(a) IF WebEOC is unavailable, THEN use EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to record data.4. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and Off-site Teams that you are now the Offsite Team Coordinator.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activities

2.1 Maintain

Log A. Maintain a log using WebEOC or EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.1. Log when you assume the duties of the Offsite Team Coordinator (and EOF activation, if not previously done).2. Log communications with OMT to include dose /air sample survey results, dosimeter reading, etc.3. Log significant events not captured on WebEOC (i.e. times contact of field teams and purpose of contact, coordination with State/Local teams, etc.).4. Log all significant communications with other members of the ERO and offsite agency officials. B. Periodically review log for accuracy. ATT-ACHMENT

9.9 OFFSlTE

TEAM COORDINATOR Sheet 3 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activities Notes 2.2 Maintain personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the EQE, THEN inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator you are leaving the area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.3 Transmit information to the Off-Site Monitoring Teams A. In the event that messages of a routine nature are occupying the radio channel and it is necessary to transmit an urgent message, depress the microphone button and announce "Break, Break, Break -Urgent Message." When the channel is cleared of traffic, proceed with the urgent message.B. Get direction from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on team dispatching and log in WebEOC or use EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.C. When directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, inform all Off-Site Monitoring team personnel of their exposure limits and authorization to ingest KI. -D. When directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, brief the Off-Site Monitoring Teams on their exposure limits, plant conditions and meteorology (wind direction, wind speed and stability class) Using the proper procedures. E. Periodically inform, Off-Site Monitoring Teams of major changes in emergency status: 1. Changes in emergency classification.

2. Start or stop of any offsite releases of radioactive materials.

F. Continue to perform steps as directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and procedure guidance.1. Notify/Advise Radiological Assessment Coordinator of significant potential events or non-conservatism.

2. Input air sample data into WebEOC.

ATFACH-MENT

9.9 Sheet

4 of 4 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (continued) Notes (a) IF WebEOC is unavailable, THEN use EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to record air sample data.3. Log all surveys and provide to the Dose Assessor.4. Request support from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, as needed.G. Continuously exchange field team data with the States' or local's (if applicable) lead dose assessment personnel and Dose Assessor.H. Investigate other radiological concerns as requested by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator. I. Continue plume tracking in accordance with procedures until the Radiological Assessment Coordinator determines surveys and sampling is no longer necessary.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Direct On-site and Off-Site Monitoring Teams to return to site 3.2 Direct and assist staff in returning all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.3 Review

all documentation Offsite team Coordinator and staff maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.4 Provide all logs, forms and records to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.10 ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS COORDINATOR Sheet 1 of 4 Administration & Logistics Coordinator Name:__________ Datq 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1 .1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Administration and Logistics Coordinator binder &ID Badge B. Review any available sources to obtain overall status of emergency situation.

C. Obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on emergency status.1.2 Establish Access Control for the EOF A. Man the EOF main access point, if applicable, until Security or other designated personnel arrive. If a breath test is required due to fitness for duty concern, then Security must be contacted. B. Ensure EOF is secure by closing and locking doors as necessary.

1.3 Assume

the position of Administration and Logistics Coordinator A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Review any outstanding requests.2. Report to the EOF Manager when prepared to assume the.Administration and Logistics Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Administration and Logistics Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Administration and Logistics Coordinator:

1. Review the Administration and Logistics Coordinator log.2. Obtain briefing from current Administration and Logistics Coordinator on the emergency and any actions they have completed or are in progress.3. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

Notes MNGMNNUCLEAR NONj-QUALrY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2~Etry MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 55 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATT-ACHMENT 9.10 ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS COORDINATOR Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 4. Ensure you have an understanding of any outstanding request for outside support or materials.Inform the EOF Manager that you are now the Administration and Logistics Coordinator.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activities

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EQE A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area, THEN inform the EOF Manager you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EQE Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Maintain a Log A. Maintain a log using EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.1. Log when you assume the duties of the Administration and Logistics Coordinator (and EQE activation if not previously done).2. Log all significant tasks and requests.B. Periodically review log for accuracy.2.3 Prepare/support the Emergency Response Organization for resource assistance: A. Determine initial staff by obtaining rosters from the EOF, TSC, OSC and JIC Manager's. Record on Attachment 9.17, "Shift and Relief Planning Worksheet". B. Determine available manpower: 1. Ask ED what team (color, letter or number) will become relief shift, in case a relief shift may be needed. Record on Attachment 9.17, "Shift and Relief Planning Worksheet". C. IF additional resources are needed to support emergency response, THEN obtain resources via Emergency Telephone Book/Directory. L NUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANAGEMENT ~ntiy MANUAL J REFERENCE USE PAGE 56 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS A'n'ACHMENT 9.10 'ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS COORDINATOR Sheet 3 of 4 Continuous Responsibilitv1Activities (continued) Notes D. Coordinate requests and expedite any urgent requests as appropriate. E. If offsite support (i.e. technical support, emergency response equipment, offsite resources, etc.) is needed, coordinate directly with other Entergy stations or industry sources of offsite support (i.e., INPO or other unaffected nuclear siteS) to locate and obtain the needed support. The Corporate Emergency Center, if activated, may be able to assist with the coordination of offsite support.1. Act as Single Point of Contact in accordance with the SAFER Response Plan.F. Manage logistics for supporting the onsite and offsite emergency response such as additional support personnel or equipment, meals, lodging, etc.G. Conduct procurement activities under standard procedures to the maximum extent possible.H. Work with appropriate administrative units to negotiate rental rates not already established or purchase price with vendors as required.I.Periodically check with the EOF Manager, TSC Manager, Shift Manager, JIC Manager and OSC Manager to evaluate and discuss future manpower and logistics needs. Numbers can be found via the Emergency Telephone Book!/Directory. 2.4 Long Term Emergency Response Support A. Depending upon the duration of the emergency, ensure arrangements are made to have food/water delivered to all emergency response facilities (Control Room/OSC/TSC/EOF/JIC). Coordinate the delivery and distribution of supplies with EOF Manager, TSC Manager, Shift Manager, JIC Manager and OSC Manager.B. Arrange lodging for emergency workers if their homes are in evacuated areas.C. Depending upon the anticipated duration of the emergency, prepare relief schedules. The guidance listed in Attachment 9.20,"ERO Staffing for Long Duration Events" may be used in developing the relief schedules. SNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 122 MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 57 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.10 ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS COORDINATOR Sheet 4 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes 1. Once agreement is obtained on the relief schedule: (a) Notify the Emergency Director.(b) Fax completed Attachment 9.20, "ERO Staffing for Long Duration E~vents" to the EOF Manager, TSC Manager, Shift Manager, JIC Manager and OSC Manager.(c) Coordinate implementation of the relief schedule.2. Ensure the relief staff is notified of any special routing to facilities. Need for special routing can be obtained by discussing with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator. D. Support EQE Isolation (if applicable) in accordance with site specific performance aid.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Administration and Logistics Coordinator maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the E=OF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. SNUCLEAR NoN-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2En MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 58 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS " A1T-ACHMENT 9.11 IT SPECIALIST Sheet 1 of 3 IF th iT pecilistNOTE IF heIT peialstis staffed in the EOF versus the TSC, THEN this checklist is Sapplicable. IT Specialist Name:_______

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Date:____Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board.3. Obtain the IT Specialist Binder & ID Badge.1.2 Assume the position of IT Specialist. A. IF the EOF has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the EOF Manager when prepared to assume the IT Specialist position.B. IF relieving another IT Specialist, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current IT Specialist:

1. Obtain the IT Specialist's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting IT Specialist on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current IT Specialist.

C. Inform EOF Manager and staff that you are now the IT Specialist. NOTE: ERDS is not functional in the Simulator for a Drill.D. Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) SEtry NUCLEAR NON-QUAUTY RELATED EN-EP-609 I REV. 2+/-ifltij~y MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 59 OF 80__ EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATi-ACHMENT 9.11 IT SPECIALIST Sheet 2 of 3 Initial Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 1. IF not previously performed, THEN verify EROS is activated within one (1) hour of declared emergency at ALERT OR higher classification. Refer to EN-EP-31 1.E. Support the setting up the EQE electronic displays.2.0 Res ponsibilitylActivity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOE.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the EOF Manager of destination and expected return.2. Inform the EOF Manager of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Maintain log using EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form for recording events and decisions.

1. Log when you assumed the duties of the IT Specialist.

2. Log significant communications with ERO members.3. Log major decisions and actions and any important details.2.3 Assist the EQE personnel in obtaining plant data from the various EQE Computer systems.2.4 Ensure computer displays continue to operate properly.A. Monitor facility equipment (computer related and communications) to ensure adequate operation B. Resolve any IT related malfunctions C. Verify or perform ERDS activation, as requested.

D. Assist with issues related to WebEOC, if available S ter NUCLEAR NON-QUALTY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 Enlergy MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 60 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATrACHMENT 9.11 IT SPECIALIST Sheet 3 of 3 3.0 Closeout Activity Notes 3.1 Assist EQE personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations: A. Log off P~s.B. Turn off or dim computer display systems.3.2 Provide all logs and records to the EQE Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. A'I-ACHMENT 9.12 Sheet 1 of 3 DOSE ASSESSOR Dose Assessor Name:____________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Dose Assessor binder & ID Badge B. Review status boards, map boards and any other available sources to become familiar with current radiological conditions and plant status.C. Obtain a briefing from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on emergency status.D. Obtain Field Survey information from Field Team Coordinator and perform dose calculations.

1.2 Assume

the position of Dose Assessor A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Log into the Dose Calc program and verify printer operation.(a) If the printer or Dose Calc computer is not working properly contact the IT Specialist for assistance.

2. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator when you are ready to assume Dose Assessor responsibilities.

B. IF relieving another Dose Assessor THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Dose Assessor.1. Obtain briefing from current Dose Assessor on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.2. Verify current dose projections.

3. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable o :n"'- MNGMNNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 62 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.12 DOSE ASSESSOR Sheet 2 of 3 Initial Responsibility/Activitv (continued)

Notes 4. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator that you are now the Dose Assessor.2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activities

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the EQE, THEN inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator you are leaving the area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and/or other Dose Assessor on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Monitor Radiological Release Rates and Perform Dose Assessment Calculations A. When directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, perform a base line dose projection based on current readings in accordance with Radiological Assessment procedure. B. When directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, perform "what if' dose projections out to 10 miles. Ensure this is labeled "what if "on the data sheet.C. Ensure "what if "calculations are provided to the State(s) or local (if applicable) Dose Assessment personnel. D. Notify the Radiological Assessment Coordinator immediately of any change in release status as a result of: 1. Monitoring Plant Effluent Monitors for changes in Release Rates.2. Monitoring of meteorological data for changes, which may affect offsite dose projections, Emergency Classification or Protective Action Recommendations.

3. Updated field team surveys.

Eney ANA METUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 63 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATrACHMENT 9.12 DOSE ASSESSOR Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes NOTES 1. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) shall only be made at the General Emergency Classification.

2. Any change of PAR must be transmitted to offsite agencies within 15 minutes.E. Assist the Radiological Assessment Coordinator with the development of PrOtective Action Recommendations.

F. IF there is a change in any parameter, THEN recalculate dose projections using Dose Assessment software and Radiological Assessment procedure and report results to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator immediately. G. Ensure each dose calculation is provided to the State or local (if applicable) Dose Assessment personnel after approval by Radiological Assessment Coordinator. Provide additional information as requested by the offsite.H. As new or additional information becomes available, update status and map boards.I. Continue performing dose projections in accordance with the actions listed in Radiological Assessment procedure.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Dose Assessor maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. SEtry MNGMNNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 64 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.13 OFFSITE LIAISON Sheet I of 2 Lead Offsite Liaison Name:__________________ Date:______ Offsite Liaison Name:___________________ Date:_______

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity ,Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon notification bf an event, report to your assigned offsite EQOC without delay.B. Ensure you are wearing your Entergy ID Badge.1.2 Upon arrival to your designated location: A. Sign in on the staffing board or equivalent.

1. Review status boards, map boards and any other available sources to become familiar with current radiological conditions and plant status.2. Obtain a briefing from the individual in charge of the EOC facility.3. Contact the Lead Offsite Liaison in the EOF to receive an update on the event.B. Assume the position of Offsite Liaison.1. IF initial activation THEN: (a) Inform the Lead Offsite Liaison when you are ready to assume Offsite Liaison responsibilities.

2. IF relieving another Offsite Liaison, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Offsite Liaison.(a) Obtain briefing from current Offsite Liaison on the emergency and any actions the have been completed or are in progress.S (b) Inform the Lead Offsite Liaison that you are now the Offsite Liaison.

ATTACHMENT 9.13 Sheet 2 of 2 OFFSITE LIAISON 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activities Notes 2.1 Perform Offsite Liaison Duties A. Obtain plant information form Lead Offsite Liaison and ensure the offsite agencies located in the EQOC are briefed on the plant conditions and the status of the emergency. B. Assist State/Local personnel by interpreting information/data, if available/necessary, use the NRC-ERDS and any other computer systems used for radiological assessment. C. Provide clarification/information (not direction) to questions about information they are receiving from their representatives at the site.D. Assist State/local personnel in performing their duties by helping to analyze information in engineering, operations, and radiological assessment areas.2.2 Maintain personal accountability. A. IF you are temporarily leaving the facility, THEN inform the EOC representatives and the EOF Lead Offsite Liaison you are leaving the area.1. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the Lead Offsite Liaison and/or State/Local EOC representative on any events, which have occurred while you were away.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all forms and records obtained from your facility to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. A'I-ACHMENT 9.14 EOF COMMUNICATOR Sheet 1 of 2 EOF Communicator Name:_______________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Res ponsibilitylActivity Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the EOF Communicator binder & ID Badge B. Review any available sources to obtain overall status of emergency situation.

C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) or EOF Manager on emergency status.1.2 Assume the position of EOF Communicator A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Inform the EOF Manager that you have assumed the position EOF Communicator. , B. IF relieving another EOF Communicator, THE.N perform a formal turnover with the current EOF Communicator.

1. Obtain a briefing from the current FOF Communicator on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.2. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Inform the EOF Manager that you have assumed the position of EOF Communicator.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area, THEN inform the EOF Manager you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away. ________JMANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 67 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.14 EOF COMMUNICATOR Sheet 2 of 2 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 2.2 Perform EOF Communicator Duties A. Transmit and receive information from onsite ERF's as necessary. B. Ensure EOF is notified of information received of significant changes in plant conditions (e.g., start of a release, LOCA, EAL conditions) received over the inter-facility communications. C. Monitor inter-facility communications and document information in WebEOC or on EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.D. Assist the EOF Manager with other non-regulatory notifications or communications.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation EOE Communicator maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. A'T-ACHMENT 9.15 EVENT TERMINATION CHECKLIST Sheet I of 1 INSTRUCTION: This checklist may be used by the Emergency Director to evaluate a decision to terminate an existing emergency condition. All criteria shall be met.This checklist, completed and signed by the Emergency Director, is a prerequisite for initiation of the Recovery Organization. CRITERIA CRITERIA MET (Initials)

1. The plant is in a stable configuration with adequate _____core cooling.2. In-plant radiation levels are stable or decreasing with time. _____3. The release of radioactive material to the environment is _____controlled and there is no significant potential for additional uncontrolled release.4. Fires are extinguished; flooding conditions and any other site______

damage is under control.5. All vital areas requiring occupancy are habitable.______

6. All safety systems necessary to maintain the plant in a stable ______configuration are operable.7. Site security control is established.______

8. For a Hostile Action Based Event, FBI and Local Law Enforcement

_____Agencies have completed associated actions.9. The decision to terminate the emergency classification, including ______the justification for termination, has been discussed with the NRC/State/Local officials (For Unusual Event only if their emergency response organizations have been activated as a result of this event).Date Time Emergency Director ATTACHMENT 9.16 Sheet 1 of 2 RECOVERY ISSUESISTRATEGY GUIDE The following actions should be taken once Attachment 9.15, Event Termination Checklist, is complete. The goal of the recovery phase is to return the plant to pre-emergency conditions. All actions taken during the recovery phase are planned and deliberate. Establish a recovery organization in accordance with procedures: El Develop an organizational chart showing recovery organization members, reporting assignments and location. You may modify the Organization Chart as necessary to fit the conditions, or develop a specific organization depending on the conditions. El Select a location for the recovery organization (EOF, 0CC etc.)[] Ensure the EOF Admin. Director develops a manning schedule and contacts recovery organization members.El Ensure transition from ERO to Recovery does not leave any responsibilities unmanned. Prior to eliminating an ERO position, ensure the duties are being performed by a Recovery Team member.El Develop recovery organization goals and priorities. These may be revised as recovery progresses. [] Inform offsite agencies that the recovery phase is being entered. Ensure that changes from the ERO to Recovery Organization that affect communications links are coordinated. El Consider other information outlets, such as the Entergy web site or newsletters to keep other plant personnel informed of plant conditions. El Make public address announcements to inform plant personnel that the recovery phase is being entered into. Include information about any remaining hazards/restricted areas.[] Establish additional assurance of plant stability by providing additional safety system capability. El Designate a member of the organization to calculate total population exposure.El Perform a systematic investigation to determine what equipment has been damaged. ATTACHMENT 9.16 RECOVERY ISSUESISTRATEGY GUIDE Sheet 2 of 2 Li Isolate and tag out components as necessary to control or minimize hazards.[] Consider the use of temporary shielding as necessary. [] Construct radiological boundaries and postings.Li Investigate the accident causes and consequences, both to the plant and the environment. Li Determine and initiate necessary plant repairs, modification and procedural changes.Li Develop and perform test programs (as necessary) to confirm system operability. [] Evaluate any planned radiological releases for environmental impact. Coordinate with offsite agencies prior to releases.Li Develop a near site environmental monitoring program.Review the activities performed during the Emergency Phase. Verify the following: [] Ensure radiation protection administrative requirements and controls, including normal exposure limits, RWP's, ALARA reviews and postings are in use.[] Ensure maintenance activities are in accordance with approved directives, including Maintenance Action Items and equipment tag-out.Li Ensure operations activities were performed in accordance with approved plant directives. Verify system line-ups and status.[] Develop a plan to dispose of all waste material generated during the emergency and recovery phases.Terminating the recovery phase.[] Site Vice President (or designee) has determined the condition of the plant is such that the recovery phase may be terminated and normal operating organization (forced outage) may be established. [] Offsite agencies are notified of the return to normal operation. Li Plant personnel are notified by public address of the return to normal operation. EtNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 71 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.17 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET Sheet I of 5 EOFI/OFF-SITE Date: ________POSITION INITIAL RELIEF SHIFT POSITION INITIAL SHIFT RELIEF SHIFT SHIFT EOF ___________Offsite Team Coordinator _______________ Emergency Director Off-Site Team No. 1 (2)Rad Assessment Coordinator Offsite Communicator Off-Site Team No. 2 (2)EOF Technical Advisor EOF Manager Offsite Liaison EOF Communicator Offsite Liaison Public Information Liaison Offsite Liaison EOF Log Keeper Offsite Liaison Lead Offsite Liaison-Admin. and Logistics Coordinator IT Specialist Dose Assessor Sheet 2 of 5 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET ATTACHMENT 9.17 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET Sheet 2 of 5 JIC Date: POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT POSITION INITIAL SHIFT RELIEF SHIFT Jic Inquiry Response Staff Company Spokesperson Inquiry Response Staff JIG Manager Inquiry Response Staff JIG Technical Advisor Inquiry Response Staff JIG Log Keeper Media Liaison Information Coordinator Media Monitoring Press Release Writer Logistics Coordinator Inquiry Response Coordinator Technical Assistant N/A Positions not applicable to your specific site. ATTACHMENT 9.17 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET Sheet 3 of 5 IN-PLANT /0OSC Date: POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT POSITION INITIAL SHIFT RELIEF SHIFT Control Room , ,... :, :=* : Shift Manager OSC Manager ________Shift Technical Advisor _________Work Control Coordinator ________CR Supervisor Operations Support SCRO\SRO Log Keeper _______CRs\~()Rad/Chem Coordinator _________________ Mechanical Coordinator A~s (3)Electrical /l &C Coordinator RP Technician _________Chemistry Technician ATAhMeNt 9.of7 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET Sheet 4 of 5 0SC IN-PLANT REPAIR TEAMS NOTE: Numbers of personnel depend on the emergency. Consult with 030 Manager for exact numbers needed. Date: POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT OSC ': Mechanical l&C Mechanical _ _ _ _ _ __ I&C _ _ _ _ _ _Mechanical I________ &C ________Mechanical ____ _____RP Electrical __________RP Electrical RP Electrical RP Electrical Operations ____________ Operations_________ ____Operations _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _________________ SEnterg NUCLEAR NON-QUALIT.Y RELATED EN-EP-69RV ThfWI M'ANAGEMENT ________j ANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE- 75 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.17 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET Sheet 5 of 5 Date:______ __POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT TSC Engineer Emergency Plant Manager Mechanical Engineer TSC Manager Reactor Engineer Radiological Coordinator IT Specialist Engineering Coordinator Maintenance Coordinator Operations Coordinator Security Coordinator TSC Communicator ENS Communicator ATTACHMENT 9.18 OFFSITE MONITORING TEAM Sheet I of 3 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Offsite Monitoring Team binder & ID Badge B. Report to Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Offsite Monitoring Team Coordinator.

1.2 Assume

the position of Offsite Monitoring Team A. Obtain necessary equipment for offsite radiological field monitoring. B. Complete necessary equipment and supply checks of equipment as outlined in radiological field monitoring procedure. C. Replace any defective equipment or supplies 0. Locate cell/satellite phones and GPS to be used by each team and verify operation, if applicable. E. Complete vehicle checks as outlined in procedure. F. Verify vehicle radio operability, if applicable. G. Ensure vehicle has adequate fuel.H. Receive briefing from Offsite Monitoring Team Coordinator I. Receive desired sample location from Offsite Monitoring Team Coordinator. J. A "site specific performance aid" listing of phone numbers, important to the Off Site Monitoring Team, is located in the Position Binders. Exchange cell phone numbers between teams and the Off-Site Team Coordinator, if applicable.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity , 2.1 Perform activities to support plume tracking and measurements as directed by the Offsite Team Coordinator by: A. Maintain communication (radio/telephone) with EOF. " N UCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609

• REV. 2 Eterg MANAGEMENT

__________ MANUAL REVERENCE USE PAGE 77 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.18 OFFSITE MONITORING TEAM Sheet 2 of 3 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes B. Monitor radiological conditions during drive to assigned sample location.C. Upon arrival at assigned sample location complete radiological surveys and air sample if requested as outlined in Radiological Monitoring procedure. D. If assigned by EQE report to additional sample locations and complete any requested radiological surveys.E. Use good radiological practices to prevent cross contamination of samples and individuals. F. To ensure continuous Off-Site Monitoring capabilities the Off-Site Team Coordinator or Radiological Assessment Coordinator will provide direction/arrange for "In Field" relief of Off-Site Monitoring Team personnel, if required.* G. Monitor self-reading dosimeters and report results to the Offsite Team Coordinator. H. Implement KI protective measures when notified by the Offsite Team Coordinator.

2.2 Maintain

a log.A. Use WebEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to Offsite Monitoring Team activities.

1. Log when the Offsite Monitoring Team duties were assumed.2. Log significant communications with the EQE.3. Log major decisions and actions and any important details.Closeout Activity 3.1 Restore the equipment and supplies to pre emergency condition:

-A. Ensure equipment and kits are returned to proper storage locations. B. Kits and equipment are to be returned in an organized and usable manner.3.2 Return vehicle to normal location and ensure the vehicle has adequate fuel.3.3 Review all documentation maintained during the emergency to ensure it is complete and organized. ATTACHMENT 9.18 Sheet 3 of 3 OFFSITE MONITORING TEAM_Closeout Activity (continued) Notes 3.4 Provide all logs and records to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHME Sheet 1 C fT 9.1 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS f I GGNS When EOF staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. [Commitment

1. P-28920, E-Plan 7.3.3 S11]j Otherwise offsite personnel shall provide shift augmentation in 75 minutes and be fully operational in 90 minutes. [Commitment
2. P-28921, E-Plan 7.3.3 S12]

S-Fnrtetg / MNEMTNUCLEAR NON-QUALIT RELATED EN-EP-69RV MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 80 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.20 ERO STAFFING FOR LONG DURATION EVENTS Sheet I of I The following guidance is provided to assist the Admin & Logistics Coordinator establish an initial event staffing plan for a "long duration event" expected to last multiple days. The following plan assumes an assignment of (1) ERO team/shift. The assignment of an additional ERO team/shift or additional ERO members with specific expertise is acceptable and may be assigned if the additional resources are needed.[1] Develop an initial long duration event staffing plan for the Emergency Response Organization using the following assumptions:

• ERO teams will work 12-hours shifts (excluding turnover)* Work hours will be determined by the Emergency Director but will normally follow standard refueling outage schedules (ex. 0700 -1900)* Work hours may be adjusted as needed to allow a transition into the rotating shift schedule.* Initial staffing of day/night shifts consists of one ERO team/shift.

An additional team or ERO members with specific expertise may be added to each shift if needed.* Relaxation of the work schedule to allow additional time off between shift rotations may be implemented based on the man-power needs and availability of fleet/industry support personnel. [2] Assign 1 of the 4 ERO response teams (Red, Blue, Yellow, Green) to days and one ERO team to nights. If an additional ERO team or specific ERO position is deemed necessary, assign two each shift. Identify which ERO team/position will be the "lead" and which will serve in the "support" role.[3] Coordinate with the ED to have the remaining ERO teams sent home with guidance to return at the start of their next scheduled shift.[4] Using the following "Example" Staffing Matrix as a guide, develop a schedule to ensure 24-hour coverage of the event._____ __ ___Exam ple Staffinq Matrix DUTY:I M T WTh F Sa Su M T WiThE Sa Su M T W Th F Sa T.EAM... ....D D DD DD DO D N N N_N N N N N __N N 0 D D_ 0 DD-Yellow __ N N _ D D DDD _ DD D _Green 0 D N N N N N _ N N _ ATTACHMENT

9.1 SHEET

1 OF 3 I10CFR5O.54(q) SCREENING SProcedure/Document Number: EN-EP-609 Revision: 002 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): This change implements fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations, Rev. 2 for use by the RBS emergency response organization. Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? EIYES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Evaluati3) oni etinparto Alert and Notification System Design Report? NOT required.Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: vlcomplete Part Justification: El Bounding document attached (optional) Part II1. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3)-Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. El One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.El One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q:)(3) Evaluation is NOT required.' Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VIL CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10CFR50.54 (q)Part IV. Editorial Change EIYES [] NO 50.5 4 (qX 3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Justification: Enter justification and complete Part VI.Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 E]staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] E]EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT

9.1 SHEET

2 OF 3 1 0CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: EN-EP-609 ]Revision: 002 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Stationi Title: EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS

4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained.

[2] []5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] U]6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency, plan. [3] LII 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] U]8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of jjj the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an' emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt U]instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10:. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and LI Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response El organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] El 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the []plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7] ___14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] El 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] [16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] r []17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] _____18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] U [19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are []available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including [those for hostile action events.[10]

21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established.

[11] LII 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] []23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] []24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program []areas) is established. [14]25. D rills, exercises,, and trainingevyolutions that.p~rovi.de performance opportunities to dev~elop ........................... U.....maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [141 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] U]27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] U]28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] U]29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] U]EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR5O.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 3 Procedure/Document Number: EN-EP-609 Revision: 002 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION Blf no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOTg required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.0If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Entergy ERO responsib~ilities are outlined in EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-020 rev. 33 as part of implementation of the Fleet Standard ERO and were previously evaluated under a 10CFRS0.54(q)(3) performed on 12/2110. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations which includes those same ERO responsibilities. This procedure revision transitions to the new fleet procedure. EIP-2-020is being maintained by RBS to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-609. Existing RBS facilities and equipment are still being maintained and there are no changes to any intent in procedure actions.Summary.* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* Some ERO responsibilities in EIP-2-020 have been relocated to align with EN-EP-609.

• The description, activation and operation of the EOF as described in the RBS Emergency Plan have not been changed.* All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure..
• This change does not alter the EQF structure, organization or location.The revision of the site EOF procedure (EIP-2-020) and incorporating the use of fleet EOF procedure (EN-EP-609) does not alter the meaning or intent of this procedure, affect any facilities or equipment, or any process described in the procedure.

No further evaluation is required on this change.Part VI. Signatures: Preparer Name (Print) ' rlr i]aue/Date: John Hurst"/ j' , /,p '"q .j " (optional) Relviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) Approver in~e Date: 'EP manager or designee -EN-EP-305 REV 3 Procedure Contains NMM ECH eB REFLIB Forms: YES []NO [Procedure Revision Type: New []NON-Editorial []Editorial []TC []Cancellation [HQN Dean Burnett Mary Ann Wilson Effective Procedure Owner: DrcoEegny Governance Owner: Director, Emergency Date Title: Programs Sitle: Programs 01/27/2016 1St:HQN HQN Site Site Procedure Champion Title ANO N/A N/A BRP N/A N/A CNS N/A N/A GGNS Jeff Seiter Manager, EP IPEC Lori Glander Manager, EP JAF James Jones Manager, EP PLP Dan Malone MngrE RBS Tim SchenkMageE HQN Jack Lewis E rjc aae For site implementation dates see ECH eB REFLIB using site tree view (Navigation panel).Site and NMM Procedures Canceled or Superseded By This Revision PAL: EI-4.1. Superseded site procedures remain active until the site-specific implementation date.Process Applicability Exclusion: All Sites: El Specific Sites: ANO lii BRP El GGNS El IPECE-- JAF El PLP El PNPS[]- RBS El VY El W3 El Change Statement This revision corrects the procedure and implements lessons learned from use at GGNS and JAF.* Added IPEC, PAL and RBS to title page with corresponding deletion of site procedures as applicable.

• Added NOTE that reads "This procedure may be used for activation and operations at the backup/alternative TSC as applicable" in the Purpose section -1.0.* Corrected formatting (indentation) for Section 4.0.* Changed formatting to list the number of a form when the form title is "called" throughout the procedure.
• Section 6.0[7]: Changed "LIST OTHER FLEET FACILITY PROCEDURES" to actually list the fleet EOF and OSC procedures as 6.0[7] and 6.0[8].* Section 8.0: Incorporated Palisades, Pilgrim and River Bend commitments.
• Added section 2.1 in Attachment 9.2 and corrected numbering to provide accountability section for TSC Manager that was inadvertently omitted in other revisions (IPEC gap #11).* Added reference to form EP-1 1-ALL for prioritization of repair team activities in step 2.7 of Attachment 9.3, Operations Coordinator (IPEC gap #6).* Added NOTES heading to top of page 32 (current) to correct procedure for formatting.
• Changed "Engineering Action Tracking Form" to "EP-1 2-ALL. Engineering Task Assignment Form" in step 2.5 of Attachment 9.5 to correct procedure.

There is no "Engineering Action Tracking Form."* Changed "Accountability Roster Form" to "EP-7-ALL, "Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form" in step 1.30.3 of Attachment 9.10 to correct procedure. There is no "Accountability Roster Form."* Added step 2.5, "Assist with issues related to webEOC" to Attachment 9.7, IT Specialist (PAL gap #39).* Added "Security" to step 2.12 (new number) of Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager that reads"Maintain adequate staffing, access control, and 24-hour functional continuity of the Control Room, TSC, Security and OSC" (JAF EAP-46 Rev 1).* Added step 2.22 to Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager that reads "Confer with the Operations Coordinator and/or ENS Communicator to review status of ongoing NRC communications. (What information is being requested and are there any issues?)" (JAF EAP-46 Rev 1).* Added A to step 2.17 (new number) of Attachment 9.1 for 50.54(x) actions for the Emergency Plant Manager that reads "IF actions being taken have the potential to directly affect offsite (such as containment venting or other action that may significantly increase offsite release), THEN obtain Emergency Director approval prior to taking action (JAF EAP-46 Rev 1).* *Added ". ..when leaving the primary TSC and when the backup or alternate TSC is operational" to the end of step 2.19 (new number) of Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager that reads "IF it becomes necessary to evacuate or relocate the TSC, THEN notify the OSC, EOF and Control Room" (JAF EAP-46 Rev 1).* Added step 2.10 (and renumbered succeeding steps) in Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager: "Provide periodic status updates using site-wide announcements, except during hostile action-based events."* Step 2.4B of Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager and step 2.4C of Attachment 9.2, TSC Manager: Added use of EP-1 4-ALL, Briefing Form where the conduct of briefings is referenced.

• Added step 2.5 to Attachment 9.12, ENS Communicator: "Keep the Emergency Plant Manager informed of the status of NRC communications (requests being made, questions asked, etc.)."* Added step 2.5 (and renumbered succeeding steps) to Attachment 9.10, Security Coordinator: "Coordinate Security Force staffing needs with the TSC Manager and ensure 24-hour staffing of the Security Force."* Spelled out words Control Room (from CR), Nuclear Steam System Supplier (from NSSS), Emergency Telephone Directory (from ETD), Radiation Monitoring System (from RMS), Reactor Coolant Pump (from RCP) and Core Exit Thermocouple (from CET) throughout procedure to clarify procedure.
• Removed "FTS" (Federal Telephone System) designation from NRC phone references throughout procedure to simplify procedure.
• Removed superfluous "TSC" from the ENS phone designation in step 1 .3B of Attachment 9.12.* Revised step 1.2A2 in Attachment 9.1 that provides direction on when to declare the TSC operational to better align with the "operational" definition provided in step 3.0[2].

Chanaqe Statement (Cont'd)* Changed step 1.2E of Attachment 9.10 from "...Security posts (personnel as necessary)" to "...Security post personnel (as necessary)" to correct procedure.

• Changed step 5 of Attachment 9.13 from "...NRC HPN Health Physics Network..." to "...NRC Health Physics Network (HPN). .." to correct procedure.
• Changed step 4.0[1] from "...checklists applicable site specific..." to "...checklists and applicable site specific..

." (inserted the word "and") to correct grammatical error.*Change the title of section 2.0 of Attachment 9.10 on page 48 (current revision) from "Initial Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd)" to "Continuous Responsibility/Activity" to correct typographical error.* Changed the title of section 3.0 of Attachment 9.11 on page 54 (current revision) from "Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd)" to "Closeout Activity" to correct typographical error.* Renumbered step 2.1 B of Attachment 9.5 on page 27 (current revision) to 2.1A to correct typographical error.* Renumbered steps in section 2.2 of Attachment 9.5 on page 27 (current revision) to correct typographical error where two step "As" were listed.* Sheet 1 of Attachment 9.11 on page 51 (current revision): Changed numbering of section 2.2 to 1.1 to correct typographical error.* Change GGNS commitment document references in section 8.0 on page 7 because of GGNS Emergency Plan changes.Associated PRHQN #: PR-PRHQN-2015-0494 /Procedure Writer: James J. Lewis Contains Proprietary Information: YES LI NO [] TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title PaQe 1.0 PURPOSE................................................................ 5

2.0 REFERENCES

........................................................... 5 3.0 DEFINITIONS............................................................. 5 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................... 5 5.0 DETAILS................................................................. 5 6.0 INTERFACES ............................................................ 6 7.0 RECORDS ..................................................... 6 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS ....................................... 7 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ......................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT

9.9 ATTACHMENT

9.10 ATTACHMENT 9.11 ATTACHMENT 9.1i2 ATTACHMENT 9.13 EMERGENCY PLANT MANAGER ...... 8 TSC MANAGER.......................... i........................15 OPERATIONS COORDINATOR....................................21 REACTOR ENGINEER............................................ 25 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR .................................. 28 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL/I&C ENGINEERS .............. 32 IT SPECIALIST.................................................... 35 TSC COMMUNICATOR....... .................................... 37 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR.................................. 40 SECURITY COORDINATOR ...................................... 48 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR.................................. 53 ENS COMMUNICATOR ....................................

......57 ENS COMMUNICATIONS GUIDANCE ............................

60

1.0 PURPOSE

NOTE This procedure may be used for activation and operations at the backup/alternative TSC as applicable. [1] To describe the activation and operation of the TSC.

2.0 REFERENCES

[1] Site Emergency Plans[2] Site Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures

3.0 DEFINITIONS

[1] Activation -Actions taken to staff and setup an emergency response facility to make it operational. Actions include but are not limited to notification of emergency personnel, equipment setup and equipment operability testing.[2] Operational -Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is setup and available to assume/perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES [1] The entire staff of the TSC is responsible for the activation and operation of the facility using this procedure, their position specific checklists and applicable site specific performance aids.5.0 DETAILS NOTE The actions Of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended. [1] The EPM follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager.[2] The TSC Manager follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, TSC Manager.[3] The Operations Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, Operations Coordinator. [4] The Reactor Engineer follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, Reactor Engineer.[5] The Engineering Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.5, Engineering Coordinator. [6] The Mechanical Engineer follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.6, Mechanical and Electrical/l&C Engineers. [7] The Electrical/l&C Engineer follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.6, Mechanical and Electrical/l&C Engineers.

5. 0 cont'd[8] The IT Specialist (if in the TSC) follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.7, IT Specialist.

[9] The TSC Communicator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.8, TSC Communicator. [10] The Radiological Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.9, Radiological Coordinator. [11] The Security Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.10, Security Coordinator. [12] The Maintenance Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.11, Maintenance Coordinator. [13] The ENS Communicator follows the instructions outlined in Attachments 9.12 and 9.13.6.0 INTERFACES [1] EN-AD-I103, Document Control & Records Management Programs[2] EN-EP-311I, Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) Activation via the Virtual Private Network (VPN)[3] EN-EP-601, Corporate Emergency Center Operations [4] EN-LI-I102, Corrective Action Process[5] EN-NS-1 02, Fitness for Duty Program[6] EN-FAP-OM-012, Notifications of Off-Normal Situations / Corporate Duty Manager Responsibilities [7] EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations [8] EN-EP-611I, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations

7.0 RECORDS

Any logs or forms completed by members of the ERO during an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records and are maintained in accordance with EN-AD-1 03. 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS Step Site Document Commitment Number or Reference* GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 5.4.19* GGNS G GNS Emergency Plan 5.4.18* GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 7.3.1 $1 ___________ Attach 9.9 PAL NRC Inspection Report 93-07 CMT9320021 14 step 2.0E Attach 9.9 PAL NRC Inspection Report 93-07 CMT9320021 16 step 2.0E PIL -NRC Inspection Finding 86-39-01 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _PIL NRC Inspection Finding 82-15-47 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _RBS Commitment 15578 9.0 ATTACHMENTS

9.1 Emergency

Plant Manager 9.2 TSC Manager 9.3, Operations Coordinator

9.4 Reactor

Engineer 9.5 Engineering Coordinator

9.6 Mechanical

and Electrical/l&C Engineer 9.7 IT Specialist 9.8 TSC Communicator

9.9 Radiological

Coordinator 9.10 Security Coordinator 9.11 Maintenance Coordinator 9.12 ENS Communicator 9.13 ENS Communications Guidance ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet I of 7 EPM Name:_____________________ Date:____1.0 Initial Resoonsibilitv/Activitv Notes NOTE The ERO should take appropriate actions necessary to mitigate the event regardless of manning or facility status.1.1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the EPM Binder & ID Badge.B. Call the (affected unit for ANO and IPEC) Control Room and receive a briefing on plant conditions. Use EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form to document turnover information.

1. This briefing is not required to declare the TSC operational.

C. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. D. Ensure that the OSC and TSC are in the process of meeting minimum staffing. Minimum staffing is listed in the TSC and OSC Manager's checklists. ATTACHM ENT 9.1 EMERGENCY PLANT MANAGER ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 2 of 7 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes 1.2 Assume the position of Emergency Plant Manager (EPM).A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Direct the activation of the TSC.(a) IF additional personnel are needed or positions are vacant THEN direct someone to fill vacancies in accordance with EP-1 0-ALL, Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation Form.(1) This step should be performed by the TSC Manager.NOTE During a Security Event only personnel and facilities necessary to mitigate the emergency situation should be activated. The TSC may be declared operational without all key members being present. This will, be determined by the most senior person in the facility.2. WHEN minimum staffing for the TSC is met AND equipment is setup and available to assume/perform TSC functions, including any equipment necessary to support communications with the Control Room and OSC, THEN declare the TSC operational and record in webEOC or on EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.3. Make an announcement to the TSC and inform the Control Room, OSC and EOF that the TSC is operational.

4. Perform an initial briefing for the TSC staff. Use EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form as guidance.B. IF relieving another EPM, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current EPM.1. Obtain the EPM's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting EPM on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress using EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form.4. Relieve the current EPM.5. Announce to the TSC, OSC, Control Room and EOF that you are now the EPM.

ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 3 of 7 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity Notes 2.1 Direct the activities of the TSC.A. Coordinate the activities of the Control Room, TSC and OSC.B. Coordinate and direct the response activities of all onsite ERO personnel.

1. Establish and promulgate onsite priorities in response to the emergency using the guidance for priority numbering in EP-1 1-ALL, Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form.2.2 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Designate an individual to be in command during your absence.2. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of destination and expected return.3. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing from TSC Manager on any events that have occurred while away.2.3 Maintain a log.A. Maintain (or direct an assistant to maintain) a log using webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.1. Log when the EPM duties were assumed.2. Log significant communications to individuals outside the TSC and all communications to individuals offsite.3. Log major decisions and any important details used to make the decision (i.e. emergency classification changes, accountability status, radioactive releases, station priorities, etc.).4. Periodically review log for accuracy.

ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 4 of 7 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 2.4 Prepare and facilitate facility briefings. A. Coordinate with the TSC Manager to establish a time period for the conduct of facility briefings.

1. Establish briefing periods at every 30-60 minute intervals as conditions warrant or as conditions change.2. Make an announcement approximately 5 minutes before actual brief that a brief will be conducted (if possible).

B. Use EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form and EP-1 4-ALL, Briefing Form as guidance.1. The EPM may use the Operations Coordinator to complete the Essential Information Form to support periodic briefs.C. Direct key staff to provide information needed for the briefing, if necessary. D. Conduct briefing, announce the time for the next briefing at the end of the briefing and ensure information provided in the briefing is captured and appropriately documented. 2.5 If there has been a loss of a large area of the plant due to fire or explosion, implement the applicable site-specific procedure or guideline for a loss of a large area of the plant.2.6 Ensure timely ENS notifications.

2.7 Perform

accident assessment to prioritize mitigation actions.2.8 Direct personnel evacuation, assembly and accountability. A. Direct the establishment or re-establishment of accountability as determined to be appropriate. B. Confer with the Emergency Director on release or evacuation of non-essential personnel from the other buildings, Generation Support Building and/or training building if used.C. Check with Control Room, TSC Manager and 0S0 Manager to determine if additional personnel are needed.D. Inform the Emergency Director when there are no immediate personnel needs and the TSC concurs with release of non-essential personnel from the site. ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 5 of 7 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 2.9 Maintain communications with the Shift Manager/Control Room.A. Discuss current plant status and planned operations. B. Discuss tasks the TSC/OSC are performing and review priorities. C. Inform Control Room of any other important ERO activities (such as shift changes, arrival of NRC personnel, etc.).2.10 Provide periodic status updates using site-wide announcements, except during hostile action-based events.2.11 Maintain Communications with the Emergency Director.A. Inform the Emergency Director of onsite priorities and activities. B. Provide information and recommendations to the Emergency Director regarding plant activities/emergency classifications. C. Inform the ED of any plant conditions or events which have the potential for change of emergency classification or radiological releases status.1. Advise the ED on core damage and plant conditions for classification and PAR determination.

2. Verify event classifications.

2.12 Maintain adequate staffing, access control, and 24-hour functional continuity of the Control Room, TSC, Security and OSC.A. Request additional material, manpower, and equipment as necessary from the EQE Administration and Logistics Coordinator. 2.13 Direct the organization, coordination and prioritization of repair corrective action teams.A. Provide concurrence prior to any OSC repair team action that may affect the operability of a plant system.B. Approve deviations from any plant procedure dealing with changing plant configuration or personnel safety.C. Approve repair team actions that would normally require a procedure but no procedure exists.2.14 Direct onsite protective actions. ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 6 of 7 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitvlActivitv (Cont'd) Notes 2.15 Authorize emergency radiation exposure and issuance of KI to recommended personnel in the Control Room, TSC or 0S0 or to -Security personnel., 2.16 Make operational decisions involving the safety of the plant and its personnel and make recommendations to the Control Room.2.17 Initiate immediate corrective actions to limit or contain the emergency, invoking the provisions of 10 CFR 50.54(x) if appropriate. A. IF actions being taken have the potential to directly affect offsite (such as containment venting or other action that may significantly increase offsite release), THEN obtain Emergency Director approval prior to taking action. , 2.18 When applicable, direct implementation of Severe -Accident Management procedures/guidelines. 2.19 Direct relocation to an alternate location as necessary. A. IF it becomes~necessary to evacuate or relocate the TSC, THEN notify the OSC, EOF and Control Room when leaving the primary TSC and when the backup or alternate TSC is operational. 2.20 Integrate offsite responders with on-site response efforts when required.A. Prepare for NRC Site Team response activities.

1. Coordinate the arrival of the Site Response Team with the EOF.2. Brief (or designate an individual to brief) the in-plant NRC Site Team upon arrival.3. Direct the TSC Manager to coordinate activities associated with the NRC Site Team.2.21 Confer with the Operations Coordinator and/or ENS Communicator to status of ongoing NRC communications. (What information is being requested and are there any issues?)

NUCLEAR NoN-QUALTY RELATED E-P60RV S- MANAGEMENTI gy MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 14 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 7 of 7 3.0 Closeout Activity Notes 3.1 Preparations for Recovery Phase: A. Provide information to the ED to support transition to the Recovery Phase. Discuss the following: B. Plant configuration and core cooling status.1. In-plant radiation levels.2. Radioactive material releases to the environment and the potential for additional uncontrolled releases.3. Fires; flooding conditions and any other site damage.4. Vital areas requiring occupancy are habitable.

5. Site security control is established.

3.2 Direct

onsite personnel to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.3 Collect

all documentation: A. Direct TSC staff to verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Direct the TSC Manager to verify that all repairs performed by OSC Teams that deviate from normal station procedures are properly documented, so that necessary actions can be taken for continuous plant operations or plant recovery operations. C. Direct the TSC Manager to verify that all deviations from Technical Specifications, Quality Assurance documents and other procedures are documented in PCRS so that these items are evaluated duding the Recovery Phase.D. Provide all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT

9.2 Sheet

1 of 6 TSC MANAGER TSC Manager Name:_________________ Dal 1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activity

1.1 Initial

Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSG: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "TSC Manager" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the EPM to identify the following:

1. Plant conditions.

2. Actions that have been taken.3. Engineering actions to be initiated.

te: Notes ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER Sheet 2 of 6 1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activitv (Cont'd)1.2 Assume the position of TSC Manager.A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: Notes NOTE Typical minimum staffing to declare the TSC operational. The site's staffing requirements may differ as needed to address site specific requirements: -EPM-Reactor Engineer-Radiological Coordinator -Mechanical and Electrical/l&C Engineers -appropriate staff to perform the facility's key function areas for the event.-ENS Communicator NOTE During a Security Event only personnel and facilities necessary to mitigate the emergency situation should be activated. The TSC may be declared operational without all key members being present. This will be determined by the most senior person in the facility based on plant conditions.

1. Verify the minimum TSC staff is present.(a) IF additional personnel are needed or positions are vacant, THEN direct someone to fill vacancies in accordance with EP-1 0-ALL, Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation Form.2. Report readiness status to the EPM and Control Room when prepared to assume the TSC Manager position and declare the TSC operational when minimum staffing for the TSC is met and equipment is setup and available to assume/perform TSC functions, including any equipment necessary to support communications with the Control Room and OSC, (a) Notify the EPM when operational conditions exist.

ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER Sheet 3 of 6 1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes B. IF relieving another TSC Manager, THE..N perform a formal turnover with the current TSC Manager.1. Obtain the TSC Manager's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting TSC Manager.4. Relieve the current TSC Manager.C. Announce to the TSC staff that you are now the TSC Manager.0. IF not previously performed, THEN verify Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) is operational (set up to run 24/7 and should be running).1. Verify ERDS is activated. ERDS is required to be activated within one (1) hour of declared emergency at ALERT higher. Refer to EN-EP-31 1.2. IF TSC IT Support is available, THEN request ERDS activation verification.

3. IF TSC IT Support is NOT available, THEN Verify ERDS is activated.(a) IF, due to conflicting priorities, ERDS cannot be verified to be activated, THEN request the EOF to verify ERDS activation.

1.3 Call out additional personnel as needed. ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER Sheet 4 of 6 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity oe 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the Emergency Plant Manager and Engineering Coordinator of destination and expected return.2. Inform the Emergency Plant Manager and Engineering Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Assist the EPM in the activation, operation and deactivation of the TSC.A. Assist the EPM to make operational decisions concerning the safety of the plant.2.3 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the TSC Manager position.1. Log when the TSC Manager duties were assumed.2. Log significant communications to individuals outside the TSC and all communications to individuals offsite.3. Log major decisions and actions and any important details.2.4 Participate in periodic briefings with EPM.A. Coordinate with the OSC Manager, as appropriate, to schedule the conduct of periodic briefings. B. Establish briefing periods at every 30-60 minute intervals as conditions warrant or as conditions change.C. Use EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form and EP-14-ALL, Briefing Form as guidance for the conduct of briefs.2.5 Manage the activities of the TSC Staff: A. Analyze plant information to provide support to plant operations personnel in returning the plant to a safe condition. B. Develop action plans and procedures to repair and/or mitigate consequences. ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER Sheet 5 of 6 2.0 Continuous Responsibilitv/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes 1. Recognize and implement all technical aspects of accident mitigation for the emergency.

2. Perform technical assessments and communicate the conclusions to the EPM.C. Anticipate TSC support requirements from ERO.D. Procure drawings and information needed to solve plant problems.E. Direct the tracking of plant configuration changes.2.6 Maintain TSC Staffing A. Support/coordinate with the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator to ensure that manpower planning is being conducted to provide for response efforts over an extended period.B. Upon direction from the EPM, reduce staffing per shift schedule.C. Continually assess the need for additional personnel, especially during off hours.2.7 Direct EOP questions to the Operations Coordinator.

A. Assist the EPM in setting priorities for TSC activities using the guidance for priority numbering in EP-1 1-ALL, Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form.B. Keep TSC Staff informed of priorities. C. Direct that TSC assignments in webEOC are updated to reflect priorities.

2.8 Establish

communications as needed with the Entergy Engineering Groups for engineering support functions. Use company phone directory and Emergency Telephone Directory to locate phone numbers.2.9 Core Damage Assessment A. Direct TSC Staff members to complete core damage assessment B. Provide summary of core status to EPM, TSC staff and other emergency facilities when core damage assessment is complete.2.10 Notify Nuclear Steam Supply System (NSSS) vendor and other vendors of emergency conditions, as required. (Phone numbers in Emergency Telephone Directory). ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER Sheet 6 of 6 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes 2.11 Oversee the activities for relocation to an alternate location as necessary.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Direct TSC staff to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation: A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all repairs performed by 0S0 Teams that deviate from normal station procedures are properly documented, so that necessary actions can be taken for continuous plant operations or plant recovery operations. C. Verify that all deviations from Technical Specifications, Quality Assurance documents and other procedures are documented in PCRS so that these items are evaluated during the Recovery Phase.D. Verify that all temporary procedures Used and/or developed are documented in webEOC for use by Recovery Organization so that necessary actions can be taken for plant operations.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the EP Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT

9.3 Sheet

1 of 4 OPERATIONS COORDINATOR Operations Coordinator Name:________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activitv Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.13. Obtain the "Operations Coordinator" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic-displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions.

1.2 Assume

the position of Operations Coordinator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the Engineering Coordinator or TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Operations Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Operations Coordinator, THEN perform a formal \turnover with the current Operations Coordinator.

1. Obtain the Operations Coordinator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Operations Coordinator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Operations Coordinator.

C. Inform the TSC Manager and Engineering Coordinator that you are now the Operations Coordinator. LLne-y MANAGEMENTNCE INE.0 V.MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 22 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.3 OPERATIONS

COORDINATOR Sheet 2 of 4 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the Engineering Coordinator and/or Security Coordinator of destination and expected return.2. Inform the Engineering Coordinator and/or Security Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred 7 while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Operations Coordinator position.B. Log when the Operations Coordinator duties were assumed.2.3 Monitor plant data communications between Control Room and other Emergency Response Facilities. A. Ensure the Control Room, TSC, and EOF are informed of significant changes in event status (e.g. changes in classification, command and control, initiation of station assembly, accountability, evacuation, etc.).2.4 Inform the TSC of the overall plant condition and significant changes to system and equipment status.2.5 Provide technical assistance to the Shift Manager.2.6 Monitor fission product barrier and plant status A. Provide recommendations to TSC Manager and EPM for emergency classification changes based on EALs.B. Assist the Reactor Engineer in maintaining the fission product barrier status.C. Assist in clarifying plant parameter Information to EPM, TSC Manager and other members of the engineering team. ATTACHMENT

9.3 Sheet

3 of 4 OPERATIONS COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd)Noe

2.7 Coordinate

TSC efforts in determining the nature and extent of emergencies pertaining to equipment and plant facilities in support of Control Room actions.A. Recommend equipment operations checks and miscellaneous actions to the Control Room in support of restoration and accident mitigation. B. Recommend changes in plant priorities. C3. Assist the EPM in determining the priority assigned to OSC activities. Refer to EP-1 1-ALL, Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form.2.8 Work with other members of the Engineering Team to provide support to the Control Room to mitigate the effects of the event and return the plant to a safe condition. A. Perform accident assessment activities. B. Recommend strategies and actions to prevent severe core damage and containment failure and reduce radiological releases.C3. Provide recommendations on plant operations.

0. Provide assistance to initiate immediate corrective actions to limit or contain the emergency invoking the provisions of 10 CFR 50.54(x) if appropriate, and specifically when addressing Severe Accident Management Guidelines.

E. Provide technical support to OSC teams as needed.F. Look ahead for possible plant problems and solutions.

2.9 Coordinate

requests for operations activities outside of the Control Room.2.10 Coordinate additional staffing for the Control Room if requested by the SM.2.11 As applicable and at the direction of the EPM, assume the duties and responsibilities of the Evaluator, or Decision-Maker if qualified, when transition to Severe Accident Management Guidelines is initiated. 2.12 Complete EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form to support periodic briefs as requested by the EPM. ATTACHMENT

9.3 Sheet

4 of 4 OPERATIONS COORDINATOR

3.0 Closeout

Activity Notes 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Operations Coordinator(s) maintained during the emergency: A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all temporary procedures used and/or developed are documented for use by Recovery Organization so that necessary actions can be taken for plant operations.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the Engineering Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. Sheet 1 of 3 REACTOR ENGINEER ATTACHMENT

9.4 REACTOR

ENGINEER Sheet I of 3 Reactor Engineer Name:__________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

RespDonsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Reactor Engineer" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Discuss Fission Product Barrier status with the Operations Coordinator and update displays as required.1.2 Assume the position of Reactor Engineer.A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the Engineering Coordinator or TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Reactor Engineer position.B. IF relieving another Reactor Engineer, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Reactor Engineer.1. Obtain the Reactor Engineer's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Reactor Engineer on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Reactor Engineer.C. Inform the TSC Manager and Engineering Coordinator that you are now the Reactor Engineer.

NUCLEAR JNON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-610I RE V. 21 MANUAL J REFERENCE USE PAGE 26 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATAhMeNT2 9.43 REACTOR ENGINEER Sheet 2 of 3 2.0 2.1 Continuous Responsibility/Activity Notes*Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the Engineering Coordinator of destination and expected return.2. Inform the Engineering Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Reactor Engineer position.B. Log when the Reactor Engineer duties were assumed.2.3 Monitor plant conditions for any indications of core damage.A. Perform and update core damage assessment based on current information using site-specific procedure. B. Notify TSC Manager and/or Engineering Coordinator immediately of any changes in core status.C. Keep the Radiological Coordinator informed of core status to assist in maintaining radiological controls for plant personnel.

0. Through the TSC Manager and/or the Radiological Coordinator, ensure that the EQE Radiological Assessment Coordinator is kept informed of the. latest estimate of the amount of core damage.2.4 Assist in clarifying core parameter information to other members of the Engineering Team.A. Provide recommendations on plant operations.

B. Assist in developing emergency procedures if needed. ATTACHMENT

9.4 Sheet

3 of 3 REACTOR ENGINEER 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes 2.5 Work with other members of the Engineering Team to provide support to the Control Room to mitigate the effects of the event and return the plant to a safe condition. A. Provide recommendations on plant operations. B. Assist in developing emergency procedures if needed.C. Assist in Severe Accident Management Guideline implementation.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Reactor Engineers maintained during the emergency: A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that any core parameters that were outside technical specifications during the event are documented so that proper actions can be taken during the Recovery Phase.3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Engineering Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ENGINEERING COORDINATOR ATTACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

1 of 4 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR Engineering Coordinator Name:___1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activitv

1.1 Initial

Orientation. Date: Notes A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Engineering Coordinator" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Evaluate the adequacy of the Engineering Team staffing and ability to support the Control Room in technical assessment activities, The normal Engineering Team includes: 1. Reactor Engineer 2. Electrical / I&C Engineer 3. Mechanical Engineer 1.2 Assume the position of Engineering Coordinator. A. IF the TSC has NOT, been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Engineering Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Engineering Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Engineering Coordinator:

1. Obtain the Engineering Coordinator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Engineering Coordinator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Engineering Coordinator.

C. Inform the TSC Manager and staff that you are now the Engineering Coordinator. ATTACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

2 of 4 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Res ponsibility/Activity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager of destination and expected return.2. Inform the TSC Manager of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Engineering Coordinator position.B. Log when the Engineering Coordinator duties were assumed.C. Note the Engineering Team activities undertaken with information pending actions to ensure the plant is returned to a safe condition. D. Note communications external to the TSC.2.3 Coordinate with the TSC Manager to call in additional engineering assistance as needed: A. All Entergy engineering resources should be utilized as required.Individuals may be tasked with activities to be completed at engineering offices external to the TSC, and to be called to report to the TSC or directed to other facilities as needed.B. Call on non-Entergy engineering support such as Westinghouse, equipment vendors and/or NRC engineers as necessary (some support organization phone numbers are located in the Emergency, Telephone Directory).

2.4 Track

assignments to TSC engineering personnel using webEOC or EP-12-ALL, Engineering Task Assignment Form if webEOC is unavailable. ATTACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

3 of 4 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitylActivity (Cont'd)Noe

2.5 Assist

the TSC Manager in planning and performing engineering assessment of the plant conditions and/or actions to be taken to mitigate plant damage.A. Assist the EPM and TSC Manager in establishing onsite priorities in response to the emergency using the guidance for priority numbering in EP-1 2-ALL, Engineering Task Assignment Form.2.6 Direct the activities of the Engineering Team in the following areas and provide results back to the TSC Manager: A. Direct the technical support and engineering activities in accordance with the priorities established by the EPM and the TSC Manager.B. Use available computer systems to monitor and assess vital plant parameters and conditions. C. Direct the Engineering Team to monitor, trend and assess plant parameters and status to determine the condition of safety related systems and the fission product barriers.1. Verify the status of equipment out-of-service is maintained.

2. Provide recommendations for emergency classification changes based on review of the EALs.3. Provide recommendations for mitigating activities.

4. Forecast expected changes in the level of plant and system safety.5. Determine the extent of core damage.6. Recommend strategies and actions to prevent severe core damage and containment failure and reduce radiological releases.D. When applicable, perform monitoring, assessment and evaluation to support Severe Accident Management Guideline activities and strategies.

E. Track plant configuration changes.F. Direct personnel to develop or modify procedures to perform response activities as necessary. (For example, emergency repairs or emergency system lineups). ATTACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

4 of 4 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibilitv/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes G. Confirm any sample requests for chemistry sampling contain specific details on the type of information that is necessary (such as system boron concentration, activity, etc.).H. Provide engineering support for OSC activities as requested.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Direct Engineering Team Staff to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Engineering Team maintained during the emergency: A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all temporary procedures used and/or developed are documented for use by the Recovery Organization so necessary actions can be taken for continuous plant operations or long-term restoration.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT

9.6 Sheet

1 of 3 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALII&C ENGINEERS Engineer Name:______________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Mechanical Engineer" Binder & ID Badge or"Electrical/l&C Engineer" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review facility electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions.

1.2 Assume

the position of Mechanical (Electrical/l&C) Engineer.A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the Engineering Coordinator when prepared to assume the Mechanical (Electrical/l&C) Engineer position.B. IF relieving another engineer, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current engineer.1. Obtain the Mechanical (Electrical/l&C) Engineer's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting engineer on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Mechanical (Electrical/l&C) Engineer.C. Inform Engineering Coordinator that you are now the Mechanical (Electrical/l&C) Engineer. ATTACHMENT

9.6 Sheet

2 of 3 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALII&C ENGINEERS 2.0 Continuous Res ponsibilitv/Activitv Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the Engineering Coordinator of destination and expected return.2. Inform the Engineering Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 ~Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the position.B. Log when the engineer duties were assumed.2.3 Assist in clarifying Mechanical or Electrical / I&C information to other members of the Engineering Team.2.4 Work with other members of the Engineering Team to provide support to the Control Room to mitigate the effects of the event and return the plant to a safe condition. A. Respond to engineering requests from the Engineering Coordinator. B. Provide recommendations on equipment operations. C. Develop emergency procedures if needed.D. Identify emergency repairs that can be undertaken to restore and maintain equipment operability and plant safety.2.5 Assist the OSC Mechanical and I&C/Electrical Coordinators in preparing to send repair teams into the plant.A. Provide information on parts needed.B. Provide information on tools required.C. Prepare emergent maintenance procedures for OSC repair teams.D. Participate in team briefing if required.2.6 Evaluate Severe Accident Management Guideline strategy implementation when designated. ATTACHMENT

9.6 Sheet

3 of 3 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALI.I&C ENGINEERS 3.0 Closeout Activity Notes 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Mechanical or Electrical / I&C Engineers maintained during the emergency: A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that any equipment repairs that were performed outside normal requirements during the event are documented so that proper actions can be taken during the recovery phase.3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Engineering Coordinator upon Stermination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.7 IT SPECIALIST Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE IF the IT Specialist is staffed in the TSC versus the EOF, THEN this checklist is applicable. IT Specialist Name:________

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Date: Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "IT Specialist" Binder & ID Badge..1.2 Assume the position of IT Specialist. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the IT Specialist position.B. IF relieving another IT Specialist, THE..N perform a formal turnover with the current IT Specialist:

1. Obtain the IT Specialist's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting IT Specialist on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current IT Specialist.

C. Inform TSC Manager and staff that you are now the IT Specialist. D. Emergency Response Data System (EROS)1. IF not previously performed, THEN. verify EROS is activated within one (1) hour of declared emergency at ALERT O.R higher classification. Refer to EN-EP-31 1.E. Support the setting up of the TSC/OSC electronic displays. ATTACHMENT

9.7 Sheet

2 of 2 IT SPECIALIST

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager of destination and expected return.2. Inform the TSC Manager of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the position.B. Log when the IT Specialist duties were assumed.2.3 Assist the Engineering Team in obtaining plant data from the various TSC Computer systems.2.4 Ensure computer displays continue to operate properly.2.5 Assist with issues related to webEOC.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations: A. Erase TSC Electronic displays.B. Log off PCs.C. Turn off or dim computer display systems.3.2 Provide all logs and records to the Engineering Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT

9.8 Sheet

I of 3 TSC COMMUNICATOR TSC Communicator Name:_______________ Date 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity

1.1 Initial

Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "TSC Communicator' Binder & ID Badge.B. Review facility electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions.

1.2 Assume

the position of TSC Communicator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the TSC Communicator position.B. IF relieving another TSC Communicator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current TSC Communicator:

1. Obtain the TSC Communicator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting TSC Communicator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current TSC Communicator.

C. Inform TSC Manager and staff that you are now the TSC Communicator. D. IF inter-facility communications has NOT been established with the other facilities, THEN establish this communications link.1. Inform all parties you are establishing communications from the TSC and are now monitoring line.2. Stay on line at all times or inform other parties when you will be off line.Notes ATTACHMENT

9.8 Sheet

2of 3 TSC COMMUNICATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Request the TSC Operations Coordinator monitor the inter-facility communications to the Control Room, OSC and EQE as necessary.

2. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of destination and expected return.3. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away. j 2.2 Maintain alog.A. Use webEOC or if unaviailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the TSC facility and the TSC Communicator position.B. Log when the TSC Communicator duties were assumed.C. Update facility status in webEOC.0. Log significant Communications pertaining to plant operations and all communications to individuals offsite.2.3 Ensure timeliness of facility briefs by prompting EPM to develop and adhere to briefing schedule.2.4 Communicate between the other emergency response facilities (ERFs) if necessary regarding plant status or webEOC entries.A. Transmit/receive data to/from the TSC as applicable regarding action being taken in all ERFs.B. Advise communicators in the other ERFs of the actions being taken in the TSC and OSC (as applicable):

1. Report TSC and OSC (as applicable) activities.

2. Question others regarding activities and actions at their facilities.

3. Ask for feedback from OSC on engineering decisions.

2.5 Maintain

communications as necessary with satellite Entergy response groups outside ERFs. ATTACHMENT

9.8 Sheet

3 of 3 TSC COMMUNICATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 2.6 Keep aware of Control Room personnel actions and procedures being implemented. Notify TSC Engineers if appropriate. 2.7 Work with other members of the TSC Staff to provide support to the Control Room to mitigate the effects of the event and return the plant to a safe condition.

2.8 Support

the EPM/TSC Manager as requested. A. When requested by TSC Manager, notify the Nuclear Steam Supply System (NSSS) vendor and other vendors of emergency Phone numbers can be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory. B. Provide information to the NRC Operations Center as requested.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that any equipment and procedure problems noted during the event are documented so that proper actions can be taken to correct them.3.3 Provide all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMEN~ Sheet 1 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR IT 9.9 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR 8 Radiological Coordinator Name:________________ Date: 1.0 Initial Responsibilitv1Activitv 1 .1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Radiological Coordinator' Binder & ID Badge.B. Review facility electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant and radiological conditions.

1.2 Assume

the position of Radiological Coordinator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Contact the shift RP personnel and receive a briefing of radiological conditions and status of any ongoing jobs.2. Determine if any personnel are currently in the field.3. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Radiological Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Radiological Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Radiological Coordinator:

1. Obtain the Radiological Coordinator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Radiological Coordinator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Radiological Coordinator.

Notes ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

2 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes C. Inform the TSC Manager and TSC staff that you are now the Radiological Coordinator. 1 .3 IF NOT already performed, THE.N perform the following: A. IF necessary, THEN direct a Rad Protection Technician to perform a habitability survey of the TSC and set up radiological controls (access/egress checkpoints) as required.B. Establish the capability for monitoring of Iodine, should it become necessary, using an AMS-4 or other equipment. C. Establish contamination controls for the Control Room and TSC if necessary. D. IF individuals have not been previously issued dosimetry, THEN. have dosimetry issued to them.E. Assign personnel to the following positions:

1. TSC RP monitor 2. Protected Area/Onsite Monitoring Team, IF requested by the EOF 3. EOF RP monitor, IF requested by the EOF 4. Personnel to report to the EOF to support any decontamination efforts, IF requested by the EOF.5. RP monitor to Assembly Area(s) as necessary.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of destination and expected return.2. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away. ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

3 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitvlActivitv (Cont'd) Notes 2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Radiological Coordinator position.B. Log when the Radiological Coordinator duties were assumed.C. Record any significant and unusual indications from the plant Radiation7 Monitoring System.D. Record any significant changes in radiological conditions reported from Field Teams.E. Record any communications outside the Protected Area Fence or significant communications to facilities outside the TSC/OSC.2.3 Assess radiological conditions and develop radiological plans.A. Obtain and evaluate data on plant conditions such as meteorological and radiological readings and other pertinent data.B. Keep the TSC Manager informed of radiological conditions.

2.4 Advise

the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator of changes in plant conditions or equipment that may change radiological conditions onsite.2.5 Establish and maintain radiological habitability. A. Direct periodic radiological monitoring of emergency response facilities within the Protected Area and other occupied areas as necessary, particularly when a release of radioactive material~into plant environments is in progress or suspected.

1. At a minimum, verify habitability in the Control Room, TSC and OSC.2. Re-verify this habitability approximately once every 60 minutes or when conditions have likely worsened.3. IF there has been a release of radioactive material, THE._N dispatch RP Technicians to Assembly Area(s) to verify habitability as necessary.

ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

4 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes B. IF the following conditions exist in the TSC or Control Room, THEN request the EPM to implement restrictions on eating and drinking in the affected areas.1. Radiological conditions are unknown.2. Contamination levels above background.

3. Airborne contamination levels above background.

C. Set up radiological controls for the TSC.D. Ensure Control RoomITSC/OSC/Security personnel are aware of any restrictions in place. Note any radiological release that may interfere with personnel movement outside.1. Advise the TSC Manager and EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator of changes in radiological release status.2. Coordinate with the Security Coordinator to determine the routes to be used for evacuation of non-essential personnel and BREs.E. IF any of the following conditions exist, THEN request the TSC Manager immediately consider a planned evacuation of the TSC (OSC or other occupied area): 1. TSC (OSC or other occupied area) dose rates > 500 mRem/hr 2. Projected doses > 1 Rem TEDE or 5 Rem CDE over a 12 hour period 3. Airborne concentrations which may result in exceeding occupational limits for inhalation specified in 10CFR20, Appendix B, Table 1.F. IF any of the above limits are reached, THEN coordinate with the OSC/TSC Managers to survey alternate locations for habitability prior to relocation if possible. ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

5 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes 2.6 Suspend normal RWP requirements for performing work in radiological controlled areas if necessary. A. Emergency Radiation Work Permits (ERWP) will then be used for team dispatch.B. In the event that radiation fields change while a team is in the field, the RP Technician accompanying the team becomes a "Walking ERWP" and may determine what radiological precautions are appropriate for the situation. 2.7 IF immediate action is necessary to mitigate a situation that severely threatens plant or personnel safety, THEN documentation on ERWPs and Team Dispatching Forms may be deferred.A. Documentation shall be finished as soon as possible after team dispatch.2.8 Suspend radiological posting requirements, if necessary, for areas outside the RCA that are affected by the accident until the Recovery Phase is entered.2.9 Document radiological readings taken by RP Technicians or other meter qualified individuals in the field on survey maps.2.10 Establish and maintain dosimetry, protective clothing, and other protective equipment requirements for onsite ERO personnel. A. Use ERWPs to control radiological requirements for personnel sent into the ,plant.B. Initiate ERWPs for anticipated activities in various plant areas.C. WHEN possible, THEN use normal criteria when establishing requirements for dosimetry, protective clothing, and respiratory protection equipment. 2.11 Direct Radiation Protection Technicians in the following activities: A. Assign RP Technicians to assist in emergency response support activities. B. Use EP-5-ALL, Team Dispatching Form to prepare and document team assignments. Ensure each team dispatched has a copy of the Team Dispatching Form. ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

6 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitylActivity (Cont'd) Notes C. Assign personnel to conduct in-plant radiological surveys as required to support ERO activities.

0. Assign RP Technicians to accompany teams requiring radiological support.2.12 Assist in planning rescue operations~

and provide monitoring services as required, including the transfer of injured and/or contaminated personnel. A IF there are contaminated injured personnel, THE..N perform the following:

1. Provide radiological support for the assessment, treatment, and transportation of contaminated injured personnel.

2. Monitor patients for contamination and decontaminate as appropriate.

3. Make arrangements to pick up Rad Protection personnel at the hospital.4. Follow proper procedures to retrieve radioactive waste from offsite treatment locations.

5. Obtain concurrence from the EPM prior to releasing the hospital's Radiological Emergency Room or the ambulance for uncontrolled use.2.13 Emergency Exposure Control: A. IF emergency exposure controls are implemented, THEN maintain individual emergency exposures as follows: 1. Give EPM the recommendation for the ERO Dose Limits to be raised to 5 Rem.2. IF individuals are required to receive greater than 5 Rem emergency exposures, THEN complete EP-4-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form AND request per mission from EPM authorizing exposure in excess of 5 Rem.

ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

7 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibilitv/Activitv (Cont'd)Noe B. An RP Technician escort is required for any team being sent into an area where any of the following conditions exist: 1. Radiological conditions are unknown. Surveys or ARMs may be used to predict radiological conditions.

2. Radiation field in excess of 1 R/hr is expected.3. In the event of any release of radioactivity to the environment.

2.14 IF individuals receive or are expected to receive radioiodine uptakes > 5 REM ODE thyroid dose or a General Emergency has been declared, THEN: A. Control the issuance of KI to onsite emergency workers as follows: 1. Discuss issuance of KI with Radiological Assessment Coordinator in the EOF.2. Get approval of the EPM for issuance of KI.3. Direct team members to read Patient Package Insert prior to*taking KI (see EP-8-ALL, KI Instructions/Briefing Form for sample).4. Recommend emergency workers to take one KI tablet per day.Refer to site specific procedure for location of KI.5. Record KI issuance information on EP-8-ALL, KI Instructions/Briefing Form.6. Select and announce appropriate locations (TSC, OSC, etc.) for all ERO members inside the Protected Area to report for distribution of KI.7. Notify the Assembly Area Coordinator(s) to issue KI to personnel in the assembly area(s) as necessary. B. Evaluate iodine uptakes for persons issued KI, informing contracted medical representatives of KI issuance.2.15 Direct the decontamination efforts of personnel, equipment, and onsite areas as appropriate. 2.16 Ensure that appropriate bioassay procedures have been implemented for onsite personnel when a radioactivity incident has occurred. ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

8 of 8 S RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitvlActivitv (Cont'd) Notes.2.17 Ensure adequate personnel, materials and supplies are available for assigned missions.A. Obtain needed materials from normal station supply locations. B. IF additional personnel or supplies are needed, THEN request any materials, supplies, or personnel needs from the OSC3 Manager and/or EQE Administration and Logistics C3oordinator.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Review all documentation maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that any equipment and procedure problems noted during the event are documented so that proper actions can be taken to correct them.3.2 IF radiological conditions allow, THEN direct Rad Protection Technicians: A. To return emergency equipment to proper storage areas and restock supplies as needed.B. Review radiological conditions in the plant and update postings as required.C3. Review any open RWPs to ensure conditions have not changed that may affect their use.3.3 Provide all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.10 Sheet 1 of 5 SECURITY COORDINATOR Security Coordinator Name:__________________ Date: 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activitv

• 1.1 Initial Orientation.

A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Security Coordinator" Binder & ID Badge.1.2 Assume the position of Security Coordinator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Security Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Security Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Security Coordinator:

1. Obtain the Security Coordinator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Security Coordinator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Security Coordinator.

C. Inform the TSC Manager and TSC staff that you are now the Security Coordinator. D. Perform a communication check with the CAS and SAS and inform them that you are the Security Coordinator and how you can be contacted. E. Perform a communications check with the OSC (as necessary) and EOF Security post personnel (as necessary). Notes ATTACHMENT 9.10 Sheet 2 of 5 SECURITY COORDINATOR

1.0 Initial

ResponsibilitylActivity ((3ont'd) Notes 1.3 IF NOTQ already performed, THE..N perform the following: A. Have all visitors leave the plant site at an Alert or higher classification.

1. Notify the TSC3 Manager this has been done.B. Secure site access at a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency classification.

1. Notify the TSC3 Manager this has been done.C3. Initial Accountability.

1. Designate a Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) and verify that the accountability card readers are active.2. IF the event has been classified as a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency AN__D Initial Accountability has NOT been performed, THEN immediately perform accountability in accordance with site specific procedures.

0. Continuous Accountability.

1. Assign an Accountability Coordinator.

2. Report readiness to conduct accountability to the EPM. Utilize the Accountability Coordinator to assist in accountability.

3. Direct the Accountability Coordinator to support monitoring of the Accountability Card Readers while ERO members are carding into the TSC3 (OS(0), direct them to verify badges are properly read by the Accountability Card Reader and to log the name and badge number on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form of anyone having difficulty carding in.4. Inform the EPM and TSC (OSC) staff that y~ou are overseeing the function of Accountability.

ATTACHMENT 9.10 Sheet 3 of 5 SECURITY COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager of destination and expected return.2. Inform the TSC Manager of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Security Coordinator position.B. Log when Security Coordinator duties were assumed.C. Record Security Team activities undertaken. (Sensitive or Safeguards Information from team briefing forms need not be repeated). D. Record all communications outside the Protected Area Fence.E. Record Accountability Team activities undertaken and completed.

2.3 Establish

and maintain communications with the TSC Radiological Coordinator. Review the following items as necessary. A. Radiological conditions and any protective actions for Security Force movements. B. Dosimetry requirements for Security Force.C. Issuance of Potassium Iodide (KI) to Security Force.2.4 Establish and maintain communications with the Security Force.Keep them updated on the following items.A. Plant conditions and actions being taken to end emergency. B. Radiological conditions, other hazards and any restrictions of movement.C. Implementation and status of site specific Security response procedures.

2.5 Coordinate

Security Force staffing needs with the TSC Manager and ensure 24-hour staffing of the Security Force. ATTACHMENT 9.10 Sheet 4 of 5 SECURITY COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibilitv/Activitv Notes 2.6 Coordinate the Security response to any emergency conditions with other emergency response organizations (TSCIOSCIEOFIICP) and act as designated National Incident Management System (NIMS)Liaison between the ICP and site organization. Use guidance provided in: A. Site specific procedures for response to Site Access Threat.B. Site specific procedures for assembly, accountability and relocation of personnel offsite.C. Site specific procedures for responding to fire or medical emergencies 2.7 Keep the ED/EPM informed of any security contingency event that may be occurring and response in progress.2.8 Provide assistance in evaluating plant equipment / system(s) to determine if malfunctions are related to sabotage.2.9 Coordinate assistance to monitoring teams by permitting access to owner controlled areas normally gated off.2.10 IF evacuation/relocation~of onsite personnel to offsite locations is called for, THEN: A. Coordinate with TSC Radiological Coordinator to monitor evacuation routes as necessary. B. Ensure Security Force is aware of pending evacuation/relocation and routes to be used.C. Notify the Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) of the following:

1. Pending evacuation

2. Routes to beused 3. Mode of transportation

4. Establishment of decontamination location as necessary D. Coordinate the evacuation/relocation efforts with the Security Force and coordinate the dispatch of Security officers to evacuation assembly areas as necessary.

1. Sound the applicable alarm (from Control Room as necessary) and make site-wide announcements.

E. Keep the ED/EPM informed of evacuation accountability. ATTACHMENT 9.10 SECURITY COORDINATOR ATTACHMENT 9.10 SECURITY COORDINATOR Sheet 5 of 5_2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 2.11 Provide overall coordination of offsite assistance for the security-related response.A. Interface with Offsite Law Enforcement Agencies as necessary. 2.12 Establish and maintain continuous accountability. NOTE 1. Initial Accountability shall be accomplished within 30 minutes of the classification of Site Area Emergency or General Emergency. Accountability may be directed at the Alert classification (or any other time deemed necessary) at the direction of the Shift Manager or EPM.2. Accountability may be suspended if the safety of personnel may be jeopardized by a security event or other event hazardous to personnel. WARN ING During Security Emergencies, do not evacuate personnel without permission from Security (CAS/SAS). A. Accountability may be suspended if the safety of personnel may be jeopardized by a security event or other event hazardous to personnel B. Perform or re-perform initial accountability as necessary.

1. Initial accountability is accomplished by evacuation/assembly of all non-essential personnel in locations outside of the Protected Area and physically accounting for all individuals who remain within the Protected Area. (Refer to step 2.9)2. IF the emergency classification is changed to a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency OR if directed by the EPM, THEN establish or re-establish initial accountability in accordance with site specific procedures.

C. Ensure continuous accountability is maintained in emergency response facilities and other locations where emergency response personnel are located.3,0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Provide

all logs and records to the TSC (or OSC) Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.11 Sheet 1 of 4 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR Maintenance Coordinator Name:_______________ Date 1.0 Initial ResponsibilitvlActivity

1.1 Initial

Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Maintenance Coordinator' Binder & ID Badge.1.2 Assume the position of Maintenance Coordinator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Discuss with the OSC Work Control Coordinator any actions that have been completed or are in progress.2. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Maintenance Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Maintenance Coordinator, THE.N perform a formal turnover with thecurrent Maintenance Coordinator:

1. Obtain the Maintenance Coordinator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Maintenance Coordinator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Maintenance Coordinator.

C. Inform the TSC Manager and TSC staff you are now the Maintenance Coordinator. Notes "MAAGMNTULERNON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-610 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 54 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.11 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR Sheet 2 of 4 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager of destination and expected return (for accountability purposes).

2. Inform the T.SC Manager of return.1. Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Maintenance Coordinator position.B. Log when Maintenance Coordinator duties were assumed.C. Ensure that chemistry sample requests are logged.2.3 Support OSC mitigation activities.

A. Work with the EPM, TSC Manager and OSC Manager to provide support to the Control Room to mitigate the effects of the event and return the plant to a safe condition.

1. Obtain and provide operational guidance and recommendations on equipment operations.

2. Obtain and identify emergency repairs that can be undertaken to restore and maintain equipment operability and plant safety.3. Look ahead for possible plant problems and solutions.

4. Assist in developing emergency procedures if needed.5. Assist the Control Room, EPM, TSC Manager and OSC Manager in planning and preparing for any OSC maintenance activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition.

6. Maintain manpower status to ensure OSC is adequately staffed to support mitigation activities.

7. Maintain a list/log and status of OSC work assignments by maintaining frequent communications with the OSC Work Control Coordinator.

ATTACHMENT 9.11 Sheet 3 of 4 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitvlActivity (Cont'd) Notes 2.4 Assist the OSC Coordinators in preparing to send repair teams into the plant.A. Provide technical support to OSC teams, as needed.2.5 Using webEOC, open a new record from the Repair/Corrective Action board menu to initiate assignments to OSC teams and transmit team.A. Select the appropriate team priority using the guidance for priority numbering in EP-1 1-ALL, Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form.B. Call the Work Control Coordinator to inform of job initiation. 2.6 Provide/request information as directed by the EPM.A. Inform the EPM of activities of OSC Operations personnel -Non-Licensed Operators (NLOs) in the OSC 1. IF informed by the OSC of any NLOs requested to be dispatched from the OSC by the Control Room, THEN notify the EPM immediately.

2. IF requested by the OSC, THEN obtain prior approval from the EPM for: (a) OSC request to deviate from any existing plant procedure dealing with changing plant configuration or personnel safety.(b) 050 request to perform an action that would normally require a procedure but no procedure exists.B. Inform the EPM and/or the SM of changing situations in the plant based on information received from OSC teams in the field.2.7 Assist in clarifying OSC/TSC information to the Engineering Coordinator.

-Etgy MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 56 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.11 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR Sheet 4 of 4 3.0 Closeout Activity Notes 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all tasks performed that deviated from normal station procedures are properly documented so that necessary actions can be undertaken for continuous plant operation or recovery operation~s.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.12 ENS COMMUNICATOR Sheet 1 of 3 ENS COMMUNICATOR Sheet I of 3 ENS Communicator Name:__________________ Date 1,0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1 .1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "ENS Communicator" Binder & ID Badge.1.2 Assume the position of ENS Communicator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Verify the TSC plant data electronic displays are on and operational and adjust for viewing as necessary.

2. Verify that the TSC NRC ENS phone is operational by checking for dial tone.3. Review facility electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions.

4. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the ENS Communicator position.B. IF relieving another ENS Communicator, THE.N perform a formal turnover with the current ENS Communicator:

1. Obtain the ENS Communicator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting ENS Communicator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current ENS Communicator.

C. Inform the TSC Manager and TSC staff you are now filling the duties of the ENS Communicator. Notes ATTACHMENT 9.12 Sheet 2 of 3 ENS COMMUNICATOR

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 1.3 IF NOT already performed, THEN perform the following steps: A. Contact the Control Room Communicator and receive a turnover on NRC communications activities. B. Establish contact with the NRC Operations Center on the NRC ENS phone using the guidance in Attachment 9.13, ENS Communications Guidance.2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager of destination and expected return.2. Inform the TSC Manager of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC-or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the ENS Communicator position.B. Log when ENS Communicator duties were assumed.C. Log all significant communications with the NRC, TSC staff and other ERO members outside the TSC.2.3 Assist the Engineering Coordinator as necessary in obtaining plant data.2.4 Provide information to the NRC Operations Center as requested. A. Use the ENS phone to transmit information. B. Refer to the guidance in Attachment 9.13, ENS Communications Guidance.C. IF the NRC requests an open, continuous ENS communications channel (ENS phone), THEN continuously maintain the ENS phone.1. Use Attachment 9.13, ENS Communications Guidance.2. Request support as necessary form the Operations Coordinator in providing information. ATTACHMENT 9.12 Sheet 3 of 3 ENS COMMUNICATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitvlActivitv (Cont'd) !_ Notes 2.5 Keep the Emergency Plant Manager informed of the status of NRC communications (requests being made, questions asked, etc.)3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Log off P~s as necessary.

3.4 Provide

all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergdncy and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.13 ENS COMMUNICATIONS GUIDANCE ATTACHMENT 9.13 ENS COMMUNICATIONS GUIDANCE Sheet I of 3 1.Establish contact with the NRC Operations Center on the NRC ENS phone by: A. Lifting the receiver B. After receiving dial tone, dial the first number listed below using all 11 digits.1. IF the first number is busy, THEN use the second, etc.1-301 -816-5100 1-301-951-0550 1-301-415-0550 C. Ask to be placed on the ENS Conference Bridge.NOTE 1. In an emergency, the initial contact with the NRC is through the Headquarters Operations Officer (HOO). The HOO also maintains the official log to document the time the NRC event notifications are received. When the incident response center is manned, the incident response center personnel recommend that the ENS Communicators ask if the HOO is on the line when making notification of classification or protective action recommendation updates to ensure the correct time is officially recorded.2. NRC considers every event a potential security event until it is confirmed otherwise. The NRC may patch the ENS line through to a Security Counterpart Link during any event, and the NRC Safeguards personnel may ask to speak to plant Security management.

2. Provide information directly to the NRC as requested, except information regarding decisions in progress and not yet finalized.

A. Information obtained from status boards, previously approved notification forms and other TSC personnel (including changes in classification and Protective Action Recommendations) do NOTI require approval prior to transmittal. B. NRC Form-361 may be used to organize and collect information for the NRC.I. IF NRC Form-361 is used, THEN care should be taken to ensure that the use of this form does not slow the free flow of information about the emergency condition to the NRC. ATTACHMENT 9.13 Sheet 2 of 3 ENS COMMUNICATIONS GUIDANCE 3. Potential questions that may be asked by the NRC: A. What is the status of the fuel?B. What are you doing to protect the fuel?C. What is the status of safety systems?0. How many Reactor Coolant Pumps do you have?E. Is there an offsite release?F. What is the source of the release?G. What are you doing to secure the release?H. What protective actions are you taking for plant personnel and the general public?I. What is the status of evacuating/sheltering of local offsite areas?J. What are steam generator pressures? K. What are Core Exit Thermocouple temperatures? L. Is the core covered?M. What are your plans to restore the plant to normal operations? N. 'What is the potential to escalate to a higher emergency classification?

0. Have the local government agencies been notified?P. What are the licensee's current top priorities for the station?Q. Are there significant uncertainties about any aspect of the event (e.g., is the situation improving or degrading)?

R. Does the licensee need help from the NRC or other Federal agencies?S. Is the licensee having any communication or staffing problems?T. (Security Event Related): Has the facility sustained significant damage (including the central and secondary alarm stations), damage to the physical security features or security force, or loss of licensed materials? U. (Security Event Related): What are the sources and status of offsite emergency assistance (e.g., local law enforcement, State, Federal (especially Federal Bureau of Investigation), National Guard)? NULEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED E N-EP-610 REV. 2~Etry MANUAGEEN REFERENCE USE "PAGE 62 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.13 ENS COMMUNICATIONS GUIDANCE Sheet 3 of 3 V. (Security Event Related): Is additional Federal assistance required (e.g., personnel, material, communications)? W. (Security Event Related): What compensatory measures have been implemented (e.g., temporary barriers, relocation of responders)?

4. Although NOT required (with the exception of commitments), it is desirable, if time permits, to record (or summarize) contacts with the NRC in webEOC or in a facility log.A. Document and track any commitments made to the NRC.B. Ensure all commitments made are discussed with NRC prior to event closeout.5. IF the NRC requests the NRC Health Physics Network (HPN) Line to be manned, THEN inform the Radiological Coordinator.

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 1 of 3 Procedure/Document Number: EN-EP-61 0 Revision: 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: Rive~r Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation-of the emergency plan): This change issues fleet procedure EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations, Rev. 2 for use by the RBS emergency response organization. Part I!. Activity Previously Reviewed? DYES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.Enter If YES, identif~y bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and -proposed change is documented below: complete vI. _ _ _ _ _Justification: LI Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. LI One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.LI One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) , Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OGFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change D--YES []NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.J ustification: Enter justification and"No" is checked because there are changes in this revision that are not editorial, complete Part" -VI.Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function 0654/FEMA REP-I Section II?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 []staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] LI 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] LI EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 2 of 3 ProcedurelDocument Number: EN-EP-610 Revision: 2 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations

5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] U]6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] [7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] U]8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of U]the declared emergency within 15 minutes after" declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.

[5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt U]instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5] ___10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and U]Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response U]organizations. [6] ___12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] U]13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the U]plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7] ___14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] U 15. Adequate facilities are, maintained to support emergency response. [8] U]16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] U]17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] U]18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] U]19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are U]available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including U]those for hostile action events.[1 01 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] U]22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] [23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] U]24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program U]areas) is established. [14] ___25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, U]maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] U..... [27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] U]28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] U]29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] U]EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 3 of 3 ProcedureiDocument Number: EN-EP-610 Revision: 2 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.C] If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.541(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Entergy ERO responsibilities are outlined in EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-01 8 rev. 33 as part of implementation of the Fleet Standard ERO and were previously evaluated under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/6/10. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations which includes those same ERO responsibilities. This procedure revision transitions to the new fleet procedure. EIP-2-01 8 is being maintained by RBS to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-61 0. Existing RBS facilities and equipment are still being maintained and there are no changes to any intent in procedure actions.Summary:* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* Some ERO responsibilities in EIP-2-018 have been relocated to align with EN-EP-610. A 10CFR50.54(q) will be performed concurrently as part of the EIP-2-01 8 revision. The 10OCFR50.54(q) review for the EIP-2-01 8 revision will be approved prior to the implementation of EN-EP-61 0 at RBS.* The description and activation of the TSG as described in the RBS Emergency Plan has not been changed.The ability of the TSC to perform classifications, notifications, dose assessments and protective action recommendations will be impacted as fleet procedures EN-EP-801 and EN-EP-610 do not reflect these capabilities as residing in the TSC. A 10CFR50,54(q) will be performed concurrently as part of the EIP-2-018 revision to remove these capabilities. The RBS Emergency Plan will also be revised and this change in capability will be reflected in E-Plan revision 42. The 10CFR50.54(q) review for E-Plan revision 42 will be approved prior to the implementation of EN-EP-61 0 at RBS.* All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.

• This change does not alter the TSC structure, organization or location.The revision of the site TSC procedure (EI P-2-018) and incorporating the use of fleet TSC procedure (EN-EP-610) screens out. No further evaluation is required for this revision.Part VI. Signatures:

Preparer Name (Print) //T'parer~i a(ia(0re -__,_ Date: John Hurst i12-7-15 (Optional Reviewer Name (Print) (. Reiwegnt Date: ReviwerNam IDate: EP manager or designee EN-EP-305 REV 3 Procedure Contains NMM ECH eB REFLIB Forms: YES II NO []Procedure Revision Type: New LI NON-Editorial [] Editorial III TC El Cancellation El HQNMayAnWlo Effective Procedure Owner: Dean Burnett Governance Owner:MayAnWlo Dae Title: Director, Emergency Title: Director, Emergency Dae Site: Programs Site: Programs 1/27/2016 IHQN HQN Site Site Procedure Champion Title ANO NA NA BRP N/A N/A CNS N/A N/A GGNS Jeffrey Seiter Manager, EP IPEC Lori Glander Manager, EP JAF James Jones Manager, EP PLP Dan Malone Manager, EP PNPS N/A N/A RBS Tim Schenk N/A VY N/A N/A W3 N/A N/A HQN Tim Garvey Project Manager, EP For site implementation dates see ECH eB REFLIB using site tree view (Navigation panel)Site and NMM Procedures Canceled or Superseded By This Revision Process Applicability Exclusion: All Sites: lii Specific Sites: ANO LI BRP El GGNS El IPECE] JAF El PLP El PNPS[-] RBS El VY El W3 El Change Statement Revision 2:* Implements the fleet standard Operations Support Center Operations procedure Palisades, Indian Point, ANO and RBS.* Added Note to the procedure's Purpose that allows the procedure to be used at the backup/alternate OSC as applicable.

• Added Form Number (EP-#-ALL) before all Forms referenced in the procedure.
• In the Table of Contents, deleted reference to Attachment 9.7, which does not exist.* In Section 8.0 added Palisades' and River Bend's Site Specific Commitment.
• Added guidance to the OSC Manager's checklist to coordinate with the EOF Admin & Logistics Coordinator for call-out of additional staff as required.* Added guidance to the OSC Manager's checklist to use EP-1 4-ALL for facility briefs.* Clarified guidance in the OSC Manager's checklist regarding coordination with the EOF Admin &Logistics Coordinator regarding materials and supplies that are not available on site.* Clarified guidance in the Operations Support checklist regarding turnover of responsibility for Operations Team dispatch from the Control Room.* Grammatical correction in the Work Control Coordinator's checklist for clarification regarding log keeping.* Added guidance to the Rad/Chem Coordinator's checklist to obtain current plant status from the shift Radiation Protection personnel.
• Clarified guidance in the Rad/Chem Coordinator's checklist regarding log keeping.* Clarified guidance in the Work Control Coordinator's checklist regarding communications with the TSC on team assignments.
• Added guidance to the Rad/Chem Coordinator's checklist to deploy onsite radiation monitoring teams to survey radiation levels and samPle for contamination.
• Added guidance to the Rad/Chem Coordinator's checklist to ensure habitability of the OSC.* Deleted a duplicate step in the Rad/Chem Coordinator's checklist.

Associated PRHQN #: PR-PRHQN-201 5-00505 /Procedure Writer: T. Gre Contains Proprietary Information: YES iii NO [] TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Paae 1.0 PURPOSE.................................................................. 4

2.0 REFERENCES

.............................................................. 4 3.0 DEFINITIONS .............................................................. 4 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................... 4 5.0 DETAILS..........................,.......................................... 4 6.0 INTERFACES .............................................................. 5 7.0 RECORDS.................................................................. 5 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS ........................................ 5 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ........................................................... 6 ATTACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER ...................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 9.2 OSC OPERATIONS SUPPORT.................................... 14 ATTACHMENT 9.3 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR.....".................... ........ 17 ATTACHMENT

9.4 MECHANICAL

AND ELECTRICALJI&C COORDINATORS.......... 21 ATTACHMENT 9.5 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR... ................................... 24 ATTACHMENT 9.6 OSC LOG KEEPER ............... .. ............................. 29

1.0 PURPOSE

NOTE This procedure may be used for activation and operations at the backup/alternate OSC as applicable. [1] To describe the activation and operation of the OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC)

2.0 REFERENCES

[1] Site Emergency Plans[2] Site Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures

3.0 DEFINITIONS

[1] Activation -Actions taken to staff and setup an emergency response facility to make it operational. Actions include but are not limited to notification of emergency personnel, equipment setup and equipment operability testing.[2] Operational -Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is setup and available to assume/perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES [1] The entire staff of the Operations Support Center (OSC) is responsible for activation and operation of the facility using this procedure, their position specific checklists and applicable site specific performance aides.5.0 DETAILS NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended. [1] The OSC is required to be activated at the declaration of an Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency. [2] The OSC Manager follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, OSC Manager.[3]1 The OSC Operations Support follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, Operations Support. [4] The Work Control Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, Work Control Coordinator. [5] The Mechanical and Electrical/l&C Coordinators follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, Mechanical and Electrical/l&C Coordinators [6] The Rad/Chem Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.5, RadlChem Coordinator. [7] The OSC Log Keeper follows~the instructions outlined Attachment 9.6, OSC Log Keeper.[8] Other shift personnel and additional support personnel assemble at the OSC to provide assistance as necessary.

6.0 INTERFACES

[I] EN-AD-i103, Document Control & Records Management Programs[2] EN-EP-601, Corporate Emergency Center Operations [3] EN-LI-I102, Corrective Action Process[4] EN-NS-1 02, Fitness for Duty Program[5] EN-FAP-OM-012, Notifications of Off-Normal Situations / Corporate Duty Manager Responsibilities [6] EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations [7] EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations

7.0 RECORDS

Any logs or forms completed by members of the ERO during an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records and are maintained in accordance with EN-AD-i103. 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS Step Site Document Commitment Number________________________ or Reference GGNS GNRO-97/001 13.97-15-01 .ITEMI P-331 88 GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 7.3.2 $1 P-28915 5.0 [8] GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 7.3.2 S4 P-28916______GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 7.3.2 $6 P28917_____ PAL NRC Inspection Report 93-07 CMT9320021 14____ RBS _____________P-i15578 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENT]9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 OSC Manager 9.2 Operations Support 9.3 Work Control Coordinator

9.4 Mechanical

and Electrical/l&C Coordinator 9.5 Rad/Chem Coordinator 9.6 OSC Log Keeper NUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-.EP-611 REV. 2 Efltrgy' MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 7 OF 30 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER Sheet I of 7 OSC Manager Name:_________________ Date:____1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activity Notes NOTE The ERO should take appropriate actions necessary to mitigate the event regardless of facility manning or status.1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the OSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-InfAccountability Form 2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the OSC Manager Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Plant Manager (EPM): 1. Plant conditions , 2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel currently in the field)4. Team requirements for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.2 Assume

the Position of OSC Manager A. IF the OSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN:* SEtry NUCLEAR NON-QUALTY RELATED EN-EP-611EV2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 8 OF 30 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER Sheet 2 of 7 Initial Responsibility1Activity (cont.) Notes NOTE: Typical minimum staffing needed to declare OSC Operational. The Site's staffing requirements may differ as needed to address site specific requirements.

• OSC Manager* Rad/Chem Coordinator
• Maintenance (craft), RP and Chemistry personnel (the appropriate staff to perform the facilities key functional areas for the event).NOTE: During a Security Event only personnel and facilities necessary to mitigate the emergency situation should be activated.

The OSC may be declared operational without all key members being present. This will be determined by the most senior person in the facility.1. Verify the minimum OSC staffing is present.(a) IF additional personnel are needed or positions are vacant THEN direct someone to fill vacancies in accordance with EP-10-ALL, Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation I Operation Form.2. Ensure communication is available for the dispatching of teams via verbal concurrence by the Work Control Coordinator or the Mechanical and/or the Electricalll&C Coordinator.

3. Ensure communication is available to the Control Room via verbal concurrence by the Operation Support personnel.

4. Ensure radiological monitoring capabilities are available in the OSC via verbal concurrence by the Rad/Chem Coordinator.

5. Ensure the OSC is ready to dispatch required teams and maintain radiological onsite assessment.

6. When the OSC is ready, contact the Control' Room and request a complete listing of personnel currently performing tasks from the Control Room.7. Ensure the Control Room listing 'of personnel/tasks is provided to the Work Control Coordinator or the Mechanical and/or Electrical/l&C Coordinator.

ATrACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER Sheet 3 of 7 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) Notes 8. WHEN minimum staffing for the OSC is met AND Steps 2 through 7 above are complete, THEN declare the OSC operational and record in WebEOC or on EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.9. Make an announcement to the OSC and inform the CR, TSC and EOF that the OSO is operational.

10. Consider assignment and preparation of a search and rescue team to expedite dispatch if needed.11. Perform an initial briefing for the OSC staff using EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form.B. IF relieving another OSC Manager THEN perform a formal turnover with the current OSC Manager.1. Obtain the OSC Manager's position binder/badge and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting OSC Manager on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current OSC Manager.5. Announce to the OSC, TSC, CR, and EOF that you are now the OSC Manager.2.0 Continuous Responsibilitv/Activity

2.1 Direct

the activities of the OSC A. Coordinate and/or prioritize assessment and corrective actions with the TSC.B. Ensure work task priorities are being maintained. C. Keep OSC Coordinators updated on pending assignments.-D. IF multiple pre-assignment briefs are to occur simultaneously, THEN instruct the Coordinators to use other areas of the OSC to conduct briefings. E. Ensure OSC staff members are following appropriate procedures. ATT'ACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER Sheet 4 of 7 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity (cont.) Notes 2.2 Maintain personnel accountability in the 0S0 A. Ensure all ERO members reporting to the 0S0 swipe their Security Badge at one of the Accountability Card Readers or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form.B. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Assign the Work Control Coordinator to fulfill your responsibility.

2. Upon your return, obtain a briefing from the Work Control Coordinator on any events that occurred while you were away.2.3 Maintain Adequate OSC Staffing A. Ensure an adequate number of personnel are available for Repair and Corrective Action Teams.B. Coordinate shift scheduling with EOF Admin and Logistics Coordinator.

1 With assistance from OSC Coordinators, ensure those personnel required for the second shift are available and do not have other emergency response duties.2. Ensure second shift personnel are notified of their assignments and time of shift turnover.C. Upon direction from the ED reduce staffing per shift schedule.D. Continually assess the need for additional personnel. E. Coordinate with the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator for call-out of additional staff as required.2.4 Maintain a Log A. Ensure the OSC Log Keeper is maintaining a log: 1. Log when you assume the duties of the OSC Manager and OSC activation.

2. Log significant decisions and important details used to make decisions.

3. Log significant communications with other members of the ERO and offsite officials.

4. Log the dispatch of teams.B. Periodically review log for accuracy.

A'T-ACHMENT

9.1 Sheet

5 of 7 OSC MANAGER Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 2.5 Assign an individual to monitor inter-facility communications between the Control Room, TSC and EQE as necessary 2.6 Prepare and Facilitate Facility Briefings A. Coordinate with the TSC Manager, as appropriate, to schedule periodic facility briefings:

1. Briefings should be every 30-60 minutes or as conditions change.2. Make an announcement approximately 5 minutes before the actual briefing that a briefing will be conducted, if possible.B. Use EP-1 4-ALL, Briefing Form and EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form for periodic briefs.C. Direct key staff to provide information needed for the briefing, if necessary.

D. Conduct briefing and ensure information provided in the briefing is captured and appropriately documented by the OSC Log Keeper.2.7 Supervise the activities of the OSC Coordinators and team personnel. A. The EPM is responsible for overall control of the onsite emergency response. Obtain EPM concurrence prior to directing any actions that may affect the operability of a plant system.B. Coordinate activities of operations personnel in the OSC with the Operations Support and the Control Room.C. Inform the EPM immediately of any operations teams requested to be dispatched from- the OSC by the Control Room.D. Maintain adequate personnel and material resources for the onsite response.E. Assign tasks to OSC Coordinators. EP-6-ALL, Team Tracking Form, may be used to track task assignments if WebEOC is unavailable. F. Keep the Work Control Coordinator, OSC Coordinators, and Team Members informed of the overall focus of the emergency, task priorities and existing radiological conditions. ATTACHMENT 9.1 ,OSC MANAGER Sheet 6 of 7 Continuous Res ponsibility/Activity (cont. Notes G. Remind the Work Control Coordinator and OSC Coordinators to maintain an awareness of the activities and concerns of OSC team members.H. Verify that the Work Control Coordinator is maintaining current status as new tasks are assigned, old tasks completed, and as priorities are changed.I. Interact wit~h the OSC Coordinators and clarify any concerns/questions regarding plant or equipment status.J. Prioritize team dispatch with EPM.K. Ensure the EPM/CRIEOF ED are notified when the team(s) are dispatched. L. Coordinate development of emergency repair and corrective actions with the TSC Manager and the Ops Support personnel.

2.8 Request

assistance from the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator for materials and supplies not available on site as required.2.9 Obtain approval from the EPM prior to deviating from any existing plant procedure dealing with changing plant configuration or personnel safety.2.10 Obtain approval from the EPM prior to performing an action that would normally require a procedure but no procedure exists.2.11 Ensure timely dispatch of search and rescue teams.A. Coordinate the search and rescue activities in accordance with site specific procedures. B. Instruct search and rescue teams not to move an incapacitated victim without a Medical Representative or qualified First Responder unless the potential harm from radiation or other hazards outweighs the potential harm of moving the victim.2.12 Inform the EPM of changing situations in the plant based on information received from teams out in the field.2.13 IF conditions require an emergency radiation exposure and/or issuance of KI, THEN obtain EPM approval prior to the emergency radiation exposure and/or issuance of KI to OSC personnel. A. Use EP-8-ALL, KI Instructions/Briefing Form if required. A'i-IACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER Sheet 7 of 7 Continuous ResponsibilitvlActivity (cont'd.) Notes 2.14 Additional/Long Term Emergency Response A. Support/coordinate with the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to ensure that manpower planning is being conducted to provide for response efforts over an extended period.B. Depending upon the duration of the emergency, coordinate with the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to make arrangements for food and potable water delivery to all emergency response centers, including off-site teams.2.15 Evacuation of OSC A. IF it becomes necessary to evacuate or relocate the 0SC, THEN notify the EPM, EOF and Control Room.B. Ensure OSC staff completes the following:

1. Bring their position books and any other required documents.

2. Bring any required equipment

-radios, satellite phones, etc.C. Refer to the applicable site specific performance aides for guidance regarding set up and operations of the backup/alternate OSC 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Direct 0S0 personnel to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Collect

all documentation: A. Direct 0S0 staff to verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all repairs performed by oSC Teams which deviated from normal station procedures are properly documented, so that necessary actions can be taken for continuous plant operations or plant recovery operations.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the EP Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTFACHMENT 9.2 OSC OPERATIONS SUPPORT Sheet I of 3 Operations Support Name:__________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the 0S0: 1. Card in the accountability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the Operations Support Binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the OSC Manager: 1. Plant conditions

2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel currently in the field)4. Team requirement for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.2 Assume

the position of Operations Support A. Track the dispatching of the non-license operators from the Control Room until released to the 0SC by establishing communications with the Control Room.B. Report your readiness to the OSC Manager when prepared to assume the Operations Support position.C. IF relieving another Operations Support person THEN perform a formal turnover.1. Review current logs.2. Obtain a briefing from the current Operations Support personnel on the emergency, radiological conditions and any actions that.have been completed or are in progress.3. Relieve current Operations Support person.4. Inform OSC Manager and staff that you are now the Operations Support person. ATTACHMENT 9.2 OSC OPERATIONS SUPPORT Sheet 2 of 3 2.0 Continuous Res ponsibilitv/Activitv NOTES 2.1 Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or the 050 Manager when temporarily leaving the work area.A. IF you are leaving the OSC THEN: 1. Inform an 050 Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you leave, where you are going and when you expect to return.2. Inform an OSO Coordinator and/or 050 Manager when you return.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events, which have occurred while away.2.2 Use WebEOC, or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form, to maintain a log of activities. A. Record the time you assume position of Operations Support person.B. Record Operations Team activities undertaken with information on repairs performed and pending actions to ensure repairs are completed. C. Record key communications received and sent and associated time.2.3 Assist the Control Room and OSC Manager in planning and preparing for any Operations activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition. A. Establish communications with the Control Room.B Keep the Control Room informed of field team activities currently underway or that are planned.C. Coordinate operations and repair activities with the Control Room.D. Provide operational guidance to other OSC staff and in-plant teams.2.4 Participate in Team dispatch and field operations: A. Choose Operations personnel who are best qualified to conduct assigned task(s) ATrACHMENT 9.2 OSC OPERATIONS SUPPORT Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity (cont.) Notes NOTE: For urgent Operations requirements, EP-5-ALL, Team Dispatching Form, may be completed after team dispatch.B. Use EP-5-ALL, Team Dispatch Form, to prepare and document J team assignments. Ensure each team dispatched has a copy of theI Team Dispatching Form.C. Ensure the Team is properly equipped to conduct repairs, including*procedures, drawings, tools and repair parts.D. Participate in Team briefings to ensure team members understand assigned task and understand the hazard to be encountered. Briefings should be clear, concise, accurate and prompt.E. Ensure responsibility for dispatch of Operations Teams is turned over to the OSC as soon as possible (e.g. no later than at Site Area Emergency declaration). F. Keep the OSC Manager aware of all teams' progress.G. Maintain communication Capability (i.e. phone, radio) and work with the Work Control Coordinator while the team is in the field to answer any question that may arise concerning task.H. Debrief Operations team members when they return and ensure actions are properly documented. I. Report results and status of team efforts to the OSC Manager as necessary. J. Assist the OSC Manager as necessary.

3.0 Closeout

ResponsibilitvlActivitv

3.1 Assist

OSC personnel to return equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Operations Support person(s) maintained during the emergency. A. Ensure logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Ensure all repairs performed by OSC Operations Teams that deviated from normal station procedures are properly documented. C. Provide all logs and records to the OSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATT-ACHMENT 9.3 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR Sheet 1 of 4 Work Control Coordinator Name:_______________ Date 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity

1.1 Initial

Orientation A. Upon arrival at the OSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the Operations Support Binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the OSC Manager: 1. Plant conditions

2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel currently in the field)4. Team .requirements for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.2 Assume

the position of Work Control Coordinator A. Obtain a briefing from the OSC Manager on the status of any personnel or teams currently in the field.B. Coordinate the formation, briefing/debriefing, of dispatched teams.Establish communications with field personnel and establish that the OSC has now taken control of their actions.C. Report your readiness to the OSC Manager" when prepared to assume the Work Control Coordinator position.0. IF relieving another Work Control Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Work Control Coordinator:

1. Review current log(s).2. Obtain briefing from current Work Control Coordinator on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.Notes ATTACHMENT

9.3 Sheet

2 of 4 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) Notes 3. Relieve current Work Control Coordinator.

4. Inform OSC Manager and staff that you are now the Work Control Coordinator.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Inform

an OSC Coordinator and/or the OSC Manager when temporarily leaving the work area.A. IF you are leaving the OSC THEN: 1. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you leave, where you are going and when you expect to return. (For accountability purposes)2. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you return.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events, which have occurred while away.2.2 Use WebEOC, or if unavailable, EP-1 1-ALL, Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form, and EP-6-ALL, Team Tracking Form, to maintain a log of significant items/tracking of the teams, including: A. Time you assume position of Work Control Coordinator. B. Teams dispatched from the OSC including updates when the team status changes (i.e. priority, deployment status, task outcome).2.3 Maintain communications with the TSC regarding team assignments and priority.2.4 Issue radios (and headsets as needed) to OSC Coordinators and teams being dispatched. NOTE: The headphone would normally be used when workers are dressed in Protective Clothing and/or respirators. A. Ensure that charged batteries are installed in portable radios.B. Ensure communication methodology is established and the proper (radio) communications protocol is utilized. Sheet 3 of 4 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR ATTACHMENT 9.3 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR Sheet 3 of 4 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity (cont.) Notes C. Remind personnel using radios to check operability of their radio when entering any area for which communications might be suspect.2.5 Ensure ongoing accountability (unless directed otherwise) for OSC personnel. NOTE: A computer spreadsheet may be used in place of EP-6-ALL, Team Tracking Form, and EP-4-AII, Exposure Authorization Form, to keep records of teams sent into the field from the 0SC.A. Use EP-5-ALL, Team Dispatching Form, to prepare and document team assignments. Ensure each team dispatched has a copy of the Team Dispatching Form.B. Track all individuals leaving OSC on EP-6-ALL, Team Tracking Form.1. IF the Computer spreadsheet is used THENJ printout copies of the spreadsheet to maintain hard copy records of team activities. C. IF individuals are going to be receiving emergency radiation exposure THEN track radiation exposures on EP-4-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form.0. Inform the OSC Manager immediately of any missing personnel. E. IF anyone is unaccounted for THEN assist in search and rescue operations utilizing teams.2.6 Monitor the activities of the team personnel in the field.A. Keep informed on team mission priorities

1. The OSC Manager will inform you of task priorities.

2. Track and communicate assigned priorities.

3. Continually remind OSC personnel dispatched to perform task of current priorities and any changes to priorities.

B. When possible, participate in team briefings to ensure you are aware of the team's assigned tasks and expected hazards. SEtry NUCLEAR NNQAIYRLTD EN-EP-611 REV. 2 Eat ergy MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 20 OF 30 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) OPERATIONS ATT-ACHMENT 9.3 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR Sheet 4 of 4 Continuous Res ponsibility/Activity (cont.) Notes C. Maintain communications with teams once they are dispatched from the OSO.0. Keep track of team radiation exposure while they are in the field using spreadsheet or manual forms. Transfer information to EP-4-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form, when teams return.E. When possible, participate in Team Debriefings when teams return to the OSC, to keep informed on field conditions. F. Immediately update teams of any change in emergency classifications or changing conditions, which may affect their safety, such as the start of a release.G. Immediately update OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator of any changing or unexpected conditions reported by teams in the field.2.7 Direct the 0S0 Log-Keeper to assist you in maintaining records as necessary.

2.8 Inform

the OSC Manager and other OSO Coordinators of changing situations in the plant based on information received from dispatched teams.A. Unexpected radiation levels.B. Unreported hazardous conditions. C. Important equipment status.3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity

3.1 Assist

OSC personnel to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the OSC Coordinators maintained during the emergency: A. Ensure logs, forms and other documentation are complete B. Work with other OSC Coordinators to ensure all repairs performed by OSC Teams that deviated from normal station procedures are properly documented so that necessary actions can be taken for continuous plant operations or recovery operations.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the OSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT

9.4 Sheet

I of 3 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALII&C COORDINATORS Mechanical Coordinator Name:________________ Date:_____ Electrical/l&C Coordinator Name:_______________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the OSC: 1. Card in the accoL~ntability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator Binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, piant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the OSC Manager: 1. Plant conditions

2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel currently in the field)4. Team requirement for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.~2 Assume the position of Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator A. Report readiness status to the OSC Manager when prepared to assume the Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Mechanica~l or Electrical/l&C Coordinator:

1. Review current log(s).2. Obtain briefing from current Coordinator on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.3. Relieve current Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator.

4. Inform OSC Manager and staff that you are now the Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator ATT-IACHMENT

9.4 MECHANICAL

AND ELECTRICALII&C COORDINATORS Sheet 2 of 3 Initial Responsibility/Activitv (cont'd) Notes 2.0 Continuous Responsibility1Activities

2.1 Inform

an OSC Coordinator and/or the OSC Manager when temporarily leaving the work area.A. Request another OSC Coordinator assume the Work Control Coordinator duties while you are away.B. LF you are leaving the OSC THEN: 1. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you leave, where you are going and when you expect to return. (For accountability purposes)2. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you return.C. Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events, which have occurred while away.2.2 Assist OSC Manager in planning and preparing for any maintenance activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition.

2.3 Participate

in team dispatch and field operations: A. Choose maintenance personnel who are best qualified to conduct assigned task(s)B. Use EP-5-ALL,Team Dispatching Form, to prepare and document team assignments. C. Ensure each team dispatched has a copy of the Team Dispatching Form.D. Ensure Team is properly equipped to conduct repairs, including procedures, drawings, tools and repair parts.E. Participate in Team briefings to ensure team members properly understand assigned task and understand the hazards to be encountered. Briefings should be clear concise, accurate and prompt. AI-FACHMENT

9.4 MECHANICAL

AND ELECTRICAL/I&C COORDINATORS Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (cont.) Notes F. Maintain communication capability (i.e. phone, radio) and work with.the Work Control Coordinator while the team is in the field to answer any questions that may arise concerning task.G. Assist the Work Control Coordinator as required/requested with Team status and dose tracking using EP-6-ALL, Team Tracking Form, and EP-4-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form.H. Debrief team members when they return and ensure actions are properly documented. I. Inform the OSC Manager prior to dispatching teams.J. Report results and status of team efforts to the OSC Manager as necessary. K. Assist with maintaining team status/results in WebEOC or applicable forms as necessary.

3.0 Closeout

Responsibility/Activity

3.1 Assist

OSC personnel to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the OSC Coordinators maintained during the emergency: A. Ensure logs, forms and other documentation are complete B. Work with other OSC Coordinators to ensure all repairs performed by OSC Teams that deviated from normal station procedures are properly documented so that necessary actions can be taken'for continuous plant operations or recovery operations.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the OSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT 9.5 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR Sheet 1 of 5 Rad/Chem Coordinator:___________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the OSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form. 2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the "Rad/Chem Coordinator" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain status of radiation protection activities and current plant radiological conditions from shift Radiation Protection personnel. D. 'Obtain a briefing from the 0S0 Manager: 1. Plant conditions

2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel, currently in the field 4. Team requirement for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.2 Assume

the position of Rad/Chem Coordinator A. Contact the TSC Radiological Coordinator and receive a briefing of radiological conditions and status of any ongoing jobs.B. Determine if'any personnel are currently in the radiological controlled area (RCA) using available tools (e.g. Sentinel). C. Obtain a copy of current employee exposure for use in ALARA considerations when assigning OSC team members.D. Brief the OSC Manager of the information obtained from the Radiological Coordinator and/or Watch RP Tech.E. Ascertain the ability to conduct chemistry sampling via normal as well as through PASS (if available) and provide this information to the OSC Manager.F. Assess the need for additional Radiological or Chemistry personnel and provide any requests to the OSC Manager. MNGMNNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-611 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 25 OF 30 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.5 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR Sheet 2 of 5 Initial ResponsibilitylActivity(cont.) Notes G. Ensure initial and subsequent provisions of habitability surveys of the 0SC (if co-located include the TSC) and other occupied staging areas. Discuss any issues with the TSC Radiological Coordinator. H. Check radiological equipment supplies for operability and inventories. I. Obtain resultant dose and radiological information and provide to the TSC Radiological Coordinator. J. Report readiness status to the 0S0 Manager when prepared to assume the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator position.2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activities 2.1 IF relieving another 050 Rad/Chem Coordinator THEN perform a formal turnover: A. Review the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator's EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Forms, or WebEOC.B. Obtain a briefing on the emergency, radiological conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.C. Relieve current 0SC Rad/Chem Coordinator. D. Inform 050 Manager and staff that you are now the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator.

2.2 Inform

an OSC Coordinator and/or the 0SC Manager when temporarily leaving the work area.A. IFE you are leaving the OSC THEN: 1. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or 0S0 Manager when you leave, where you are going and when you expect to return.2. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you return.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events, which have occurred while away. A'IrACHMENT

9.5 RADICHEM

COORDINATOR Sheet 3 of 5 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (cont.) Notes 2.3 Use WebEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Forms, to maintain a log of activities. A. Record the time you assume position of Rad/Chem Coordinator. B. Record time and details of sample requests.C. Record radiological/chemistry activities undertaken with information on tasks performed and pending actions to ensure tasks are completed. (You need not repeat information on team briefing forms)D. Record all communications outside the/Protected Area Fence.2.4 Assist 0S0 Manager in planning and preparing for any Radiological/Chemistry activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition.

2.5 Ensure

adequate staffing is available and assign personnel as required (e.g. communication with TSC).2.6 Deploy onsite radiation monitoring teams to survey radiation levels and sample for contamination.

2.7 Ensure

habitability of the 030 A. Ensure appropriate radiological controls are established for the 0S0 (e.g. frisking, air sampling) per site procedures. B. Ensure emergency ventilation filtration system is started per appropriate site procedures.

2.8 Ensure

requests for chemistry sampling contain specific details on the type of results information that is necessary (e.g. boron concentration, activity, etc.).2.9 Participate in team dispatch and field operations: A. Choose personnel who are best qualified to conduct assigned task(s).B. Use EP-5-ALL, Team Dispatching Form, to prepare and document team assignments. C. Ensure each team dispatched has a copy of the Team Dispatching Form.D. Prepare or have prepared RWP documentation. Review and approve the prepared form and then use or have it used. S*NUCLEAR NON-QUIAUTY RELATED E-P61RV E~nW1rg, MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 27 OF 30 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.5 RADICHEM

COORDINATOR Sheet 4 of 5 Continuous ResponsibilitvlActivities (cont.) Notes E. Use the RWP to discuss dose limits, surveys to be performed, expected and maximum dose rates, and stay times. Advise team members to immediately contact or return to the OSC when dose rates or stay times approach the established limits.F. Determine the need for emergency exposure limits and KI issuance and communicate conditions to the OSC Manager and the TSC.G. Discuss dosimetry requirements. H. Discuss protective clothing and respiratory protection requirements. I. Discuss travel route requirements and if there are any releases in progress.J. Advise team members on monitoring and decontamination procedures following mission completion. K. Advise team how they will be notified of changing conditions or classifications. Direct radiological control personnel to read dosimetry for personnel whose exposure limits are approached. L. Participate in team briefings to ensure team members understand the assigned task and understand the hazard to be encountered. Briefings should be clear, concise, accurate and prompt.M. Participate in OSO team post job briefings, if needed.N. Maintain communication capability (i.e. phone, radio) and work with the Work Control Coordinator while the team is in the field to answer any questions that may arise concerning the task.0. Verify the Work Control Coordinator is tracking individual exposure data in WebEOC or on EP-4-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form.P. Coordinate with the OSC Manager for tasks involving injured personnel or search and rescue activities.(a) IF potentially contaminated or highly exposed personnel require offsite medical facility attention, THEN support transport with Operations and Security.Q. Frequently brief the OSC Manager on assigned task status.R. Coordinate with the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator to obtain equipment and materials not available onsite or through previously arranged agreements. Discuss with the Radiological Coordinator. A'IrACHMENT 9.5 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR Sheet 5 of 5 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (cont.) Notes SS. Ensure adequate supplies of SCBA's/Respirators are maintained to support dispatched teams.2.10 IF there are contaminated injured personnel THEN perform the following: A. Provide radiological support for the assessment, treatment, and transportation of contaminated injured personn~el. B. Monitor patients for contamination and decontaminate as appropriate. C. Make arrangements to pick up Rad Protection personnel at the hospital.D. Follow proper procedures to retrieve radioactive waste from offsite treatment locations. E. Obtain concurrence from the Radiological Coordinator prior to releasing the hospital's Radiological Emergency Room or the ambulance, for uncontrolled use.3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 IF radiological conditions allow THEN direct Rad Protection Technicians: A. To return emergency equipment to proper storage areas and restock supplies as needed.B. Review radiological conditions in the plant and update postings as required.C. Review any open RWPs to ensure conditions have not changed which may affect their use.3.2 Provide all logs and records to the OSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT 9.6 OSC LOG KEEPER Sheet I of 2 OSC Log Keeper: Date: 1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activity

1.1 Initial

Orientation A. Upon arrival at the OSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the 0SC Log Keeper Binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the OSC Manager: 1. Plant conditions

2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel currently in the field)4. Team requirements for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.2 Assume

the position of OSC Log Keeper A. Log on to WebEOC B. Report readiness to the OSC Manager when prepared to assume the 05C Log Keeper position, and assist in OSC staffing 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activities 2.1 IF relieving another OSC Log Keeper THEN perform a formal relief turnover: A. Review WebEOC logs and applicable Log Sheet Forms.B. Obtain a briefing on facility status C. Inform the OSC Manager and staff that you are now the 0S0 Log-Keeper Notes ATTACHMENT 9.6 OSC LOG KEEPER Sheet 2 of 2 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (cont'd) Notes 2.2 Inform the 050 Manager when temporarily leaving the area and upon return.2.3 Support the Security Coordinator with Accountability, if applicable

2.4 Support

the OSC in work activities needed during event e.g. log keeping, tracking personnel leaving 0SC, document/drawing retrieval.

2.5 Assist

with TSC activitiesas requested where the TSC is co-located with the 03G.2.6 Assist the 05C Manager in second shift scheduling A. Obtain shift turnover time from the 030 Manager.B. Assist the 05C Manager and Administration and Logistics Coordinator (EOF) with coordination of second shift coverage including contacting personnel to verify availability and informing them of turnover time.2.7 Use WebEOC, or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Forms, to maintain a log.A. Log when the OSC Manager assumed the duties of OSC Manager (and when the 0SC was declared operational, if not previously done)B. Log significant decisions and important details used to make decisions. C. Log significant communications with other ERO members and offsite officials.

2.8 Receive

status updates from the 030 Manager and if directed post updates on the appropriate electronic displays.3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity

3.1 Assist

0SC personnel to retum all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation you maintained during the emergency. Ensure logs, forms and other documentation is complete.3.3 Provide all logs and records to the OSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR5O.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 1 of 3 Procedure/Document Number: EN-EP-611 Revision: 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): I, This change issues fleet procedure EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (TSC) Operations, Rev. 2 for use by the RBS emergency response organization. Part I1. Activity Previously Reviewed? E-IYES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Alet ad NtiicaionSysemDesgn epotEvaluation is next part Aler an NotfictionSysem Dsig ReprtNOT required.Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: coplt Pr Justification: I] Bounding document attached (optional) Part II1. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. III One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.[] One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controllinq change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change L--YES []NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.J ustification: Enter justification and"No" is checked because there are changes in this revision that are 'not editorial, complete Part VI..P~art._V_. E~mergencyPann E ntl.F~uncn Scen Asoitd1CR504()langstdard function ........identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis',(24/7 LII staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1].3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] []4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [12] [EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 2 of 3 ProcedurelDocument Number: EN-EP-611I Revision: 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: *Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations

5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] El 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] El 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4]1[8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of El the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.

[5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt [instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and El* Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5] _11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response [organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] ____13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the El plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7] ___14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] 11111 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to. support emergency response. [8] .E 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] El 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] El 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] El 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are El available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including El those for hostile action events.[1 01]___21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established: [11] El 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] El 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] El 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program El_.areas) is established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, .E maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed, via a formal critique process in order to identify w e........ a k n e s _se s .[ ................... .. .... .................. 14 ].. .. ........... ............. ............................. ... .. .... .., ,,......... ................. .... .. ....26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] El 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] El 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] El 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] El EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR5O.54(q) SCREENING3 of 3 ProcedureiDocument Number: E-N-EP.611 Revision: 2 Equipment/FacifltylOther: River Bend Station Title: Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations"APPL.ICABILiTY CONCLusIoN " 0] if no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NQT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.[] If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Entergy ERO responsibilities are outlined in EN-EP-80l, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-016 rev. 26 as part of Implementation of the Fleet Standard ERG and ware previously evalutatd under a 10CFR50.54(qX(3) performed on 12/6/10. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-611, Operationis Support Center (OSC) Operations which includes those same ERO responsibilities. This procedure revision transitions to the new fleet procedure. EIP-2-O1 6 is being maintained by RBS to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-611. Existing RBS facilities and equipment are stifl being maintained and there are no changes to any intent in procedure actions.Summary:* No ERG positions have been added or deleted.* some ERO responsibilities in EIP-2-016 have been relocated to align with EN-EP-61 1.* The description, activation and operation of the OSC as described in the RBS Emergency Plan has not been changed.* .All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.

• This change does not alter the OSC structure, organization or location.The revision of the site OSC procedure (ElP-2-016}

and incorporating the use of fleet OSC procedure (ENoEP-61 1)*screens out. No further evaluation: Is required fo~r this revision.Part VI; Signatures: John Hurst * (Optional) Rjvlewer Name (Print) / Rvee iaua ae Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Data: Approver Name (Print) pprover SignaIureo Date: EP..manager or designee .. )-7 EN-EP-305 REV 3 REFERENCE USE*P 13.01 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*CLASSIFICA TIONA ACTIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-002 REVISION NUMBER: *32 Effective Date:

• 1/27/16 NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*INDEXING INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE ...........................................................................................

2 2 REFERENCES..............................................................

........................

2 3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................... 3 4 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................ ................................................... 4 5 GENERAL ................................................................................... ........ 5 6 PROCEDURE........................................................................................ 6 7 DOCUMENTATION ....................... ....................................................... 6 ATTACHMENT 1 -NOTIFICATION OF UMJSUAL EVENT ..................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 2 -ALERT........................................................................... 10 ATTACHMENT 3 -SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY ..................................... 13 ATTACHMENT 4 -SIREN CONTROL FROM THE CONTROL ROOM ................... ....17 ATTACHMENT 5 -TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST ....................................... 19 EIP-2-002 EP202 REV -32 PAGEl1OF 20 1 PURPOSE This procedure describes the actions to be taken by the Emergency Director/Emergency Plant Manager when an emergency condition has been classified as a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE), Alert, Site Area or General Emergency, per ELP-2-00 1, Classification of Emergencies. 2 REFERENCES 2.1 ADM-0060, First Responder Emergencies 2.2 EIP-2-00l, Classification of Emergencies 2.3 EIP-2-006, Notifications 2.4 EIP-2-007, Protective Action Recommendation Guidelines 2.5 EIP-2-0 12, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.6 EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.7 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.8 EIP-2-026, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability, and Search and Rescue 2.9 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.10 EPP 100, Procedure Review, Revision, and Approval 2.11 FPP-0010, Fire Fighting Procedure 2.12 RBNP~-035, Hazardous Material Emergency Response Plan 2.13 NRC RIS 2007-02 Clarification of NRC Guidance for Emergency Notifications During Quickly Changing Events 2.14 EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization EIP-2-002 REV -32 PG F2 PAGE 2 OF 20 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Augmentation

-Actions taken to Support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.2 Radiological

Release -For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment. The release characterization should be further defined when communicating to offsite agencies to characterize whether or not the release is below or above Technical Specification limits. Indicate the appropriate release characterization on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms.3.2.1. Release BELOW federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.2.2. Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements' Manual)3.2.3. Effluent Technical Requirements Manual 1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO.Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE 125 Channel 4 (4GE 125)Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)O__R 3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments. 4 RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 Shift

Manager: EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 3 OF 20

4.1.1. Assume

the responsibilities and authority of the Emergency Director until properly relieved or until the emergency situation is terminated.

4.1.2. Decide

the Severe Accident Procedure mitigation strategy when applicable.

4.1.3. Continue

Shift Manager responsibilities after being relieved or on termination of the emergency.

4.2 Emergency

Director: 4.2.1 Provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS)response activities. The Emergency Director has the authority to inmmediately and unilaterally initiate all emergency actions.4.2.2 Assess and classify emergency conditions.

4.2.3 Provide

notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.

4.2.4 Coordinate

RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.

4.2.5 Ensures

that offsite radiological conditions are projected and monitored.

4.2.6 Authorize

issuance of KI and radiation exposure in excess of 10OCFR20 limits for ERO members outside of the protected area.4.2.7 Authorize press releases.4.3 Emergency Plant Manager: 4.3.1 Authorize doses in excess of 10OCFR20 limits.4.3.2 Direct onsite activities in support of the Control Room.4.3.3 Authorize departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(x).4.3.4 Determine need for onsite evacuation, personnel accountability, and implement search and rescue as required.EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 4 OF 20 73 5 GENERAL 5.1 The Emergency Director / Emergency Plant Manager inay delegate some actions on the Attachment checklists. The following may not be delegated:

5.1.1. Declaration

of an emergency 5.1.2. Notification -approval and direction to send the notification.

5.1.3. Protective

Action Recommendations (PAR)5:1.4. Authorize doses in excess of 10CFR20 limits.5.1.5. Authorize the issuance of KI 5.1.6. Termination of the emergency 5.2 Degrading plant conditions during a rapidly evolving event can cause an escalated emergency classification to be declared before the notifications for the previous (or initial declaration) are made. Use one of the following three approaches to insure notifications are made within 15 minutes of declaration of the initial or lower classification. [] If the plant condition degrades and a higher classification emergency is declared before the notifications are made for the lesser emergency declaration, update the notification to reflect the higher emeggency declaration and complete the updated notification within 15 minutes of the lesser emergency declaration. E'. If the notification cannot be updated and completed within 15 minutes of the lesser emergency declaration, make the notification for the lesser emergency within 15 minutes of its declaration. The notification should contain a caveat that a change in classification is forthcoming. In parallel, prepare the notification for the higher emergency classification and make additional notification within 15 minutes of its declaration time.EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 5 OF 20 El If the notification for the lesser emergency declaration is in progress when the escalation is declared, the notification for the lesser emergency should be completed within 15 minutes of its declaration. The notification could contain a caveat (or verbally when verifying receipt of the message) that a change in classification is forthcoming. In parallel, prepare the notification for the higher emergency classification and make additional notification within 15 minutes of the escalated declaration> 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended; steps not applicable should be marked N/A.NOTE If the Control Room is evacuated, the Shift Manager, designated Communicator, and Chemistry Technician shall report to the TSC with their binders to perform the actions of this procedure.

6.1 NOTIFICATION

OF UNUSUAL EVENT -The Emergency Director and Emergency Plant Manager should use Attachment 1 as a guideline.

6.2 ALERT

EMERGENCY -The Emergency Director and Emergency Plant Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline. 6.3 SITE AREA EMERGENCY OR GENERAL EMERGENCY -The Emergency Director and Emergency Plant Manager should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. 7 DOCUMENTATION

7.1 Attachments

1 -3 and 5 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP 100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-002 REV -32' PAGE 6 OF 20 EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 6 OF 20 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT Date:_______Time:______ INITIAL ACTIONS ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1OF 3 Action Completed (time) (initial)Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement WARBLE tone "Attention in the plant. At time (declaration time) an UNUSUAL EVENT was declared due to (brief cause of emergency). (Repeat message)1.1 Repeat the announcement over the GSB page phone two times (time) (initial)WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, etc...) consider delaying activation of the Emergency Response Organization until the danger has passed.2 Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization for the NOUE in accordance with EIP-2-006. 3 Direct the Communicator to notify the following: 3.10Offsite authorities -Within 15 minutes of the declaration using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).3.2 NRC -Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and not later than one hour after declaring the emergency. 4 For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment

5.5 Evacuate

onsite affected area(s), if needed, in accordance with EIP-2-026.6 If the NOUE classification was due to a gaseous effluent release, then 6.1 Request a Chemistry Technician, as necessary, to sample to verify less than two times the ODCM.6.2 Request a Chemistry Technician to report to the control room, as necessary, to monitor and perform dose projections.(time) (initial)(time)(initial)(time) (initial)(initial)(time) (initial)(time)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 7 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 3 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1 Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency. 2 Invoke 10 CFR 50.54 (x) for departures from license conditions or Technical Specifications when action is immediately needed to protect the public health and safety and no action consistent with license conditions and Technical Specifications that can provide equivalent protection is immediately apparent. (Emergency Director or SRO)3 Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations. 4 Verify and update classification levels and onsite protective actions, as necessary.(initial)(time) (initial)(time)(initial)(initial)5 Determine status of and need for persons previously sent to staging___________ areas. (time) (initial)6 If additional manpower is needed, augment the staff.___________(time) (initial)7 Direct periodic status reports to the: 7.1 Offsite authorities -Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF)_____ should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short (initial)Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation. During extended emergencies, time between LNMVFs should not exceed 2 hours.7.2 NRC -Update as requested. ____(initial)8 If the initiating event of the emergency was a natural hazard (e.g.,___________ tornado, hurricane force winds, earthquake, or flood), dispatch personnel (time) (initial)to perform a visual inspection per DFS-00 10, DFS Equipment Handling and Storage Abnormal Conditions, when loaded cask are stored at the facility and the hazard is no longer present.EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 8 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 3 NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Time:____Action Completed When NOUJE conditions are no longer met, terminate the emergency Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:

2.1 Offsite

authorities -Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF).2.2 NRC Announce emergency termination twice over the merged Gaitronics. Announce emergency termination twice over the GSB page phone.If activated, deactivate the OSC.(time) (initial)(time)(time)(time)S(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(iiil)(initial)(initial)Forward the originals of all documents generated by implementation of this procedure to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 9 OF 20 ALERT ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1OF 3 Action Completed INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: WARNING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, etc...) consider delaying activation of the ERO until the danger has passed. If off-hours consider activating alternate ERO facilities. If a HOSTILE ACTION is present, refer to AOP-0054 or AOP-0063 for making plant announcements and activation of the ERO.1 Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement WARBLE tone "Attention in the plant. At time (declaration time) an ALERT was declared due to (brief cause of emergency). Activate all Emergency Response Facilities. Escort all visitors to the Primary Access Point." (Repeat message)1.1 Repeat the announcement over the GSB page phone two times.2 Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization for the ALERT in accordance with EIP-2-006. 3 Direct the Communicator to notify the following:

3.1 Offsite

authorities -Within 15 minutes of the declaration using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).3.2 NRC -lImmediately after notifying state and local authorities and not later than one hour after declaring the emergency. 4 For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment

5.5 Evacuate

onsite affected area(s), if needed, in accordance with EIP-2-026.6 Direct a chemistry technician to verify the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) is running; activate ERDS if it is not. Must be performed within an hour of an Alert or higher emergency classification.(time) (initial)(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(time)(initial)(time) (initial)(initial)(time) (initial)(time)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 10 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 3 ALERT SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1 Dispatch RP personnel to sample and/or survey near the site boundary to verify whether or not a release of radioactive materials has occurred.2 If desired, direct Security Shift Supervisor to perform a precautionary notification of all non-essential personnel, visitors, contractor personnel, and members of the public in the Owner Controlled Area.3 Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(initial)NOTE Ultimate authority for invoking 10 CFR 50.54(x) resides with the Emergency Director. If timely response precludes Emergency Director authorization, the minimal authority is an onshift licensed SRO.4 Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations 5 Verify and update classification levels and onsite protective actions, as necessary. 6 Determine status of and need for persons previously sent to staging areas.(time) (initial)(initial)(time) (initial)7 Direct periodic status reports to the: 7.1 Offsite authorities -Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF)should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation. During extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.(initial)7.2 NRC -Update as requested. ____(initial)8 If the initiating event of the emergency was a natural hazard (e.g.,___________ tomnado, hurricane force winds, earthquake, or flood), dispatch personnel (time) (initial)to perform a visual inspection per DFS-0010, DFS Equipment Handling and Storage Abnormal Conditions, when loaded cask are stored at the facility and the hazard is no longer present.EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 11 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 3 ALERT TERMINATION ACTIONS Date:____Time:___ 1 Terminate the emergency when the ALERT conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished: (tit 1.1 The plant is in a stable condition.

1.2 Excessive

releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exist.1.3 No further potential for major damage to equipment exists.2 Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:

2.1 Offsite

authorities -Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMVIF).(t 2.2 NRC (ti 3 Announce emergency termination twice over the merged Gaitronics.(t 4 Announce emergency termination twice over the GSB page phone.(t 5 Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate.(ti 6 Forward the originals of all documents generated by implementation of this procedure to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. Action Completed ne)me)me)me)me)me)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 12 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1OF 4 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY. INITIAL ACTIONS Date: Time: Action Completed WARINING If a personnel hazard is still within the Protected Area (high winds, toxic gas, etc...) consider delaying activation of the ERO until the danger has Passed. If off-hours consider activating alternate ERO facilities. If a HOSTILE ACTION is present, refer to AOP-0054 or AOP-0063 for making plant announcements and activation of the ERO.1 Merge the Page Party/Gaitronics and make plant announcement WARBLE tone "Attention in the plant. At time (declaration time) a (Site Area Emergency or General Emergency) was declared due to (brief cause of emergency). Activate all Emergency Response Facilities." (Repeat message)1.1 Repeat the announcement over the GSB page phone two times 2 Direct the Communicator to activate the onsite Emergency Response Organization for the SAE or GE in accordance with EIP-2-006, if not already activated at an Alert.3 Evaluate protective actions offsite and implement EIP-2-007, as necessary.(time) (initial)(time)(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(initial)4 Direct the Communicator to notify the following: 4.10Offsite authorities -Within 15 minutes of the declaration using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).4.2 NRC -Immediately after notifying state and local authorities and no later than one hour after declaring the emergency. 5 For toxic gas releases, refer to the actions of Attachment

5.6 Evacuate

the Owner Controlled Area in accordance with EIP-2-026. 7 Dispatch personnel to sample and evaluate the release of radioactive materials in accordance with EIP-2-0 14, as necessary.(time)(time)(time)(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 13 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 4 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY INITIAL ACTION (cont.'d)8 Initiate dose calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, if a radiological release is occurring or imminent.9 At a General Emergency (if the Offsite Emergency Facilities are not manned) perform the following:

9.1 Contact

the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) Operations Officer and verify that he is prepared to broadcast the appropriate EAS message.9.2 Coordinate the siren sound time with the GOHSEP Operations Officer.9.3 Activate the sirens at the agreed upon time using Attachment 4.SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (time)(time)(initial)(initial)(time) (initial)(initial)(initial)1 Direct a chemistry technician to verify the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) is running; activate ERDS if it is not.Must be performed within an hour of an Alert or higher emergency classification. 2 Periodically inform plant personnel of personnel hazards, plant line-ups, corrective actions and steps taken to mitigate the emergency.(time)(initial)(initial)NOTE Ultimate authority for invoking 10 CFR 50.54(x) resides with the Emergency Director. If timely response precludes Emergency Director authorization, the minimal authority is an onshift licensed SRO.3 Authorize and make log entries for all procedure deviations. 4 Verify and update classification levels 5 Direct periodic status reports to the: 5.1 Offsite authorities -Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF)should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation. During extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.5.2 NRC -Update as requested.(time)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 14 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 4 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)6 Determine status of and need for persons previously sent to assembly and/or staging areas.7 Verify and update offsite protective actions, as necessary. 8 Authorize the issuance of KI if recommended by RP and in accordance with EIP-2-0 12, Radiation Exposure Controls.9 Authorize emergency worker(s) exposure in excess of the limits established by 10CFR2O if recommended by RP and in accordance with EIP-2-0 12, Radiation Exposure Controls.(time) (initial)(time) (initial)(time) (initial)(time)(initial)TERMINATION ACTIONS Date:____Time: Action Completed Terminate the emergency when the SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished: 1.1 The reactor is shut down, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.

1.2 Excessive

releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant~radioactivity release exist.1.3 Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition. 1.4 The State of Louisiana, the local parishes, and the N-RC concur in terminating the emergency. 2 Direct notification of the following of the emergency termination:

2.1 Offsite

authorities -Direct the Communicator to use the Long Notification Message Form (LNMF).2.2 NRC 3 Announce emergency termination twice over the Gaitronics.(time)(initial)(time)(initial)(time) (initial)(time) (initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 15 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 4 OF 4 SITE AREA/GENERAL EMERGENCY TERMINATION ACTIONS (cont'd)4 Initiate recovery actions in accordance with EIP-2-028. ____(time) (initial)5 Direct the emergency facilities to deactivate. _________(time) (initial)6 Forward the originals of all documents generated by the implementation of this procedure to the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 16 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1OF 2 SIREN CONTROL FROM TilE CONTROL ROOM NOTE River B end parish EOCs have the capability to sound the River Bend sirens in their respective parishes. Sounding of the sirens from the Control Roomn would only be performed for fast breaking events where the parish EOCs were not staffed or ifthe Emergency Operations Center(which can sound the sirens for the parishes ifnecessary) was unable to sound the sirens. If the Siren Control Unit in the Contfrol Room does not work, the siren sounding time may have to be changed. Notif the EOF Emergency Director when the EOF is operational or GOHSEP ifControl Room is performing Protective Action Recommendations. If the Siren Control Unit in the Control Room does no__t work, contact one of the following and direct them to sound the Siren System.1. Emergency Operations Facility (Backup)2. Alternate Emergency Operations Facility (Secondary Backup)3. Emergency Planning if available (normal working hours)CANCEL AN INADVERTENT SIREN SOUNDING Initial Conditions: White LED Test button on Control Room Siren Control Unit should be illuminated. No other lights should be illuminated on the Siren Control Unit. Press LED Test button -all switch and buttons should illuminate -this Verifies that lights are working.1. Insert key into the ACTIVATE key switch of the Control Room Siren Control Unit 2. Turn ARM switch momentarily to the right, switch should blink On/Off.3. Press CANCEL button. -The ARMV switch should illuminate solid. The CANCEL button should illuminate On/Off.4. Momentarily rutn ACTIVATE Key to the right. CANCEL button should illuminate solid.NOTE: Illuminated CANCEL button indicates CANCEL is still in progress. Once CANCEL is complete CANCEL button illumination will go out. After illumination of the CANCEL button goes out the system can be returned to the normal configuration. To return the system to the normal configuration, perform the following.

1. Remove key from ACTIVATE switch.2. Store key EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 17 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 2 SIREN CONTROL FROM THE CONTROL ROOM RBS CONTROL ROOM SIREN ACTIVATION SEQUENCE Initial Conditions:

White LED Test button on Control Room Siren Control Unit should be illuminated. No other lights should be illuminated on the Siren Control Unit. Press LED Test button -all switch and buttons should illuminate -this verifies that lights are working.1. Insert key into the ACTIVATE key switch of the Control Room Siren Control Unit 2. Turn ARM switch momentarily to the right, switch should blink On/Off.3. Press ALL CALL button. The ARM switch should illuminate solid. The ALL CALL button should illuminate On/Off..4. Momentarily tur ACTIVATE Key to the right. ALL CALL button should illuminate solid 5. Depress and hold the ALL-CALL pushbutton switch until the red ALL-CALL lamp comes on.6. Verify that the yellow ACK lamp momentarily comes on.NOTE: Illuminated ACTIVATE button indicates siren activation is still in progress. Once activation is complete ACTIVATE button illumination will go out. After illumination of the ACTIVATE button goes out the system can be returned to the normal configuration. To retur the system to the normal configuration, perform the following.

1. Remove key from ACTIVATE switch.2. Store key.EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 18 OF 20 EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 18 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1OF 2 TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST ACTIONS Date:______

Time:______Action Completed 1 HAZARD FROM OFFSITE RELEASE -If a report is received from _________an offsite organization (for example, Tembec or Big Cajun #2) or (time) (initial)governmental agency that a toxic gas is approaching River Bend: 1.1 Use a 10 mile EPZ map and the following table to determine whether the release is a threat to River Bend Station..Industrial Facilities Within 5 miles of River Bend Station (Facility Distance Wind Direction____________________ _______________________(from) Tembec (Crown Vantage) 3.4 miles 183 degrees Big Cajun #2 3.1 miles 235 degrees 1.2 If the release is determined to be a threat, then perform the following:

1.2.1 Direct

those personnel deemed necessary to remain onsite to report to the Control Room.1.2.2 Direct Security to institute protective measures for Security Officers.1.2.3 Implement EIP-2-026 for evacuations as deemed necessary.

1.2.4 Direct

Chemistry to monitor the Control Room.1.2.5 Ensure Operators are prepared to dons SCBAs if needed.1.2.6 Take other actions as deemed necessary to protect the health and safety of personnel. 1.2.7 Upon the determination that the hazard no longer exists, then refer to the recovery actions of Section 3 of this attachment. 1.3 If the release is not determined to be a threat, then monitor the situation.(time)(time)(time)(time)(time)(time)(time)(time)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 19 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 2 TOXIC GAS RELEASE CHECKLIST 2 HAZARD FROM ONSITE RELEASE -If a report is received that a toxic gas is being released onsite: 2.1 Determine if the release is a threat to site personnel. 2.1.1 If the release is determined to be a threat, then perform the following: 2.1.1.1 Determine the areas affected by the release 2.1.1.2 Notify Security of potential or actual emergency condition and request that access control for the affected areas be implemented. 2.1.1.3 Implement EIP-2-026 for evacuations as necessary. 2.1.1.4 Direct Chemistry to monitor the Control Room if necessary. 2.1.1.5 Ensure Operators are prepared to don SCBAs if needed.2.1.1.6 Contact Environmental Services and inform of the situation. 2.1.1.7 Take other actions as deemed necessary to protect the health and safety of personnel. 2.1.1.8 Upon determination that the hazard no longer exists, then refer to the recovery actions of Section 3 of this attachment.(time) (initial)(time) (initial)(initial)(time) (initial)(initial)(time) (initial)(time) (initial)(time) (initial)(initial)3 RECOVERY ACTIONS 3.1 If toxic chemicals actually entered the site boundary, then perform the following: 3.1.1 Post and restrict access to all below ground level areas.3.1.2 Sample and determine that each restricted area has a safe environment prior to releasing the area for general access.(time) (initial)(initial)(initial)(initial)3.1.3 Request an engineering evaluation of the effects of the toxic chemicals on the site (i.e. atmospheric vented tanks, electrical equipment, mechanical components, plant compressed air systems, etc.)EIP-2-002 REV -32 PAGE 20 OF 20 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET I OF 4 ProcedurelDocument Number: EIP-2-002 Revision: 32 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Classification Actions Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. Revised definition

3.2 Radiological

Release -From: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event.To:" For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive matedial to the environment.

2. Revised release characterization contained in definition 3.2.From: No release.Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.To:" Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.I--YES [] NO Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?

50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert and Evaluation is part Notification System Design Report? NOT required.Enter justification below and If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure the complete Part basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is VI.documented below: Justification: fl Bounding document attached (optional) ENI-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 2OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-002 Revision: 32 EquipmentlFacilltylOther: River Bend Station Title: Classification Actions Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different chanige control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. Per new template E] One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity.Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.LI One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 1 0CFR50,54(ci) Part IV. Editorial Change EJYES [] NO 50.54(oq(3) Continue to next part Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is numbering, spelling," or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Enter Justficaion:justification and Justficaion:complete Part VL Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-I Section I1?I. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 staffing) [in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] ____4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] _____5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] LI 6. S~tate and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] LI EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-002 Revision: 32 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Classification Actions Part V. (Continued)

7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [41 LI 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the Q]declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.

(51 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to the LI public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and LI Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response organizations. [61 0]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] LI 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the plume LI exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during enmergencies is established. [7] Ii 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emer ency response. [8] L 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] LI 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. (10] LI 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to LI support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]___20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those for LI hostile action events.[1 0]21. The resources for controllingj radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] LI 22. Arran ements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] LI 23. lan forrecver andreetry re eveoped [1] [24. A, drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) is LI 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and III demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14] ___26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] [27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] ____28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] LI 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properiy trained. [16] El[APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.LI If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 IO1CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4OF 4 SProcedurelDocument Number: EIP-2-002 IRevision: 32 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Classification Actions BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Change Items 1 and 2. Revised release definition to remove 'due to the classified event' and also removed 'no release' as a release characterdzation. There are no changes to the current offsite notification procedure process with one exception associated with removing'no release' as an option with which to characterize releases from the site. With this change RBS will still provide to local organizations emergency messages which contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected populations, and whether protective measures are necessary. This change is in alignment with NRC RIS 2002-16 and has been agreed to by both State and local officials. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are still capable of alerting them of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications therefore no further evaluation is required for this change.Part VI. Signatures: Preparer Name (Print)._._._'}-reparer _.Date: Fred Hurst .,/ , ., ,p/=.z-/11-23-15 (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) J Reviewer Signature t'Date: N/A Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Tom Sowdon A / 1-321 Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) .Approvr Date: EN-EP-305 REV 3 REFERENCE USE ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*NO TIFI CA TIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-006 REVISION NUMBER: *43 Effective Date: " 1/27/16 NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*INDEXIN~G INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE ......................................................................................... 2 2 REFERENCES.................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITIONS .................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITY ............................................................................... 3 5 GENERAL......................................................................................... 4 6 PROCEDURE ..................................................................................... 5 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................. 5 ATTACHMENT 1 -CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR ..................................... 6 ATTACHMENT 2 -TSC/CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR ............................... 9 ATTACHMENT 3 --LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM ................................ 10 ATTACHMENT 4 -GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LONG NWF................... 11 ATTACHMENT 5 -NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST ......................................... 12 ATTACHMENT 6 -PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST......................................... 13 ATTACHMENT 7 -ACTIVATION OF THE ERO .......... ..................................... 14 ATTACHMENT 8 -SHORT NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) ................ 17 ATTACHMENT 9 -GUIDELINE FOR COMPLETING THE SHORT NWF................... 18 EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 1 OF 18 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for notifying offsite authorities and activating the River Bend Station Emergency Response Organization. 2 REFERENCES 2.1 NRC RIS 2007-02, Clarification of NRC Guidance For Emergency Notifications During Quickly Changing Events 2.2 Emergency Telephone Book 2.3 EN-EP-3 10, Emergency Response Organization Notification System 2.4 EN-EP-3 12, ERO Notification System Activation and Response 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Short

Notification Message Forn (SNMF) -Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary. 3.2 Long Notification Message Form (LNMIF) -Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMIF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do not require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 2 OF 18

3.3 Radiological

Release -For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment. The release characterization should be fuirther defined when communicating to offsite agencies to characterize whether or not the release is below or above Technical Specification limits. Indicate the appropriate release characterization on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms.3.3.1. Release BELOW federally approved operating limits S (Technical Requirements Manual)3.3.2. Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.3.3. Effluent Technical Requirements Manual 1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO.Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE 125)Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMvS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)OR 3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments. 4 RESPONSIBILITY

4.1 Emergency

Director (ED) -ensure that notifications to State and local authorities, as well as the NRC, are completed as required by this procedure. Reviews the SNMF and LNMF prior to transmittal to offsite authorities.

4.2 Communicator

-when directed relays information concerning station status to offsite agencies. Performs message verification after NMVF transmittal. EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 3 OF 18 4.3 TSC/Control Room Communicator -initially communicates with the NRC regarding plant events. Upon being relieved by the ENS Communicator, the TSC/Control Room Communicator establishes communications with the EOF and TSC keeping both facilities informed of plant conditions, evolutions, and other information as necessary. If directed by the Shift Manager, the TSC/Control Room Communicator (if qualified as Emergency Director) will assume Emergency Director duties during EOF relocation to its backup or alternate facility.5 GENERAL 5.1 Oflsite notification is expected to be initiated within 15 minutes of event classification and/or PAR development. 5.2 The minimum information to include in the notification (SNMF): 1. Class of emergency 2. Date and time of declaration

3. Brief description of the emergency 4. Wind direction and speed 5. Whether offsite protective measures are necessary 6. Whether a release is taking place 5.3 Degrading plant conditions during a rapidly evolving event can cause an escalated emergency classification to be declared before the notifications for the previous (or initial declaration) are made. Use one of the following three approaches to insure notifications are made within 15 minutes of declaration of the initial or lower classification.

• If the plant condition degrades and a higher classification emergency is declared before the notifications are made for the lesser emergency declaration, update the notification to reflect the higher emergency declaration and complete the updated notification within 15 minutes of the lesser emergency declaration.
• If the notification cannot be updated-and completed within 15 minutes of the lesser emergency declaration, make the notification for the lesser emergency within 15 minutes of its declaration.

The notification should contain a caveat that a change in classification is forthcoming. In parallel, prepare the notification for the higher emergency EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 4 OF 18 classification and make additional notification within 15 minutes of its declaration time.*If the notification for the lesser emergency declaration is in progress when the escalation is declared, the notification for the lesser emergency should be completed within 15 minutes of its declaration. The notification could contain a caveat (or verbally when verifying receipt of the message) that a change in classification is forthcoming. In parallel, prepare the notification for the higher emergency classification and make additional notification within 15 minutes of the escalated declaration. 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.

6.1 Operations

Shift Manager / Emergency Director 6.1.1. Complete the Short Notification Message Form using Attachment 9 guideline as necessary.

6.1.2. Direct

the Communicator to send after the INFORM message is approved.6.2 Control Room Communicator 6.2.1. The Control Room Communicator should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. 6.3 TSC/Control Room Communicator 6.3.1. The TSC/Control Room Communicator should use Attachment 2 as a guideline. 7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1, 2, 5, 6, and 7 of this procedure will be sent to permanent plant files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-006

• REV -43 PAGE 5 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1OF 3 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR INITIAL ACTIONS Date:______Time:______Action Completed Initials Ensure that the INFORM computer is ready for message preparation and _______transmission.

2 Receive notification message form from ED for offsite notifications. _______NOTE The recommended sequence is to activate the ERO first unless notifcation time is short. Notifications to State and local must be made within 15 minutes of the declaration. The State and Local Hot Line is the preferred method of communicating messages with the commercial phone and Civil Defense Radio as backups. Backup method(s) is understood as the intent if the Hot Line is not available. 3Make the following offsite notifications in any sequence determined by the ED: 3.1 Notify the State and local authorities within 15 minutes of the declaration ________using SNMF (Attachment 8)3.1.1 Generate a SNMF on INFORM using the message form provided by the ED.3.1.2 Transmit SNMF to State and local authorities using INFORM.3.2 Activate the Emergency Response Organization using Attachment

7.4 Verify

State and local authorities received the SNMvF using the verification list _______produced by INFORM or use the State and Local Hot Line and complete Attachment

5. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (Attachment

5) for each message sent.4.1 If an agency did not receive the INFORM notification message, complete the _______verification of receipt of the other agencies.4.2 If the INFORM notification message is not received, then: 4.2.1 If FAX is available, fax the message and verify receipt. _______OR 4.2.2 Read the message to the agency(s) line by line over the Hot Line or by commercial phone. Use the Civil Defense Radio if the Hot Line or phones are not available.

_______EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 6 OF 18 ATTACHIMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 3 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR Action Completed Initials 5 If a General Emergency has been declared and Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) is being issued from the Control Room: 5.1 Call the State EOC (GOHSEP) and Parish EOCs on State/Local Hotline and ______inform them that you will call them back in 5 minutes for a PAR confirmation.

5.2 After

5 minutes, contact the State EOC and the five Parish EOCs. Using the _______PAR Verification Checklist (Attachment 6), verify, the Directors or Assistant Directors are on line for each Parish EOC and the Operations Officer is on line for the State EOC.5.3 When verified on the Hot Line, request the Emergency Director (ED) to pick up the Hot Line for PAR verification and give the ED Attachment 6 to complete.6 As directed by the ED, notify the NRC of the emergency using ENS after_______ notifying the State and local authorities and no later than one hour after the declaration of the emergency. 6.1 The NRC Operations Center phone numbers are 1-301-816-5100 (main) and 1-301-951-0550 or 1-301-415-0550 (backups).

6.2 Document

the NRC notification using NRC Form 361 or similar form.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities and the NRC as directed by the ED.Verify' receipt of each NMIF using a new NMF Verification Checklist (Attachment 5).1.10Offsite authorities -Long Notification Message Forms (LNMF) should be prepared as soon as possible following a Short Notification Message Form (SNMIF) or when significant changes occur that don't warrant emergency escalation.

1.1.1 During

extended emergencies, time between LNMFs should not exceed 2 hours.1.1.2 Refer to Attachments 3 and 4 for details on LNMF completion. 1.2 NRC -Update as requested.

2. If directed by the ED, activate the EROpagers for a higher classification.

EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 7 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 3 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR TERMINATION ACTIONS Date: Action Completed Initials 1. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the LNMF, unless relieved by the TSC.2. Upon termination, forward the originals of all completed Attachments to the Operations Shift Manager.)/EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 8 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1lOFi1 TSCICONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR INITIAL ACTIONS Date:______Time:______Action Completed Initials 1. Perform a turnover with the Control Room Communicator regarding _____the status of information provided to the NRC.2. Communicate with the NRC using the ENS line. Maintain communications_____ as requested by the NRC (LC #13626). The NRC Operations Center phone numbers are 1-301-816-5100 (main) and 1-301-951-0550 or 1-301-415-0550 (backups). Time NRC notified:_____

3. Document the NRC notification using NRC Form 361 or similar form or log. _____SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Provide the NRC with information updates as requested.

2. ,'When relieved of ENS responsibilities by the ENS Communicator, establish communications on the status headset with the TSC Operations Coordinator and EOF Technical Advisor.3. Ensure that the Operations Coordinator and the Technical Advisor are kept informed on plant conditions, evolutions, equipment status, medical emergencies, fire emergencies, hazardous material emergencies and any other information as necessary or as requested.

4. If directed by the Shift Manager and if qualified as Emergency Director, assume Emergency Director duties during BOF relocation to its backup or alternate facility.4.1 Refer to EIP-2-002, Classification Actions for guidance.4.2 Request that OSC provide Control Room Communicator (SNEO) and Dose Assessor (Chemistry Technician).

4.3 The Shift Manager then assumes the responsibility of providing the TSC updates on plant status as requested. TERMINATION ACTIONS Date:______Action Completed Initials 1. Upon termination, ensure that the originals of all Attachments are ______forwarded to the Operations Shift Manager.EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 9 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGEl1OF 1 LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM 1. THIS IS RIVER BEND STATION WITH MESSAGE NUMBER ____2. A. TIME ______DATE_____ B. COMMUNICATOR:__________C. TEL NO.3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION: A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY B. El ALERT 0.0[ GENERAL EMERGENCY 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION El DECLARATION TIME:______DA'I E. El TERMINATED El[ TERMINATION

5. RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. El No Protective Actions Recommended at this time (Go to item 6).B. El Evacuate C. El Monitor and Prepare ________________

D. El Shelter 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE/COM MENTS:_7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN? El NO El YES TIME: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: El NOT AVAILABLE AT THIS TIME (Go to item 9)A. Wind Direction FROM ________Degrees at____________ B. Sectors Affected (A-R).C. Stability Class (A-G)D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other 9. RELEASE INFORMATION: A. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits B. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits 10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. El Radioactive Gases B. El Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. El 11. RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES ________Ci/s B. IODINE 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE: A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant B. TEDE -WB DOSE COMMITMENT (moRemo) C. CDE -THYRC____ DATE: _______MPH oactive Liquids (Go to item 13)-S _____________Cl/s ata)1D DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)Site Boundary _ ______ 5 miles ______Site Boundary 2 miles 5 miles 10 miles 2 miles 10 miles 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: _ ____________TITLE: ___________

14. MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: ________TITLE:

____EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 10 OF 18 ETP-2-006 REV-43 PAGE 10 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGEl1OFi1 GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LONG NMF INFORM MANUAL METHOD* River Bend and Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages Line :1 sequentially until the emergency is terminated.

• • 2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission.

2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted. Line 2 2B Comm: Enter facility name. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name*2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hotline" unless alternate* method is being used, then enter alternate method. method is being used, then enter alternate method.Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated. Scheck "terminated".

• Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination."termination" and enter termination time/date.

Enter time/date of emergency declaration or termination. S Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been Line 5 recommended, select appropriate protective actions and recommended, indicate the scenario number. May add-:indicate scenario number. May add information as information as necessary. necessary. SEnter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add:Line 6: information as necessary. Use this line to correct any information as necessary. Use this line to correct any: previous errors. previous errors.:Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should_____ be obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date. be obtained from Oerations. If yes, enter the time/date.

• Meteorological data for Lines SA-C is available on Meteorological data for Lines SA-C is available on ERISERIS and printers in the Control Room and and printers in the Control Room and Meteorological

Line S: Meteorological Tower. Tower.S A -Enter wind direction (from) and speed. SA -Enter wind direction (from) and speed.8B -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according to SB -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according to the the current wind direction, current wind direction.

S C -Enter stability class. SC -Enter stability class.SD -Check appropriate box. SD -Check appropriate box.: Determine release characterization. Determine release characterization.

, 9A/B -Check A or B as appropriate.

When checking 9A/B -Check A or B as appropriate. When checking A A or B complete lines 10, 11 and 12. or B complete lines 10, 11 and 12.SIinae 9,______________________...Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core ,Linej damage, check 1OA for airborne release. If there is damage, check i0A for airborne release. If there is clad 1 0. clad damage or fuel melt, check 1OA & lOB for damage or ifuel melt, check 10A & lOB for airborne ,,, airborne release. If the release is a liquid release, check release. If the release is a liquid release, check 10OC.... l0C.Line Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in i11 uCi/sec. These rates must be converted to Ci/sec uCi/sec. These rates must be converted to Ci/sec., 12A Enter number of hours used and method used in 12A Enter number of hours used and method used in Line dose calculation, dose calculation. 12 "*12B Obtain from URI/RASCAL results.. 12B Obtain from URI/RASCAL results.*Line. Enter Emergency Director's name and "ED" as title. Enter Emergency Director's name and "ED" as title. ED 1i3: : ED must review and approve NMvFs prior to must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission.

• transmission.

Line Leave blank. For use by parishes. Leave blank. For use by parishes.14:-EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 11 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1lOFi1 NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least on...e of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.(EOC -Emergency Operations Center)MESSAGE #______MSG. REC'D FACILITY (YES /NO /NA)La. Dept. of Environmental Quality (LDEQ)(M-F -8AM to 4PM only)Governor's Office Homeland Security &Emergency Preparedness -GOHSEP (EOC or 911)West Feliciana Parish 911 West Feliciana Parish EOC East Feliciana Parish 911 East Feliciana Parish EOC _______Pointe Coupee Parish 911 Pointe Coupee Parish EOC East Baton Rouge Parish 911 East Baton Rouge Parish EOC West Baton Rouge Parish 911 West Baton Rouge Parish EOC Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (MEMA)Mississippi Highway Patrol (MIIP)________ At General Emergency Parish EO~s and State EOC Operations Officer informed of 5-mninute PAR verification phone call YES NO NA Message Verified ________________________ Communicator Signature / KCN Time / Date EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 12 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGEl1OFi1 PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended: ____Date:____ Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The ED will verify approved scenario and initial the form.(OHSEP -Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness) WEST FELICLANA PARISH: ED Initial On Line Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #____ ____EAST FELICIANA PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #____ ____POINTE COUPEE PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #____ ____WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #____ ____EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #____ ____STATE OF LOUISIANA State EOC (GOHSEP) Operations Officer _____Siren Sounding Time:__________ EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 13 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 0F 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO Primary Method of ERO Activation NOTE If the ERO has already been activated at an ALERT or higher classification, any subsequent classifications do not require ERO Notification System activation. The ERO Global Page is initially used to alert the ERO of the ensuing EverB ridge Notification. If EverBridge cannot be accessed using the steps 'below, it can be accessed from any internet ready PC at hftt://eron. enteriv. coin 1. Obtain the following Primary_ ERO Activation codes from Communicator binder and input into blanks: Global Page Security Code_____ EverBridge Access Code_____ EverBridge Pass Code____2. Activate the ERO Global Page using the plant pager system: 2.1 Dial 4605 or 5105.2.2 Enter 2000 as the pager number.2.3 When prompted enter the Global Page Security Code from step 1.2.4 When prompted key in the call back number *#*30#3. Activate the EverBridge ERO Notification system: 3.1 Obtain the classification level, ________, from the ED/STA.3.2 Open the EverBridge ERO Notification System by clicking: Start All Programs Nuclear Corporate Apps Nuclear Emergency Response ERON 3.3 Enter Access Code and Pass Code from step 1 and click Submit.3.4 Select the appropriate Emergency Classification.

3.5 Answer

"Yes" or "No" to Security EAL question, "Was the event declared on a Security EAL." NOTE If a hazard is presently onsite that may jeopardize responding ERO members, the Emergency Director should consider using the EverBridge Action which directs personnel to alternate reporting locations. For NO UE Classification, "No Action/Information Only" should be the selected Action unless directed otherwise by the Emergency Director.3.6 Select the appropriate response Action by clicking on it.3.7 Once satisfied with the message content, click "Send Notification" button.3.8 Answer "Yes" to verification question, "Are you CERTAIN you want to send this message?" 4. Log time ERO activated.______

5. Verify that pagers in the facility have sounded within approximately 3 minutes after ERO activation time in step 4.6. If message was no.tt successfully sent, proceed to page 2 of this attachment for the Alternate Method of ERO Activation.

7. Upon completion, notify ED/STA _____________

____Signature / KCN Date EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 14 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF T11E ERO Alternate Method of ERO Activation

1. Obtain the following Alternate ERO Activation codes from Communicator binder and enter into blanks: Global Page Security Code EverBridge Member TD EverBridge Password 2. If not perfonmed on page 1 of this attachment, activate the ERO Global Page using the plant pager system: 2.1 Dial 4605 or 5105.2.2 Enter 2000 as the pager number.2.3 When prompted enter the Global Page Security Code from step 1.2.4 When prompted key in the call back number *#*30#3. Activate the EverBridge ERO Notification System:, 3.1 Determine which message you wish to send from the flowchart.

You will recite this message in Step 3.7.No'An unusuailEvent has been declared at the plan~t:;. No ,additlonaL ctloris' are; I I: ,': :requir(ed at thiis time.7;K has beeni declared at: the plant.:;:Report to youri assigned emergency.

reaponse..facility:.

FFD~requ irements: NO ac ion (required) A(n ) ;( Emero encvy Cassltcatlonl)

• ,:has been dclar-ed:

at ;the plant.;.it0 you~r altern~ate assignfed:i <* re'quirem'ents a Pply. ::: : :4:: A: Security Event has, declared at the'.I accordanice to the PA If:j DO'NOT REPORT TOT-IHE:SITE;;... 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8'Dial 9-1-888-440-4911 or 9-1-303-825-2212. When prompted, enter the Member ID from Step 1 followed by the # sign.When prompted, enter the Password from Step 1 followed by the # sign.When prompted, press i to send the message to ALL PATHS and ALL GROUPS.When prompted, press 1 to record a message.When prompted, record your voice message from the flowchart. If necessary, press 1 to play the message, press 2 to re-record the message, or if satisfied with the message recording press 3 to send the message.When prompted, press 1 to launch broadcast. 3.9 4.5.Log time ERO activated. Upon completion, notify ED/STA.Signature / KCN Date 6. If unsuccessful in activating the EverBridge ERO notification system via the Primary or Alternate methods, proceed to page 3 of this attachment for the Backup Method of ERO Activation. EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 15 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 3 OF 3 ACTIVATION OF THE ERO Backup Method of ERO Activation

1. Obtain the following Backup ERO Activation codes from Communicator binder and input into blank: Global Page Security Code ____2. Activate the pagers by dialing 4605 or 5105 on the plant phone system. If the plant phone system is inoperable, dial 381-4605, 635-5105, or 635-6864 on a direct line.3. Enter 2000 as the pager number.4. Enter the Global Page Security Code from step 1.5. When prompted key in the appropriate code as written from the following:

1) Enter *ff*02# (Notification of Unusual Event)2) Enter *#*03# (Alert)3) Enter *#*04# (Site Area Emergency)

4) Enter *#*05# (General Emergency)

5) Enter *#* 10# (Alert. Staff alternate facilities.)

6) Enter *#* 11#f (Site Area Emergency.

Staff alternate facilities.)

7) Enter *#* 1 2# (General Emergency.

Staff alternate facilities.)

8) Enter *#*43# (Protected Area Evacuation)

6. When page is accepted, hang up.7. Log time pagers activated.

________8. Verify that pagers in the facility have sounded within approximately 3 minutes after ERO activation time in step 7. If not, begin calling the ERO using the Emergency Telephone Book.9. Upon completion, notify ED/STA.Signature/KCN Date EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 16 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 8: ~PAGEl1OFi SHORT NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)Time/Date: Message: This is River Bend Station A General Emergency was declared at[I ]on [for Wind from Deg. At MPH PAR Reference Scenario No.: O Release BELOW federally approved operating limits o Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits Authorized by: Title: Time/Date: Message: This is River Bend Station A Site Area Emergency was declared at I on [fo r Wind from Deg. At MPH No Protective Actions Required.O Release BELOW federally approved operating limits O Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits Authorized by:I Title:[EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 17 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1lOF 1 GUIDELINE FOR COMPLETING THE SHORT NMF Notification of General Emergency Time/Date: Message: Li This is River Bend Station A General Emergency was declared at Z1 I o°n f Ior w Wind from Deg.W At _ MPH O Release BELOW federally approved operating limits o Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits Authorized by: ,E Title: Liz I I I .. .... .1 Message transmittal time and date (auto generated by the program when transmitted). If INFORM is INOP and the message is read or faxed to the recipients, write the time and date the first contact was established to read the message or the time the>2 Sequential message number sent for the emergency (auto generated by the program when transmitted). Include the message number when completing the hand written SNMIF.3 Time of emergency declaration (24 hour clock).4 Date of emergency declaration. Format mm/dd/yyyy 5*Include IC-EAL #, example AU1-2.6 The description of the event causing the classification. The description may be brief with detailed event information sent on a LNMF as soon as possible after the SNMF. The description does not have to be worded exactly like the IC and EAL but should be sufficient for the offsite agencies to understand the event that occurred. In most instances, the description in the IC contains adequate information. If the IC or EAL contains an "or" statement, include only the applicable part. (Example: H1A4 contains "fire or explosion" in the IC and EAL. If the initiating event is a fire, do not include explosion in the event description.) 7 Wind directiOn FROM. This information is obtained from the AMI-80 MET Data printer in the control room or other source.EPP-2-503 provides guidance if MET data is not_ available. iWind speed. This information: is obtained from the AMI:80 MET Data printer in the control room or other source. EPP-2-503 prvdsgidance if MET data is not_ available. 9 Assess DRMS or ERIS effluent monitors trend to determine if any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment has occurred. Procedure section 3.3 contains definitions for release. Select the appropriate release characterization. O (GE only) PAR Scenario number. Use E]P-2-007 and PAR flow chart to determine the correct PAR.11 Eerec Director name E12 ED* The wording of many ICs for the different classification levels differ by one or two words. The IC-EAL # is a tool to ensure the correct EAL condition is communicated. EIP-2-006 REV -43 PAGE 18 OF 18 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET t OF 5{Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-006 Revision: 43 EquipmentlFacility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Notifications Part I. Description of Activity Bei~ig Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. Revised definition

3.3 Radiological

Release -From: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event.To...: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment.

2. Revised release characterization contained in definition 3.3.From: No release.Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.To:" Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.3. Attachment 3 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action. Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line 5C to Line 5D.4. Attachment 3 -Revised Long Notification Message Form lines 9A, D and E to remove 'No Release' as release information characterization and to be consistent with change 2 above.5. Attachment 4- Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option and to be consistent with change 4 above. Reordered remaining steps.6. Attachment 8 -Revised Short Notification Message Form examples for the Site Area Emergency and General Emergency to remove the 'No Release' option to be consistent with change 2 above.7. Attachment 9 -Revised Guideline for Completing the Short NMF to remove the option of 'No Release' to be consistent with change 6 above.8. Attachment 9 -Revised Guideline for Completing the Short NMF line 7 and 8 to change procedure reference EIP-2-001 to EPP-2-503.

9. Attachment 9 -Revised Guideline for Completing the Short NMF line 9.From: Assess DRMS or ERIS effluent monitors trend to determine if any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event has occurred.To:" Assess DRMS or ERIS effluent monitors trend to determine if any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment has occurred.10. Responsibility

-Added the following responsibility for the TSC/Control Room Communicator. TSC/Control Room Communicator -initially communicates with the NRC regarding plant events. Upon being relieved by the ENS Communicator, the TSC/Control Room Communicator establishes communications with the EOF and TSC keeping both facilities informed of plant conditions, evolutions, and other information as necessary. If directed by the Shift Manager, the TSC/Control Room Communicator (if qualified as Emergency Director) will assume Emergency Director duties during EOF relocation to its backup or alternate facility.11. Attachment 2 -Added Subsequent Action 4 -If directed by the Shift Manager and if qualified as Emergency Director, assume Emergency Director duties during EOF relocation to its backup or alternate facility. Refer to EIP-2-002, Classification Actions for guidance. Request CR Communicator (SNEO) and Dose Assessor (Chemistry Technician). The Shift Manager then assumes the responsibility of providing the TSC updates on plant status as requested. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 2 OF 5 PrOcedure/Document Number: EIP-2-006 Revision: 43 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Notifications Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? [--IYES []NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert and 50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Notfiatin ystm esin epotEvaluation is part Notiicaton yste Desgn epor? iNOT required.Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure the buelitow nd basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is complete Part documented below: VI.Justification: El Bounding document attached (optional) Part lUi. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the~proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. Per new template El One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity.Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.El One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES I 0CFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change E]YES [] NO Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluato3n Cotneionxtpr numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Enter Justficaion:justification and VI.Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-I Section II?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] ElI 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing b~asis (24/7 staffing) El in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] El 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] LII 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] El 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] Lii EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATI'ACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3OF 5 Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-O06 Revision: 43 EquipmentlFacility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Notifications Part Vi(Continued)

7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] E 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmen~tal agencies are capable of alerting them of the []9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to the El 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-lo, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and El report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response organizations.

[6] Q]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] El 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the plume El exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] El 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 16. Adequate e uipment is maintained to support emer ency response. [8] E 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] El 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation duding emergencies. [10] El 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to El support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10] ___20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those for El hostile action events. 10]____21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] El 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] El 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] El 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) is El established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and El demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14] ___26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] El 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] El 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] El 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] El APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.El If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 5 Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-006 Revision: 43 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Notifications BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Changqe Items 1.,2 and 9. Revised release definition to remove 'due to the classified event' and also removed 'no release'as a release characterization. There are no changes to the current offsite notilication procedure process with one exception associated with removing'no release' as an option with which to characterize releases from the site. With this change RBS will still provide to local organizations emergency messages which contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected populations, and whether protective measures are necessary. This change is in alignment with NRC RIS 2002-16 and has been agreed to by both State and local officials. Procedures for notification of State and local govemnmental agencies are still capable of alerting them of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications therefore no further evaluation is required for this change.Chanae Item # 3. Attachment 3 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action. Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line 50 to Line 5D. This change was previously evaluated by RBS under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/2114 as part of revision 26 of EIP-2-007. That 10CFR50.54(q) determined the use of monitor and prepare was consisten~t with regulatory guidance and was not a reduction in effectiveness of Emergency Plan functions and could be incorporated without prior NRC approval. No further evaluation is required for this change.Chanqe Item # 4 Attachment 3 -Revised Long Notification Message Form Line 9A to remove 'No Release' as a release*information characterization to be consistent with change 2.Chanqe Item # 5. Attachment 4- Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option to be consistent with change 4. Reordered remaining steps.Changqe Item # 6. Attachment 8 -Revised Short Notification Message Form examples for the Site Area Emergency and General Emergency to remove the 'No Release' option to be consistent with change 2.Chanqe Item # 7. Attachment 9 -Revised Guideline for Completing the Short NMF to remove the option of 'No Release' to be consistent with change 6(2 or 6).Changes 4 and 6 remove 'No release' from typical forms on both the Long NMF and Short NMF. Changes 5 and 7 remove from the guidance on completion of Long NMF and Short NMF the use of 'No Release'. The ability to perform notifications to State/Local agencies in a timely manner is not impacted by this change as notifications of emergency classification and Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) are still being made by Short Notification Message Form. The evaluation of the removal of 'No Release' is being performed as part of change #2 above.Changes 4, 5, 6 and 7 do not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for these changes.Changqe Item # 8. Attachment 9 -Revised Guideline for Completing the Short NMF line 7 and 8 to change procedure reference from EIP-2-001 to EPP-2-503. Lines 7 and 8 of the Guidelines direct the user to refer to a procedure for alternate methods of acquiring meteorological information if it's not available. The procedure attachment information has been moved from EIP-2-001 to EPP-2-503. This change was previously evaluated by RBS under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/2/14 as part of revision 25 of EIP-2-001. That I0CFR50.54(q) determined the move of this information was not a reduction in effectiveness of Emergency Plan functions and could be incorporated without prior NRC approval.No further evaluation is required for this change.Chanqe #10. Added Responsibility 4.3 to identify those of the TSC/Control Room Communicator. These responsibilities include those listed in Attachment 2 and an additional responsibility was included to assume the role of Emergency Director upon EOF relocation to its backup or altemnate facility. This additional responsibility is contingent upon the TSC/Control Room Communicator being Emergency Director qualified. Changqe #11. Attachment 2- Added Subsequent Action 4 -If directed by the Shift Manager and if qualified as Emergency Director, assume Emergency Director duties during EOF relocation to its backup or altemnate facility. Refer to EIP-2-002, Classification Actions for guidance. Request CR Communicator (SNEO) and Dose Assessor (Chemistry Technician). The Shift Manager then assumes the responsibility of providing the TSC updates on plant status as requested. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 5 OF 5 Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-006 Revision: 43 SEquipmentlFacility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Notifications The responsibilities of the TSCIControl Room Communicator were not previously listed under the responsibility section of the procedure. This addition is considered as an enhancement to the procedure. The additional responsibility of the TSC/Control Communicator assuming the role of Emergency Director would only apply during the unlikely event of the EOF relocating to its backup or altemnate location and only if the individual was Emergency Director qualified. Upon the effective date of this procedure change, individuals assuming the role of TSC/Control Room Communicator will be Shift Managers and therefore will be ED qualified. Once the EOF has relocated and become operational, command and control including Emergency Director responsibilities will be returned to the EOF Emergency Director. No further evaluation is required for this change.Part VI. Signatures:___________ Preparer Name (Print) ' ~R re rer Sig ture Date: Fred Hurst 11-23-15 (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) RverigaueDate: N/A Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Tom Sowdon , f_. 11-23-2015 Nuclear EP Project Manager ._________ Approver Name (Print) Date: EP manager or designee Sc'e.)-EN-EP-305 REV 3 REFERENCE USE*P 13.01 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*OPERA TIONS SUPPORT CENTER PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-016 REVISION NUMBER: *30 Effective Date: *1/27/16 NOTE : SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*INEXNGINFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PU R PO SE .................................................................. 2 2 REFERENCES ...................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITIONS ...... .............................. ................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES................................................................................ 3 5 GENERAL........................................................................................ ...5 6 PROCEDURE........................................................................................ 6 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................... 6 ATTACHMENT 1 -OSC MANAGER ................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 2 -WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR ......................................... 8 ATTACHMENT 3 -MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL/I&C COORDINATORS ........... 1I0 ATTACHMENT 4 -RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR ............................................... 11 ATTACHMENT 5 -TSC/OSC/CR HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ..... ....................... 14 ATTACHMENT 6 -OSC LOG KEEPER............................................................. 15 ATTACHMENT 7 -OSC SUPPORT PERSONNEL ................................................ 16 ATTACHMENT 8 -TSC VENTILATION EMERGENCY MODE OPERATIONS ............. 18 ATTACHMENT 9 -OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION... ................ 20 ATTACHMENT 10 -OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN...................... 21 ATTACHMENT 11 -OSC PERSONNEL CHECKLIST............................................ 22 EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 1 OF 22 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides site specific instructions for activation, operation, and relocation of the Operations Support Center (OSC). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-6 11, Operations Support Center (0OSC) Operations is the primary procedure to reference for OSC activation and operations. 2 REFERENCES 2.1 EIP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.2 EIP-2-0 15, Post Accident Sampling Operations* 2.3 EN-RP-104, Personnel Contamination Events 2.4 EN-RP-121, Radioactive Material Control 2.5 RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.6 EN-RP-108, Radiation Protection Posting 2.7 EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations 2.8 EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Habitable

-For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the OSC Manager may declare the OSC uninhabitable based upon other conditions.

3.2 Augmentation

-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.3 Search

and Rescue Team -Teams used to locate missing/unaccounted individuals and to provide assistance in removing individuals from the evacuated area. Search and Rescue Teams should be composed of at least two persons selected from Radiation Protection Technicians, Chemistry Technicians, Nuclear Control Operators/Nuclear Equipment Operators, or First Responders. If one of the team members is not an RP Technician, at least one of the team members must be trained in the use of radiation survey instruments. At least one team member must be trained in search and rescue techniques. Fire Brigade members are trained in search and rescue techniques. EIP-2-016 REV -30 PG F2 PAGE 2 OF 22 4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 OSC Manager -reports to the Emergency Plant Manager and has the overall responsibility for the activation and operation of the Operations Support Center. Direct and control the OSC, coordinate all OSC emergency response activities, and keep the Emergency Plant Manager informed about OSC activities. 4.2 Work Control Coordinator -reports to the OSC Manager. Ensure that the OSC is activated. Coordinate the formation, briefing, timely dispatch and debriefing of repair and corrective action teams, search and rescue teams and onsite monitoring teams and mobilize other required support personnel. Maintain communications with the Maintenance Coordinator in the TSC. Ensure OSC Team Dispatching Forms are completed for all work teams dispatched, assume the responsibilities of OSC Manager when the OSC Manager is not available, keep the OSC Manager informed of the status of OSC operations, and ensure OSC staff provides support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure. Use status boards or other acceptable methods.4.3 Mechanical and Electrical/I&C Coordinator(s) -reports to the Work Control Coordinator. Assign team members to the repair and corrective action teams. Conduct or participate in the pre-job briefing for the assigned tasks. Ensure repair and corrective action teams are tracked.Ensure communication with the teams is maintained. Participate in debriefing of returning emergency teams.4.4 RadlChem Coordinator -reports to the Work Control Coordinator. Assist in making the OSC operational, coordinate the activities of Radiation Protection and Chemistry personnel, ensure all work teams dispatched in the plant are briefed and debriefed. 4.5 OSC Operations Support -reports to the OSC Manager. This position is filled by an On-shift Operator. Support the OSC as needed, ensures the OSM is informed of OSC teams and activities. Identify potential operational support needs. Assist Coordinators is assigning operational tasks to qualified operators. OSC Operations Support may be assigned other duties and is not required to remain in the OSC.4.f6 OSC Log Keeper- reports to the OSC Manager. Maintain facility log on OSC status boards and/or displays. Ensure timeliness of facility briefs by prompting OSC Manager of the briefing schedule if necessary. Support the OSC Manager as requested. EIP-2-016 REV -30 PG F2 PAGE 3 OF 22 4.7 OSC Teams -reports to Work Control Coordinator. Performs qualified job functions and/or emergency plan functions as directed by the OSC Manager or Coordinators.

4.8 Mechanical

Maintenance Personnel -Implement repair and corrective actions as directed by the OSC Manager.4.9 Electrical Maintenance Personnel -Implement repair and corrective actions as directed by the OSC Manager.4.10 I & C Maintenance Personnel -Implement repair and corrective actions as directed by the OSC Manager.4.11 Operations Personnel -assist the OSC teams on plant/operational matters, fire brigade, or search and rescue as directed by the OSC Manager.4.12 Chemistry Technician Personnel -support accident assessment efforts by obtaining and analyzing plant radiochemistry and chemistry samples, perform dose assessment in the Control Room until the TSC is operational and serve as a member of the offsite Radiological Monitoring Team as directed by the Rad/iChem Coordinator. On-shift Chemistry Technician reporting to the Control Room to perform dose assessment reports to OSC after the EOF becomes operational. 4.13 Radiation Protection Technician Personnel -provide personnel monitoring and dosimetry for emergency response personnel; provide radiation protection coverage for repair and corrective actions, search and rescue, first aid, and fire fighting; assist in access control to radioactive contaminated areas; provide for personnel monitoring during an evacuation of site personnel; and assist with radiation protection tasks as directed by the Rad/Chem Coordinator including radiological briefing and debriefing of teams.4.14 Habitability Technician -complete the check of emergency equipment and perform initial and periodic habitability surveys of the Control Room, TSC and OSC; keep the Radiological Coordinator and Rad/Chem Coordinator informed of TSC, OSC and CR habitability; maintain the OSC contamination control point, and perform other actions as directed by the Rad/Chem Coordinator. 4.15 Fire Brigade -provide fire suppression and protection activities as required. Fire Brigade members may perform other functions as directed when fire brigade emergency response is not required.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PG F2 PAGE 4 OF 22 4.16 First Responder Team -provide emergency care or treatment to ill or injured personnel before medical assistance can be obtained during an emergency. First Responder Team members may perform other functions as directed when medical emergency response is not required.4.17 Search and Rescue -search for missing or troubled plant personnel and return them safely to the facility. Search and Rescue Team members may perform other functions as directed when search and rescue emergency response is not required.5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 9, Operations Support Center Organization Chart is a typical makeup for the OSC.5.2 Attachment 10, Operations Support Center Floor Plan is a typical setup for the OSC.The OSC may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency declaration. Once activated, the OSC shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When OSC minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to be operational in 90 minutes.5.4 Situations may arise where personnel responding to an emergency will not be able to access the emergency response facilities in the protected area (e.g. terrorist event). In these situations, TSC personnel should man the Emergency Operations Facility located in the Training Center.Operations Support Center personnel should also be staged in the EOF and carry out the applicable steps of this procedure. EOF personnel will report to the Alternate EOF in Baton Rouge. Joint Information Center personnel will be directed to the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) in Baton Rouge.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 5 OF 22 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended. 6.1 OSC Manager 6.1.1. The OSC Manager should use Attachment I as a guideline. NOTE The Work Control Coordinator, Mechanical Coordinator, Electrical/I&C Coordinator, and Rad/Chem Coordinator assigned to respond at the ALERT level however all three are not required for minimum staffing.6.2 Work Control Coordinator 6.2.1. The Work Control Coordinator should use Attachment 2 as a guideline..

6.3 Mechanical

and Electrical/I & C Coordinators 6.3.1. The Mechanical and Electrical/I & C Coordinators should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. 6.4 Rad/Chem Coordinator 6.4.1. The Rad/Chem Coordinator should use Attachment 4 as a guideline. 6.5 TSC/OSC/CR Habitability Technician 6.5.1. The TSC/OSC/CR Habitability Technician should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. 6.6 OSC Log Keeper 6.6.1. The OSC Log Keeper should use Attachment 6 as a guideline. 6.7 OSC Support Personnel 6.7.1 The OSC Support Personnel should use Attachment 7 as a guideline. 7 DOCUMENTATION Attachment 1-7, and 11 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 6 OF 22 EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 6 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1lOFt1 OSC MANAGER Actions Completed ACTIVATION Date: _ __Time: ____Initial

1. Refer to EN-EP-6l1.

2. If the OSC is determined to be uninhabitable, determine with the Emergency

__Plant Manager the appropriate OSC personnel to relocate to the Main Control Room.3. Direct an On-shift Operator to fill the position of OSC Operations Support. __SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Direct an individual to initiate a ventilation check using Attachment 8.2. If decision is made to relocate the OSC, implement the relocation section of this procedure. RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable ifthe OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Brief the OSC members of plan to relocate to the Main Control Room.2. Notify dispatched repair teams of OSC relocation decision.3. Direct OSC Coordinators to ensure work orders, dispatched work team status, applicable procedures, handheld radios, respirators, SCBA's, spare SCBA bottles, and equipment as required are relocated to the Main Control Room.4. Direct the following OSC personnel to report to the Main Control Room briefing room to resume OSC operations:

a. OSC Coordinator(s)

b. Electrician (1)c. Mechanic (1)d. I&C Technician (1)e. RP Technician (1)f. Rad/Chem Coordinator (1)5. Determine with the Emergency Plant Manager the disposition of remaining OSC personnel.

Send to EOF or to alternate location to be utilized as additional resources or send them home to remain on standby.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 7 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1OF 2 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR ~Actions Completed ACTIVATION Date: _ __Time: ____Initial

1. Refer to EN-EP-6 11.2. Periodically announce that no eating, drinking, or chewing is allowed __until habitability is determined.

3. Obtain habitability status from the Rad/Chem Coordinator.

Ensure that status __is posted on OSC status board and/or displays.4. Assume the OSC Manager's responsibilities during absence of the.__OSC Manager.5. Ensure OSC personnel have carded in on the accountability card reader or __accounted for on the status board and/or displays. If card reader is inoperable, prepare and maintain a list of names and badge numbers to manually maintain accountability.

6. Ensure that work teams dispatched by the Control Room are posted to the __OSC status board and/or displays and accounted for.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Augment the OSC staff as necessary by contacting the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator.

Call the Safety Representative to report to the OSC, if necessary.

2. Direct OSC support personnel to complete the OSC PERSONNh.EL CHECKLIST and report any activity not qualified to perfonrm.3. Obtain a status from the work teams dispatched by the Control Room and complete the applicable information on a Team Dispatching Form, documenting teams dispatched before OSC activation.

Track these work teams to completion of assignment.

4. Check qualifications of search and rescue team members as necessary.

At least 1 team member must be trained in search and rescue techniques and at least 1 team member must be trained in the use of radiation survey instruments. Fire Brigade members are trained in search and rescue techniques.

5. Provide the completed Team Dispatching form to the OSC Log Keeper for update of status boards and/or displays.6. Maintain a file of active and completed Work Orders.7. Implement the relocation section of this procedure when directed by the OSC Manager.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 8 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 2 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable if the OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Direct selected OSC personnel to relocate Team Dispatching Forms, work team status, applicable procedures, all handheld radios, respirators, SCBA's, spare SCBA bottles, instruments and equipment as required to the Control Room.2. Disposition remaining OSC personnel as directed by the OSC Manager.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 9 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGEl1OFi1 MECHANICAL AN]) ELECTRICAL/I&C COORDINATORS Actions Completed ACTIVATION Date: _ __Time: ____Initial

1. Refer to EN-EP-611.

2. Assume the OSC Manager's responsibilities during absence of the __OSC Manager.3. Determine the operational status of the following equipment:

__(circle one)* At least one River Bend Phone extension Yes/No* Inplant/Services Building Gaitronics System Yes/No* Portable radios (six) Yes/No* TSC intercom Yes/No 4. Ensure OSC personnel have carded in on the accountability card reader or __accounted for on the status board and/or displays. If card reader is inoperable, prepare and maintain a list of names and badge numbers to manually maintain accountability. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Direct OSC support personnel to complete the OSC PERSONNEL CHECKLIST and report any activity not qualified to perform.2. Obtain a status from the work teams dispatched by the Control Room and complete the applicable information on a Team Dispatching Form, documenting teams dispatched before OSC activation. Track these work teams to completion of assignment.

3. Check qualifications of search and rescue team members as necessary.

At least 1 team member must be trained in search and rescue techniques and at least 1 team member must be trained in the use of radiation survey instruments. Fire Brigade members are trained in search and rescue techniques.

4. Implement the relocation section of this procedure when directed by the OSC Manager.RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable if the OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Direct selected OSC personnel to relocate work orders, work team status, applicable procedures, all handhield radios, respirators, SCBA's, spare SCBA bottles, instruments and equipment as required to the Control Room.2. Disposition remaining OSC personnel as directed by the OSC Manager.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 10 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1OF 3 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR Actions Completed ACTIVATION Date: _ __Time: ____Initial

1. Refer to EN-EP-611.

2. Direct 3 RP Technicians to the EOF to perform Offsite Radiological

__Monitoring and Habitibility Technician responsibilities. (2 RP Techs required to report to EOF within 75 minutes for Offsite Monitoring Teams)3. Ensure the distribution of pocket/electronic dosimeters to TSC, OSC and __Control Room personnel and announce the frequency at which individuals should read their dosimeters. As necessary, direct the issuing of DLRs using page 3 of this Attachment. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE During a classified emergency, the RBS administrative controls are suspended, however, every effort shall be made to maintain personnel exposure within the limits established by IJOCFR20.The Rad/Chem Coordinator may delegate responsibilities to Senior Radiation Protection Technician(s). CAUTION During a Fuel Handling Accident where the spent fuel is greater than 30 days old, ssKr (10.7 year half-life) is the principle gaseous isotope available for release. It is important in this case to take (RO-2/2A) open window as well as closed window readings since the primary dose from this isotope is Shallow Dose Equivalent. The [3-/ yemission ratio is approximately 240.1. As required, direct the establishment of a clean path between TSC/OSC and the OSC emergency locker and a contamination control point outside door # SB 123-19.2. Deploy onsite radiation monitoring teams to survey radiation levels and sample for contamination. Keep the OSC Manager informed of plant monitoring team activities and radiological conditions.

3. Pr'bvide a Radiation Protection Technician or Chemistry Technician to act as Offsite Team Coordinator in the TSC when directed by the Radiological Coordinator.

4. Communicate rad/chemistry sample results to the TSC and/or CR.5. Periodically assess TSC and OSC habitability.

EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 11 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 3 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable if the OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Relocate equipment required for continued emergency response to the Main Control Room. (Respirators, SCBA's, spare SCBA bottles, PCs, logs, exposure records, instruments, etc. as required.)

2. Evaluate the need to move the contamination control points and relocate as necessary.

EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 12 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 3 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR DLR Tracking Log (Typical)Date: DLR# Name (LastFirstMI)Print SSN Returned DLR# Name (LastFirstMDPrint SSN Returned__ ______ I ___ :1 __EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 13 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1lOF 1 TSC/OSC/CR HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION Date: ____Time: _ ___Action Completed Initial 1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use.2. Perform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys in accordance with __RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys or applicable attachments of EIIP-2-0 14, Offsite Radiological Monitoring, to ensure that the TSC, OSC and CR are habitable. Report results to the Rad/Chem Coordinator.

3. Inform the Rad/Chem Coordinator when prepared to perform functional

__responsibilities. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Periodically perform surveys of the TSC, OSC and CR.2. Establish a contamination control point outside of door SB 123-19, as directed. If needed, establish a clean path between the TSC and OSC supply locker.3. If personnel entering the TSC/OSC are contaminated, notify the Rad/Chem Coordinator and arrange for decontamination.

4. Keep the Rad/Chem Coordinator informed of all activities:

RELOCATION NOTE.This section is applicable if the OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable. If the TSC/OSC is relocating:

1. Relocate to the control room or other location as directed by the OiSC Manager. Upon arrival resume habitability assessment and provide team coverage if necessary.

Utilize supplies located in the Emergency Planning locker if relocated to the control room.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 14 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGEl1OF 1 OSC LOG KEEPER Actions Completed ACTIVATION Date: _____Time: _____Initial

1. Refer to EN-EP-6 11.2. Update status boards and/or displays with current information.

3. Request information on work teams dispatched prior to OSC activation and __update status boards and/or displays.4. Ensure that OSC personnel are signed in on OSC Staffing sheet. __SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Ensure timeliness of facility briefs by prompting the OSC Manager of the briefing schedule if necessary.

RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable if the OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Relocate to the Main Control Room as directed.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 15 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1OF 2 OSC SUPPORT PERSONNEL ACTIVATION

1. Sign in on the OSC staffing sheet.2. Perform duties as directed.SUBSEOIUENT ACTIONS 1. Radiation Protection Technicians

a. Perform an operability check on all survey instruments prior to use.b. A Senior Radiation Protection Technician assumes the Rad/Chem Coordinator responsibilities when the Rad/Chem Coordinator is no__t available.

c. Assist with radiation protection tasks as directed by the Rad/Chem Coordinator, including conducting briefs and debriefs.d. Provide support for fires, medical, as directed.e. If the EOF is relocated, perform the duties of the Offsite Team Coordinator in the TSC, as required.2. Chemistry Technicians

a. On-shift Chemistry Technician reporting to the Control Room to perform dose assessment reports to OSC after the EOF becomes operational.

b. Perform samples as directed by the Rad/Chem Coordinator.

c. If the EOF is relocated, perform the duties of the Offsite Team Coordinator in the TSC, as required.3. Maintenance Personnel a. Receive task and radiological briefing before going on assignment.

b. Ensure that a radio is provided for communications with the OSC Manager/Coordinator.

c. Ensure that you have proper tools, equipment and safety measures before going on assignment.

d. Perform in-plant activities as directed by the OSC Coordinator(s).

e. Ensure that debriefing is conducted on return to OSC.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 16 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 2 OSC SUPPORT PERSONNEL SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)f. Ensure that Status Boards and/or displays are updated to reflect your current status.g. Obtain tools and equipment from the OSC emergency locker or from the tool room as necessary to complete task.h. If qualified, perform function of Fire Brigade member and Search and Rescue Team member as directed.4. OSC Operations Support a. Refer to EN-EP-61 1.5. Operations Personnel a. Assist the OSC teams on plant/operational matters, Fire Brigade, or Search and Rescue as directed.6. Other personnel in the OSC perform duties as directed by the Work Control Coordinator.

RELOCATION NOTE This section is applicable ifthe OSC Manager declares the OSC uninhabitable.

1. Relocate to the Main Control Room as directed.2. Relocate logs, tools, instruments, and equipment as directed.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 17 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1OF 2 TSC VENTILATION EMERGENCY MODE OPERATIONS NOTE During a LOCA, the TSC Ventilation.

System will automatically go into the emergency mode and proper system operation should be verified. For other emergency situations, the system will have to be manually placed in the emergency mode. Operation is identical during a LOCA or other emergency. SOP-0056 may also be used to shift TSC Ventilation System to the emergency mode.AT HVL-PNL261 VTSC PANEL, VERIFY HVL-HS420, HVL-FN1 OUTSIDE AIR FAN IS PLACED TO AUTO.2 AT VTSC PANEL, VERIFY HVL-MIC-414, EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR MOISTURE CONT. IS PLACED TO AUTO.3 AT VTSC PANEL, VERIFY HVL-HS-421, AH{U-1 START-STOP SWITCH IS PLACED TO START.4 AT VTSC PANEL, PLACE HVL-HS-223, STOP-NORMAL-EMIER. AHiU-2 TO EMERGENCY AND VERIFY THE FOLLOWING: 4.1 HVL-AOD-202, EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR opens.4.2 HVL-FN-7, EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR is running.4.3 HVL-FN-8, NORMAL EXHAUST AIR AIR FAN stops.4.4 HVL-AOD-208, NORMAL OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER closes.4.5 HVL-AOD 216, NORMAL EXHAUST AIR DAMPER POS.. closes.4.6 HVL-AOD 218, EMER. EXHAUST AIR DAMPER opens.4.7 HVL-FN-9, EMER. EXHAUST AIR FAN, starts.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 18 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 2 OF 2 TSC VENTILATION EMERGENCY MODE OPERATIONS NOTE During a LOCA, the following step is no required.5 AT VTSC PANEL, PLACE HVL-HS420, HVL-FN1 OUTSIDE AIR FAN IN THE RUN POSITION.6 AT VTSC PANEL, VERIFY HVL-PDI-407, BUILDING PRESSURIZATION IS READING A POSITIVE PRESSURE IN THE TSC.7 IF TSC PRESSURE IS NOT POSITIVE, THEN RAISE BUILDING PRESSURE BY PERFORMING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING:

• Adjust HVL-PDC-407, BLDG. PRESSURIZATION CONTROL.*Place HVL-HS-406, TOILETS EXHAUST FAN Switch in the STOP position.*Place HVL-HS-422, EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR FAN to the MAN position.8CHECK THE FOLLOWING:

8.1 HVL-FN1, OUTSIDE AIR FAN is running.8.2 HVL-AOD-41 1, EMERGENCY OUTSIDE AIR is open.8.3 HVL-AOD-408, LOCAL OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER is closed.NOTE HVL-A0D426, REMOTE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER is operational but is isolated with a blank plate installed on the intake side of the ductwork to prevent airflow past the damper.8.4 Verify HVL-HS-428, LOCAL-REMOTE EMER. OUTSIDE AIR selector switch is in LOCAL with the following damper indications: 8.4.1. HVL-AOD-427, LOCAL AIR FILTER INLET is open.8.4.2. HVL-AOD-426, REMOTE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER is closed.8.5 HVL-AHU1, TSC AIR HANDLING UNIT is running.EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 19 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1lOF 1 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION Emergency Plant Manager OSC Log Keeper Work Control Coordinator Operations Support_ _ _Mechanical Rad / Chem Electrical/I&C Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator OSC Support RiP Technicians Chemistry Techs Operations Mechanical Maint.Electrical Maint.I&C Technicians I- ----i, Collateral Duties-2First Responders Search & Rescue Fire Brigade EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 20 OF 22 EIP-2-O1 6 REV-30 PAGE200F22 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1lOFi1 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN (TYPICAL)OSC Area I -v.,v CORRIDOR~WOMEN'S z ROOM IN u TSJC OPERATIONS AREA COMPUTER DISPLAY AREA R A M P Services Building 1 23'COMPUTER ROOM TI OSO Layout EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 21 OF 22 EIP-2-016 REV-30 PAGE 21 OF 22 ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1lOF 1 OSC PERSONNEL CHECKLIST OSC PERSONNEL CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)NAME: ___________ POSITION:_________

• Declared pregnant female Y__/_N (If Y, report to OSC Manager.)___Obtain DLR____ Logged on to RWP (if applicable)

____ Verify Respirator/Fit Quals current YES / NO___ Verify SCBA/Fit Quals current YES / NO___Obtain PD/Electronic Dosimetry____ Obtain Dose margin ____mr___OSC Check-in and keycard in___ RP meter Qualified YES / NO____ Qualified ( YES!/ NO -Circle Crafts)(Mech., Elec., I & C, Ops, RP, Chem., Env.)____ Heat Stress Evaluation complete, if required____ Flashlight Obtained (Field crews)____ Search and Rescue Training____ Confined Space Training: Entry/Technician Rescue__ Hazmat Training Other qualifications: EIP-2-016 REV -30 PAGE 22 OF 22 ATI-ACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 1 OF 5 Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. This change revises site-specific RBS procedure EIP-2-016, Operations Support Center, Rev. 30 and issues fleet procedure EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations, Rev. 2. Responsibilities and Definitions common to both EN-EP-611I and EIP-2-01 6 were deleted from EIP-2-01 6 and retained in EN-EP-61 1. Changes were made throughout EIP-2-01 6 to reflect this change.2. Section 1. Purpose -Changed "This procedure provides instructions for activation, operation, and deactivation of the Operations Support Center (OSC)" TO "This procedure provides site specific instructions for activation, operation', and relocation of the Operations Support Center (OSC). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC)Operations is the primary procedure to reference for OSC activation and operations." 3. Section 2. References -* Added "EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations".

• Changed "RP-1 04" to "EN-RP1 04"* Changed "RSP-0213, Control and Handling of Radioactive Material" to "EN-RP-121, Radioactive Material Control"* Added "EN-RP-1 08, Radiation Protection Posting".4. Step 4.12 and Attachment

7. Step 2.a -Revised the following sentence: From: On-Shift Chemistry Technician reporting to the Control Room to perform dose assessment reports to TSC and fill position of TSC Dose Assessor after the EOF becomes operational.

To: On-Shift Chemistry Technician reporting to the Control Room to perform dose assessment reports to OSC after Sthe EQF becomes operational.

5. Step 5.4 -Replaced "Alternate JIC" with "Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)" as the JIC will be relocated outside of the 10 mile EPZ when this procedure becomes effective.

Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? D-YES ]NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert and 50.54(q)(3) Continue Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is NOT to next required. Enter part If YES, identify bounding source document numbed/approval reference and ensure the auntifcotionebelowr basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is Vl.documented below: Justification: 3] Bounding document attached (optional) Part II1. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. E] One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.LI One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3).Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SH-EET 2 0F 5 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Operations Support Center Part IV. Editorial Change LIYES []NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is next part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT requied.Justification: Enter*Change # 3 from Part I -Section 2, References -Editorial change to make the following justification and changes:complete Part* Added "EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations'.

• Changed "RP-1 04" to "EN-RP1 04"* Changed "RSP-0213, Control and Handling of Radioactive Material" to "EN-RP-121, Radioactive Material Control"* Added "EN-RP-1 08, Radiation Protection Posting".This proposed change is editorial in nature in accordance with EN-AD-i101.

It does not change the intent or purpose of the procedure. No further evaluation is necessary."No" is checked because the procedure revision contains other changes that are not editorial Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section II? ____1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis [(24/7 staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [[2]4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] LI 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] [6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] LI 7. A standard scheme of emergency cldssification and action levels is in use. [41 LI 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them LI of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt LI instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5] ____10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert LI and Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5] ____ii. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response LI organizations. [6] ____EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATT-IACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 5 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Operations Support Center 12. SYStems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [61 LI 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the LI plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]____14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] LI 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] LI 18. A~range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. 110] LI 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are LI available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, LI including those for hostile action events.[1 0] ____21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] LI 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [121 LI 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] LI 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program LI areas) is established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, LI maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] LI 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [151 LI 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] LI 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] LI APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION l] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOTI required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.U3 If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Change item #1 Entergy ERO responsibilities are outlined in EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-01 6 rev. 26 as part of implementation of the Fleet Standard ERO and were previously evaluated under a 10OCFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/6/10. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations, which includes those same ERO responsibilities. This procedure revision transitions to the new fleet procedure. EIP-2-01 6 is being maintained to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-61 1. Existing RBS facilities and equipment continue to be maintained with no change to the intent of the procedure actions. Timing requirements for augmentation and facility operability are also not changed.Process discussion: RBS currently uses the same process reflected in the fleet procedure of ERO position checklists and position binders. A review of the RBS Emergency Plan commitments was performed against the fleet OSC EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATT'ACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 5 procedure and EIP-2-01 6. Fleet procedure information was supported with site specific information as necessary to ensure site-specific Emergency Plan requirements and associated processes were retained. Therefore, changes to the location of the description of emergency response processes were made (changed to fleet procedure or retained in site-specific EIP), but no changes to the emergency response processes addressed by 10CFR50.47(b) planning standards themselves were made.Summary:* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* Some ERO responsibilities have been reiocated to align with EN-EP-61 1.* The description, activation and operation of the OSC as described in the RBS Emergency Plan has not been changed.* All site specific commitments continue to be met un~der the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.

• This change does not alter the OSC structure, organization or location.The revision of the site Operations Support Center (OSC) procedure (EIP-2-01

6) and incorporating the use of fleet Operations Support Center (OSC) Procedure (EN-EP-61

1) does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. The proposed revision does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation required for this change..Changqe Item #2 This proposed change consists of revising the purpose of the procedure to state that this procedure is a site specific document, changed deactivation to relocation and identified the fleet procedure for operating the Operations Support Center (OSC). This proposed change removes all instructions that are duplicated in the fleet procedure thereby leaving only site specific instructions.

The user will use both procedures in conjunction to perform the processes in the OSC.Changed "deactivation" to "relocation" because the steps for deactivation are now located in the fleet procedure while the steps for relocation remain in the site specific procedure. Adding the fleet procedure ensures the user understands that the fleet procedure is the primary document for 0S0 operation. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation required for this change.Changqe Item #t 4 This change is part of the process to remove the Emergency Director capabilities from the TSC and relocate this function to the Main Control Room. The on-shift Chemistry Technician reporting to the Control Room to perform dose assessment will no longer be part of the TSC staff. This was previously reviewed under a 10OCFR50.54(q) evaluation for EIP-2-006 Revision 43. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Changqe Item #5 -This change was previously reviewed under a 10OCFR50.54(q) evaluation for the Emergency Plan Revision 42. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is reguired for this change.EN-EP-305 REV 3 A'FFACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 5 OF 5 ProeparerNa umeePrnt) Preparer SntReviDate: Revewrt Name(Prnat)ueveerSgntueDae Duane White 1/13/2016 Nuclear EP Project Manager __________ Approver Name (Print) Approver Signature Date: EP manager or designee EN-EP-305 REV 3 REFERENCE USE n = -ll ENTERGY RIVER BEND) STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE* TECHNICAL S UPPOR T CENTER PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-018 REVISION NUMBER: *38 Effective Date: *1/27/16 NOTE : SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*INDEXING INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE............................................................................................ 2 2 REFERENCES ...................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................... 3 5 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 4 6 PROCEDURE ................................................................................ i....... 5 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 1 -EMERGENCY PLANT MANAGER........................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 2 -TSC MANAGER................................................................. 9 ATTACHMENT 3 -IT SPECIALIST ................................................................ 11 ATTACHMENT 4 -RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR......................................... 15 ATTACHMENT 5 -MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR.......................................... 17 ATTACHMENT 6 -REACTOR ENGINEER........................................................ 18 ATTACHMENT 7 -ENGINEERING COORDINATOR............................................ 19 ATTACHMENT 8 -MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL/I&C ENGINEERS .................. 20 ATTACHMENT 9 -OPERATIONS COORDINATOR............................................. 21 ATTACHMENT 10 -SECURITY COORDINATOR ............................................... 22 ATTACHMENT 11 -TSC COMMUNICATOR..................................................... 23 ATTACHMENT 12- -ENS COMMUNICATOR..................................................... 24 ATTACHMENT 13 -TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION CHART .........25 ATTACHMENT 14 -TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN........................ 26 ATTACHMENT 15 -TSC ADDITIONAL RELOCATION GUIDELINES ...................... 27 EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 1 OF 28 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides site specific instructions for the activation, operation and relocation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-6 10, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations is the primary procedure to reference for TSC activation and operations. 2 REFERENCES 2.1 COP-i1050, Post Accident Estimation of Fuel Core Damage 2.2 EIP-2-0 12, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.3 EIP-2-014, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.4 EIP-2-026, Evacuation, Personnel Accountability, and Search and Rescue 2.5 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.6 RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.7 Commitment 15578 2.8 EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization 2.9 EN-EP-610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Augmentation

-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.2 Habitable

-For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the TSC Manager may declare the facility uninhabitable based on other conditions.

3.3 Radiological

Release -For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment. The release characterization should be further defined when communicating to offsite agencies to characterize whether or not the release is below or above Technical Specification limits. Indicate the appropriate release characterization on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms.3.3.1 Release BELOW federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 2 OF 28

3.3.2 Release

ABOVE federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.3.3 Effluent Technical Requirements Manual 1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO.Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)OR 3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments. 4 RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 Emergency

Plant Manager: 4.1.1 Authorize doses in excess of 10OCFR20 limits.4.1.2 Direct onsite activities in support of the Control Room.4.1.3 Authorize departures. from license conditions or Technical Specifications in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54 (x).4.1.4 Determine need for onsite evacuation, personnel accountability, and implement search and rescue as required.4.2 TSC Manager -ensures that TSC is activated, manages TSC staff/resources in mitigation efforts, assesses plant conditions and recommends potential mitigation actions, and that TSC staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure.. EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 3 OF 28 5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 13, Technical Support Center Organization Chart is a typical makeup for the TSC.5.2 Attachment 14, Technical Support Center Floor Plan is a typical setup for the TSC.5.3 The TSC may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency declaration. Once activated, the TSC shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When TSC minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to become operational in 90 minutes.5.4 Situations may arise where personnel responding to an emergency will not be able to access the emergency response facilities in the protected area (e.g.. terrorist event). In these situations, TSC personnel should man the Emergency Operations Facility located in the Training Center and carry out the applicable stePS of this procedure. Operations Support Center personnel should also be staged in the EOF. EOF personnel will report to the Alternate EOF in Baton Rouge to assume their duties as per EIP-2-022. Joint Information Center personnel will be directed to the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) in Baton Rouge.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 4 OF 28 6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended.

6.1 Emergency

Plant Manager 6.1.1 The Emergency Plant Manager should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. 6.2 TSC Manager 6.2.1 The TSC Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline. 6.3 IT Specialist 6.3.1 The IT Specialist should use Attachment 3 as a guideline.

6.4 Radiological

Coordinator 6.4.1 The Radiological Coordinator should use Attachment 4 as a guideline.

6.5 Maintenance

Coordinator 6.5.1 The Maintenance Coordinator should use Attachment 5 as a guideline.

6.6 Reactor

Engineer 6.6.1 The Reactor Engineer should use Attachment 6 as a guideline.

6.7 Engineering

Coordinator 6.7.1 The Engineering Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline.

6.8 Mechanical

and Electrical/I&C Engineers 6.8.1 The Mechanical and Electrical/I&C Engineers should use Attachment 8 as a guideline.

6.9 Operations

Coordinator 6.9.1 The Operations Coordinator should use Attachment 9 as a guideline. EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 5 OF 28 6.10 Security Coordinator 6.10.1 The Security Coordinator should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. 6.11 TSC Communicator 6.11.1 The TSC Communicator should use Attachment 12 as a guideline. 6.12 ENS Communicator 6.12.1 The ENS Communicator should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. 7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-12 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF)per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness., EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 6 OF 28 EIP-2-O1 8 REV-38 PAGE6OF28 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 0F 2 EMERGENCY PLANT MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: _____Action Completed Initial NOTE Situations may arise where personnel responding to an emergency will not be able to access the emergency response facilities in the protected area. Refer to Attachment 15 for guidance on establishing the TSC.1. Refer to EN-EP-610.___ 2.. Review status of emergency with the Shift Manager and any work teams___dispatched out of the Control Room. Brief OSC Manager on teams dispatched from the Control Room.3. Review habitability determination and if necessary provide direction___ on evacuation of the TSC, OSC, or CR.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Brief OSC Manager on teams dispatched from the Control Room.2. If the TSC is relocating, refer to Relocation Actions portion of this checklist. EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 7 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 2 EMERGENCY PLANT MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS NOTE Situations may arise where it is not desirable to relocate to the main control room due to hazardous conditions. Refer to Attachment 15 for guidance.1. If the TSC becomes uninhabitable, the following personnel and their functions will transfer to the Control Room. These personnel should relocate with their S facility procedure binders.Emergency Plant Manager-Reactor Engineer-Radiological Coordinator-Operations Coordinator-ENS Communicator-To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assume EPM functions. To report to the RE desk to provide support to operations. To report to dose assessment computer to assist the EPM.To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assist the EPM.To report to the Communicator's desk to resume NRC communications.

2. The following personnel will report to the Main Control Room Shift Manager's office to resume OSC functions.

They should relocate with radios, SCIBAs (with spare bottles), procedures, and forms.OSC Manager-Electrician (1)Mechanic (1)I&C Technician (1)Radiation Protection Technician (1)Rad!Chem Coordinator-To provide briefings and control teams.To perform habitability assessment and team coverage.To assist in team briefings and control offsite teams if necessary.

3. Determine with the Emergency Director the disposition of remaining OSC and TSC personnel.

a. Send to BOF to be utilized as additional resources.

b. Send home to remain on standby.4. Consult with Security Coordinator on disposition of security force.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 8 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1OF 2 TSC MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial NOTE Situations may arise where personnel responding to an emergency will not be able to access the emergency response facilities in the protected area. Refer to Attachment 1 5 for guidance on establishing the TSC.1. Refer to EN-EP-610.___

2. Ensure TSC PA system is turned on for the OSC to hear briefings.___

3. Make TSC habitability determination and inform EPM of finding.___

a. Obtain status of radiological habitability for the TSC/OSC from the Radiological Coordinator.

b. Deternine status of TSC facility power. If facility is running on backup power review the situation and likelihood of recovery of power.NOTE ERIS, DRMS, dose assessment and offsite communications equipment are powered through B YS-INV06.

Battery duration is estimated to be 4 hours.c. Review other considerations which could impede operation of the facility.4. If the TSC/OSC is uninhabitable, obtain concurrence from the EPM___and implement the Relocation Action portion of this checklist.

5. If the TSC/OSC is determined to be habitable, make announcement.

__SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Ensure the OSC Manager has had the TSC ventilation system placed in the emergency mode.2. Relieve the EPM as necessary. Remain in the immediate TSC area when functioning as the EPM and make appropriate announcements.

3. Obtain a list of personnel located in the Protected Area from Security.This information can be utilized for later shift compliments.

EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 9 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 2 TSC MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS NOTE Situations may arise where it is not desirable to relocate to the main control room due to hazardous conditions. Refer to Attachment 15 for guidance.1.the If the TSC becomes uninhabitable, the following personnel and their functions will transfer to Control Room. These personnel should relocate with their facility procedure binders.Emergency Plant Manager-Reactor Engineer-Radiological Coordinator-Operations Coordinator-ENS Communicator-To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assume EPM functions. To report to the RE desk to provide support to operations. To report to dose assessment computer to assist the EPM.To report to the Shift Manager's desk to assist the EPM.To report to the Communicator's desk to resume N-RC communications.

2. The following personnel will report to the Main Control Room Shift Manager's office to resume SOSC functions.

They should relocate with radios, SCBAs (with spare bottles), procedures, and forms.OSC Manager-Electrician (1)Mechanic (1)I&C Technician (1)Radiation Protection Technician (1)Rad!Chem Coordinator-To provide briefings and control teams.To assist in team briefimgs and control offsite teams if necessary. 3.Consult with the Emergency Plant Manager on disposition of remaining personnel.

a. Send to EOF as additional resources.

b. Send home to remain on standby.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 10 OF 28 IT SPECIALIST ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 4 Action Completed Initial ACTIVATION Date: 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Print daily plant status report and ensure distribution to TSC personnel.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Resolve any IT related malfunctions.

2. Using pages 2-4 of this attachment provide a list of TSC, OSC, and Main Control Room staff to the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator for development of a staffing rotation.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 11 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 4 IT SPECIALIST TSC STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts)Date:______

Time:_____ PomergoncPlnMage Emergency Plant Manager TSC Manager Radiological Coordinator Operations Coordinator Engineering Coordinator Maintenance Coordinator Reactor Engineer IT Specialist TSC Communicator Security Coordinator Mechanical Engineer Electrical / I&C Engineer ENS Communicator EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 12 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 4 IT SPECIALIST OSC STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts)Date:_______ Time:_____ Position OSC Manager Work Control Coordinator Mechanical Coordinator Electrical / I&C Coordinator Rad / Chem Coordinator Log Keeper Operations Support Onshift Operator RP Technicians (13) EOF Habitability Technician Offsite Monitoring Team /Offsite Monitoring Team Chemistry Technicians Offsite Monitoring Team Offsite Monitoring Team Mechanical Maintenance Electrical Maintenance I&C Technician Operations IEIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 13 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 4 OF 4 IT SPECIALIST MAIN CONTROL ROOM STAFF ROTATION (12-Hour Shifts)Date:______ Time:_____ Position Shift Manager Control Room Supervisor Shift Technical Advisor Nuclear Control Operators Nuclear Equipment Operators EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 14 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: ____Action Compl1eted Initial NOTE The TSC and OSC may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys based on release conditions. If DRMS or meteorological tower information is unavailable in the facility, have an individual dispatched to the Control Room to relay data. The onsite hotline, ifavailable, may be used to relay this information. DRMS data may also be obtained from an ERIS computer.1. Refer to EN-EP-610.___

2. Determine the capability for obtaining DRMS values.___

3. Determine the capability for obtaining meteorological data. ___4. Verify operability of the onsite hotline. Call the OSC at 103.___SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE--V Offsite teams are expected to report in 75 minutes and be ready for deployment as soon as possible but no later than 90 minutes fo' llowing notifi cation.1. Assess plant radiological conditions and effectiveness of accident mitigation strategies.

2. Verify operability of the offsite/onsite monitoring team radio by contacting the following locations:

SEOF on the OFF/RAD channel*OSC on the ON/RAD channel 3. If the EOF is relocated, request a Radiation Protection Technician or Chemistry Technician from the OSC to act as Offsite Team Coordinator in the TSC.EIP-2-018 ,REV -38 PAGE 15 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (Cont'd)4. At an Alert if the EOF is not operational, coordinate with the OSC Manager to dispatch personnel for radiological and environmental monitoring in accordance with EIP-2-0 14, Offsite Radiological Monitoring. Even though it is NO__.T required at an Alert emergency classification, it is a good practice to assess radiological conditions near the site boundary to verify whether or not a release has occurred.5. Recommend the collection of samples using Chemistry Operating Procedures as necessary.

6. Develop and implement methods to process liquid and gaseous radioactive waste accumulated during the emergency.

7. If containment radiation monitors are not available to assess source term for dose assessment, containment venting or PARs, use RPP-0098 and/or plant conditions (i.e., water level, time core uncovered, etc.) to estimate containment dose rates.RELOCATION ACTIONS If the TSC is relocating:

1. Assume normal Radiological Coordinator responsibilities in control room or other facility as directed to support mitigation activities.

EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 16 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGEl1OFi1 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: ____Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.___

2. Obtain the status of work teams dispatched by the Control Room___and/or the OSC.3. Ensure that status boards and/or displays are operational.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Ensure that OSC is placing TSC ventilation in the emergency mode.2. Track TSC personnel leaving the TSC envelope who are not members of an OSC team.RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 17 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1lOF 1 REACTOR ENGINEER ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Inforn the TSC Manager if in the Control Room and estimate your time of arrival in the TSC.SUIBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.

1. Report to the Control Room, as necessary, and return to the TSC.RELOCATION ACTIONS*If the TSC is relocating:

1. Transfer to Reactor Engineer workstation in control room or other location as directed by TSC Manager and resume functions.

EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 18 OF 28 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR ATTACHMENT 7 PAGEl1OFi1 Action Completed Initial ACTIVATION Date: 1. Refer to EN-EP-610. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions. RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 19 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGEl1OFi1 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL/I&C ENGINEERS ACTIVATION Date: ____Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Ensure that prints and drawings are available.

If not, use the administrative ___computer to obtain what is needed.3. If desired by Engineering Coordinator, set up the flip chart for tracking engineering activities.

4. Verify engineering computers are functional.___

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Verify that the TSC administrative computer is functional. RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 20 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGEl1OFi1 OPERATIONS COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: ___ Action Completed Initial 1. Verify ERIS monitor is operational.

If power is not available, perform __the following:

a. Obtain panel key from TSC key box.b. Proceed through door SB123-04 to~room #303 (Cable chase room).c. Check breaker panel 1VBN-PNL06.

d. If the main breaker and/or other breakers have tripped, switch to the "OFF" position, then switch to the "ON" position.2. If ERIS monitor is inoperable, obtain plant parameters from the Control Room. __SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Establish contact with the TSC/CR Communicator.

2. Identify operators in the field and teams dispatched by the Shift Manager to the Maintenance Coordinator.

NOTE The Technical Support Guidelines may be used to assess accident conditions.

3. Follow the EOPs/SAPs and keep the Emergency Plant Manager informed on status.4. Review emergency classification and recommend upgrading of the emergency in accordance with EIP-2-00 1, Classification of Emergencies.

RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Relocate as directed and assist Emergency Plant Manager as necessary.

EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 21 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGEl1OFi1 SECURITY COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: ____Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Ensure that the lock plates of TSC doors SB123-03 and SB123-01 are___flipped and the doors are locked and signs posted. Activate card reader on door SB 123-12. Ensure that TSC/OSC personnel have carded in on the accountability card reader.3. If card reader is inoperable, prepare manual list of personnel and maintain ___accountability.

4. Obtain from Security Alarm Station compensation positions and locations.

___5. Verify that the Control Room card reader is activated. If inoperable, ___ensure that the Shift Manager maintains a manual list of personnel. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE: Prior to a formal OCA evacuation, the Emergency Plant Manager may direct Security to no'tify members of the public known to be in the OCA to evacuate River Bend property. Security may make this notifi cation using any communications method (i. e., telephone, direct contact, etc.).1. Begin preparations for possible Owner Controlled Area evacuation. Contact local law enforcement to determine any impediments to routes leaving the site (e.g. bridges out, toxic releases, etc.) Inform Emergency Plant Manager as needed.2. Obtain alpha listing report of personnel inside the PA for Administration and Logistics Coordinator in EOF.3. At a Site Area Emergency or higher, perform evacuation and accountability in accordance with EIP-2-026.

4. Notify the Security Shift Supervisor of vehicles needing entry into the Protected Area.5. Notify the OSC Manager and Radiological Coordinator of any offsite personnel responding into the Protected Area as these personnel need to be tracked (ie.Local law enforcement, fire fighting personnel, EMS).RELOCATION ACTIONS 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 22 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 11 PAGEl1OF 1 TSC COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Have Administration and Logistics Coordinator call out another TSC Communicator, if needed.3. Verify that all required TSC staff members are signed in on TSC Staffing sheet.Identify any TSC position not filled and report results to TSC Manager.1.BEOENsur tACTIteOpeaiNS CoriaoanTSMageprodclyvifth accuracy of status board information.

RELOCATION ACTIONS J 1. Relocate as directed by the TSC Manager.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 23 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 12 PAGEl1OFi1 ENS COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: Action Completed Initial 1. Refer to EN-EP-610.

2. Proceed to the Control Room and relieve the TSC/Control Room Communicator or Control Room Communicator of the NRC notification duties.3. Inform the TSC Manager that you are in the Control Room.4. When the TSC becomes operational, inform the NRC that you are relocating duties to the TSC. Report to the TSC.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Upon termination of the emergency,.

notify the NRC.RELOCATION ACTIONS If TSC is relocating:

1. Report to the Communicator's desk in the control room or other location as directed to resume ENS duties.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 24 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 13 PAGEl1OFi1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION CHART EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 25 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE 1lOFi1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER FLOOR PLAN (TYPICAL)OSO Area ! CORRIDORWME' z RO lir TSC OPERATIONS AREA COMPUTER DISPLAY AREA R A M P Services Building 123'COMPUTER ROOM CABLE CHASE EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 26 OF 28 EIP-2-O1 S REV-38 PAGE26OF2S ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 2 TSC ADDITIONAL RELOCATION GUIDELINES NOTE Unforeseen factors may arise which make predetermined actions ineffective or impractical in certain circumstances.

In these instances, the Emergency Plant Manager may use his discretion in taking alternate courses of action based on available information. Situations may arise where personnel responding to an emergency will not be able to access the emergency response facilities in the protected area (e.g. security event). If the TSC and control room are not available or not recommended, then consider establishing operations in the EOF. A final alternative would be the Alternate BOF.Should the EOF be chosen, TSC personnel should man the Emergency Operations Facility located in the Training Center. Operations Support Center personnel will also be staged in the EOF. EOF personnel will report to the Alternate EOF to assume their duties and Joint Information Center personnel will be directed to the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) in Baton Rouge. , If possible, TSC personnel should. consider taking certain items with them to the EOF -procedures, drawings, laptop Computers, etc.Arriving TSC personnel should use the provided Emergency Planning aid while staffing the facility to-man the appropriate chairs. They should also receive a turnover from EOF personnel, if present, prior to the EOF relocating. Emergency Plant Manager should consider requesting some EOF personnel to stay in EOF to assist.Personnel should be directed to carry out the applicable steps of EIP-2-0 18 with the following exceptions:

1. Security Coordinator

-Coordinates law enforcement response with plant secunity in a security incident. Establishes controls for access to EOF.Provides initial accountability to the Emergency Plant Manager and maintains accountability thereafter. Coordinates with Security Shift Supervisor on teams dispatched to the site.2. Maintenance Coordinator -Coordinates activities with OSC personnel and Security Coordinator. The Maintenance Coordinator should place the EOF ventilation in the emergency mode. For ventilation activation:

a. Obtain master key from BOF key box.b. Place ventilation switch in Room TC 300-06 in emergency position.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 27 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 2 OF 2 TSC ADDITIONAL RELOCATION GUIDELINES

c. Go to Room TC 3 00-09 (Mechanical Equipment Room), and verify that valve "A" is closed and valve "B" is open.d. Leave ventilation switch in emergency position.e. Inform Radiological Coordinator of ventilation system mode.3. Operations Coordinator and Radiological Coordinator should check breakers in EOF UPS Breaker Panel on south wall of room behind door TC300-14 for ERIS and DRMVS should they not be operable.

If Alternate EOF is staffed, Operations Coordinator should conference the EOF Technical Advisor to the bridge.4. ENS Communicator should consider taking over HPN duties while BOF transitions to the ABOF.As soon as possible, communications should be established with the Emergency Director/Emergency Plant Manager (0OSM). These responsibilities should be transferred to the Alternate EOF upon that facility becoming operational. Any offsite agencies whose assistance is needed should be incorporated into the site response as per established plans.Should the decision be made that the Training Center is not safe or secure, the TSC and OSC staffs should report to the Alternate BOF with EOF personnel. From there, TSC personnel should re-establish communications with the control room, make a determination of plant needs, and develop plans to address those needs. Once a determination is made that the Training Center or TSC/OSC facilities are again safe, then TSC and OSC personnel should relocate to those facilities to continue operations in support of the control room.EIP-2-018 REV -38 PAGE 28 OF 28 ATTACHMENT 9.1 100FR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 1 OF 6 Procedure/Document Number: Revision: EIP-2-01 8 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. This change revises site-specific RBS procedure EIP-2-018, Technical Support Center, Rev. 38 and issues fleet procedure EN-EP-610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations, Rev. 2. Responsibilities and Definitions common to both EN-EP-610 and EIP-2-018 were deleted from EIP-2-018 and retained in EN-EP-610. Changes were made throughout EIP-2-018 to reflect this change.2. This change removes the Emergency Director function from the TSC when the EOF is not operational. The Emergency Director responsibilities are now performed in the Control Room and applicable actions are located in EIP-2-006, Notifications. Changes were made throughout EIP-2-018 to remove responsibilities associated with Classifications, Notifications and Dose Assessment, including the following:

• Section 3. Definitions

-Removed definitions for Long Notification Message Form (LNMF), Short Notification Message Form (SNMF), and Rapidly Progressing Severe Accident (RPSA)* Section 4. Responsibilities -Removed Section 4.2, Emergency Director responsibilities. e Attachment

14. Protective Action Recommendations (PARS) -Deleted this attachment.

• Attachment

10. TSC Dose Assessor -Deleted this position.* Attachments 1, 2. 3. and 4 -Removed procedure steps associated with the Emergency Director function from these attachments.

3. Revised definition

3.3 Radiological

Release: From: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event.To:" For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment.

4. Revised release characterization contained in definition 3.3: From: No release.Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.To_: Release below federally approved operating limits.Release .above federally approved operating limits.5. In Step 5.4 and in Attachment 15, replaced "Alternate JIC" with "Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)" as the JIC will be relocated outside of the 10 mile EPZ when this procedure becomes effective.

6. Section 2, References

-Editorial change to removed "EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies" and "EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations". Added "EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations".

7. Attachment 15, Step 2 -Added additional guidance from EIP-2-020, Emergency Operations Facility for placing the EOF ventilation in emergency mode.8. Section 1, Purpose -Changed "This pSrocedure provides instructions for the activation, operation and deactivation of the Technical Support Center (TSC)" TO "This procedure provides site specific instructions for the activation, operation and relocation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations is the primary procedure to reference for TSC activation and operations.'

EN-EP-305 REV 3

9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SH-EET 2 OF 6 ProcedurelDocument Number: Revision: ElIP-2-018 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? I--YES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Evaluation is NOT next part Alert and Notification System Design Report? required. Enter justification below If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and and complete Part ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the vI.proposed change is documented below: _____________ Justification: Z] Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activty.(Refer to EN-LI-i 00)NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. [] One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.LI One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI. -CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent?Justification: Chance # 6 from Part I -Section 2, References -Editorial change to removed "EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies" and "EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations". Added"EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations". This proposed change is editorial in nature in accordance with EN-AD-101. It does not change the intent or purpose of the procedure. No further evaluation is necessary. NO is checked because the procedure revision contains other changes from Part I that are Non-editorial. DYES 50.54(q,)(3) Evaluation is NOT required.Enter justification and complete Part, VI.[]NO Continue to next part EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 6 Procedure/Document Number: Revision: EIP-2-01 8 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-I Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] ____2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 LI staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1] ___3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] II]4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. 121 LI 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] [6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] LI 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] Ej 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of LI the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt [instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and LI Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response LI organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] LI 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the LI plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] LI 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to Support emergency response. [8] LI 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] LI 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] LI 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are LI available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including LI those for hostile action events.[1 0]21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] LI 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] LI 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] LI EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 6 ProcedurelDocument Number: Revision: EIP-2-01 8 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and otherprogram D]areas) is established. [14] __25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, El and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [141 LI 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] Li 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [161 -[29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] LI APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.0 If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Chancqe item #1 from Part I.Procedure EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization, outlines the Entergy ERO positions and responsibilities. Procedure EIP-2-01 8, TSC Support Center, was revised in revision 33 to implement the Fleet Standard ERO and was previously evaluated under a 1OCFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/6/2010. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations, which delineates the operation of the TSC based on the positions and responsibilities within EN-EP-801. This proposed procedure revision revises the site procedure to work in concert with the fleet procedure. Site Procedure EIP-2-01 8 will address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-610. Existing RBS facilities and equipment continue to be maintained and there are no changes to any intent in procedure actions. Timing requirements for augmentation and facility operability are also unchanged. Process discussion: RBS currently uses the same processes reflected in the fleet procedure position checklists and position binders. A review of the RBS Emergency Plan commitments was performed against the fleet TSC procedure and EIP-2-01 8. Fleet procedure information was supported with site specific information as necessary to ensure site-specific Emergency Plan requirements and associated processes were retained. Therefore, changes to the location of the description of emergency response processes were made (changed to fleet procedure or retained in site-specific EIP), but no changes to the emergency response processes addressed by 10CFR50.47(b) planning standards themselves were made.Summary:* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* Some ERO responsibilities have been relocated to align with EN-EP-610.

• The description, activation and operation of the TSC as described in the RBS Emergency Plan have not been changed.* All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.
• This change does not alter the TSC structure, organization or location.The proposed revision to the site Technical Support Center (TSC) Procedure EIP-2-018 and incorporating the use of fleet Technical Support Center (TSC) Procedure EN-EP-610 does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description,'facilities, equipment or a process. This proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 100FR50.54(q)

SCREENING SHEET 5 OF 6 Procedure/Document Number: Revision: EIP-2-01 8 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center BASIS FOR CONCLUSION (Continued) Changqe Item # 2 This change to remove the Emergency Director capabilities from the TSC and relocate this function to the Main Control Room was previously reviewed under a 10CFR50.54(q) evaluation for RBS Emergency Plan, Revision 42, which will be implemented on the same day as this revision. The evaluation determined that there was no reduction in effectiveness due to this change. Therefore, this proposed change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities, equipment or a process. This proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Changqe items # 3 and 4. Revised release definition to remove 'due to the classified event' and also removed 'no release' as a release characterization. There are no changes to the current offsite notification procedure process with one exception associated with removing'no release' as an option with which to characterize releases from the site. With this change RBS will still provide to local organizations emergency messages which contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected populations, and whether protective measures are necessary. This change is in alignment with NRC RIS 2002-16 and has been agreed to by both State and local officials. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are still capable of alerting them of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. This change was evaluated under a 1 0CFR50.54(q) evaluation for EIP-2-020 Revision 39. Therefore, this proposed change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities, equipment or a process. This proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan.No further evaluation is required for this change.Changqe Item # 5 -This change was previously reviewed under a 10OCFR50.54(q) evaluation for the Emergency Plan Revision 42, which will be implemented on the same day as this revision. The proposed change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities, equipment or a process. This proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation required for this change.Changqe Item # 7 -Attachment 15, Step 2- -Added additional guidance from EIP-2-020, Emergency Operations Facility for placing the EOF ventilation in emergency mode.Previous guidance directed the TSC Maintenance Coordinator to refer to EIP-2-020 for placing the EOF ventilation in the emergency mode. This enhancement places those applicable steps in Attachment 15 of this procedure.. This prevents the Maintenance Coordinator from using multiple procedures to complete this task.This proposed change is an enhancement and therefore does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities, equipment or a process. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Change Item #8 -This change to revise Section 1, Purpose is addressed under Change #1.EN-EP-305 REV 3 A'I-ACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 6 OF 6 Procedure/Document Number: Revision: EIP-2-O1 8 38 EN-EP-61 0 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station ,Title: Technical Support Center Part VI. Signatures: Preparer Name (Print) Preparer Signature Date: (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Duane White 1/19/2016 Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) Approver Signature Date: EP manager or designee EN-EP-305 REV 3 REFERENCE USE-SW ENTERGY RIVER BEND) STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*EMERGENCY OPERA TIONS FACILITY PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-020 REVISION NUMBER: *39 Effective Date:

• 1/27/16 NOTE : SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*IND4JEXING INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE .........................................................................................

2 2 REFERENCES.................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITION S.................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................. 4 5 GEINERAL......................................................................................... 5 6 PROCEDURE ............................................................... ...................... 5 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................. 7 ATTACHMENT 1 -EMERGENCY DIRECTOR................................................... 8 ATTACHMENT 2 -EOF MANAGER.............................................................. 12 ATTACHMENT 3 -ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR................... 17 ATTACHMENT 4 -RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR...................... 21 ATTACHMENT 5 -PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON........................................ 25 ATTACHMENT 6 -DOSE ASSESSOR............................................................ 26 ATTACHMENT 7 -OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ......................................... 28 ATTACHMENT 8 -BOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ...................................... 30 ATTACHMENT 9- -OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR .............................................. 32 ATTACHMENT 10 -TECHNICAL ADVISOR.................................................... 36 ATTACHMENT 11 -EOF COMMUNICATOR ................................................... 37 ATTACHMENT 12 -LOG KEEPER............................................................... 38 ATTACHMENT 13 -LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON ................................................. 39 ATTACHMENT 14 -OFFSITE LIAISON ......................................................... 40 ATTACHMENT 15 -SIREN SYSTEM OPERATION ........................................... 41 ATTACHMENT 16 -ORGANIZATIONAL CHART............................................. 43 ATTACHMENT 17 -EOF FLOOR PLAN ......................................................... 44 ATTACHMENT 18 -PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS ....................... 45 EJP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 1 OF 50 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides site specific instructions for activation, operation, and relocation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations is the primary procedure to reference for EOF activation and operations. 2 REFERENCES 2.1 RPP-0006, Radiological Surveys 2.2 RP-104, Personnel Decontamination Event 2.3 EIP-2.-012, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.4 EIP-2-0 14, Offsite Radiological Monitoring 2.5 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.6 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.7 EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision and Approval 2.8 Institute of Nuclear Power Operations (INPO) Resource Manual 2.9 EIP-2-001, Classification of Emergencies 2.10 EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Augmentation

-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.2 Habitable

-For the purpose of this procedure, the term habitable is based solely on radiological conditions, however, the EOF Manager may declare the facility uninhabitable based on other conditions.

3.3 Rapidly

Progressing Severe Accident (RPSA)-A General Emergency with rapid loss of containment integrity (emergency action levels indicate containment loss) and loss of ability to cool the core.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 2 OF 50 EW-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 2 OF 50

3.4 Radiological

Release -For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment. The release characterization should be further defined when communicating to offsite agencies to characterize whether or not the release is below or above Technical Specification limits. Indicate the appropriate release characterization on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms.3.4.1. Release BELOW federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.4.2. Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.4.3. Effluent Technical Requirements Manual 1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point OR 2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO.Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005).' OR 3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments.

3.5 Short

Notification Message Form (SNMF) -Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary. EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 3 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 3 OF 50 3.6 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) -Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do no__t require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.4 RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 Emergency

Director: 4.1.1. Provide overall management of River Bend station (RB S)response activities. The Emergency Director has the authority to immediately and unilaterally initiate all emergency actions.4.1.2. Assess and classifyj emergency conditions. 4.1.3.' Provide notifications and make protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.

4.1.4. Coordinate

RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.

4.1.5. Ensures

that offsite radiological conditions are projected and monitored.

4.1.6. Authorize

issuance of KI and radiation exposure in excess of 0 CFR 20 limits for ERO members outside of the protected area.4.1.7. Authorize press releases.4.1.8. Establish a Recovery Organization.

4.1.9. Terminate

the emergency. 4.2 EOF Manager -Ensure that the EOF is activated, ensure that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that EOF staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure. EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 4 OF 50 5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 16, Emergency Operations Facility Organization Chart, is a typical makeup for the EOF.5.2 Attachment 17, Emergency Operations Facility Floor Plan, is a typical setup for the EOF.5.3 The EOF may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency,, or General Emergency declaration. Once activated, the EOF shall become operational as soon as possible after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. When facility minimum staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. Otherwise, it is the goal to become operational in 90 minutes.6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented in the attachments is recommended. Report any actions unable to complete, equipment issues, or problems to EOF Manager for resolution and/or determining facility operational status.6.1 Emergency Director 6.1.1. The Emergency Director should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. 6.2 EOF Manager.6.2.1. The EOF Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.

6.3 Administration

(Admin) & Logistics Coordinator 6.3.1. The Administration & Logistics Coordinator should use Attachment 3 as a guideline. EIP-2-O20 REV -39 PAGE 5 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 5 OF 50

6.4 Radiological

Assessment Coordinator 6.4.1. The Radiological Assessment Coordinator should-use Attachment 4 as a guideline.

6.5 Public

Information Liaison 6.5.1. The Public Information Liaison should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. 6.6 Dose Assessor 6.6.1. The Dose Assessor should use Attachment 6 as a guideline.

6.7 Offsite

Team Coordinator 6.7.1. The Offsite Team Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline. 6.8 EOF Habitability Technician 6.8.1.. The EOF Habitability Technician should use Attachment 8 as a guideline.

6.9 Offsite

Communicator 6.9.1. The Offsite Communicator should use Attachment 9 as a guideline. 6.10 Technical Advisor 6.10.1. The Technical Advisor should use Attachment 10 as a guideline. 6.11 EOF Communicator 6.11.1. The EOF Communicator should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. 6.12 Log Keeper 6.12.1. The Log Keeper should use Attachment 12 as a guideline. 6.13 Offsite Monitoring Teams 6.13.1. The Offsite Monitoring Teams should use EIP-2-014 as a guideline. REV -39 PAGF, 6 OF 50 Ti'TP~Xfl~fl T~EV -3Q PAGE 6 OF 50 6.1I4 Lead Offsite Liaison 6.14.1. The Lead Offsite Liaison should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. 6.15 Offsite Liaison 6.15.1. The Offsite Liaison general guidance is contained in Attachment 14.7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1-15 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF)per EPP 100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-O2O REV = 39 PAGE 7 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 7 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 4 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ACTIVATION Date: ___Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. ___SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Emergency Director has the authority to immediately and unilaterally initiate all emergency actions.1: If decision is made to relocate the EOF, implement the Relocation Actions portion of this checklist. NOTE Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of the declaration of a General Emergency or data availability which require upgrading the PARs.PARs 2. Using Attachment 18, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data, meteorological conditions and plant conditions. Unnecessary evacuation of the public is NOT considered a conservative decision. Do NO__T.recommend a PAR change that would direct shelter or monitor and prepare of an area (PAS) that has already been recommended for evacuation. CAUTION Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) require containment venting at specified pressures and hydrogen concentrations, regardless of offsite consequences.

3. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting. As appropriate and time permitting, other Considerations for containment venting include:* Notifyt JIC, States and Parishes about any venting and any expected PAR changes.* How will altering the venting start time affect offsite doses due to containment radioactivity buildup\decay?

EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 8 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE8OF5O ATTACHMENT 1; PAGE 2 OF 4 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR.* Will the release be a puff, series of puffs or continuous and what is the expected duration(s)?

• Would the population-at-risk be able to evacuate before plume reaches them?* Are the winds variable or expected to change and affect areas where protective actions are NOTQ in place?* Are there any special interest groups or facilities to consider?4. Review and discuss protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the appropriate personnel and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison Officer, if available.

If State representatives have not yet arrived, recommendations to the local authorities shall not be delayed.5. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes. Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs.6. Using Attachment 18, revise based on plant conditions, dose projections, field monitoring data and meteorological conditions when advised by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Technical Advisor.7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE. or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure the LDEQ Liaison is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 9 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 4 EMERGENCY .DIRECTOR TERMINATION

1. Coordinate with the Emergency Plant Manager on terminating the emergency in accordance with the following criteria: ALERT -Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following have been accomplished:

1. The plant is in a stable condition.

2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists SALE/GE -Terminate the emergency when the SALE/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:

1. The reactor is shutdown, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is , available.

2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been tenminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.

4. The State of Louisiana, the local Parishes and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.

2. Notify the NRC via NRC ENS line and offsite authorities using a notification message form of the emergency termination.

3. When a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 10 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 4 OF 4 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Direct the EOF Manager to perform relocation actions and proceed to the AEOF___prior to releasing the EOF staff. Turnover of responsibilities is to be in accordance with EN-EP-609.

2. Inform the parishes, the states of Louisiana and Mississippi, and the NRC that ___the EOF staff will be relocating to the AFOF and all communication will be directed from.3. If relocation is due to conditions other than radiological conditions, direct the ___EOF staff to relocate directly to the Alternate EOF.4. If relocation is due to radiological conditions, direct the EOF staff to relocate to ___*the AFOF through the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 11 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1OF 5 EOF MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Periodically announce that no eating, drinking, or chewing is allowed until ___habitability is determined.

3. Obtain status of EOF radiological habitability firom Radiological Assessment

__Coordinator and advise Emergency Director of status. Other considerations may include environmental conditions, loss of power or other conditions which may impede operation of the facility.4. Make announcement when the EOF is determined to be habitable. __5. If the EOF is not habitable, direct EOF staff to implement the Relocation Actions __on their checklists, as appropriate.

6. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the activation portion of their __checklists except for steps noted below and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities. (See section 5.3 -EOF Operational Goal is 45 or 90 minutes.)Emergency Classification Time: ____+ (45 or 90) _____EOF Operational Goal Time MINIMUM STAFFING: a. Emergency Director b. EOF Manager (Except for steps 5 & 6)c. Radiological Assessment Coordinator

d. Dose Assessor e. Technical Advisor f. Offsite Communicator

7. Inform the Emergency Director that the EOF is ready to be declared operational.

__SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. If the emergency is due to a hostile action against the plant, direct the Administrative & Logistics Coordinator to ensure that operations, security and radiation protection liaisons have been dispatched to the WF Parish Incident Command Post (ICP). Direct that an additional security liaison be dispatched to the EOF to establish communications with the ICP.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 12 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 5 EOF MANAGER SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)NOTE Noti~fications to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 1_5 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)change using the Short Notifcation Message Form (SNrMF).NOTE All Notifi cation Message Forms must be reviewed and approved by the Emergency Director.2. Conduct a PAR Call following each PAR issuance a. When all parish Directors or Assistant Directors, the Operations Officer at the State Emergency Operations Center (GOHSEP), and the LDEQ Liaison, if available, are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement.

b. Record scenario number each parish will implement on the PAR Verification Checklist provide by Offsite Communicator.

c. Obtain siren sounding time from the Operations Officer and record on PAR Verification Checklist.

d. If requested by a parish agency that RBS sound their sirens, then direct the EOF Communicator to do so using Attachment 15 at the agreed upon siren sounding time.3. Evaluate the need for retaining personnel relocating from the TSC.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 13 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 5 EOF MANAGER RELOCATION ACTIONS Date:____Actions Completed Initials 1. Obtain the Alternate EOF (AEOF) access package from the EOF key box.___2. Ensure EOF Staff is aware of route to Alternate EOF following direction___

from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.

3. Proceed to the Alternate EOF.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 14 OF 50 ATTACH4MENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 5 EOF MANAGER LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM 1. THIS IS RIVER BEND STATION WITH MESSAGE NUMBER____

2. A. TIME ____DATE______B.

COMMUNICATOR:___________C. TEL NO. _____3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION: A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERN INAE B. El ALERT 0.0[ GENERAL EMERGENCY 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION El DECLARATiON El TERMI AIN TIME:______DATE:_____ VllNATED 5. RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. El No Protective Actions Recommended at this time (Go to item 6).B. El Evacuate ____________________________________________ C. El Monitor and Prepare 0. El Shelter 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTIONIUPDATEICOMMENTS:___________________________________________________________

7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN?

El NO El YES TIME:__- __8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: El NOT AVAILABLE AT THIS TIME (Go to item 9)A. Wind Direction FROM ________Degrees at____________MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R).C. Stability Class (A-G)D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other_____

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. El A RELEASE is occunring BELOW federally approved operating limits B. El A RELEASE is occunring ABOVE federally approved operating limits 10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. El Radioactive Gases B. El Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. El Radioactive Liq 11. RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES ________Cl/s B. IODINES___

12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE: A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant Data B. TEDE -WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. CDE -THYROID DOSE DATE: _______luids (Go to item 13)Ci/s COMMITMENT (mRem)5 miles Site Boundary 5 miles Site Boundary 13.14.2 miles ____ ___ 10 miles_______

MESSAGE APPROVED BY:____________ MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: ____________ 2 miles ____ ___ 10 miles_______ TITLE: ____________ TITLE: ____________ EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 15 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 5 OF 5 EOF MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF MANUAL METHOD INFORMRiver Bend and Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages sequentially Line 1' until the emergency is terminated. S 2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission. 2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted. Line 2 2B Comm: Enter facility name. 2B Comm.: Enter facility name 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hotline" unless alternate... method is being used, then enter alternate method. method is being used, then enter alternate method.Line 3 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, check Check appropriate classification or terminated.

"terminated".

• Line 4 Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination."termination" and enter termination time/date.

Enter time/date of emergency declaration or termination. Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been recommended, Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been recommended, Line 5 select appropriate protective actions and indicate scenario indicate the scenario number. May add information as... number. May add information as necessary, necessary. .. : Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Enter description from Short Form. May add information as Line 6 1 necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors, necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.Line 7 Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should be*obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date. obtained from Operations. If yes, enter the time/date. ,; ,Meteorological data for Lines 8A-C is available on ERIS and Meteorological data for Lines 8A-C is available on ElRiS and in the Control Room and Meteorological Tower. printers in the Control Room and Meteorological Tower.iLine 8 SA -Enter wind direction (from) and speed. 8A -Enter wind direction (from) and speed.S B -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according to 8B -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according~to the S the current wind direction, current wind direction. S.: C -Enter stability class. 8C -Enter stability class.S:: D -Check appropriate box. 8D -Check appropriate box....Determine release characterization. Determine release characterization. S 9A/B Check A or B as appropriate. When checking A or B 9A/B Check A or B as appropriate. When checking A or*complete lines 10, 11 and 12. B complete lines 10, 11 and 12.Line 9_________,__________ Lin 1 Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core damage, Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core damage, Ln 1 *check 10OA for airborne release. If there is clad damage or fuel check 1 0A for airborne release. If there is clad damage or fuel S melt, check 10A & l0B for airborne release. If the release is a melt, check 10A & 10B for airborne release. If the release is* liquid release, check 10C. a liquid release, check 10C.Line 11 Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec. Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in uCi/sec.These rates must be converted to Ci/sec. These rates must be converted to Ci/sec.* 12A Enter number of hours used and method used in dose 12A Enter number of hours used and method used in dose'Line 112 calculation, calculation." *"12B Obtain from URI/RASCAL results. 12B Obtain from URI/RASCAL results.Line 13 Enter Emergency Director's name and "ED" as title. ED must Enter Emergency Director's name and "ED" as title. ED must_____ review and approve NMFs prior to transmission, review and approve NMFs prior to transmission. Line !4, Leave blank. For use by parishes. Leave blank. For use by parishes.EIP-2-02O REV -39 PAGE 16 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE16OF5O ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1OF 4 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Identify any EOF position not filled and report results to EOF Manager.3. Obtain plant daily report and distribute as necessary.

4. Ensure EOF Access List is available.

__SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Contact personnel to fill any vacant EOF positions.

2. Contact the TSC Manager in the TSC concerning any personnel injuries.3. Obtain requested personnel resources to assist with the emergency.

4. After the EOF becomes operational, establish EOF access security controls.a. Position and operate doors per the posted instructions at EOF west inner door.b. Lock EOF east entrance (TC 100-19) and post sign to use west entrance.c. Emergency Director or BOF Manager must approve EOF entry for anyone not on the access list. NRC and LDEQ personnel should present their credentials as authorization to enter the EOF. Notify EOF Manager when any outside agencies enter the EOF.5. Verify the NRC FTS 2001 phones have a dial tone. Report any problems to the NRC Operations Center using a commercial phone and the numbers listed on the NRC phone.6. Contact the hospital for current information on injured personnel, as applicable.

Keep the EOF Manager informed of status.7. Assist in obtaining drawings and procedures as needed. The simulator documents may be used.8. Develop long-term staffing rotation list: a. Establish a 24 hour ERO staffing schedule, excluding the JIC. Obtain MCR, TSC, and OSC staffing from TSC IT Specialist. Once schedule is complete, obtain approval from EOF Manager.b. If PARs have been issued, discuss recommended routes with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC).c. Contact the individuals on the rotation list and inform them of the time they are scheduled to report and the proper route to be taken.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 17 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 4 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)i 9. Coordinate assistance from the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) using the phone or Corporate Hot Line. Use the INPO Emergency Resources Manual as a reference.

10. Coordinate assistance for personnel, equipment, supplies, food, lodging, travel, and.communications, as necessary.

Maintain a list of requests and estimated response times. If PARs have been issued, obtain recommended routes and staging areas from the RAC and arrange for Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) access through the Lead Offsite Liaison to the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs).11. Coordinate with RAC, TSC Security and Maintenance Coordinator as necessary to get personnel, equipment and materials onsite and in Security Owner Controlled area or Protected area, as appropriate.

12. Coordinate monetary matters through the Corporate Emergency Center. Assistance may be requested from Corporate Business Services.13. Obtain list of materials, supplies, and contractors that may be required for recovery from EOF and TSC personnel.

14. If directed, place ventilation system in the Emergency Mode. For ventilation activation:

a. Obtain master key from EOF key box.b. Place ventilation switch in Room TC 300-06 in emergency position.c. Go to Room TC 3 00-09 (Mechanical Equipment Room), and verify that valve "A" is closed and valve "B" is open.d. Leave ventilation switch in emergency position.e. Inform Radiological Assessment Coordinator of ventilation system mode.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE. 18 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 4 ADMINISTRATION

& LOGISTICS COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Cornpleted Initials 1. Coordinate with EOF staff on documents necessary to support Alternate EOF __functions. Ensure documents are collected and transferred to the Alternate EOF.2. When directed, contact the East Baton Rouge Emergency Operations Center __(EOC) and request the notification of the Zachary Monitoring/Decontamination Station of personnel arriving and, if necessary, that a school bus be dispatched to the EOF to assist in the relocation.

3. Request an IT and Communication person to report to AEOF for assistance.

__EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 19 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 4 OF 4 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR-J EOF STAFFING LIST (Typical)Agenc/PostionPrinted Name or Signature Emergency Director E OF Manager _ _ _ _ _ _STechnical Advisor SOffsite Communicator SRadiological Assessment Coordinator Dose Assessor Ofisite Team Coordinator EOF Communicator Administration & Logistics Coordinator Log Keeper Public Information Liaison Lead Offsite Liaison RP Technician Habitability RP Technician (OMT)RP Technician (OMT)Chemistry Technician (OMT)Chemistry Technician (OMT)Offsite Liaison -West Feliciana Offsite Liaison -East Feliciana Offsite Liaison -Pointe Coup ee Offsite Liaison -East Baton Rouge Offsite Liaison -West Baton Rouge Offsite Liaison -State EOC-t-t-t-i-4-4-4 EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 20 OF 50 ELP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE 20 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Ensure the Dose Assessor is available and prepared to assume functional responsibilities.

NOTE The EOF may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys based on release conditions.

3. Provide habitability results to the EOF Manager and post EOF habitability status. Refer to EN-EP-609 for guidance.

__4. Inform the EOF Manager When the RAG and Dose Assessor checklists are ___completed and prepared to perform functional responsibilities. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. As required, ensure the distribution of direct reading dosimeters and DLRs to EOF personnel and announce the frequency at which individuals should read their dosiimeters.

2. As required, direct the establishment of an EOF contamination control point at the door outside the EOF Decontamination Facility (Door TC-300-17).

Provide direction on frisking requirements.

3. Using Attachment 18, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring, meteorological conditions and plant conditions.

Unnecessary evacuation of the public is NO...T considered a conservative decision.4. Discuss the PARs with the Emergency Director (ED) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison, if available, including the basis and reasoning used to arrive at the PARs.5. Provide the PAR scenario number for the Short Notification Message Form 6. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmittal. EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 21 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE 21 0F50 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)7. If containment radiation monitors are not available to assess source term for dose assessment, containment venting or PARs, use RPP-.0098 and/or plant conditions (i.e., water level, time core uncovered, etc.) to estimate containment dose rates.8. After initial PAR implementation, use Attachment 18 to keep the ED informed on PAR changes based on plant conditions, dose projections, field monitoring data and meteorological conditions, including wind shifts. Obtain NWS forecast from Dose Assessor.9. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into RBS.10. If doses_> 1 rem TEDE or >5 remn CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate. Inform the ED and the LDEQ Liaison of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.11. Evaluate the need for EOF or offsite team personnel to exceed 10OCFR20 limits or the need for the use of Potassium Iodide (KI) in accordance with EIP-.2-.012, Radiation Exposure Controls. Obtain the Emergency Director's authorization as necessary.

12. Make arrangements with environmental services for analysis of environmental samples taken by offsite monitoring teams.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 22 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Cornpleted Initials 1. Coordinate with the OSC the control of oftsite monitoring teams. A __Radiation Protection Technician or Chemistry Technician can assume control or if desired, the EOF Offsite Team Coordinator can remain to control offsite monitoring teams until the AEOF is established.

2. Transfer overall responsibility for dose assessment to the Shift Manager. __3. If communicating on NRC H{PN, transfer HPN responsibilities to the Shift __Manager and notify NRC of transfer.4. Review radiological and meteorological information and provide directions to the __staff relocating to the Alternate EOF. A suggested route to the Zachary Monitoring/Decontamination Station and the Alternate EOF is shown on Page 4.Ensure that the EOF staff have DLRs and direct reading dosimeters prior to relocating to the Alternate EOF, if radiological release above federally approved operating limits is in progress.5. Ensure that the EOF Habitability Technician obtains survey meters and the ___DLR Tracking Log for transport to the Alternate EOF.6. Direct the EOF Habitability Technician to perform a sweep of the EOF __and Training Center to verify that all personnel have evacuated the building prior to relocating and send the Technician to the Alternate EOIF or Zachary Monitoring/

Decontamination Station.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 23 OF 50 EIP-2-02E) REV-39 PAGE23OF5O ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 4 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Directions from River Bend Station to the Zachary Fire Department Decontamination Station 1. Turn right (south) onto UJS-61 S toward Baton Rouge. Continue to follow US-61 5. (10.8 miles)2. Turn left onto Mt Pleasant-Zachary Rd/LA-64 E. Continue to follow LA-64 E. (5.6 miles)3. The Zachary Fire Department is on the left at 4525 MAIN ST.Directions from River Bend Station to the Alternate / Entergy RBS Backup Emergeney Operations Facility (5564 Essen Lane. Baton RouIse)1. Turn right (south) onto UJS-61 S toward Baton Rouge. Continue to follow US-61 5. (19 miles)2. Merge onto 1-110 5 toward Baton Rouge. (8.7 miles)3. Take 1-10 E. (4.9 miles)4. Merge right onto Essen LnILA-3064 W via EXIT 160. (1 mile)5. The Entergy Building is on the right at 5564 ESSEN LN.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 24 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1lOFi1 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Attempt to contact a JIG representative and determine activation status.___

3. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities and __JiG status.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Determine operability of FAX machine.2. Inform EOF Manager when JIG is operational and prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

3. Establish contact with JIG Technical Advisor or Press Release Writer.4. Keep JIG provided with current plant status and any injuries.5. Ensure classification upgrades, PAR upgrades and siren sounding times are communicated to Company Spokesperson to ensure media briefings are accurate.6. Obtain information to address rumors received by JIG.RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ___Actions Completed Initials 1. When directed by the EOF Manager to relocate, turnover responsibilities to __the Shift Manager.2. Notify EOF Manager and Company Spokesperson when responsibilities are __turned over.3. Relocate as directed by EOF Manager. __EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 25 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1OF 2 DOSE ASSESSOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials NOTE: If the Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) or meteorological tower information is unavailable in the facility, have Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RA C) request an individual from the OSC be dispatched to the Control Room to relay data. The onsite hotline or other means of communication may be used to relay this information and values may also be obtained from an ERIS computer..

1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Dose assessment program is running.3. DRMS values for performing dose calculations can be obtained.

__4. Meteorological data for perfonming dose calculations can be obtained. __5. Inform the RAG when prepared to perform functional responsibilities. __Alternate methods may be used, as necessary. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Determine if any DRMS or meteorological parameters used in dose calculations are in a Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO) and their limitations.

2. Call the National Weather Service to obtain weather forecast.3. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations.

Provide 'the results to the RAG.4. Check operability of the Onsite Hotline by calling the TSC at 102.., 5. Verify the operability of the backup dose assessment computer, as time permits.Place the LapTop computer battery on charge.6. Provide DRMS data to the RAG.ELP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 26 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 OF 2 DOSE ASSESSOR 7. As directed, convert offsite monitoring team dosimeter readings to TEDE and provide results to the RAG for evaluation.

8. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or >5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20 and 25 miles, as appropriate.

Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors: These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".Radiation Dose at 15 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 n~iles --dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although CDE Thyroid will normally be the dominant factor.RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials_1. Turn over dose assessment functions to the Shift Manager.2. Obtain backup dose assessment computer and charger to transport to the Alternate BOF (AEOF).EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 27 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1OF 2 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials.1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS NOTE Offsite teams are expected to report in 75 minutes and be ready for deployment as soon as possible but no later than 90 minutes following notifcation.

1. Ensure offsite teams complete applicable attachment of EIP-2-012 in regards to the administration of potassium iodide (KI), if directed to take KI.2. Dispatch offsite monitoring teams. Even though it is NOT required at an Alert emergency classification, it is a good practice to assess radiological conditions near the site boundary to verify whether or not a release has occurred.3. Check the operability of the Offsite Monitoring Team radio. The radio check includes two portable radios, as well as, the vehicle's mobile radio for each of the monitoring teams.4. Record the Offsite Monitoring Teams's location and readings on the status board.5. Keep track of Offsite Monitoring Team radiation exposures.

If any member reaches 1 R on their dosimeter, notify the RAC immediately. Direct the Dose Assessor to convert the readings to TEDE and evaluate as follows: a. When a Team Member's dosimeter reading reaches 1 R, immediately convert to TEDE and evaluate.b. If converted TEDE is greater than 5 rem, obtain a whole body count as soon as practical to confirm calculated TEDE, and consider replacing the individual on the Team.c. If confirmed TEDE is greater than 5 rem, inform Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) of overexposure for NRC notification (10OCFR20). EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 28 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 2 OF 2 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Comnpleted Initials 1. Turn over control of offsite teams to the OSC. __2. Inform the offsite teams when control has been transferred.

3. Inform the RAC when turnover is completed and report to AFOF as directed.

__ELP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 29 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1 OF 2 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION Date: _ ___Actions Completed Initials 1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use. __2. Perform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys in accordance with __RPP-0006 or applicable attachments of EIP-2-014 to ensure that the EOF is habitable. Report survey results to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAG).3. Inform the RAG when prepared to perform functional responsibilities. __SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. As directed, distribute direct reading dosimeters and issue DLRs using page 3.2. Establish a contamination control point outside of door TC-300-17, as directed.3. Perform periodic habitability surveys mn EOF.4. Decontaminate individuals as required in accordance with RP-104.5. Perform tasks as directed by the RAC. This may include manning the NRC HPN line.6. Keep the RAC informed ofall activities. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Completed Initials.1. Sweep the EOF and Training Center to ensure that all personnel have __evacuated.

2. Bring survey instruments and DLR Tracking Log to the Alternate EOF (ABOF). __EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 30 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE300F5O ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 2 OF 2 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN DLR Tracking Log (Typical)Date: DLR# Name(Last, First, MI) Print SSN Returned EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 31 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Check operability of the following communications equipment:

a) State and Local Hotline, call the State Emergency Operations Center ___(Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)) at 361.b) Civil Defense Radio, call GOHSEP. __c) IINFORM Computer __3. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities. __SUB SEOUENT ACTIONS NOTES Notification to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR)change using the Short Notifi cation Message Form (SNMF).1. Verify NMFP receipt with State and local authorities. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (p age 3) for each message sent.2. If an agency has not received the message, obtain message receipt verification from the other agencies. If FAX is available, fax the message to the agency which did not receive the message and verify receipt.3. If the message is still not received, read it to the agency (s), line by line over the Hot Line or by commercial phone. Use Civil Defense radio if Hot Line or phones are not available.

4. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 32 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR

5. When PARs are issued: a. Call the State EOC (GOHSEP) and Parish EOCs on State/Local Hotline and inform them that you will call them back in 5 minutes for PAR confirmation.

b. After five minutes, contact Louisiana and the five Parish EOCs. Using page 4, verify that the Director or the Assistant Director for all Parishes and the Operations Officer at State EOC are on the Hotline.c. When verified, request the EOF Manager and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the EOF.Manager the PAR Verification Checklist.

6. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the Emergency Director.Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist.

7. Upon termination of the emergency, notify, State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form.RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Transfer the responsibility for communications with State and local __authorities to the Shift Manager.ELP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 33 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 3 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.MESSAGE #MSG. REC'D (Y/N/NA)FACILITY La. Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ)(M-F -8AM to 4PM only)Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)(M-F -8AM to 4PM only)GOHSEP after hours numbers West Feliciana Parish (WFP)East Feliciana Parish (EFP)Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP)East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP)West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP)Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (MEMA)Mississippi Highway Patrol (MIIP)At a General Emergency, Parish EOCs and State EOC Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call Message Verified ____________________

YES NO NA Communicator Signature / KCN Time/Date EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 34 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 4 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Scenario # Recommended: _____Date:_____ Communicator verifes that correct individuals are on the Hotline by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The EOF Manager will verify approved scenario and initial the form..(OHSEP -Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness) WEST FELICIANA PARISH: Manager Initial On Line Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director______ APPROVED SCENARIO #________EAST FELICLANA PARISH: Director (OHSEP)_ _ _ _ _ _Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #________POINTE COUPEE PARISH: Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #________WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director______ APPROVED SCENARIO #________EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP) _____Assistant Director _____APPROVED SCENARIO #________STATE OF LOUISIANA State EOC Operations Officer______ Siren Sounding Time: _____EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 35 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGEl1OFi1 TECHNICAL ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

2. Check operability of ERIS monitor.3. If ERIS is inoperable, obtain plant parameters from the Control Room. __4. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities.

__SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Follow EOPs/SAPs and keep Emergency Director informed of status.RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Inform the Shift Manager of the transfer to the Alternate EOF (AEOF). __EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 36 OF 50 EOF COMMUNICATOR

• ATTAChM ENT 11 PAGE 1lOFt1 Actions Completed Initials ACTIVATION Date: 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

SUB SEOUENT ACTIONS 1. If requested by the EOF Manager to sound a parish's sirens, then use Attachment 15.RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Assist EOF Manager as needed.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 37 OF 50 LOG KEEPER Date: ATTACHMENT 12 PAGEl1OFi1 Actions Completed Initials ACTIVATION 1.2.3.4.Refer to EN-EP-609. Check headset operability. Turn on available projectors and displays.Update status boards and/or displays with information SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: Actions Completed Initials 1. Assist EOF staff in gathering material to be transferred to the Alternate EOF (AEOF).EIIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 38 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 13 PAGEl1OFi1 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. SUB SEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Report status of Offsite Liaisons to EOF Manager.2 Obtain contact information from Offsite Liaisons and fll in names on EOF sign in list.3. Obtain information fr~om Resource Data Book, as necessary. RELOCATION ACTIONS Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. When directed by the EOF Manager to relocate, turnover responsibilities to __TSC Communicator or AEOF.2. Notify EOF Manager and Offsite Liaisons when responsibilities are turned over. __3. Relocate as directed by EOF Manager. __EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 39 OF 50 ATTACIIMENT 14 PAGEl1OFi1 OFFSITE LIAISON The Offsite Liaison reports to their assigned Parish or State Emergency Operation Center (EOC) and performs the responsibilities listed in their EOC position binder.EIP-2-02O REV -39 PAGE 40 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE400F5O ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 2 SIREN SYSTEM OPERATION Actions Completed Initials Actions to verify system is operational:

1. Verify Siren Control Unit (Remote Control Panel) has power by observing white LED Test button (power light) is lit.___2. Verify siren radio has power and is on channel 01.___3. Verify, siren computer has power.___NOTE If any of the above components do not have power, then the sirens will not be able to be sounded from the EQE if requested by the parishes.In that instance they will have to be activated by the Main Control Room.Actions to sound sirens if requested by parish agency: 1. Obtain RBS Siren Control Unit key from EOF key box.___2. Insert RBS Siren Control Unit key into switch labeled ACTIVATE.___

3. Turn the ARM switch momentarily to the right. Switch will blink on and off.___4. Press the appropriate button (ex. ALL CALL, EBRP, EFP). The ARM switch will illuminate solid. The button pressed will blink on and off.___5. Momentarily turn the ACTIVATE key switch to the right. The button pressed will illuminate solid. Sirens will begin to sound.___NOTE While the siren Sounding is occurring (3 minute period), the lights on the Siren Control Unit will be lit and the computer map shaded red.Once the sounding is complete, the system will automatically perform a siren status request which will indicate ifany sirens failed to sound. During this time the "'Stat-Re q" light on the Siren Control Unit will be lit. This light will extinguish when the status request is complete.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 41 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 2 OF 2 SIREN SYSTEM OPERATION Actions Completed Initials Actions to obtain siren sounding results if requested by a parish agency: 1. After the status request is complete, observe the siren computer screen. Any failed ___sirens will be indicated by a RED triangle (A).2. Right click the computer mouse over the RED triangle to open a screen which will ___indicate the siren name (ex. WF-l18, EBR-5).3. If a siren has indicated failure, then notify the respective parish of the need to implement their backup route alerting steps for the public in the areas surrounding that siren. ___Actions to return the system to normal configuration:

1. Remove the RBS Siren Control Unit key from the ACTIVATE switch and store*in key box.EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 42 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1lOF 1 ORGANIZATIONAL CHART I i l i I* s * .I I I' Offsite Offsite I--II', Monitoring Monitoring

'.,' Team # 1 Team. #2 II I I Dose Assessment Team I........................................., , [ J' In Other Locations ', In EOF I REV -39 PAGE 43 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 17 PAGEl1OFi1 EOF FLOOR PLAN (TYPICAL)C PER SONNEL.: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 Emergency Director EOF Manager Technical Advisor Radiological Assessment Coordinator Dose Assessor Ol~site Team Coordinator L~og Keeper Admin & Logistics Coordinator Offsite Communicator EOF Communicator Public Informnation Liaison Lead Offsite Liaison Habitability Technician LD)EQ Senior Liaison LDEQ Accident Assmt Coord LDEQ Logistics Coordinator LDEQ Dose Assessment LDEQ Technical Logististics Coordinator LDEQ Field Monitoring Team Coordinato NI NRC Site Team Director N 16 NRC Deputy Site Team [Director N3 NRC Liaison L.eader N 14 NRC Technical Assessment Branch Leader N 14 NRC Reac~tor Safety Counterpart Link Commnunicator RSCL N6 NRC Security / Safeguards Communicator N7 NRC Technical Specialist -Public Information N8 NRC Protective Measures Branch Leader N9 NRC D~eputy Protective Measures Branch Leader N t01 NRC Protective Measures Specialist Nil1 NRC Dose Assessor N12 NRC Protective Measures Counterpart Link Communicator PMCL N 13 NRC Chronology / Documentation Communicator N 14 NRC Response Branch Leadter N14 NRC Informnation Technology Specialist N 14 NRC Chronology Documentation Leader r DOORS (A) TC300-06 (B) TC-3001-09 (C) TC-100-19 (D) TC-300-16 (E) TC-300-17 (F) TC-300-15 (G) TC-300-14 (H) TC-300-07 EOF LAYOUTr.CDR EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 44 OF 50 ETP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 44 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 1OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)Primary PAR Flow Chart NOTE: A Rapidly Progressing Severe Accident is a significant reactor event with immediate or General Emergency near-immediate offsite consequences that is Declared intended to be easily recognizable. IF unsure~on the criteria below, THEN assume that a Rapidly Progressing Severe Accident is no..t in progress.Isthis a LOSS of the containment fission product barrier as C aidyPontasinm eeen AAraioloica A RapidlyaProgressingoSeverenAccident Evacuate 2 mile radius NTAc Raid lyPoresntSvr Evacuate 10 miles downwind Recommend monitor and prepare Evacuate 2 mile radius remainder of 10 mile radius Evacuate 5 miles downwind Evacuate Schools, Institutions andReomnmniradpeae Recreation Areas 10 mile radius recmmende monitor andeprepare Bok2Evacuate Schools, Institutions and Continue to monitor for wind shifts or areas where EPA PAGs will be exceeded and adiust PAR as necessary. Refer to EIP-2-020 Subsequent PAR Guidance.EIP-2-020 EP200 REV -39 PAGE 45 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 2 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)BLOCK 1 EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND MONITOR AND PREPARE THE REMAINDER OF THE 10 MILE RADIUS. EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, AND RECREATION AREAS WITHIN 5 MILE RADIUS.Locate the wind direction to find the scenario number to use.DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 1 A R& B 191.26-213.75 1 B A& C 213.76-236.25 2 C B &D 236.26-258.75 3 D C & E 258.76-281.25 4 E D& F 281.26-303.75 4 F E &G 303.76-326.25 5 G F & H 326.26-348.75 5 H G & J 348.76-11.25 6 J H& K 11.26-33.75 7 K J& L 33.76-56.25 8 L K &M 56.26-78.75 8 M L& N 78.76-101.25 9 N M &P 101.26-123.75 10 P N& Q 123.76-146.25 10 Q P &R 146.26-168.75 10 R A EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 46 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 3 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)BLOCK 2 EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND MONITOR. AND PREPARE THE REMAINDER OF THE 10 MILE RADIUS. EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, AND RECREATION AREAS WITHIN 10 MILE RADIUS.Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use.DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 11 A R&B 191.26-213.75 12 B A& C 213.76-236.25 13 C B& D 236.26-258.75 14 D C & E 258.76-281.25 15 E D &F 281.26-303.75 16 F E &G 303 .76-326.25 17 G F & H 326.26-348.75 18 H G& J 348.76-11.25 19 J H& K 11.26-33.75 20 K J &L 33.76-56.25 21 L K& M 56.26-78.75 22 M L & N 78.76-101.25 23 N M& P 101.26-123.75 24 P N &Q 123.76-146.25 24 Q P & R 146.26-168.75 11 R. Q& A EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 47 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 4 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)Subsequent PAR Guidance 1. After initial PAR implementation changes in wind direction may change the PAR Scenario number.Before changing the PAR, consider current and projected plant conditions, dose projections and meteorological conditions in determining whether to stay with current PAR or issue a new PAR.Obtain updates on weather forecast from National Weather Service (NWS).2. Minimize the number of protective action areas (PAS) evacuated when issuing PARs. Do not recommend a PAR change that would cause an area (PAS) that has already been recommended for evacuation to shelter or monitor and prepare.3. IF an initial PAR has been issued due to declaration of a General Emergency an a new PAR is being considered based on a wind shift or for any other reason, THEN assess the following criteria in steps 3.1 and 3.2 or use the Subsequent PAR Flow Chart to determine whether the new PAR should be issued based on dose assessment or on plant conditions. NOTE: If a radiological assessment shows that an ongoing release or containment source term is not sufficient to cause exposures in excess of EPA protective action guidelines, then PARs should not be expanded based only on changes in wind direction. 3.1 If the condition described in A or B exists, then provide the new PAR as indicated by that condition and the current evacuated areas (PAS) using PAR Scenario Maps. If no other PAR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs). IF neither condition A nor condition B exists, THEN proceed to subsequent step 3.2.A. Radiological assessment shows EPA PAGs will be exceeded in the new area based on an actual release.B. A potential loss of the containment fission product barrier (per EALs) exists and containment source term indicates PAGs could be exceeded in the new area if a release were to start.3.2 WHEN step 3.1 does not apply: 3.2.1 IF_ any answer in 1 through 3 is "yes", THEN issue the new PAR Scenario number taking into account the new and current evacuated areas (PAS) using PAR Scenario Maps. If no other PAR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs).1. Are there continuing degraded or unknown adverse plant conditions that could , impact or cause additional core damage and containment failure (e.g., magnitude of source term, core not covered, and containment cooling degraded or unavailable)?

2. Unsure radiological release pathway is understood (e.g., ifiltered, non-ifitered, monitored, unmonitored with potential for release rate to increase, or potential for RCS leak to increase)?

EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 48 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 5 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)3. IF available, does off-site radiological data support the protective action recommendation methodology based on dose assessment?

4. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting.SNOTE: Controlled venting could affect an area beyond initial evacuation orders (e.g., five to ten miles downwind).I 4.1 Use the following criteria to determine the appropriate action for the controlled release of radioactive material from containment.

4.1.1 Dose assessment shows that the EPA protective action guidelines would be exceeded in the new affected area (PAS).4.1.2 There is assurance that the release is short term (1 hour or less).4.1.3 If time allows, contact parish officials of the new affected area (PAS) to determine whether the area can be evacuated prior to plume arrival.* Iffthe new affected area cannot be evacuated before the plume arrives, then recommend shelter for the newly affected area. Issue the previous PAR Scenario and include in the offsite notification message the protective actions (shelter) for the newly affected area (PAS).* If the new affected area can be evacuated prior to plume arrival, then recommend evacuation of the new affected area. Compare PAR Scenario maps to ensure the newly affected area is included. If it is not, then issue the previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message the protective actions (evacuation) for the newly affected area (PAS).4.2 If the release duration cannot be readily or accurately determined, and dose or plant conditions warrant, then evacuation should be recommended. EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 49 OF 50 ATTACHMENT 18 PAGE 6 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARS)SUBSEQUENT PAR FLOW CHART PAG -Protective Action Guideline (1 Remn TEDE or 5 Rein CDE Thyroid)PAS -Protective Action Section (I-18)General Emergency and PARs have been previously issued AND wind shift changes PAR Scenario number or dose assessment indicates a PAG is exceeded in a new PAS Do no._.t recommend the shelter or monitor and prepare of an evacuated PAS. Minimize evacuated areas (PAS).Ifra radiological assessment shows that an ongoing release or containment source term is not sufficient to cause Iexposures in excess of EPA protective action guidelines, then PARs should not be expanded based only on changes in wind direction. SCompare PAR Scenario maps for current and new evacuated areas (PAS).incudethenewaresS No PAR change evacuted (AS)?required IF THEN Radiological assessment shows EPA PAGs will be exceeded i Issue PAR Scenario to include previously in the new area based on an actual release i evacuated areas and new areas (PAS). If no other PAR OR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then Potential loss of containment (per EALs) exists and containment issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite source term indicates PAGs could be exceeded in the new area notification message protective actions for new affected i fa release were to start. areas (PASs).4-SNo Unsure radiological releas and containment failure?(magnitude of source term, core not covered, andYE containment cooling degraded or unavailable) YES~Compare current and new evacuated areas (PAS) on PAR Scenario Maps and issue new PAR Scenario number as appropriate. IF no other PAR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in of~ite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs).EIP-2-020 REV -39 PAGE 50 OF 50 EIP-2-020 REV-39 PAGE500F5O ATTACHMENT 9.1 I OCFR5O.54fca) SCREENING ATTAC HM ENT 9. t 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING* ,f ......Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. This change issues fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations, Rev. 2 and revises site-specific RBS procedure EIP-2-020, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations, Rev. 39.Responsibilities common to both EN-EP-609 and EIP-2-020 were deleted from EIP-2-020 and retained in EN-EP-609.

2. Revised definition

3.6 Radiological

Release-From: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event.To: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment.

3. Revised release characterization contained in definition 3.6.From:" No release.Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.To: Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.4. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action; Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line 5C to Line 5D.5. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form Line 9A, D, and E to remove 'No Release' as release information characterization and to be consistent with change 3 above.6. Attachment 2 -Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option and to be consistent with change 3 above. Reordered remaining steps.7. Moved steps for placing EOF ventilation in Emergency Mode from the EOF Communicator (Attachment 11, step 1) to the Administrative and Logistics Coordinator (Attachment 3).8. Throughout procedure removL~d actions in support of Joint Information Center (JIC) habitability as the JIC will be relocated outside of the 10 mile EPZ when this procedure becomes effective.

9. EOF relocation steps as they pertain to transfer of responsibilities have been revised to align with EN-EP-609.

Command and control and will be transferred back to the Shift Manager instead of the Emergency Plant Manager in the TSC.10. Attachment 4 -Revised Note.,From: If NO release is occurring or has not previously occurred, the EOF and JIC may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys.To: The EOF may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys based on release conditions. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTAC HM ENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(a) SCREENING Sheet 2 of 6 Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? E-IYES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? NOTareuaionirextdar Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: complete Part Justification: El Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 01-f there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. El One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activty involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.El One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 5o.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part Vi.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change ElYES []NO 50,54(oD(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Justification: Enter cotnplete Part VI.Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, indluding program elements from NUREG-.0654/FEMA REP-i Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] El 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 El staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1] -3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] El 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] El 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] [6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [31 El EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations

7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. t4] U]8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of fl the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.

[5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt U]instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and [Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response U]organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] [13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the [plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] [15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support'emergency response. [8] [16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] [17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] [18. ,A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] [19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are [available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including [those for hostile action eve nts.[1 0]21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] [22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] [23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] [24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program [areas) is established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to devrelop, U]maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] [27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] [28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] [29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] [EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 4 of 6 EquipmentJFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for condlusion below and complete Part VI.0If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Chancqe items #1. 7. 8 and 9 Entergy ERO responsibilities are outlined in EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-020 rev. 33 as part of implementation of the Standard ERO and were previously evaluated under a 10OCFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/2/10. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations, which indudes those same ERO responsibilities. This proposed revision removes duplicate instructions from the EIP-2-020 for transition to the fleet procedure. EIP-2-020 is being maintained to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-609. Existing RBS facilities and equipment continue to be maintained. Regulatory requirements for the EOF (e.g. staffing time) remain unchanged. Habitability surveys of the JIC will no longer be required by EOF personnel as the JIC facility will be permanently located at the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness facility which is located outside of the 10 mile EPZ. The move of the JIC is reviewed under a 100FR50.54(q) evaluation for the Emergency Plan Revision 42.The responsibility related to emergency ventilation alignment was transferred from the EOF Communicator to the Administrative and Logistics Coordinator. These responsibilities will not affect the ability of the Administrative and Logistics Coordinator to perform functions currently assigned to the position. Transfer of responsibilities in the unlikely event the EOF is relocating its backup facility has been aligned with those contained in EN-EP-609. Process discussion: RBS currently uses the same process reflected in the fleet procedure of ERO position checklists and position binders. A review of the RBS Emergency Plan commitments was performed against the fleet EOF procedure and EIP-2-020. Fleet procedure information was supported with site specific information as necessary to ensure site-specific Emergency Plan requirements and associated processes were retained. Therefore, changes to the location of the description of emergency response processes were made (changed to fleet procedure or retained in site-specific EIP), but no changes to the emergency response processes addressed by 10CFR5O.47(b) planning standards themselves were made.Summary:* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* Some ERO responsibilities have been relocated to align with EN-EP-609.

• The description, activation and operation of the EOF as described in the RBS Emergency Plan has not been changed.* All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.

= This change does not alter the EOF structure, organization or location.The revision of the site Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) procedure (EIP-2-020) and incorporating the use of fleet Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Procedure (EN-EP-609) screens out. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for these changes Chanqe Items # 2 and 3. Revised release definition to remove "due to the dlassified event" and also removed "no release" as a release characterization. There are no changes to the current offsite notification procedure process with one exception associated with removing 'no release' as an option with which to characterize releases from the site.With this change RBS will still provide to local organizations emergency messages which contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected populations, and whether protective measures are necessary. This change is in alignment with NRC RIS 2002-16 and has been agreed to by both State and local officials. Procedures for notification of State and local oovernmental aaencies are still caoable of alertina... ............ ........ ..... r ..... ...EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTAC HM ENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations thenm of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for this change.Chanqe Item # 4. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action. Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line 5C to Line 5D. This change was previously evaluated by RBS under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 1213/14 as part of revision 38 of EIP-2-020. That 1OCFR50.54(q) determined the use of monitor and prepare was consistent with regulatory guidance and was not a reduction in effectiveness of Emergency Plan functions and could be incorporated without prior NRC approval. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for this change.Change Item # 5. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form Line 9A, D, and E to remove 'No Release'as release information characterization and to be consistent with change 2 above.Chancqe Item # 6. Attachment 2- Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option and to be consistent with change 3 above. Reordered remaining steps.Change 5 removes 'No release' from the typical form for the Long NMF and supporting lines D and E which relate to start and stop times of a release. Change 6 removes from the guidance on completion of the Long NMF the use of 'No Release'. The ability to perform notifications to State/Local agencies in a timely manner is not impacted by this change as notifications of emergency classification and Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) are still being made. The evaluation of the removal of 'No Release' is being performed as part of change #3 above. Changes 5 and 6 do not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for these changes.Chance Item #10. Attachment 4- Revised Note.From: If NO release is occurring or has not previously occurred, the EOF and JIC may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys.To: The EOF may be presumed to be radiologically habitable without conducting surveys based on release conditions, Habitability surveys of the JIC will no longer be required by EOF personnel as the JIC facility will be permanently located at the Govemnor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness facility which is located outside of the 10 mile EPZ. The relocation of the JIC was evaluated under a 10OCFR50.54(q) evaluation for the Emergency Plan Revision 42. The removal of 'no release is occurring or has not previously occurred" is to coincide with change 2 and 3 where the term "no release" has been deleted. In place of that statement, "based on release conditions" has been included for guidance in determining if the facility is habitable prior to surveys being performed. This proposed change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for these changes.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9,1 10CFRS0.54(q) SCREENING ASAhMeNt6 o .1 6 CRO5(qCENN Proedure6 ocuetfubrRviin EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Part VI. Signatures:________ Preparer Name (Print) ,7)f -Pr arrnature Date: (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) /eve'rinu 4 Date: N/A Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Duane Whitei ! II6'.// 1/13/2016 Nuclear EP Project Manager j/ 1 JJ fc)EP manager or designee ___----_-."_"__- EN-EP-305 REV 3 REFERENCE USE ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*AL TERNA TE EOF -A CTIVA TION AND TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS PROCEDURE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: Effective Date:*EIP-.2-022

• 31* 1/27/16 NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.*INDEXING INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE ............................................................................................

2 2 REFERENCES ...................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................... 4 5 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 5 6 PROCEDURE........................................................................................ 5 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 1 -EMERGENCY DIRECTOR..................................................... 8 ATTACHMENT 2 -EOF MANAGER............. ................................................... 11 ATTACHMENT 3 -ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR.................... 15 ATTACHMENT 4 -RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ...................... 18 ATTACHMENT 5 -PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON ......................................... 20 ATTACHMENT 6 -DOSE ASSESSOR.............................................................. 21 ATTACHMENT 7 -OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR........................................... 23 ATTACHMENT 8 -EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ........................................ 24 ATTACHMENT 9 -OFF SITE COMMUNICATOR................................................. 25 ATTACHMENT 10 -TECHNICAL ADVISOR..................................................... 29 ATTACHMENT i1 -EOF COMMUNICATOR.................... ................................. 30 ATTACHMENT 12 -LOG KEEPER ................................................................. 31!ATTACHMENT 13 -LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON................................................... 32 ATTACHMENT 14 -OFFSITE LIAISON ........................................................... 33 ATTACHMENT 15 -ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN.......34 ATTACHMENT 16 -PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS ........................ 36 ATTACHMENT 17- -PROMPT NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (SIREN) OPERATION........... 42 EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 1 OF 43 1 PURPOSE This procedure provides site specific instructions for activation and operation of the Alternate Emergency Operations Facility (AEOF). Entergy fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations is the primary procedure to reference for AEOF activation and operations. 2 -REFERENCES 2.1 EIP-2-0 12, Radiation Exposure Controls 2.2 EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations 2.3 EIP-2-028, Recovery 2.4 EPP-2-100, Procedure Review, Revision and Approval 2.5 EIP-2-OO01, Classification of Emergencies 2.6 EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Augmentation

-Actions taken to support onshift personnel or the Emergency Response Organization.

3.2 Rapidly

Progressing Severe Accident (RPSA)-A General Emergency with rapid loss of containment integrity (emergency action levels indicate containment loss) and loss of ability to cool the core.3.3 Radiological Release -For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment. The release characterization should be further defined when communicating to offsite agencies to characterize whether or not the release is below or above Technical Specification limits. Indicate the appropriate release characterization on the Short and Long Notification Message Forms.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 2 OF 43

3.3.1. Release

BELOW federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.3.2. Release ABOVE federally approved operating limits (Technical Requirements Manual)3.3.3. Effluent Technical Requirements Manual 1. Any one of three effluent monitors indicates a value three times the High alarm set point O__R 2. Any two of the three effluent monitors indicate a value equal or greater than the High alarm set point.The three effluent monitors are: TITLE NO.Main Plant Exhaust Stack RMS-RE125 Channel 4 (4GE125)Radwaste Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE006 Channel 4 (4GE006)Fuel Bldg. Vent. Exhaust RMS-RE005 Channel 4 (4GE005)OR 3. An unmonitored release is detected at the site boundary by teams with survey instruments.

3.4 Short

Notification Message Form (SNMF) -Used for declaration of an emergency classification or changes to the Protective Action Recommendations (PARs). Notification must be made to State and local authorities within approximately 15 minutes. The Short Notification Message Form contains information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected population and areas, and whether protective measures may be necessary. 3.5 Long Notification Message Form (LNMF) -Used for providing State and local authorities follow-up information. The LNMF is sent out as soon as possible following a SNMF. The LNMF is also sent out for any significant changes to plant conditions that do no__t require an emergency escalation or change in PARs. No more than 2 hours should be exceeded between any two LNMFs.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 3 OF 43 4 RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1 Emergency

Director: 4.1.1. Provide overall management of River Bend Station (RBS)response activities. The Emergency Director has the authority to immediately and unilaterally initiate all emergency actions.4.1.2. Assess and classify emergency conditions.

4.1.3. Provide

notifications and make protective action reconmmendations to offsite authorities.

4.1.4. Coordinate

RBS response activities as required with offsite organizations.

4.1.5. Ensures

that offsite radiological conditions are measured and monitored.

4.1.6. Authorize

issuance of KI and radiation exposure in excess of 10OCFR 20 limits for ERO members outside of the protected area.4.1.7. Authorize press releases.4.1.8. Establish a Recovery Organization.

4.1.9. Terminate

the emergency. 4.2 BOF Manager -Ensure that the BOF is activated, ensure that notification message forms are properly filled out and completed on time, and that EOF staff provide support functions per the applicable section(s) of this procedure. 'I EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 4 OF 43 5 GENERAL 5.1 Attachment 15, Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Floor Plan, is a typical setup for the ABOF.6 PROCEDURE NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented in the attachments is recommended. Report any actions unable to complete, equipment issues, or problems to EOF Manager for resolution and/or determining facility operational status.6.1 Emergency Director 6.1 .1. The Emergency Director should use Attachment 1 as a guideline. 6.2 EOF Manager 6.2.1. The EOF Manager should use Attachment 2 as a guideline.

6.3 Administration

& Logistics Coordinator 6.3.1. The Administration & Logistics Coordinator should use Attachment 3 as a guideline.

6.4 Radiological

Assessment Coordinator 6.4.1. The Radiological Assessment Coordinator should use Attachment 4 as a guideline.

6.5 Public

Information Liaison 6.5.1. The Public Information Liaison should use Attachment 5 as a guideline. 6.6 Dose Assessor 6.6.1. Dose Assessor should use Attachment 6 as a guideline. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 5 OF 43

6.7 Offsite

Team Coordinator 6.7.1. The Offsite Team Coordinator should use Attachment 7 as a guideline. 6.8 EOF Habitability Technician 6.8.1. The EOF Habitability Technician should use Attachment 8 as a guideline.

6.9 Offsite

Communicator 6.9.1. The Offsite Communicator(s) should use Attachment 9 as a guideline. 6.10 Technical Advisor 6.10.1. The Technical Advisor should use Attachment 10 as a guideline. 6.11 EOF Communicator 6.11.1. The EOF Communicator should use Attachment 11 as a guideline. 6.12 Log Keeper 6.12.1. The Log Keeper should use Attachment 12 as a guideline. 6.13 Offsite Monitoring Teams 6.13.1. The Offsite M~onitoring Teams should use EIP-2-014 as a guideline. 6.14 Lead Offsite Liaison 6.14.1. The Lead Offsite Liaison should use Attachment 13 as a guideline. 6.15 Offsite Liaison 6.15.1. The Offsite Liaison general guidance is contained in Attachment 14.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 6 OF.43 7 DOCUMENTATION Attachments 1 through 13 of this procedure will be sent to Permanent Plant Files (PPF) per EPP-2-100 by the Manager -Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 7 OF 43 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1OF 3 Actions Comapleted Initials ACTIVATION Date: 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE The Emergency Director has the authority to immediately and unilaterally initiate all emergency actions.NOTE Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) must be developed within 15 minutes of the declaration of a General Emnergency or data availability which require upgrading the PARs.1. Using Attachment 16, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data, meteorological conditions and plant conditions. Unnecessary evacuation of the public is NO...T considered a conservative decision.Do NO.._TT recommend a PAR change that would direct shelter or monitor and prepare of an area (PAS) that has already been recommended for evacuation. CAUTION Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) require containment venting at specified pressures and hydrogen concentrations, regardless of offsite consequences. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 8 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 2 OF 3 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)2. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting. As appropriate and time permitting, other considerations for containment venting include:* Notify JIG, States and Parishes about any venting and any expected PAR changes.* How will altering the venting start time affect offsite doses due to containment radioactivity buildup\decay?

• Will the release be a puff, series of puffs or continuous and what is the expected duration(s)?
• Would the population-at-risk be able to evacuate before plume reaches them?* Are the winds variable or expected to change and affect areas where protective actions are NO._TTin place?* Are there any special interest groups or facilities to consider?3. Review and discuss the protective actions to be recommended for the general public with the appropriate personnel and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison Officer, if available.

If State representatives have not yet arrived, recommendations to the local authorities shall not be delayed.4. Provide PARs to State and local authorities within 15 minutes. Once State and local authorities receive the PARs, the State and local authorities will have approximately 5 minutes to review the PARs prior to the PAR call.5. Using Attachment 16, revise PARs based on plant conditions, dose projections, field monitoring data and meteorological conditions when advised by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Technical Advisor.6. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE are projected at 10 miles, ensure the LDEQ Liaison is aware of the need for protective actions beyond 10 miles.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 9 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 3 OF 3 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR TERMINATION

1. Coordinate with the Emergency Plant Manager on terminating the emergency in accordance with the following criteria: ALERT -Terminate the emergency when the Alert conditions are no longer met and the following conditions have been accomplished:

1. The plant is in a stable condition.

2. ,Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exists.3. No further potential for major damage to equipment exists.SAF/GE -Terminate the emergency when the SAB/GE conditions are no longer met and the following has been accomplished:

1. The reactor is shutdown, is in a stable, safe configuration, and adequate core cooling is available.

2. Excessive releases of radioactivity to the environment have been terminated and no further potential for significant radioactivity releases exist.3. Offsite concentrations of radioactivity in the atmosphere or in waterways have dispersed to near background levels, excluding ground deposition.

4. The State of Louisiana, the local parishes, and the NRC concur in terminating the emergency.

2. Notify the NRC via NRC ENS line and offsite authorities using a notification message form of the emergency termination.

3. When a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been terminated, implement EIP-2-028, Recovery.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 10 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1OF 4 EOF MANAGER ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed/ Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

__2. Open lockers and direct personnel to obtain their phones, position binders, and supplies needed to set up the Alternate EOF (AEOF) in accordance with Attachment 15.3. Verify facility is habitable.___

4. All minimum staffing personnel have completed the applicable activation portion __of their checklists and are prepared to perform functional responsibilities:

MINIMUM STAFFING: a. Emergency Director b. EOF Manager (except steps 4 and 5)c. Radiological Assessment Coordinator

d. Dose Assessor e. Technical Advisor f. Offsite Communicator

5. Inform the Emergency Director that the AEOF is ready to be declared___

operational. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR)change using the Short Notification Message Form (SNMF).NOTE All Notifcation Message Forms must be reviewed and approved by the Emergency Director (ED).1. If the emergency is due to a hostile action against the plant, direct the Administrative &Logistics Coordinator to ensure that operations, security and radiation protection liaisons have been dispatched to the WF Parish Incident Command Post (ICP). Direct that an additional security liaison be dispatched to the AEOF to establish communications with the ICP.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 11 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 2 , PAGE 2 OF 4 EOF MANAGER SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)2. Conduct a PAR Call following each PAR issuance a. When all parish Directors or Assistant Directors, the Operations Officer at the State Emergency Operations Center (GOHSEP), and the LDEQ Liaison, if available, are on the Hotline, verify the PARs (Scenario Number) each parish intends to implement:

b. Record scenario number each parish will implement on the PAR Verification Checklist provide by Offsite Communicator.

c. Obtain siren sounding time from the Operations Officer and record on PAR Verification Checklist.

d. If requested by a parish agency that RBS sound their sirens, then direct the EOF Communicator to do so using Attachment 17 at the agreed upon siren sounding time.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 12 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 4 EOF MANAGER LONG NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM 1. THIS IS RIVER BEND STATION WITH MESSAGE NUMBER 2. A. TIME ______DATE______B.

COMMUNICATOR:___________C. TEL NO.3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION: A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. 0 SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. 0 TERMINATED B. 0 ALERT D. 0 GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION 0] DECLARATION 0] TERMINATION TIME:______DATE:_____ 5.RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. 0] No Protective Actions Recommended at this time (Go to item 6).B. 0 Evacuate C. 0 Monitor and Prepare D. 0] Shelter 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATEICOMMENTS:____________________________

7. REACTOR SHUTDOWN?

0] NO 0] YES TIME:_____

8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: 0] NOT AVAILABLE AT THIS TIME (Go to item 9)A. Wind Direction FROM ________Degrees at ____________MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R)C. Stability Class (A-G)____________________

DATE: D. Precipitation: 0] None 0] Rain 0] Sleet 0] Snow 0] Hail 0] Other_____

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. 0 A RELEASE is occunring BELOW federally approved operating limits B. 0 A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits 10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. 0 Radioactive Gases B. 0 Radioactive Airbor'ne Particulates C. 0] Radioactive Liquids (Go to item 13)RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES ________Cl/s B. IODINES __________Ci/s

12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFF-SITE DOSE: A. Projections for _____hours based on: 0] Field Data 0] Plant Data B. TEDE -WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. CDE -THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (toRemo)Site Boundary 5 miles Site Boundary 2 miles 5 miles 10 miles 13.14.2 miles ____ ___10 miles_______

MESSAGE APPROVED BY: ___________ MESSAGE RECEIVED BY: ____________ TITLE: TITLE: EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 13 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 4 EOF MANAGER GUIDELINES FOR COMPLETING THE LNMF INFORM MANUAL METHOD*

• River Bend and Message Number automatic Assign a message number. Number the messages Line I sequentially until the emergency is terminated., 2A Time/Date automatic upon transmission.

2A Enter Time/Date message was transmitted. Line 2 2B Comm: Enter facility name 2B Comm.: Enter facility name ,2C Tel. No.: Indicate "Hotline" unless alternate 2C Tel. No.: Indicate."Hotline" unless alternate" method is being used, then enter alternate method, method is being used, then enter alternate method.Line 31 Automatic from Short Form. If termination message, Check appropriate classification or terminated. ...check "terminated". tine 4: Automatic from Short Form. For termination, check Check either declaration or termination. S "termination" and enter termination time/date. Enter time/date of emergency declaration or termination. Line : ,, Check appropriate box(es). If PAR has been Check appropriate box(es). If PARs have been i~n6. recommended, select appropriate protective actions and recommended, indicate the scenario number. May add ,indicate scenario number. May add information as information as necessary.

necessary.

• Enter description from Short Form. May add Enter description from Short Form. May add information Line 6 information as necessary.

Use this line to correct any as necessary. Use this line to correct any previous errors.i: : previous errors.Line 7, Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should Indicate if the reactor is shutdown. Information should bebe obtained from Operations. If yes, enter time/date. obtained from Operations. If yes, enter the time/date. Meteorological data for Lines 8A-C is available on Meteorological data for Lines 8A-C is available on ElRiS SERIS and printers in the Control Room and and printers in the Control Room and Meteorological Line 8 ;.Meteorological Tower. Tower.* ......8A -Enter wind direction (from) and speed. '8A -Enter wind direction (from) and speed.8B -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according to 8B -Enter the 3 affected wind sectors according to the*:: ... the current wind direction. current wind direction.

• :8C -Enter stability class. 8C -Enter stability class.,: 8D -Check appropriate box. 8D -Check appropriate box.'*::'.Determine release characterization.

Determine release characterization. S 9A/B Check A or B as appropriate. When checking A 9A/B Check A or B as appropriate. When checking A oror B complete lines 10, 11 and 12. B complete lines 10, 1 1 and 12.:. "Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core Indicate the type of release(s). If there is no core damage, Line 10 damage, check 1OA for airborne release. If there is clad check 1OA for airborne release. If there is clad damage or! , "damage or fuel melt, check 10A & lOB for airborne fuel melt, check 1OA & lOB for airborne release. If the* , release. If the release is a liquid release, check 10C. release is a liquid release, check 10C.,Line 11 i Enter release rate. DRM\S provides release rates in Enter release rate. DRMS provides release rates in S uCi/sec. These rates must be converted to Ci/sec uCi/sec. These rates must be converted to Ci/sec.,: 12A. Enter number of hours used and method used in 12A Enter number of hours used and method used in*Line 12 ... dose calculation, dose calculation. -12B Obtain from URI/RASCAL results. 12B Obtain from UJRI/RASCAL results.;Line Enter Emergency's name and "ED" as title. ED must Enter Emergency Director's name and "ED" as title. ED'___.... review and approve NMFs prior to transmission, must review and approve NMFs prior to transmission. Line 14 Leave blank. For use by parishes. Leave blank. For use by parishes.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 14 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 0F 3 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __2. Identify any EOF position not filled and report results to EOF Manager. __3. Ensure BOF Access List is available. __SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Contact personnel to fill any vacant ABOF positions.

2. Contact the TSC Manager in the TSC concerning any personnel injuries.

Contact the hospital for current information on injured personnel, as applicable. Keep the EOF Manager informed of status.3. Obtain requested personnel resources to assist with the emergency.

4. After the AEOF becomes operational, establish AEOF access security controls.5. Develop long-term staffing rotation list: a. Establish a 24 hour ERO staffing schedule, excluding the JIC. Obtain MCR, TSC and OSC staffing from the TSC IT Specialist.

Once schedule is complete, obtain approval from EOF Manager.b. If PARs have been issued, discuss recommended routes with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC).c. Contact the individuals on the rotation list and inform them of the time they are scheduled to report and the proper route to be taken.6. Coordinate assistance from the Corporate Emergency Center (CEC). Use the INPO Emergency Resources Manual as reference.

7. Coordinate assistance for personnel, equipment, supplies, food, lodging, travel, and communications, as necessary.

Maintain a list of requests and estimated response times. If PARs have been issued, obtain recommended routes and staging areas from the RAC and arrange for Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ)access through the Lead Offsite Liaison to the Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs).8. Coordinate with RAC, TSC Security and Maintenance Coordinator as necessary to get personnel, equipment and materials onsite and in Security Owner Controlled area or Protected area, as appropriate. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 15 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 3 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)9. Coordinate monetary matters through the Corporate Emergency Center.Assistance may be requested from Corporate Business Services.10. Obtain list of materials, supplies, and contractors that may be required for recovery from EOF and TSC personnel.

11. Assist in obtaining drawings and procedures as necessary.

EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 16 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 3 ADMINISTRATION & LOGISTICS COORDINATOR EOF STAFFING SHEET (Typical)EmeAgency/Pisicion Printed Name or Signature I jEmergency Director IManager _________________Technical Advisor___________________ SOffsite Communicator = Radiological Assessment Coordinator Dose Assessor Offsite Team Coordinator EOF Communicator Administration & Logistics Coordinator

• Log Keeper Public Information Liaison Lead Offsite Liaison RP Technician Habitability RP Technician (OMT)PP Technician (OMT) _______________

Chemistry Technician (OMT)__________________ Chemistry Technician (OMT)__________________ Offsite Liaison -West Feliciana Offsite Liaison -East Feliciana Offsite Liaison -Pointe Coupee____________________ Offsite Liaison -East Baton Rouge Offsite Liaison -West Baton Rouge ____________________ Offsite Liaison -State EOC EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 17 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-6 09.2. Ensure the Dose Assessor is available and prepared to assume functional __responsibilities.

3. Inform the EOF Manager when the RAC and Dose Assessor are prepared to __perform functional responsibilities.

SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Using Attachment 16, formulate Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) and scenario number using dose projections, field monitoring data, meteorological conditions and plant conditions. Unnecessary evacuation of the public is NO._.T considered a conservative decision.2. Discuss the PARs with the Emergency Director (ED) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison, if available, including the basis and reasoning used to arrive at the PARs.3. Provide PAR scenario number for the Short Notification Message Form.4. Provide information for appropriate sections of the Long Notification Message Form.5. Review all notification message forms containing radiological data prior to transmittal.

6. After initial PAR implementation, use Attachment 17 to keep the ED informed on PAR changes based on plant conditions, dose projections, field monitoring data and meteorological conditions, including wind shifts. Obtain NWS forecast from Dose Assessor.7. If containment radiation monitors are not available to assess source term for dose assessment, containment venting or PARs, use RPP-0098 and/or plant conditions (i.e., water level, time core uncovered, etc.) to estimate containment dose rates.8. When PARs are issued, provide recommended routes for personnel and deliveries into River Bend Station.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 18 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)9. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 remn CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate.

Inform the Emergency Director and the LDEQ Liaison of the distance and downwind areas at which a Protective Action Guideline (PAG) is estimated to be exceeded.10. Evaluate radiation exposures and inform Emergency Director of anyone approaching 10CFR20 limits.11. Make arrangements with environmental services for analysis of environmental samples taken by offsite monitoring teams.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 19 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 5 PAGEl1OFi1 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON ACTIVATION Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __2. Attempt to contact JIG and determine activation status.___

3. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities and __JIG status.SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Test FAX machine for operability.

2. Keep EOF Manager informed on any JIG issues and operational status.3. Establish contact with JIG Technical Advisor or Press Release Writer.4. Keep JIG provided with current plant status and any injuries.5. Ensure classification upgrades, PAR upgrades and siren sounding times are communicated to Company Spokesperson to ensure media briefings are accurate.6. Obtain information to address rumors received by JIG.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 20 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1OF 2 DOSE ASSESSOR ACTIVATION Date: -Actions Completed Initials NOTE: If the Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) or meteorological tower information is unavailable in the facility, have Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAG) request an individual from the OSC be dispatched to the Control Room to relay data. Any means of communication may be used to relay this information and values may also be obtained from an ERIS computer.1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

__2. Dose assessment program is running. __3. DRMS values for performing dose calculations can be obtained. __4. Meteorological data for performing dose calculations can be obtained. __5. Obtain the current status of dose projections and to establish a means __for obtaining Digital Radiation Monitoring System (DRMS) data if needed.6. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAG) when prepared to___perform functional responsibilities. Alternate methods may be used, as necessary. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Determine if any DRMS or meteorological parameters used in dose calculations. are in a Limiting Condition for Operation (LCO) and their limitations.

2. Call the National Weather Service to obtain weather forecast.3. Perform dose assessment calculations in accordance with EIP-2-024, Offsite Dose Calculations.

Provide the results to the RAC.4. If relocating from BOF with dose assessment Laptop, verify' the operability of the backup Laptop computer and place computer battery on charge.5. Obtain DRMS data and provide data to the RAC.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 21 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 2 OF 2 DOSE ASSESSOR SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)6. As directed, convert offsite monitoring team dosimeter readings to TEDE and provide results to the RAG for evaluation.

7. If doses > 1 rem TEDE or > 5 rem CDE thyroid are projected at 10 miles, estimate the projected dose at 15, 20, and 25 miles, as appropriate.

Inform the RAG of the distance and downwind areas at which a PAG is estimated to be exceeded.Estimate radiation doses beyond 10 miles using the following factors: These ratios may be used regardless of Stability Class, Wind Speed or Time After Shutdown when the Core State = "Fuel Melt".Radiation Dose at 15 miles =dose at 10 miles x 0.387 Radiation Dose at 20 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.267 Radiation Dose at 25 miles = dose at 10 miles x 0.226 Ratios are applicable to either TEDE or CDE, although*CDE Thycroid will normally be the dominant factor.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 22_OF 43 ATTACHMENT 7 PAGEl1OFi1 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-6 09.2. Verify the operability of the Offsite Monitoring Team radio. __3. Contact the OSC, if controlling offsite teams, obtain Offsite Monitoring Team __status and inform OSC of when EOF will assume control of offsite teams.SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. If not already performed, brief teams on plant status, meteorological and radiological conditions and direct completion of KI form in EIP-2-0 12.2. Record the Offsite Monitoring Teams' location and readings.3. Keep track of Offsite Monitoring Team radiation exposures. If any member reaches 1 R on their dosimeter, notify the RAC immediately. Direct the Dose Assessor to convert the readings to TEDE and evaluate as follows: a. When a Team Member's dosimeter reading reaches 1 R, immediately convert to TEDE and evaluate.b. If converted TEDE is greater than 5 rem, obtain a whole body count as soon as practical to confirm calculated TEDE, and consider replacing the individual on the Team.c. If confirmed TEDE is greater than 5 rem, inform Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) of overexposure for NRC notification (10CFR20). EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 23 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGEl1OFi1 EOF HABITABILITY TECHNICIAN ACTIVATION Date: ____Actions Completed Initials 1. Perform operational checks on monitoring equipment prior to use. __2. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) when prepared __to perform functional responsibilities. SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS 1. Perform surveys of arriving individuals if there is a question as to where they may have been and if they could be contaminated. Report survey results to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC).2. Direct any contaminated individuals to the Zachary Monitoring and Decontamination Station.3. Assist the dose assessment team as necessary.

4. Perform tasks as directed by the RAC. This may include manning the NRC HPN line.5. Keep the RAC informed of all activities.

EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 24 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __2. Check the operability of the following communications equipment: a) State and Local Hotline, call the State Emergency Operations Center at ___Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) at 361.b) Civil Defense Radio, call GOHSEP.c) INFORM Computer __3. Receive status of notifications from facility with offsite notification responsibility. __4. Inform EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional responsibilities. ___SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS NOTE Notifications to State and local authorities must be made within approximately 15 minutes of a declaration of an emergency or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR)change using the Short Notifi cation Message Form (SNMF).1. Verify NMF receipt with State and local authorities using the verification list produced by INFORM or use the State and Local Hotline. Complete a new NMF Verification Checklist (page 3) for each message sent.2. If an agency has not_ received the INFORM message, complete the verification receipt of the other agencies.3. If the INFORM message is not received then: 3.1 If FAX is available, fax the message and verify receipt.OR 3.2 Read the message to the agency(s) line by line over the Hot Line or by commercial phone. Use the Civil Defense Radio if the Hot Line or phones are not_ available.

4. If no contact is made with a location on the Hotline, call the location on the commercial telephone to verify receipt of message. If commercial telephones are inoperable, the Civil Defense Radio may be used.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 25 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS (cont'd)5. When PARs are issued: a. Call the State and Parish Emergency Operations Centers (EO Cs) on the Hotline and inform them that you will call them back in five minutes for PAR confirmation.

b. After five minutes, contact Louisiana and the five Parish EOCs. Using page 4, verify, that the Directors or the Assistant Directors of all Parishes and the Operations Officer at State BOC are on the Hotline.c. When verified, request the EOF Manager and the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) Liaison to pick up the Hotline for PAR verification and give the EOF Manager the PAR Verification Checklist.

6. Make follow-up notifications to State and local authorities as directed by the Emergency Director.

Verify receipt of each NMF using a new NMF Verification Checklist.

7. Upon termination of the emergency, notify State and local authorities using the Long Notification Message Form.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 26 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 3 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR NMF VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Ensure at least one of the agencies in each of the following rows receives the message.(EOC -Emergency Operations Center)MESSAGE #__ ____MSG. REC'D FACILITY (YES / NO I NA)La. Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ)(M-F -8AM to 4PM only)Governor's Office of Liomeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP)(M-F -8AM to 4PM only)GOHSEP after hours numbers West Feliciana Parish (WFP)_______

East Feliciana Parish (EFP)Pointe Coupee Parish (PCP)East Baton Rouge Parish (EBRP)West Baton Rouge Parish (WBRP)Mississippi Emergency Management Agency (MEMA)Mississippi Highway Patrol (MHP)At a General Emergency, Parish EOCs and State EOC Operations Officer informed of 5-minute PAR verification phone call YES NO NA Message Verified Communicator Signature/KCN Time/Date EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 27 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 4 OF 4 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR PAR VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SScenario

1. Recommended:

_____ Date:_____ Communicator verifies that correct individuals are on the Hot Line by placing a check mark on the appropriate line. The EOF Manager will verify approved scenario and initial the form.(OHSEP -Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness) WEST FELICIANA PARISH: Manager Initial On Line Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director_______ APPROVED SCENARIO #_ _______EAST FELICIANA PARISH: Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #_ _______POINTE COUJPEE PARISH: Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director ______APPROVED SCENARIO #I____WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director_______ APPROVED SCENARIO #_____ ___EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH: Director (OHSEP)______ Assistant Director_______ APPROVED SCENARIO #_____ ___STATE OF LOUISIANA State EOC Operations Officer______ Siren Sounding Time: _____EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 28 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 10 PAGEl1OFi1 TECHNICAL ADVISOR ACTIVATION Date: _____Actions Completed Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __2. Establish contact with the Operations Coordinator or Control Room __3. Obtain current plant status, emergency operations in progress, and key __plant parameters.

4. Inform the EOF Manager when prepared to perform functional

__responsibilities. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Obtain plant ERIS data as possible. Have the TSC fax ERIS data sheets to the AEOF, as needed.2. Ensure status boards and/or displays are updated with information obtained from ERIS.3. Follow EOPs/SAPs and keep the Emergency Director informed on status.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 29 OF 43 EOF COMMUNICATOR ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1lOFi1 Actions Completed Initials ACTIVATION Date: 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Place the AEOF Prompt Notification System (Siren) components in an operational state prior to siren sounding. Refer to Attachment 17.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 30 OF 43 LOG KEEPER Date:___ __ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 1lOFi1 Actions Completed Initials ACTIVATION

1. Refer to EN-EP-609.

SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Refer to EN-EP-6 09.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 31 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 13 PAGEl1OFi1 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON ACTIVATION Date: ____Actions Comnpleted Initials 1. Refer to EN-EP-609. __2. Inform EOF Manager when prepared tO perform functional responsibilities. __SUBSEOUENT ACTIONS 1. Report status of Offsite Liaisons to EOF Manager.2 Establish communications with Corporate Emergency Center (CEC).3. Obtain information from Resource Data Book, as necessary. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 32 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE 1lOF 1 OFFSITE LIAISON The Offsite.Liaison reports to their assigned Parish or State Emergency Operation Center (EOC) and performs the responsibilities listed in their EOC position binder.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 33 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 0F 2 ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN ALT EOF Main Room (Typical)Offsite Communicator Emergency Director Essen Lane 2 nd Floor Training Room Technical Advisor NRC Site Team Director EOF Manager Log Keeper EOF Communicator Public Information Liaison Lead Offsite Liaison Administration & Logistics Coordinator EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 34 OF 43 EIP-2-022 REV-31 PAGE 34 0F43 ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 2 OF 2 ALT. EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY FLOOR PLAN ALT EOF Conference Room (NRC) and Dose Assessment Room (Typical)Essen Lane 2 nd Floor Telecom Room AEOF Spare 5 Offsite Team Coordinator NRC Dose Assessor NRC Protective Measures Counterpart Link NRC Deputy Protective Measures Branch Leader AEOF Spare 1 AEOF Spare 2 AEOF Spare 3 Dose Assessor LDEQ Dose Assessment LDEQ Technical Logistics Coordinator LDEQ Field Monitoring Team Coordinator AEOF Spare 4 Conference Room (NRC)NRC Deputy Site Team Director NRC Liaison Leader NRC Reactor Safety Counterpart Link Communicator RSCL NRC Security / Safeguards Communicator NRC Technical Specialist -Public Information NRC Protective Measures Specialist NRC Chronology/IDocumentation Communicator NRC Response Branch Leader NRC Information Technology Specialist NRC Chronology Documentation Leader SEssen Lane 2 nd Floor Conference Room EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 35 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Primary PAR Flow Chart NOTE: A Rapidly Progressing Severe Accident is a significant reactor event with immediate or General Emergency near-immediate offsite consequences that is Declared intended to be easily recognizable. IF unsure~on the criteria below, THEN assume that a Rapidly Progressing Severe Accident is no..t in progress.determined by CotanenA radiologIca release --radiationd monitor withprsiteeboundary Rem vinderof 10 rierading dose> 1,000 emaolu~~~~~~~remainder of 10 mile radiusEvcae5mlsdw in Evacuatee Schools, Institutions and~~~~~~~~~Recreation Areas 10 mile radiusReomnmniradpeae Continue to monitor for wind shifts or areas where EPA PAGs will be exceeded and adjust PAR as necessary. Refer to EIP-2-022 Subsequent PAR Guidance.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 36 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 2 oF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS BLOCK 1 EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 5 MILES DOWNWIND AND MONITOR AND PREPARE THE REMAINDER OF TH-E 10 MILE RADIUS. EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, AND RECREATION AREAS WITHIN 5 MILE RADIUS.Locate the wind direction to find the a rpprriate scenario number to use.DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 1 A R& B 191.26-213.75 1 B A& C 213.76-236.25 2 C B& D 236.26-258.75 3 D C & E 258.76-281.25 4 E D & F 281.26-303.75 4 F E& G 303.76-326.25 5 G F &H 326.26-348.75 5 H G & J 348.76-11.25 6 J H& K 11.26-33.75 7 K J &L 33.76-56.25 8 L K& M 56.26-78.75 8 M L & N 78.76-101.25 9 N M& P 101.26-123.75 10 P N& Q 123.76-146.25 10 Q P& R 146.26-168.75 10 R Q& A EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 37 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 3 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS BLOCK 2 EVACUATE 2 MILE RADIUS AND EVACUATE 10 MILES DOWNWIND AND MONITOR AND PREPARE THE THE 10 MILE RADIUS. EVACUATE SCHOOLS, INSTITUTIONS, AND RECREATION AREAS WITHIN 10 MILE RADIUS.Locate the wind direction to find the appropriate scenario number to use.DEGREES SCENARIO CENTERLINE SIDE FROM NUMBER c- SECTOR SECTOR 168.76-191.25 11 A R& B 191.26-213.75 12 B A &C 213.76-236.25 13 C B &D 236.26-258.75 14 D C & E 258.76-281.25 15 E D &F 281.26-303.75 16 F E& G 303.76-326.25. 17 G F &H 326.26-348.75 18 H G& J 348.76-11.25 19 J H& K 11.26-33.75 20 K J &LI 33.76-56.25 21 L K& M 56.26-78.75 22 M L &N 78.76-101.25 23 N M &P 101.26-123.75 24 P N &Q 123.76-146.25 24 Q P& R 146.26-168.75 11 R Q& A EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 38 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 4 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMEND~ATIONS Subsequent PAR Guidance 1. After initial PAR implementation changes in wind direction may change the PAR Scenario number.Before changing the PAR, consider current and projected plant conditions, dose projections and meteorological conditions in determining whether to stay with current PAR or issue a new PAR.Obtain updates on weather forecast from National Weather Service (NWS).2. Minimize the number of protective action areas (PAS) evacuated when issuing PARs. Do not recommend a PAR change that would cause an area (PAS) that has already been recommended for evacuation to shelter or monitor and prepare.3. IF an initial PAR has been issued due to declaration of a General Emergency and4 a new PAR is being considered based on a wind shift or for any other reason, THEN assess the following criteria msteps 3.1 and 3.2 or use the Subsequent PAR Flow Chart to determine whether the new PAR should be issued based on dose assessment or on plant conditions. NOTE: If a radiological assessment shows that an ongoing release or containment source term is not sufficient to cause exposures in excess of EPA protective action guidelines, then PARs should not be expanded based only on changes in wind direction. 3.1 I__f the condition described in A or B exists, then provide the new PAR as indicated by that condition and the current evacuated areas (PAS) using PAR Scenario Maps. If no other PAR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs). IF neither condition A nor condition B exists, THE__NN proceed to subsequent step 3.2.A. Radiological assessment shows EPA PAGs will be exceeded in the new area based on an actual release.B. A potential loss of the containment fission product barrier (per EALs) exists and containment source term indicates PAGs could be exceeded in the new area if a release were to start.3.2 WHEN step 3.1 does not apply: 3.2.1 IF any answer in 1 through 3 is "yes", THEN issue the new PAR Scenario number taking into account the new and current evacuated areas (PAS) using PAR Scenario Maps. If no other PAR Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs).1. Are there continuing degraded or unknown adverse plant conditions that could impact or cause additional core damage and containment failure (e.g., magnitude of source term, core not covered, and containment cooling degraded or unavailable)?

2. Unsure radiological release pathway is understood (e.g., filtered, non-filtered, monitored, unmonitored with potential for release rate to increase, or potential for RCS leak to increase)?

EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 39 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 4 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS

3. IF" available, does off-site radiological data support the protective action recommendation methodology based on dose assessment?

EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 40 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 5 OF 6 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS

4. Evaluate PARs in anticipation of intentional containment venting.SNOTE: Controlled venting could affect an area beyond initial evacuation orders (e.g., five to ten miles downwind).

4.1 Use the following criteria to determine the appropriate action for the controlled release of radioactive material from containment. 4.1.1 Dose assessment shows that the EPA protective action guidelines would be exceeded in the new affected area (PAS).4.1.2 There is assurance that the release is short term (1 hour or less).4.1.3 If time allows, contact parish officials of the new affected area (PAS) to determine whether the area can be evacuated prior to plume arrival.*If the new affected area cannot be evacuated before the plume arrives, then recommend shelter for the newyly affected area. Issue the previous PAR Scenario and include in the offsite notification message the protective actions (shelter) for the newly affected area (PAS).*If the new affected area can be evacuated prior to plume arrival, then recommend evacuation of the new affected area. Compare PAR Scenario maps to ensure the newly affected area is included. If it is not, then issue the previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message the protective actions (evacuation) for the newly affected area (PAS)." 4.2 If the release duration cannot be readily or accurately determined, and dose or plant conditions warrant, then evacuation should be recommended. EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 41 OF 43 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 6 OF 6 PAG -Protective Action Guideline (1 Remn TEDE or 5 Remn CDE Thyroid)PAS -Protective Action Section (1-18)SUBSEQUENT PAR FLOW CHART (I General Emergency and PARs have been previously issued AND wind shift changes PAR Scenario number or dose assessment indicates a PAG is exceeded in a new PAS D 4'Do not__ recommend the shelter or monitor and prepare of an evacuated PAS. Minimize evacuated areas (PAS).Ifsa radiological assessment shows that an ongoing release or containment source term is not sufficient to cause exposures in excess of EPA protective action guidelines, then PARs should not be expanded based only on changes in wind direction. Compare PAR Scenario maps for current and new evacuated areas (PAS). I inlueEhenw res o eNo PAR. change evacuted (AS)?requiredNO IF iTHEN Radiological assessment shows EPA PAGs will be exceeded I Issue PAR Scenario to include previously in the new area based on an actual release i evacuated areas and new areas (PAS). If no other PAR OR i Scenario includes all required areas (PAS), then Potential loss of containment (per EALs) exists and containment issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite source term indicates PAGs could be exceeded in the new area notification message protective actions for new affected i~f a release Were to start. I areas (PASs).-I-SNO S/r un rYES p oter I \ incr-,<damage and containment falr?(magnitude of source term, core not covered, andYE containment cooling degraded Sor unavailable) lCompare current and new evacuated areas (PAS) on PAR Scenario Maps and issue new PAR Scenario number as appropriate. IF no other PAR_ Scenario includes all required evacuated areas (PAS), then issue previous PAR Scenario and include in offsite notification message protective actions for new affected areas (PASs).EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 42 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1OF 2 PROMPT NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (SIREN) OPERATION Actions Completed Initials Actions to place system in operational state: 1. Verify Siren Remote Control Panel has power by observing white LED Test button (power light) is lit.___2. Power on siren radio and verify siren radio is on channel 01. __3. Power on siren computer.4. Log onto computer as Observer and enter password Observer.___ NOTE If any of the above components do not have power, then the sirens will not be able to be sounded from the AFOF ifre quested by the parishes.In that instance they will have to be activated by the Main Control Room.Actions to sound sirens if requested by parish agency: 1. Obtain RBS Siren Control Unit key from Alternate EOF key box.___2. Insert RiBS Siren Control Unit key into switch labeled ACTIVATE.___

3. Turn the ARM switch momentarily to the right. Switch will blink on and off.___4. Press the appropriate button (ex. ALL CALL, EBRP, EFP). The ARM switch will illuminate solid. The button pressed will blink on and off.___5. Momentarily turn the ACTIVATE key switch to the right. The button pressed will illuminate solid. Sirens will begin to sound. ___NOTE While the siren sounding is occurring (3 minute period), the lights on the Siren Remote Control Panel will be lit and the computer map shaded red. Once the sounding is complete, the system will automatically perform a siren status request which will indicate ifany sirens failed to sound. During this time the "Stat-Re q"' light on the Siren Remote Control Panel will be lit. This light will extinguish when the status request is complete.EIP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 43 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 2 OF 2 PROMPT NOTIFICATION SYSTEM (SIREN) OPERATION Actions Completed Initials Actions to obtain siren sounding results if requested by a parish agency: 1. After the status request is complete, observe the siren computer screen. Any failed ___sirens will be indicated by a RED triangle (A).-2. Right click the computer mouse over the RED triangle to open a screen which will ___indicate the siren name (ex. WF-18, EBR-5).3. If a siren has indicated failure, then notifyr the respective parish of the need to implement their backup route alerting steps for the public in the areas surrounding that siren.Actions to return the system to normal configuration:

1. Remove the RBS Siren Control Unit key from the ACTIVATE switch and store in key box.___2. Log off of and power down computer 3. Power off siren radio.ETP-2-022 REV -31 PAGE 44 OF 43 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q)

SCREENING AiltEernaenc EOF-Aerations Fandit TranFOerao Fntions Part 1. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. This change issues fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations, Rev. 2 and revises site-specific RBS procedure EIP-2-022, Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer off Functions, Rev. 31.Responsibilities common to both EN-EP-609 and EIP-2-022 were deleted from EIP-2-022 and retained in EN-EP-609.

2. Revised definition

3.5 Radiological

Release -From: For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment that is due to the classified event.To:" For emergency response purposes is defined as ANY detectable discharge of radioactive material to the environment.

3. Revised release characterization contained in definition 3.5.From: No release.Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.To: Release below federally approved operating limits.Release above federally approved operating limits.4. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action. Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line 50 to Line 5iD.5. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form Lines 9A, D, and E to remove 'No Release' as release information characterization and to be consistent with change 3 above.6. Attachment 2 -Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option and to be consistent with change 3 above. Reordered remaining steps.7. Attachment 3- Deleted step to ensure all telephones are in place.Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?

L-IYES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: complete Part VI.__ _ _ _ _Justification: LI Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. EN-EP-305 REV 3 A'I-rACHM ENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(a) SCREENING Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer of Functions APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. [] One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.[] One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation Is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change IZYES [] NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Justification: Enter justification and complete Part VL.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(a) SCREENING Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer of Functions Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] Li*2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 Li staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] ElI 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] Li 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] Li 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] [7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] Li 8. Procedures for notification of State and local govemnmental agencies are capable of alerting them of fl the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt Li instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and Li Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response Li organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] Li 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the Lii plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] Li 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] Li 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] Li 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] Li 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] Li 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are Li available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including Li those for hostile action events.[1 0]21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] Li 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] Li EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 4 of 6 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer of Functions 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] [24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program Lii areas) is established. [~14 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, D]maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [141 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] E]27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] D]28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [161 [29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are property trained. [16] LI APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Change items #1. 7. 8 and 9 Entergy ERO responsibilities are outlined in EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-022 rev. 25 as part of implementation of the Standard ERO and were previously evaluated under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 1212/10. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations which includes those same ERO responsibilities. This procedure revision transitions to the new fleet procedure. EIP-2-022 is being maintained to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-609. Existing RBS facilities and equipment and still being maintained and there are no changes to any intent in procedure actions. Timing requirements for augmentation and facility operability are also not changed.Process discussion: RBS currently uses the same process reflected in the fleet procedure of ERO position checklists and position binders. A review of the RBS Emergency Plan commitments was performed against the fleet EOF procedure and EIP-2-022. Fleet procedure information was supported with site specific information as necessary to ensure site-specific Emergency Plan requirements and associated processes were retained. Therefore, changes to the location of the description of emergency response processes were made (changed to fleet procedure or retained in site-specific EIP), but no changes to the emergency response processes addressed by I0CFR50.47(b) planning standards themselves were made.Summary:* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* No ERG responsibilities have been relocated.

• The description, activation and operation of the Alternate EOF as described in the RBS Emergency Plan has not been changed.* All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.
• This change does not alter the Altemnate EOF structure, organization or location.The revision of the site Alternate Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) procedure (EiP-2-022) and incorporating the use of fleet Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Procedure

('EN-EP-609) screens out. Based on the above, this chan qe EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(a) SCREENING ATAHET91 OF5.4u SCRENIN Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer of Functions does flat need to be evaluated. Chan qe Items # 2 and 3. Revised release definition to remove 'due to the classified event' and also removed 'no release' as a release characterization. There are no changes to the current offsite notification procedure process with one exception associated with removing 'no release' as an option with which to characterize releases from the site. With this change RBS will still provide to local organizations emergency messages which contain information about the class of emergency, whether a release is taking place, potentially affected populations, and whether protective measures are necessary. This change is in alignment with NRC RIS 2002-16 and has been agreed to by both State and local officials. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are still capable of alerting them of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications therefore no further evaluation is required for this change.Change Item # 4. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form to include on Line 5C 'Monitor and Prepare' as an option for a Recommended Protective Action. Moved 'Shelter' as an option from Line SC to Line 5D. This change was previously evaluated by RBS under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 1214114 as part of revision 30 of EIP-2-022. That 10CFR50.54(q) determined the use of monitor and prepare was consistent with regulatory guidance and was not a reduction in effectiveness of Emergency Plan functions and could be incorporated without prior NRC approval. No further evaluation is required for this change.Changqe Item # 5. Attachment 2 -Revised Long Notification Message Form Lines 9A, D, and E to remove 'No Release'as release information characterization and to be consistent with change 2 above.Change Item # 6. Attachment 2- Revised Guidelines for Completing the Long NMF Line 9 to remove 'No release' as an option and to be consistent with change 3 above. Reordered remaining steps.Change 5 removes 'No release' from the typical form for the Long NMF and supporting lines 0 and E which relate to start and stop times of a release. Change 6 removes from the guidance on completion of the Long NMF the use of 'No Release'. The ability to perform notifications to State/Local agencies in a timely manner is not impacted by this change as notifications of emergency classification and Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) are still being made. The evaluation of the removal of 'No Release' is being performed as part of change #3 above. Changes 5 and 6 do not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation is required for these changes.Changqe Item #7. Attachment 3 -Deleted step to ensure all telephones are in place.Set up instructions for the Alternate EOF previously involved relocating phones from a storage locker to their intended ERO location. Phones have now been permanently located at the respective ERG positions. No further evaluation is required for this change at it is an enhancement. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHM ENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(a) SCREENING Sheet 6 of 6 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations Alternate EOF-Activation and Transfer of Functions Part Vi. Signatures: Preparer Name (Print)John Hurst (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print)N/A Reviewer Name (Print)Tom Sowdon Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print)EP manager or designee EN-EP-305 REV 3

• G12.23.2 ENTERGY RIVER BEND STATION STATION SUPPORT MANUAL*EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE*JOINT INFORMATION CENTER PROCEDURE NUMBER: *EIP-2-023 REVISION NUMBER: *14 Effective Date: *1/27/2016 NOTE: SIGNATURES ARE ON FILE.REFERENCE USE*INJDEXING INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE NO.1 PURPOSE............................................................................................

2 2 REFERENCES ...................................................................................... 2 3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................... 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................... 2 5 GENERAL ........................................................................................... 3 6 PROCEDURE ........................................................................................ 3 7 DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................... 6 ATTACHMENT 1 -JOINT INFORMATION CENTER -FLOOR PLAN ......................... 7 EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAGE 1 OF 7 EIP-2-023 REV-14 PAGE1OF7 1 PURPOSE This procedure describes the activation of the Joint Infornation Center (JIC) and the staff functions related to providing a place where all official news regarding the emergency is available from all sources.2 REFERENCES ECP-2-00 1, Joint Information Center (JIG) Staff Position Instructions 3 DEFINITIONS

3.1 Facility

Staffing -The process of assembling personnel, verifying equipment operability and making a facility ready to support the emergency response.3.2 Operational -The Joint Information Center (JIG) is considered to be operational when, in the judgment of the Company Spokesperson, sufficient JIG staff and equipment are ready to provide their designated functions in support of the emergency response.4 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 JIG Manager -The JIG Manager's responsibilities include, but, are not limited to the following:

4.1.1. Coordinate

activation of JIG personnel.

4.1.2. Ensure

that the JIG is made operational in accordance with procedure.

4.1.3. Provide

timely and accurate information to the public through the media.4.1.4. Control rumors and misinformation.

4.1.5. Report

directly to the Company Spokesperson. EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAE2O7 PAGE 2 OF 7

4.1.6. Manage

all public information functions.

4.1.7. Coordinate

joint agency spokespersons. 4.2 JIG Staff -Ensure that the JIG is made operational in accordance with procedure and provide support to the JIG operation as directed.5 GENERAL 5.1 The JIG is located on the first floor of the Govenor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) building at 7667 Independence Blvd, Baton Rouge, LA.5.2 The JIG is staffed by licensee personnel along with representatives from the State of Louisiana, the five parishes within the ten-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ), the State of Mississippi, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, the Federal Emergency Management Agency and other federal agencies if and as they respond.5.3 The JIG is activated at an Alert or higher declaration. 6 PROCEDURE 6.1 The Company Spokesperson should: 6.1.1. Upon receiving a Notification of Unusual Event (NOUE): 1. Acknowledge receipt of the NOUE by responding to the ERO notification system as directed.2. Call the Control Room and verify the NOUE and plant status with the Emergency Director.EIP-2-023 REV- 14 PAGE 3 OF 7 EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAGE 3 OF 7

3. Call the site Corporate Communications representative using the Emergency Telephone Book, Section IV-B phone numbers. Should the site Corporate Communications personnel fail to respond, call the Echelon Corporate Communications representative listed in the same section of the Emergency Telephone Book.Inform them of the NOUB declaration and determine if a press release is appropriate.

Utilize Corporate Communications in development and distribution of the press release to media outlets. Emergency Director approval of press releases is required prior to release to the media and public.4. Maintain periodic contact with the Emergency Director in the Control Room on the status of the NOUE, press releases, and termination of the NOUJE.6.1.2. Upon being notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency acknowledge receipt by responding to the ERO notification system as directed. At an Alert or higher proceed to the JIC and carry out duties and responsibilities. Ensure GOHSEP performs media notification (LC #13612).6.1.3. Participate in the initial recovery planning meeting, with the Emergency Director in conjunction with GOHSEP and OROs determine the extent to which Entergy should participate in the JIC during the recovery phase.6.1.4. When the Emergency Director agrees end Entergy participation in the JIC and make assignments for any press releases during recovery operations. Ensure that all documentation is forwarded to the Manager-Emergency Preparedness.

6.2 Using

ECP-2-001, Joint Information Center (JIC) Staff Position Instruction and the Facility Setup Manuals, as a guide, the following JIC positions will perform the duties described: 6.2.1. The Company Spokesperson should provide accurate and timely dissemination of EOI information to the media at all press conferences. EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAE4O7 PAGE 4 OF 7 6.2.2. The .JIC Manager reports to the Company Spokesperson. The JIG Manager supervises JIG operations tO facilitate accurate timely release of information to the media and public.The JIG Manager ensures pre-conference briefings are held with JIG Spokesperson Team as well as coordinating interviews and technical briefings with the Media Liaison.6.2.3. The Media Liaison should provide information to the media present at the JIG, assist with press conferences, and arrange interviews when possible. The Media Liaison reports to the JIG Manager and will assume the duties and responsibilities of the JIG Manager, at press briefings, in his/her absence.6.2.4. The Technical Advisor in the JIG is responsible for interpreting technical information received from the EOF as needed for press releases as well as to support the Company Spokesperson in responding to technical questions from the media on the emergency. The Technical Advisor also advises the Inquiry Response Coordinator/Rumor Control on technical questions from the public or media. The Technical Advisor reports to the Company Spokesperson. 6.2.5. The Press Release Writer should receive all technical input from the Technical Advisor in the JIG and Public Information Liaison in the EOF. The Press Release Writer prepares press releases from acquired information for the JIG Manager and Emergency Director's signatures. Assist Company Spokesperson with technical input for press conferences. Establish contact with and provide information to the Corporate Emergency Center (GEG).6.2.6. The JIC Manager should serve as the primary Entergy Operations contact for Offsite Spokespersons at the JIG and reads EOI press releases for confirmation from offsite agencies.6.2.7. The Technical Assistant assists with Offsite Spokespersons activities at the JIG as well as providing logistics support, copying and distributing Entergy press releases. The Technical Assistant reports to the JIG Manager.EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAGE 5 OF 7 EIP-2-023 REV-14 PAGE5OF7

6.2.8. Media

Monitor monitors media reports on radio, television or intemnet (should be performed in conjunction with GOHSEP personnel if possible). The Media Monitor should report all media inacurracies to the JIG Manager for correction during press conferences. The Media Monitor reports to the J-IG Manager.7 DOCUMENTATION Send any documentation of NOUE actions to the Manager-Emergency Preparedness. EIP-2-023 REV- 14 PAGE 6 OF 7 EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAGE 6 OF 7 ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1lOF 1 JOINT INFORMATION CENTER FLOOR PLAN Lend ~ ~.n4 ~7~67 Ikp~k~ B~. Ua~r~ ~ I A O~Qt~~225) 92!~-7~OO EIP-2-023 REV -14 PAGE 7 OF 7 Attachment

9.1 Attacment

.110CFR50.54(q) Screening Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-023 lRevision: 14 Sheet I of 5 Equlipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): This procedure revision moves the Joint Information Center (JIC) from the River Bend Station Training Center on site to the Governor's Office of Homeland Security andEmergency Preparedness, 7667 Independence Blvd, Baton Rouge, LA which also moves the JIC out of the 10 mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ). This change eliminates the need to maintain an Alt JIC at 446 North Blvd in Baton Rouge, LA previousiy needed to avoid radiation exposure of the press in event of a release on site.1) Replace 'news release' with 'press release' throughout procedure to use updated terminology.

2) Change 5.1 From: "The JIC is located on the first floor of the Training Center (See Attachment 1)To:" "The JIC is located on the first floor of the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) building at 7667 Independence Blvd, Baton Rouge, LA(See Attachment 1)." 3) Change 6.1.2 F2rom: "Upon being notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency acknowledge receipt by responding to the ERO notification system as directed.

At an Alert proceed to the JIC and carry out duties and responsibilities. At a Site Area or General Emergency proceed to the Alternate JIC to carry out the duties and responsibilities. Ensure media notification (LC #1 3612).Tom: "Upon being notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency acknowledge receipt by responding to the ERO notification system as directed. At an Alert or higher proceed to the JIC and carry out duties and responsibilities. Ensure GOHSEP performs media notification (LC #1361 2)." 4) Delete 6.1.3 "If notified at any time by the Emergency Director that the JIC is uninhabitable or should be relocated, direct relocation of the JIC staff to the alternate facility at North Boulevard in Baton Rouge, per ECP-2-001, Joint Information Center (JIC) Staff Position Instruction." 5) Delete 6.2.3 "The Information Coordinator reports to the JIC Manager and supervises media and public response activities as well as establishing and maintaining frequent contact with Corporate Communications personnel." -supports JIC relocation.

6) Delete 6.2.6 "Logistics should provide staffing, administrative and logistic support for the JIC, and distribute news releases.

The Logistics Coordinator reports to the JIC Manager. Logistics Coordinator will request IT support for both telecommunications and computer needs when relocation to Alt JiC is required. Logistics personnel report to the Logistics Coordinator. They maintain the master files, duplication, distribution, and assist in the activation/deactivation of the JIC." -supports JIC relocation.

7) Change 6.2.8 From: "The Technical Assistant should serve as the primary Entergy Operations contact for Offsite Spokespersons at the JIC and reads EOI news releases for confirmation from offsite agencies.

The Technical Assistant reports to the Information Coordinator." To:" "The Technical Assistant assists with Offsite Spokespersons activities at the JIC as well as providing logistics support, copying and distributing Entergy press releases. The Technical Assistant reports to the JIC Manager." 8) Delete 6.2.9 "The Inquiry Response Coordinator should take appropriate actions regarding incoming media/public queries and rapidly act upon rumors or misinformation identified by Phone Team or other sources.The Inquiry Response Coordinator reports to the Information Coordinator." -supports JIC relocation.

9) Delete 6.2.10 "The inquiry Responders should contact the media upon activation of the Joint Information Center, provide responses to incoming media and public queries, and rapidly act upon rumors or misinformation.

Inquiry Responders report to the Inquiry Response Coordinator." -supports JIC relocation.

10) Delete 6.2.11 "Credentialing personnel should establish and maintain access control at the Training Center JIC Staff (breezeway) entrance and the Media (auditorium lobby) entrance, (See Attachment 1).11) Attachment 1 -update JIC Floor Plan by replacing Training Center Floor Plan with GOHSEP Floor Plan EN-EP-305 REV 3 Attachment

9.1 Attacment

.1 10CFR50.54(q) Screening Procedure/Document Number: E IP-2-023 /Revision: 14 Sheet 2 of 5 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? E-YES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3)* \ Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? Evalreuaioniredt.ar Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: complete Part vi. _ _ _ _ _ _Justification: LI Bounding document attached (optional) Part IIl. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Conltrol Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity. (Refer to EN-LI-i100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION IXI If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. [] One or more controlling change processes Eare selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan: continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.LI One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 50.54(q)(3) Part IV. Editorial Change DYES IXINO suc a frmatigpargrph50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change scasfrtinpagphEvaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? Yes NOT re~quired. Justification: Enter 1) Replace 'news release' with 'press release' is editorial, intent is unchanged. justification and complete Part VI."No" is selected because procedure revision contains other changes that are not editorial. EN-EP-305 REV 3 Attachment

9.1 Attacment

.110CFR50.54(q) Screening Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-023 Revision: 14 Sheet 3 of 5I Equilpment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center ProcedurelDocument Number: EIP-2-023 Revision: 14 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-I Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] D]2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 E]staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] []4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] [5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] III 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. 131 D]7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] LI 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of []the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt [instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and [Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]i11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response LI organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] LII 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the [plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7]1[15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] [16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] [18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] [19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are LI available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including [those for hostile action events.[10]____ EN-EP-305 REV 3 Attachment

9.1 Attacment

.110CFR50.54(q) Screening Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-023 Revision: 14 Sheet 4 of 5 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center ProcedurelDocument Number: EIP-.2-023 Revision: 14 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Joint Information Center 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] D]22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] LI 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] LI 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program LI areas) is established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, [maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] [27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] [28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] [29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] _____APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for condlusion below and complete Part VI. .U3 If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION

2) Change 5.1 Frm The JIC is located on the first floor of the Training Center (See Attachment 1)To:" "The JIC is located on the first floor of the Governor's Office of Homeland Security and Emergency Preparedness (GOH.SEP) building at 7667 Independence Blvd, Baton Rouge, LA(See Attachment 1)." 3) Change 6.1.2 From: "Upon being notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency acknowledge receipt by responding to the ERO notification system as directed.

At an Alert proceed to the JIC and carry out duties and responsibilities. At a Site Area or General Emergency proceed to the Alternate JIC to carry out the duties and responsibilities. Ensure media notification (LC #1 3612).To:" "Upon being notified of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency acknowledge receipt by responding to the ERO notification system as directed. At an Alert or higher proceed to the JIC and carry out duties and responsibilities. Ensure GOHSEP performs media notification (LC #1361 2)." 4) Delete 6.1.3 "If notified at any time by the Emergency Director that the JIC is uninhabitable or should be relocated, direct relocation of the JIC staff to the alternate facility at North Boulevard in Baton Rouge, per ECP-2-001, Joint Information Center (JIC) Staff Position Instruction." 5) Delete 6.2.3 "The Information Coordinator reports to the JIC Manager and supervises media and public response activities as well as establishing and maintaining frequent contact with Corporate Communications personnel." -supports JIC relocation.

6) Delete 6.2.6 "Logistics should provide staffing, administrative and logistic support for the JIC, and distribute news releases.

The Logistics Coordinator reports to the JIC Manager. Logistics Coordinator will request IT support for both telecommunications and computer needs when relocation to Alt JIC is required. Logistics personnel report to the Logistics Coordinator. They maintain the master files, duplication, distribution, and assist in the activation/deactivation of the JIC." -supports JIC relocation. EN-EP-305 REV 3

9.1 10CFRS0.54(q) Screening Procedure/Document Number: EIP-2-023 IRevision: 14 Equip;m~enlacilltylOther: River Bend Station Title-Center 7) Change 6.2.8 From: "The Technical Assistant should serve as the primary Entergy Operations contact for Dffsite pok~espersons at the JIC and reads EO! news releases for confirmation from offsite agencies. The Techcl f!A.,ssistan~t reports to the Information Coordlnator, .To: 'he Technical Assistant assists with Offsite Spok~espersons activities at tthe JiC as well as providing logisticSssupport, and distributing Entergy press releases. Th'eTechnical Assistant reports to the JIC 8) 6i21.9 ='The :Inquiry ResPonse Coo rdinator shoucld take actions regar'ding incoming media/public queris ,and rapidly act upon rumors or misinf6rmtionId jent~ifiedI by ;Phone Team cr other sources.The ;Inquiry Resp~onse reports to the Inform:ation -supports JiC relocation.

9) Delete 6.2.10 =The Inquiry Responders should contact the media upon activation of the Joint Information Center, provide responses to incoming media and public querieS, and raboidly act upon rumors or misinformation.

Inquiry Responders report to the Inquiry Response Coordinator." -supports JIC relocation.

10) Delete 6.1.11 "Credentialing personnel should establish and maintain access control at the Training Center Ja C Staff.(breezeway) ehtr'ance and the Media (auditorium lobby) :entrance, (See Attachment 1l).11) Attachment 1 -update'.JlC Floor Plan by replacing Training Center Floor Plan with GOHSEP Floor Plan The proposed!

changes to this procedure support the relocation of the Joint Information Center (J IC) .from Riv'er Banid ;Staion to GOHSEP in Baton Rouge, LA. The relocation of the JIC to GOHSEP facility and the removal :of the sp~ecific JIC position have been reviewed in revision 042' to the RBS Emergency Plan. these proposed changes do not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change fa'cilitiesor equipment, and does not change a process. No further evaluation Is required for this change.Preparer Nmde (Print) Preparer S:igna.ture Date: Norman E Tison ., : 1/17/16 (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) R./ eviewer Sign~atu're

. ...Date: Reviewer Nam'e (Print) :eviewer Signature ) ;Date: D uane Whfte /

Nuclear EP project Manager EP manager or aestgnee 1-25-16 U f EN-EP-305 REV 3 SE try MNGMNNUCLEAR NON-QtUALITY REL.ATED EN-EP-900 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 1 OF 5 Emergency Preparedness Forms IProcedure Contains NMM ECH eB REFLIB Forms: YES 13 NO Z]Procedure Revision Type: New LI NON-Editorial [] Editorial 13 TC 13 Cancellation LI HQN Prcdr we: Dean Burnett GvracOwe: Mary Ann Wilson Effetie Title: Director,- Emergency Title: DPreogramerec Date Programs Program 01/27/16 St:HQN St:HQN W P Site Site Procedure Champion Title ANO N/A N/A B3RP N/A N/A CNS N/A N/A GGNS Jeff Seiter Manager, EP IPEC Lori Glander Manager, EP JAF James Jones Manager, EP PLP Dan Malone Manager, EP PNPS N/A N/A RBS Tim Schenk Manager, EP VY N/A N/A W3 N/A N/A HQN N/A N/A For site implementation dates see ECH eB REFLIB using site tree view (Navigation panel)Site and NMM Procedures Canceled or Superseded By This Revision, N/A Process Applicability Exclusion: All Sites: LI Specific Sites: ANO 13 BRP 13 GGNS 13 IPECI-- JAF 13 PLP 13 PNPS[-- RBS 13 VY 13 W3 13 Change Statement Revision 2 is to implement the fleet standard Emergency Preparedness Forms procedure at Palisades, Indian Point and RBS. This revision also adds EN-EP-609 to the interfacing procedure list for EP Form EP-7-ALL.Associated PRHQN #: PRHQN 2015-0063,4 Procedure Writer: D. Townsend Contains Proprietary Information: YES 13 NO [] TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Pg 1.0 PURPOSE................................................................................ 3

2.0 REFERENCES

........................................................................... 3 3.0 DEFINITIONS............................................................................. 3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES..................................................................... 3 5.0 DETAILS .................. .............................................................. 3 6.0 INTERFACES ............................................................................ 4 7.0 RECORDS................................................................................ 4 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS...................................................... 4 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ......................................................................... 4 ATTACHMENT

9.1 CURRENT

LIST OF EFFECTIVE FORMS ........................................ 5 1.0 PURPOSE[1] This procedure controls Forms used by the Emergency Response Organization during emergencies.

2.0 REFERENCES

[1] Sites Emergency Plans[21 Site Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures

3.0 DEFINITIONS

NONE 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES [1] The Emergency Planning Department is responsible for maintaining forms used by the Emergency Response Organization in accordance with this procedure. 5.0 DETAILS~5.1 USE OF FoRMs[1] The Implementing Procedure that calls for a form to be completed will control the actual use of forms.[2] Any needed instructions for form completion will either be on the form itself or in the procedure calling for its use.5.2 CONTROL OF FORMS[1] Forms are numbered sequentially as the need for them is defined by other implementing procedures.(a) Form numbers will be formatted as "EP-n-Site or All Rev x", where n is the sequential number of the form and x is the current revision of the form. For the Site, the designator will be as designated in PCRS. If All sites use the form, then All will be used.5.3 METHOD OF PLACING FORMS IN THIS PROCEDURE[1] Forms are attached as addendums to this procedure. They will appear formatted in the end use format. There will be no annotation on the addendums or actual forms showing addendum number or procedure page number.[2] Attachment 9.1, Current List of Effective Forms will list all effective forms and the number of pages in each form.[3] The Effective Forms are located in the EP Corporate drive (i.e., \\metne\EP Fleet Forms).

6.0 INTERFACES

[1] EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations [2] EN-EP-610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations [13] EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (05C) Operations 7.0 RECORDS[1] Forms completed by members of the ERO during an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records and are maintained in accordance with EN-AD-i103. 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS [1] None 9.0 ATTACHMENTS Attachment

9.1 Current

List of Effective Forms ATr'ACHMENT 9.1CURNLITOEFCIVFRM CURRENT LIST OF EFFECTIVE FORMS Page 1 of 1 Form Form TitleInefcg Number (number of pages if > 1) Poeue EP-1 -ALL This has been intentionally left biank Nn EP-2-ALL Essential Information Form (2 pages) EN-EP-609, EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611 EP-3-ALL Log Sheet FormENE-0,NEP6,E-P61 EP-4-ALL Exposure Authorization Form (2 pages) EN-EP-609, EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611 EP-5-ALL Team Dispatching Form EN-EP-609, ENEP-610, EN-EP-611 EP-6-ALL Team Tracking Form EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611 EP-7-ALL Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form (2 pages) EN-EP-609, EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611I EP-8-ALL KI Instructions/Briefing Form EN-EP-609, EN-EP-610, EN-EP-61 1 NRC Form-361, Reactor Plant Event Notification EN-EP-609, EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611 EP-g-ALL Worksheet (2 pages)Fillng n EO Vaanc Duing aciitySite Specific CR procedures/EN-EP-EP-10-ALL Activation/Operation Form60,E-P6,ENP61 EP-1 1-ALL Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form (3 pages) EN-EP-610, EN-EP-611I EP-12-ALL

• Engineering Task Assignment Form (2 pages) EN-EP-610 EP-1 3-ALL NRC Briefing Form EN-EP-609 EP-14-ALL Briefing Form EN-EP-609, EN-EP-6I0, EN-EP-611 ATTACHMENT 9.1 1 0CFR50.54(q)

SCREENING SHEET 1 OF 4 ProcedurelDocument Number: EN-EP-900 Revision: 002 EquipmentlFacility/Other: River Bend Station Title: EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS FORMS Part I, Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): This change implements fleet procedure EN-EP-900, Emergency Preparedness Forms, Rev. 2 for use by the RBS emergency response organization. Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? [-]YES ~ O]NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below:, complete Part VI. _ _ _ _ _ _Justification: El Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may indlude changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. El One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50,54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.El One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10CFR50.54 (q)Part IV. Editorial Change E--YES O]NO 50,54(o,)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Justification: Enter~justification and complete Part VI.Part V. Emergency Planning ElementlFunction Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, incduding program elements from NUREG-0654/FE=MA REP-I Section II?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] lI]2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 LI staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] _[EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 100CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 2 OF 4 ProcedurelDocument Number: EN-EP-900 Revision: 002 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS FORMS 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] i[]5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] [6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] I[l 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] LI 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of []the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt [instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and [Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [51 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response El organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] [13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the [plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. 17] LI 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] [16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] _____17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] Ii 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] [19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are [available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [101 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including [those for hostile action events.[1 0]21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. (11] LI 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] [23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] [24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program El areas) is established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, [maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] [27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] [28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] III 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] [EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EN-EP-g00 IRevi~sion: 002 Equipment(FacilitylOther: River Bend StationlAPPLICABILITY CONCLUSION l]if no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.U If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Transition to the new fleet procedure will change processes as illustrated below: EP-2-ALL. EP-1 4-ALL: Essential Information Form and Briefin9 Form: These forms are used to support turnovers and briefs and replace applicable RBS stand-alone forms which are not contained in site procedures. The information provided in both fleet forms, for briefings and Essential Information, is similar to the subject areas contained in existing forms used at RBS. These forms constitute a replacement of the RBS site specific forms and contain the relevant information needed to facilitate turnovers, both from one facility to another and within a facility (shift turnover) and for the use of periodic briefings within a facility.Additionally, the fleet forms support timely transfer and turnover and can be supplemented as needed by other information such as log entries, dose assessment printouts, notification forms, etc. This change does not affect the meaniing or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-3-ALL: Loq Sheet Form: This change replaces an existing log form in RBS site procedures. Both forms are similar and contain no specific required information. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-4-ALL: Exposure Authorization Form: This form does not replace an existing RBS site specific form or procedure. The RBS procedure EIP-2-01 2, Radiation Exposure Controls, contains instructions for special radiation exposure controls during an emergency and will continue be used by the ERO. The information contained in the fleet form (EP-4-ALL) supports the information contained in the site procedure in that the'V exposure limits and authorization requirements are the same. The use of this new fleet form provides for a systematic collection of information for the authorization in a single location (on the form). This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.' EP-5-ALL. EP-6-ALL. EP-1 1-ALL. EP-12-ALL: Team Dispatchinq Form. Team Trackinq Form. Repair &Corrective Action Assiqnment Form, and Engineering Task Assignment Form: This change replaces RBS forms and EP aids with fleet forms. Briefing, dispatching and tracking of OSC teams and/or assignment of engineering tasks are not processes described in the 10CFR50.47 planning standards or NUREG-0654 and are not referenced in Regulatory Guide 1.219. This change does not affect a process associated with an emergency planning standard. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-7-ALL: Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form: RBS procedures currently contain facility sign-in forms.The current process for facility sign-in and the directions associated with this new form are consistent. The fleet form is considered as an enhancement as it also provides for a clear "statement" (using a checkbox)from a responder as to whether or not they are fit-for-duty in accordance with Entergy requirements. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent (6f a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-8-ALL: KI Instructions/Briefinq Form: The fleet form does not replace an existing RBS site specificform EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTrACHMENT 9.1 10OCFRS0.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4OF 4 ProcedurelDocument Number:. EN-EP-900 Revision: 002 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS FORMS or procedure. RBS procedure ElP-2-012, Radiation Exposure Controls, contains instructions for special radiation exposure controls including the use of KI during an emergency and will continue to be used by the ERO. EIP-2-012, Attachment 2, "Potassium Iodide (KI) Administration Form', and fleet form EP-8-ALL will be used in concert when administrating Potassium Iodide. The use of both forms will enhance the KI process with no loss of function. .The overall process for the authorization and issuance of KI essentially remains the same. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-9-ALL: NRC Form 361: Current RBS procedure references NRC Form 361 or similar form or log to document NRC notifications. The form itself is not contained in RBS procedures, but is used as a tool to document the notification. The information in the form and its use remain the same. This change does not change a process. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Ep-1Q0-ALL: Fillina an ERO V~acancy: This change uses the same process for filling ERO vacancies as that contained in RBS Emergency Planning Position Paper, Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation. Form EP-1 0-ALL will replace that position paper. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EP-1 3-ALL: NRC Briefing Form: This form is used to prepare for and conduct a briefing of NRC responders and replaces a RBS stand-alone aid which is not contained in site procedures. The information provided in this fleet form is similar to the subject areas contained in the existing aid used at RBS. This form constitutes a replacement of the RBS site specific aid and is considered to contain the relevant information needed to facilitate the NRC briefings. This change does not affect the meaning or the intent of a description, facilities or equipment or a process. This proposed change does not change the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Part VI. Signatures: ohPreparer usName (Print) Pr arer Si ature (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) R*viDerSigntur--a N/A Reviewer-Nam e(Print) ... .. ....... ... ... .. ie e -ig t re , .. ... .. ...... Date: .......Duane White///Nuclear EP Project Manager ___,__,___1!20/201 A ppro ver"- ',, cName (Print) Appovr i uDate: EP manager or designee -J 7J ,//'....- -O-t EN-EP-305 REV 3 NUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-.EP-609 REV. 2 r MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 1 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS Procedure Contains NMM ECH eB REFLIB Forms: YES Li NO []Procedure Revision Type: New LI NON-Editorial [] Editorial LI TC LI Cancellation LI HQNMayAnWlo Effective Procedure Owner: Dean Burnett Governance Owner:MayAnWso Dae Title: Director, Emergency Title: Director, Emergency Dae Site: Programs Site: Programs I1/27/2016 HQN HQN Site Site Procedure Champion Title ANO N/A N/A BRP N/A N/A CNS N/A N/A SGGNS Jeff Seiter Manager, EP IPEC Lori Glander Manager, EP_ JAF James Jones Manager, EP_ PLP Dan Malone Manager, EP PNPS N/A N/A... RBS Tim Schenk Manager, EP VY N/A N/A W3 N/A N/A HON David Townsend EP, Project Manager For site implementation dates see ECH eB REFLIB using site. tree view (Navigation panel)Site and NMM Procedures Canceled or Superseded By This Revision OP-I1903.067, EI-4.3 Superseded site procedures remain active until the site-specific implementation date._Process Applicability Exclusion: All Sites: LI Specific Sites: ANO LI BRP LI GGNS LI IPECL-I JAF LI PLP LI PNPSL-I RBS LI VY LI W3 LI Change Statement Revision 2:* Implements the fleet standard Emergency Operations Facility Operations procedure at Palisades, Indian Point, ANO and RBS. /* Added Note to the procedure's purpose that allows the procedure to be used at the backup/alternate EOF as applicable.

• Added INPO IER 13-10 to the reference section.* Correct title of Administration and Logistics Coordinator position in section 4.0 [10].* Added Form Number (EP-#-ALL) before all Forms referenced in the procedure.
• Corrects typo on Attachment 9.16 that stated "The following actions should be taken once Attachment 9.19, Event Termination Checklist, is complete." The Event Termination Checklist is Attachment 9.15.* Add Hostile Action Based event criteria to the Event Termination Checklist and Emergency Director's Checklist* Grammatical correction; Changed "effect" to 'affect" on the Radiological Assessment Coordinator's checklist which stated "Any condition which may effect the emergency classification".
• Added JIC to the list of locations that receive a copy of the approved press releases and clarified where the offsite agencies, who receive a copy of the approved press release, are located.* Add locals to list of agencies to be notified/contacted of classification, termination, PARs and changes to classification or PARs.* Changed Shift Manager to Control Room on the ED checklist to clarify that ED responsibilities should be transfeh'ed to the facility rather than an ERO position if the EOF has to relocate or evacuate to a backup or alternate facility.* Added the Company Spokesperson to the list of positions that are notified of the EOF relocation or evacuation.
• Added guidance to the ED checklist to ensure EOF Staff transports all completed documentation with them to the backup or alternate facility.* Clarify the guidance in the ED, EOF Manager, and Offsite Communicator checklist on when periodic updates to offsite agencies are done.* Added action to notify the NRC and Offsite Liaisons if the EOF is relocated to the Lead Offsite Liaison's checklist.
• Added EOF relocation to list of items requiring a periodic update to offsite agencies* Added action to Administration and Logistics Coordinator to ensure EOF is secure.* Added action to Administration and Logistics Coordinator to provide any special routing information to relief staff.* Replaced "and" with "/" on the ED checklist concerning contacting and informing the SVP, Regional Operations of the event.* Reworded step on the ED checklist concerning maintaining the facility log for readability.
• Corrects step for the Administration and Logistics Coordinator responsibilities, that describe to whom the Administration and Logistics Coordinator provides support, by removing "TSC" before the Emergency Response Organization.

The Administration and Logistics Coordinator provides support the entire Emergency Response Organization.

• Corrects step on Radiological Assessment Coordinator checklist by changing "for" to "from" concerning requesting decontamination support from the TSC* Add locals to list of agencies in the EOF to be kept informed of the events by the Lead Offsite Liaison* Grammatical correction; Changed "of' to "on" on the EOF Technical Advisor's checklist to read "make an announcement on facility bridge"* Grammatical correction; Added an "s" to the word announcement on the ED's checklist Associated PRHQN #: 2015-00479 Procedure Writer: D. Townsend Contains Proprietary Information:

YES III NO Z] TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Paae 1.0 PURPOSE ...................................... 4

2.0 REFERENCES

4 3.0 DEFINITIONS .............................................................. 4 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................... 4 5.0 DETAILS .................................................................. 5 6.0 INTERFACES .............................................................. 6 7.0 RECORDS................. .................................................. 7 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS ........................................ 7 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ........................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT

9.9 ATTACHMENT

9.10 ATT-IACH MENT 9. 11 ATTACHMENT 9.12 ATTACHMENT 9.13 ATTACHMENT 9.14 ATTACHMENT 9.15 ATTACHMENT 9.16 ATTACHMENT 9.17 ATTACHMENT 9.18 ATTACHMENT 9.19 ATTACHMENT 9.20 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR ........................................... 8 EOF MANAGER .................................................. 1i8 EOF TECHNICAL ADVISOR ...................................... 25 EOF LOG KEEPER ............................................... 28 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR.................. 31 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR ....................................... 38 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON................................... 43 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON........................................... 46 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR................................... 50 ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS COORDINATOR ............. 54 IT SPECIALIST..................................................... 58 DOSE ASSESSOR ....................................... 61 OFFSITE LIAISON................".................................. 64 EOF COMMUNICATOR....... ..................................... 66 EVENT TERMINATION CHECKLIST ................................ 68 RECOVERY ISSUES/STRATEGY GUIDE .......................... 69 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET .................... 71 OFFSITE MONITORING TEAM .......................... ........... 76 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS .................................. 79 ERO STAFFING FOR LONG DURATION EVENTS................ 80

1.0 PURPOSE

NOTE This procedure may be used for activation and operations at the backup/alternate EQE as applicable. [1] To describe the activation and operation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EQE)focusing on classification, notification, dose assessment and protective action recommendations.

2.0 REFERENCES

[1] Site Emergency Plans[21 Site Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures 13] INPO IERI13-10O

3.0 DEFINITIONS

[1] Activation -Actions taken to staff and setup an emergency response facility to make it operational. Actions include but are not limited to notification of emergency personnel, equipment setup and equipment operability testing.[2] Operational -Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is setup and available to assume/perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.[3] Stratecqic Alliance for FLEX Emerqency Response (SAFER) -. The industry organization that assists in providing equipment and resources from off-site following a beyond-design-basis external event (BDBEE)4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES [1] The entire staff of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) is responsible for activation and operation of the facility using this procedure, their position specific checklists and applicable site specific performance aids.[2] The Emergency Director (ED) is responsible for overall command and control of the emergency response, including classifications; notifications, PARs and ensuring all resources are available to mitigate emergency conditions. [3] The EOF Manager is responsible for overseeing operations of the EOF and assisting the ED in performance of key duties.[4] The EOF Technical Advisor (TA) is responsible for analyzing data from the plant and providing technical advice to the EOF Staff and tracking EALs based on plant data.[5] The Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAG) is responsible for overseeing operations of the off-site dose assessment and all radiological controls for Entergy Personnel. MNGENNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 I REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 5 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS [6] The Offsite Communicator is responsible for making required communications to offsite authorities. [71 The Public Information Liaison is responsible for providing information on emergency actions to the Joint Information Center (JIG).[8] The Lead Offsite Liaison is responsible for ensuring the offsite agencies, including NRC, located in the EOF and the offsite liaisons, located at the EO~s are briefed on the plant conditions. [9] The Offsite Team Coordinator is responsible for communicating with the offsite monitoring teams and supporting the RAG in dose assessment activities. [10] The Administration and Logistics Coordinator is responsible for providing support to the EOF Manager and the Emergency Response Organization. Responsibilities include managing 24 hour staffing of the emergency response facilities, managing logistics for supporting the onsite and offsite emergency response such as additional support personnel or equipment, meals, lodging, etc., and coordinating access security measures in the EQE if applicable. [11] The IT Specialist is responsible for assisting EOF staff in operation of facility computer and communications issues as necessary. [12] Dose Assessor is responsible for monitoring plant data for possible releases and performing dose projections based on any actual or potential, releases.[13] The Offsite Liaisons are responsible for reporting to their assigned offsite location, obtaining plant information from the Lead Offsite Liaison and ensuring the offsite agencies located in the EOC are briefed on the plant conditions. They clarify plant conditions and respond to questions for the offsite agencies.[14] The EQE Log Keeper is responsible for providing administrative support to the ED in any EQE activity that is required. Activities may include log keeping, faxing, copying, etc.[15] The Offsite Monitoring Team is responsible for supporting plume tracking by taking measurements in the field and reporting results back to the EOF.5.0 DETAILS NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended. [1] The EOF may be activated at any time, and shall be activated at an Alert, Site Area Emergency, and General Emergency declaration. [2] Once activated, the EOF shall become operational as soon as possible (without delay)after declaration of any of these emergency classifications. [3] The EOF shall be made operational in accordance with site specific time commitments. [4] The ED shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, Emergency Director.[5] The EOF Manager shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, EOE Manager.[6] The EOF Technical Advisor shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, EOF Technical Advisor.[7] The EOF Log Keeper shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, EOF Log Keeper.[8] The Radiological Assessment Coordinator shall follow the instructions outlined Attachment 9.5, Radiological Assessment Coordinator. [9] The Offsite Communicator shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.6, Offsite Communicator. [10] The Public Information Liaison shall follow tl~ie instructions outlined Attachment 9.7, Public Information Liaison.[11] The Lead Offsite Liaison shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.8, Lead Offsite Liaison.[12] The Offsite Team Coordinator shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.9, Offsite Team Coordinator. [13] The Administration and Logistics Coordinator shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.10, Administration and Logistics Coordinator. [14] The IT Specialist shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.11, IT Specialist. [15] The Dose Assessor shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.12, Dose Assessor.[16] The Offsite Liaisons shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.13, Offsite Liaisons.[17] The EOF Communicator shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.14, EOF Communicator. [18] The Offsite Monitoring Team shall follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.18, Offsite Monitoring Team.6.0 INTERFACES [1] EN-AD-I103, Document Control & Records Management Programs[2] EN-EP-31 1, Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) Activation via the Virtual Private Network (VPN)[3] EN-EP-601, Corporate Emergency Center Operations [4] EN-LI-i102, Corrective Action Process[5] EN-NS-1 02, Fitness for Duty Program[6] EN-RP-1 04, Personnel Contamination Events[7] EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations [8] EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations

7.0 RECORDS

Any logs or forms completed by members of the ERO during an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records and are maintained in accordance with EN-AD-i103. 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS Step Site Document Commitment Number or_____Reference

• GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 5.4.2 (A-G)* GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 5.4.4_____________
• GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 6.1.2. S1* GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 6.2.45 8 8 ____________

I. t 9.0 ATTACHMENTS

9.1 Emergency

Director 9.2 EOF Manager 9.3 EOF Technical Advisor 9.4 EOF Log Keepers 9.5 Radiological Assessment Coordinator

9.6 Offsite

Communicator

9.7 Public

Information Liaison 9.8 Lead Offsite Liaison 9.9 Offsite Team Coordinator 9.10 Administration and Logistics Coordinator 9.11 IT Specialist 9.12 Dose Assessor 9.13 Offsite Liaison 9.14 EQE Communicator 9.15 Event Termination Checklist 9.16 Recovery Issues/Strategy Guide 9.17 Shift and Relief Planning Worksheet 9.18 Off~site Monitoring Team 9.19 Site Specific Commitments 9.20 ERO Staffing for Long Duration Events A'I-rACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 1 of 10 Emergency Director Name:__________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes~NOTE The ERO should take appropriate actions necessary to mitigate the event regardless of facility manning or status.1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Emergency Director binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions and overall status of emergency situation.

C. Call the Control Room Shift Manager (affected unit for ANO and IPEC) and receive a briefing on plant conditions. Use EP-2-ALL.Essential Information Form to document turnover information.

1. This briefing is not required to declare the EOF operational.

D. Verify that the correct emergency classification has been declared NOTES SM retains responsibility for off-site agencies notification and the 1 hr NRC authorities' notification until the Emergency Director (ED) assumes responsibility for implementation of the Emergency Plan.1.2 Assume the Position of Emergency Director (ED)A. Ensure EOF is ready to assess and classify the emergency. B. When notified by the EQE Manager that EQE is prepared to perform Offsite Notification and Protective Action Recommendation declare the EOF Operational and announce to the EOF staff.C. Contact the SM to obtain latest plant status and coordinate the official time of turnover to ensure it will not interfere with or delay required emergency classification, offsite agencies notifications or issuance of PARs. ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 2 of 10 Initial Responsibility/Activity (continued)Noe NOTES Transfer of Classification, Notification and Protective Action Recommendation functions from the Control Room to the EOF should be made as soon as reasonably practical. D. Once the formal transfer of Classification, Notification and Protective Action Recommendation functions are made from the Control Room to the EOF make an announcement to EQE personnel that you have assumed the ED function.E. Ensure facility log is maintained in WebEOC or EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form, by appointing someone during minimum staffing situations when the EOF Log Keeper is not present.F. If a radiological release is in progress or expected, inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator to ensure on-site and off-site radiological conditions are evaluated in accordance with procedures. G. IF relieving another ED in the EOF THEN perform a formal turnover with the current ED.1. Review the facility log.2. Obtain a briefing from the acting ED on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress using EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form.(a) Review the EAL Chart and procedures in preparation for possible classification escalation and recommendation of protective actions.3. Once formal turnover is complete, announce to the EOF that you are now the Emergency Director. Instruct the EOF Manager to notify the TSC, Control Room, OSC, JIC and CEC.4. Sign in on the EOF Staffing Board.5. Document turnover in WebEOC or facility logs indicating change of Emergency Director and relief by on coming Emergency Director. ATTACHMENT

9.1 Sheet

3 of 10 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR Initial Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activitv

2.1 Direct

the activities of the EOF With focus on classification, notification, dose assessment and protective action recommendations. A. Direct EOF organization activities in support of the TSC and offsite response agencies.B. Direct protective actions for offsite monitoring teams, EOF staff, and offsite agencies.C. Request assistance from offsite agencies, excluding requests for offsite medical/fire, security assistance. (Coordinate request for Federal assistance through the State).D. Integrate off-site responders with site response efforts, when required.2.2 Notification of Corporate Duty Manager A. Ensure the Corporate Duty Manager is notified of any Emergency declaration and briefed on event.B. Inform the Corporate Duty Manager if the Site Vice President or designee has or will contact/inform the SVP, Regional Operations of the event.2.3 Maintain personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you leave the area, THEN assign the EOF Technical Advisor to fulfill your responsibility. Upon your return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Technical Advisor on any events that occurred while you were away.B. Inform the EOF Manager to notify/retrieve you should significant changes to event conditions occur.2.4 Maintain a Log A. Designate the EOF Log Keeper to maintain a log using WebEOC or EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.1. Log when you assume the duties of the ED and EOF activation.

2. Log significant decisions and important details used to make decisions (i.e. emergency classification changes, EALs entered, time of offsite notifications and protective action recommendations).

ATTACHMENT

9.1 Sheet

4 of 10 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 3. Log all significant communications with other members of the ERO and offsite officials. B. Periodically review log for accuracy.2.5 Conduct Periodic Facility Briefings A. Coordinate with the EQE Manager to establish a time period for the conduct of facility briefings.

1. Establish briefing periods at every 30-60 minute intervals as conditions warrant or as conditions change.2. Inform the Public Information Liaison to make an announcement

• approximately 5 minutes before actual brief that a brief will be conducted (if possible).

3. Direct key staff to provide information needed for the brief, if necessary.

4. Direct the EQE Technical Advisor,.Radiological Assessment Coordinator and other key ERO staff, as necessary, to participate in briefing facility personnel on current plant status and offsite radiological conditions respectively.

5. Conduct briefing using EP-1 4-ALL, Briefing Form and EP-2-ALL, Essential Infor~mation Form as guidance and ensure information provided in the briefing is captured and entered into WebEOC by the EOF Log Keeper.B. Ensure that the Offsite Agency representatives at the EQE are updated on the status of the emergency periodically.

1. Coordinate with the EQE Manager and Lead Offsite Liaison to keep Offsite Liaisons and offsite personnel in the EQE current on: (a) Emergency events (b) Current plant conditions (c) Emergency response activities underway (d) Offsite radiological release status, dose assessment and PARs.

ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 5ofl10 Notes Continuous Responsibility1Activity (continued) C. Direct the EQE Technical Advisor to brief key EOF staff on each significant plant parameter change, escalation, or PAR recommendation. D. Establish a frequency of regular EOF staff briefings and announce time for next brief at end of each briefing.E. Periodically ensure the other emergency response facility managers (Control Room, TSC, OSC and JIC) are briefed on EQE activities.

2.6 Classify

Emergency Conditions. (Non-delegable) A. Review plant conditions wihteEmergency Plant Manager (EPM), SM and EOF TeChnical Advisor.B. Review offsite radiological data with the EOF Manager and Radiological Assessment Coordinator. C. Review current information and recommendations with the EAL Chart and procedure. D. Following discussion and concurrence with the EPM, SM, Technical Advisor, Radiological Assessment Coordinator (if required) and EOF Manager, direct the completion of the following actions in the order identified below: 1. Escalate the emergency classification or terminate the event and transition into Recovery.2. Ensure classification announcement are made in the plant.Work with Control Room, TSC, etc. as appropriate to make announcements.

3. Direct notification of the Offsite Agencies in accordance with Section 2.8, "Initial Notification of emergency classification and/or PARs to Offsite Agencies." 4. Request accountability status from the TSC Manager, if.applicable.

5. IF there is an escalation to a GENERAL EMERGENCY, THEN implement actions in accordance with Section 2.7, "Protective Action Recommendations."

A'I-IACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 6of 10 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes E. Inform the EQE Manager, SM, and EPM when and at what time the emergency classification was made.F. Announce to EOF personnel when and at what time the emergency classification was made.G. In coordination with the Lead Offsite Liaison, inform each EOF State and local representative of a change in emergency classification and the condition producing the change.H. Authorize emergency dose commitments ~for EQE personnel and field monitoring teams in accordance with EP-A-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form.I. Authorize the use of KI in accordance with EP-8-ALL, KI Instructions/Briefing Form.2.7 Make Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) (non-delegable) NOTE Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) are to be made only at the General Emergency classification. A. Assess, with the assistance of the EOF Technical Advisor and the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, the appropriate PAR per site specific procedure. B. Re-evaluate, with the assistance of the EOF Technical Advisor and the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, the adequacy of the PARs when plant conditions, dose projections, meteorological or plant conditions change. SE 'try NUCLEAR NNQATYRLED N-E-69RV2 I MANAGEMENT JMANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 14 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS A'IrACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 7 of 10 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notesr~2.8 Initial Notification of Emergency Classification and/or PARs to Offsite Agencies (States, Locals, NRC) (non-delegable) CAUTION Offsite Agency notification must be initiated within 15 minutes of emergency classification declaration. The Control Room will make the notification to the NRC as soon as possible after the declaration and must be completed within 1 hour.A. Review and approve the completed "Emergency Notification Form".B. Direct the Offsite Communicator to transmit data on the form to the offsite agencies and to report to you when complete.C. Direct the EOF Manager to notify the Corporate Emergency Center Manager of all declarations and information as contained on "Emergency Notification Form", if required.2.9 Review and Approve Entergy Press Releases A. Confer, as appropriate, with the Company Spokesperson, EOF Technical Advisor, EOF Manager and Radiological Assessment Coordinator if there is any question regarding the accuracy of a proposed press release prior to approval.B. Review and approve periodic press releases prepared by the Joint Information Center.1. After review, initial and time stamp front of press release.2. Immediately return press release to the Public Information Liaison to provide to the Joint Information Center for distribution. C. IF it is a Security Event, THE.N press releases have been developed, reviewed and pre-approved by Security Coordinator, FBI Public Information Officer (PlO) for release to the media. ATTACHMENT

9.1 Sheet

8 of 10 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes D. Direct the Lead Offsite Liaison to provide copies of approved press releases to the Offsite Agencies representatives in the EQE.2.10 Periodic Update Notification to Offsite Agencies NOTE When onsite conditions are stable, time period for periodic updates may be extended with concurrence from offsite agencies.A. Ensure the Offsite Communicator obtains the information needed for "Emergency Notification Form", at the following frequencies:

1. 15 minutes for any classification upgrade 2. 15 minutes for any PAR change 3. In accordance with site specific requirements when one of the following occurs:*(a) There has been a release or (b) A significant change in release rates or (c) A significant change in meteorological conditions (d) A significant change in plant conditions (e) Conditions are stable (30, 60, or 120 minutes (JAF-approximately 30 minutes) following the last notification to offsite agencies).

B. Review and approve the completed, "Emergency Notification Form".C. Direct the Offsite Communicator to transmit data on the form to the offsite agencies and to report to you when complete;D. Determine reportability actions for non-emergency reportable events during an emergency (hazardous material spills, contaminated injured personnel, etc.) and ensure they are reported in accordance with procedure requirements. 2.11 Additional/Long Term Emergency Response Support A. Direct the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to ensure that manpower planning is being conducted to provide for response efforts over an extended period. _____________ NUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANAGEM ENT b/ MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 1 6 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

DIRECTOR Sheet 9 of 10 Continuous Resl~onsibilitV/Activitv (continued) Notes B. Depending uponl the duration of the emergency, direct the SAdministration and Logistics Coordinator to make arrangements for food and potable water delivery to all emergency response centers, including off-site teams.2.12 Relocation/Evacuation of the EQE A. IF it becomes necessary to relocate or evacuate the EOF to a backup or alternate facility, THEN transfer the following to the Emergency Director in the Control Room: 1. Responsibility to make Protective Action Recommendations

2. Approval of Offsite Notifications

3. Dose Assessment

4. Communications with Offsite Agencies 5. Any other activities requiring the approval of the Emergency Direct~r B. Ensure EOF staff transfers the following:

1. Approval of Press Releases (Control Room)2. Command and control of Monitoring

& Sampling Teams (OSC)3. Any other critical on-going activities (TSC)C. Once all actions listed above are complete, then direct the EOF to relocate the backup or alternate facility.D. Notify Shift Manager, Emergency Plant Manager and Company Spokesperson the EOF is being evacuated and relocated, E. Ensure EOF staff transports all completed documentation with them to the backup or alternate facility.2.13 Integrate offsite responders with on-site response efforts when required.A. Prepare for NRC Site Team response activities.

1. Direct the Lead Offsite Liaison to coordinate activities associated with the NRC Site Team: 2. Brief (or designate Lead Offsite Liaison) the in-plant NRC Site Team upon arrival.

ATTrACHMENT

9.1 Sheet

10 of 10 EMERGENCY DIRECTOR Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Termination to the Recovery Phase A. Transition to a recovery phase is warranted IF the following criteria are satisfied (Document using Attachment 9.15 "Event Termination Checklist):

1. The plant is in a stable configuration with adequate core cooling 2. In-plant radiation levels are stable or decreasing with time.3. The release of radioactive material to the environment is controlled and there :is no significant potential for additional uncontrolled releases.4. Fires are extinguished; flooding conditions and any other site damage are under control.5. All vital areas requiring occupancy are habitable.

• 6. All safety systems necessary to maintain the plant in a stable configuration are operable.7. Site security control is established.

8. For a Hostile Action Based Event, FBI and Local Law Enforcement Agencies have completed associated actions.9. The decision to terminate the emergency classification, including the justification for termination, has been discussed with the NRC and State/Locals officials (For Unusual Event only if their emergency response organizations have been activated as a result of this event).B. IF conditions wa.rrant termination to a recovery phase, THEN the ED completes the actions as listed in recovery plan using Attachment 9.16, "Recovery Issues/Strategy Guide" of this procedure.

A'IrACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 1 of 7 EOF Manager Name:___________________ Date: 1.0 Initial Res ponsibility/Activitv 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the EOF Manager binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions.

C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) on emergency status.1.2 Assume the position of EOF Manager A. IF the EOF has NOT been declared operational THEN:*Notes NOTE Typical minimum staffing needed to declare EOF Operational. The Site's staffing requirements may differ as needed to address site specific requirements: -Emergency Director-Radiological Assessment Coordinator o._r Dose Assessor-Offsite Communicator NOTE During a Security Event only personnel and facilities necessary to mitigate the emergency situation should be activated. The EOF may be declared operational without all key members being present. This will be determined by the most senior person in the facility.1. Verify the minimum EOF staff is present.(a) IF additional personnel are needed or positions are vacant THEN direct someone to fill vacancies in accordance with EP-1 0-ALL, Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation Form.2. Ensure communication is available to the offsite agencies via primary or alternate notification method via verbal concurrence by the Offsite Communicator. Enrg MNGMNNUCLEAR NON-QUALTY RELATED EN-EP-609RV2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 19 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS A'I-ACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 2 of 7 Initial Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 3. Ensure communication is available to the Control Room via verbal concurrence by the EOF Technical Advisor.4. Ensure radiological monitoring and dose assessment capabilities are available in the EOF via verbal concurrence by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.(a) IF Dose Calc is not available in the EOF, THEN ensure dose calculations can be performed in the Control Room.5. WHEN minimum staffing for the EOF is met AND Steps 2 through 4 above are complete, THEN notify the Emergency Director that the ERO is ready to perform: (a) Classifications (b) Notification of off-site agencies.(c) Off-site Protective Action Recommendations (PARs).B. Ensure data systems and displays are displaying appropriate data.C. Obtain Control Room official time (time on their clock) and coordinate with the Public Information Liaison the synchronization of the EOF time with Control Room time.D. Ensure current classification level is posted throughout the facility.E. Ensure the appropriate personnel man the EOF entrance and screens incoming personnel for FFD.F. Review the EOF staffing to verify Minimum Staffing is present.G. WHEN the Emergency Director assumes responsibility from the Shift Manager, THEN notify the following that the EOF is operational and that (name) is now the Emergency Director: 1. JIC (Company Spokesperson) -use the emergency telephone book for the phone number.2. Control Room (Shift Manager) / TSC (EPM)/IOSC (OSC Manager)3. CEC (Corporate Emergency Center Manager) / e-' ~ h " AAEETNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2___________JMANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 20 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 3 of 7 Initial Responsibilitv/Activitv (continued) Notes H. Coordinate with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator to ensure the needs of the State/Locals are met.I, Assist the Radiological Assessment Coordinator with facility habitability as requested. J. IF relieving another EQE Manager, THEN4 perform a formal turnover with the current EOF Manager.1, Review the log.2. Obtain a briefing from the current EOF Manager on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.3. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

4. Inform the ED when you assume the role of EOF Manager 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. Inform the ED if you leave the area. Upon your return, obtain a briefing from the ED on any events that occurred while you were away.B. If the doors to the EOF need to be locked due to a radiological or security issue, then notify the appropriate personnel assigned secure the facility.2.2 Keep the ED informed of changing conditions that may cause a change in the Emergency Classification A. Ensure that radiological assessment of offsite conditions is being performed as determined by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator. ATTACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 4 of 7 Continuous Responsibility/Activitv (continued) Notes 2.3 Initial Notification of Emergency Classification and/or PARs to Offsite Authorities (States, locals, NRC)A. Ensure the Offsite Communicator transmits to offsite authorities using, "Emergency Notification Form", within 15 minutes of the Emergency Classification declaration. Support as necessary. B. Ensure current classification level is posted in the facility.(WebEOC, whiteboard, placards, etc.)C3. Ensure status boards are updated, as required. Update the classification/notification board as necessary.

2.4 Direct

periodic updates to offsite authorities B. Ensure the Offsite Communicator obtains the information needed for "Emergency Notification Form", at the following frequencies:

1. 15 minutes for any classification upgrade 2. 15 minutes for any PAR change 3. In accordance with site specific requirements when one of the following occurs: (a) There has been a release or (b) A significant change in release rates or (c) A significant change in meteorological conditions (d) A significant change in plant conditions (e) Conditions are stable (30, 60, or 120 minutes (JAF-approximately 30 minutes) following the last notification to offsite agencies).

2.5 Assist

in the review of Entergy Press Releases A. Assist the ED in obtaining accurate information if there is any question regarding the accuracy of a proposed press release prior to approval.B. Ensure changes in classifications and release information is provided promptly to the Public Information Liaison. ATTACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 5 of 7 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes.2.6 Ensure Offsite Representatives arriving at EOF are briefed.A. IF the Lead Offsite Liaison is not available upon the offsite representatives' arrival at the facility, THEN brief on: 1. Emergency events 2. Current plant conditions

3. Emergency response activities currently underway 4. Offsite radiological release status 5. Dose assessment and PARs 2.7 Assist the ED in periodic facility briefings A. Coordinate with the ED to schedule the conduct of periodic facility briefings.

B. Ensure the EQE Technical Advisor and the Radiological Assessment Coordinator participates in briefing facility personnel on current plant status and offsite radiological conditions respectively. C. Ensure information provided in the briefing is captured and appropriately documented. 2.8 KI issuance for Entergy Workers A. Coordinate with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator the distribution of KI to EOF staff.2.9 Additional/Long Term Emergency Response Support A. IF additional resources are needed to support emergency response THEN assist, and or direct the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to assist in obtaining resources. B. Periodically check with the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to evaluate and discuss future manpower and logistics needs.C. Depending upon the duration of the emergency, ensure arrangements are made by the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to have food/water delivered. Coordinate the distribution with the Administration and Logistics Coordinator when notified of food delivery. Sheet 6 of 7 EOF MANAGER ATTACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 6 of 7 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity (continued)Noe A. IF it becomes necessary to evacuate or relocate the EQE, THEN assist the ED in transferring duties to other facilities in accordance with Attachment 9.1 of this procedure. B. Assist the ED in activating the Back-up/Alternate EOF in accordance with procedure. 2.11 ERDS Activation A. If requested by the Control Room the EQE Manager or the IT Specialist should activate ER~s in accordance with procedure.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Termination to the Recovery Phase A. Assist the ED in formulation of a recovery plan using Attachment 9.16, "Recovery Issues/Strategy Guide" of this procedure. B. Ensure all temporary procedures used and/or developed are properly documented for use by Recovery Organization so that necessary actions can be taken for plant operations. C. Assist the Recovery Staff in collecting information and resources to provide for long term operation of the site recovery function (e.g., manpower, food, reference materials, and other logistical concerns).

0. Ensure the Offsite Communicator notifies the NRC, State and Locals when the event has been terminated and the plant has entered the Recovery Phase.E. Ensure the EOF Communicator notifies the Control Room, TSC and OSC when the event has been terminated and the plant has entered the Recovery Phase.

ATTACHMENT 9.2 EOF MANAGER Sheet 7 of 7 Closeout Activity (continued) Notes F. Notify the JIC and Corporate Emergency Center (CEC) when the event has been terminated and the plant has entered the RecoverY Phase 3.2 Direct EO)F personnel to return all equipment to proper storage location.3.3 Collect all documentation: A. Direct EQE staff to verify their logs, forms and other documentation is complete.B. Collect all documentation associated with event from the EO)F staff C. Provide all documentation to the EP Manager upon termination of the emergency. A'IrACHMENT

9.3 Sheet

1 of 3 EOF TECHNICAL ADVISOR EOF Technical Advisor Name:______________ Date:____1.0 Initial Res ponsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form I 2. Sign in on the EQE staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the EOF Technical Advisor binder & ID Badge.B. Review plant data electronic displays and any other available sources to become familiar with current plant status.C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) or EQE Manager on emergency status.1.2 Assume the position of EOF Technical Advisor A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Contact the TSC and/or Control Room to obtain information on the status of plant conditions.

2. Review current information and recommendations with the thresholds on the EAL Chart and/or procedure.

3. Inform the ED and EOF Manager when you are prepared to assume EOF Technical Advisor duties.B. IF relieving another EOF Technical Advisor, THE..N perform a formal turnover with the current Technical Advisor: 1. Review the current log.2. Obtain briefing from current EOF Technical Advisor on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.C. Sign in on the EOF Staffing Board D. Inform the ED and EOF Manager that you are now the EOF Technical Advisor.

Eney ANEMTNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609RV2 MANUAL REFERENCE PAGE 26 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS A'I'rACHMENT 9.3 EOF TECHNICAL ADVISOR Sheet 2 of 3 Initial ResponsibilitvlActivity (continued) Notes E. When the EOF is declared operational make announcement on the facility bridge line, if applicable

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitylActivities

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area THEN, inform the EQE Log Keeper you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Log Keeper on any events, which have. occurred while you were away.C. If the ED needs to leave the area, assume the role of ED. Upon the ED's return, provide a briefing on any events that occurred while the ED was away.2.2 Obtain and Monitor Plant Data A. Keep the ED informed of changing conditions that may cause a change in the Emergency Classification.

1. In coordination with the EOF Log Keeper, continuously monitor the inter-facility communications and plant data system and advise the Emergency Director of major events.2. Review the EAL Charts and procedures in preparation for possible classification escalation and recommendation of protective actions.3. In coordination with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, continuously compare radiological conditions with the thresholds on the EAL Chart and/or procedure.

4. Advise the ED on the following items: (a) Any significant change in the condition of the plant.(b) Any observable trends in plant data.(c) Major Operator actions being undertaken.(d) Any condition which may affect the emergency classification.

A'n'ACHMENT 9.3 EOF TECHNICAL ADVISOR Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (continued) Notes 5. Provide the Offsite Communicator, in preparation for the State and local notifications, the completed, "Emergency Notification Form" following the ED's approval.B. IF any of the EOF plant data computer systems are not functioning THEN inform the IT Specialist of malfunctions. C. If Plant Data electronic display becomes unavailable, inform the Public Information Liaison to have the TSC Communicator fax a completed EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form to the EOF.2.3 Assist ED in conduct of briefings A. Assist the ED in preparations for facility briefings by completing EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form to support periodic briefs as requested. B. Assist the ED with summary briefings of plant conditions tO EQE Staff and/or offsite authorities present in the EQE.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Termination to the Recovery Phase A. Assist the ED in formulation of a recovery plan using Attachment 9.16, "Recovery Issues/Strategy Guide" of this procedure.

3.2 Return

all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.3 Review

all documentation you maintained during the emergency: A. Ensure ED log, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all temporary procedures used and/or developed are documented for use by Recovery Organization so that necessary actions can be taken for plant operations.

3.4 Provide

all logs and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.4 EOF LOG KEEPER Sheet I of 3 EOF Log Keeper Name:__________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibilitv1Activityv Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the EOF Log Keeper binder & ID Badge B. Review plant data electronic displays and any other available sources to become familiar with current plant status.C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED), EOF Manager or EOF Technical Advisor on emergency status.D. Log into WebEOC. If WebEOC is unavailable, create and maintain a facility log.1.2 Assume the position of EOF Log Keeper A. IF initial activation THEN" 1. Inform the Emergency Director when you are prepared to ,.assume EOF Log Keeper duties.B. IF relieving another EOF Log Keeper, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current EOF Log Keeper: 1. Review the current Emergency Director log. , 2. Obtain briefing from current EOF Log Keeper on t~he emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.3. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

4. Inform the Emergency Director that you are now the EOF Log Keeper.5. Log into WebEOC.

AI~rACHMENT

9.4 Sheet

2 of 3 EOF LOG KEEPER 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitvlActivities Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area THEN, inform EOF Technical Advisor you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EQE Technical Advisor' on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Perform EOF Log Keeper Duties A.7Assist the Emergency Director and EQE Manager as necessary. B. Periodically review Attachment 9.1, "Emergency Director"' checklist of this procedure to ensure Emergency Director's completion of required steps.C. Prompt the ED to maintain regular briefs.D. Maintain a chronological log of emergency status and EOF activities on WebEOC. Use EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form if WebEOC is not available. E. Display the repair and corrective action team status via WebEOC, if available. F. Provide other clerical functions as needed.2.3 Conduct and support of briefings CAUTION Be aware of sensitive information if Security event is in progress -coordinate information to be presented at the brief with the Security Coordinator. A. Assist the EOF Technical Advisor in preparations for facility briefings, if requested. B. Support the Plant Status/Briefing, if requested. C. Ensure information provided in the briefing is captured and entered into WebEOC/facility log. AI-rACHMENT

9.4 Sheet

3 of 3 EOF LOG KEEPER Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes 2.4 Distribute Emergency Notification Forms A. Copy and distribute Emergency Notification Forms received from the Offsite Communicator to the following:

1. Emergency Director 2. Radiological Assessment Coordinator

3. EQEF Technical Advisor 4. EOF Communicator

5. Public Information Liaison 6. Lead Offsite Liaison 7. Offsite agencies located in the EOE.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the EOF Log Keeper maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMEI Sheet I of f7T9.RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR I Radiological Assessment Coordinator:______________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Radiological Assessment Coordinator binder & ID Badge.B. Review status boards, map boards and any other available sources to become familiar with current radiological conditions and plant status.C. Obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on emergency status D. Evaluate onsite andoffsite radiological conditions.

1 .2 Assume the position of Radiological Assessment Coordinator A. IF initial activation THE.N: 1. Verify Control Room's initial projections, if applicable.

2. Request Protected Area/Onsite Monitoring Team to support dose assessment, if applicable.

3. Review any current protective action recommendations

• Offsite (Public)* Onsite (Site personnel)

4. Direct the performance of dose projections in accordance with applicable procedure(s).

5. Make initial contact with State Radiological Personnel or local Radiological Personnel if applicable.

6. Review any dose calculations (current/projected) performed, onsite/offsite monitoring team results and site evacuation routes.7. Direct the Offsite Team Coordinator to coordinate monitoring and sampling activities.

ATrACHME Sheet 2 of NT9.RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR 7____________________________________ Notes Initial ResponsibilitylActivities (continued)Noe

8. Review, with the EOF Technical Advisor and EOF Manager, current information and recommendations with-the thresholds on the EAL Chart and/or Procedure.

9. Inform the EOF Manager when you are ready to assume radiological assessment and monitoring responsibilities.

10. Advise State Radiological Personnel or local Radiological Personnel (if applicable) when EOF is operational.

11. Maintain awareness of dose projections generated by NRC, state(s), local (if applicable), utility models to recognize and understand significant differences.

B. IF relieving another Radiological Assessment Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Radiological Assessment Coordinator:

1. Review the current Radiological Assessment Coordinator Log.2. Obtain briefing from current Radiological Assessment Coordinator on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.3. Review Emergency Notification Forms, dose calculations, met data, monitoring team data 4. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

5. Inform the EOF Manager that you are now the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activities

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the EOF, THEN, inform the EOF Manager you are leaving the area.2.2 Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.3 Maintain a log A. Maintain a log using EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form. A'n'ACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

3 of 7 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes 1. Log when you assume the duties of the Radiological Assessment Coordinator.

2. Log significant decisions and important details used to make decisions (i.e. emergency classification changes and protective action recommendations).

3. Log all significant communications with other members of the ERO and offsite officials.

B. Periodically review log for accuracy.2.4 Establish and maintain habitability in the EOF A. Request RP monitor to perform EOF habitability from the TSC Radiological Coordinator, if applicable. B. Direct periodic habitability surveys for the EOF particularly when a release is in progress or suspected.

1. Ensure habitability approximately once every 60 minutes or more frequently in conditions warrant.2. IF there is a release, THEN , ensure habitability surveys are performed immediately and r0otify the Administrative

& Logistic Coordinator to place EOF Ventilation/Isolation in service, if applicable. C. IF the following conditions exist in the EOF, THEN request the ED to implement restrictions on eating and drinking in the EOE.1. Radiological conditions are unknown.2. Contamination Levels above background.

3. Airborne contamination levels above background.

D. Set up radiological controls for the EOF.E. Ensure EOF personnel are aware of any restrictions in place. Note any radiological release that may interfere with personnel movement outside.1. Advise the TSC Radiological Coordinator of changes in radiological release status.F. IF any of the following conditions exist, THEN request the ED immediately to consider a planned evacuation of the EOF: 1. EOE dose rates > 100 mRem/hr SNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED 1 EN-EP-609 "RV JM1W T~r/ MANAGEM ENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 34 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.5 RADIOLOGICAL

ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Sheet 4 of 7 Continuous Responsibilitv1Activities (continued) Notes 2. EQE Projected doses > 1 Rem TEDE or 5 Remn ODE over a 12 hour period 3. Airborne concentrations which may result in exceeding occupational limits for inhalation specified in 10CFR20, Appendix B, Table 1.G. Support dosimetry control and record keeping in accordance with procedure. H. Establish radiological controls for supplemental and relief personnel responding to the station.I. Recommend emergency exposure limits for EOF personnel and Offsite Monitoring Teams.J. When necessary, request personnel from the TSC Radiological Coordinator to support any decontamination. 2.5 KI issuance for Entergy Workers associated with the EOF A. Review radiological conditions. B. IF individuals receive or are expected to receive radioiodine uptakes > 5 REM ODE thyroid dose or a General Emergency has been declared, THEN: 1. Control the issuance of KI to emergency workers as follows: (a) Discuss issuance of KI with Radiological Coordinator in the TSC.(b) Discuss issuance of KI with offsite agencies present in the EOF (c) Get approval of the ED for issuance of KI.(d) Direct team members to read Patient Package Insert prior to taking KI (EP-8-ALL, KI Instructions/Briefing Form)./(e) Recommend emergency workers to take one KI tablet per day. Refer to site specific procedure for location of KI.(f) Record KI issuance information on KI Instructions/Briefing Form.(g) Notify the Assembly Area Coordinator(s) to issue KI to personnel in the assembly area, if applicable. B. Evaluate iodine uptakes for persons issued KI, informing contracted medical representatives of KI issuance. ATTACHMENT

9.5 ASSESSMENT

COORDINATOR' Sheet 5 of 7 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes 2.6 Develop and provide recommendations for classification level changes and PARs based on radiological considerations to the ED A. Assess PARs based on plant conditions, dose projection, meteorological, or environmental measurements.

1. Take into consideration previous PARs, if any.B. Re-evaluate PARs when plant conditions, dose projection, meteorological, or environmental measurements change.C3. Continuously compare dose projection and field survey results in accordance with procedure.

D. Evaluate any plant radiological changes.E. In coordination with the EQE Technical Advisor, continuously compare conditions with the thresholds on the EAL Chart and/or procedure. G. Advise ED on the following items: 1. Any significant change in the radiological conditions.

2. Any observable trends in radiological data.3. Any condition which may affect the emergency classification.

I H. When notified by the ED that a radiological release is in progress or expected evaluate On-site and Off-Site Radiological Conditions in accordance with procedures. I. Contact State Radiological Personnel or local Radiological Personnel (if applicable) within 30 minutes of issuing a PAR to ensure they understand basis.J. Maintain awareness of dose projections generated by NRC, state(s), local (if applicable) and utility models and recognize differences. K. Provide overall liaison and coordination of efforts in the area of field team data with State Radiological Personnel or local Radiological Personnel (if applicable).I /tf, NUCLEAR NoN-QuALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 Entergy MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 36 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.5 RADIOLOGICAL

ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Sheet 6 of 7 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (continued) Notes L. Brief offsite authorities responding to the EOF on radiological information, if requested by EOE Manager.M. Provide the Offsite Communicator with the information completed on "Emergency Notification Form": 1. Release status 2. Meteorological conditions

3. PARs, if any 2.7 Assist ED in conduct of briefings A. Assist the ED in preparations for facility briefings.

B. When directed by the ED, provide summary briefings of radiological conditions to EOE Staff and/or offsite authorities present in the EOF.2.8 Coordinate and direct the dose assessment and offsite monitoring efforts.*A. Oversee the activities of your Staff.B. In coordination with the Radiological Coordinator, ensure the Health Physics Network (HPN) is staffed when requested by the NRC.1. IF the NRC requests an open, continuous Health Physics Network (HPN) communications channel, THEN ensure a technically competent individual is available to continuously maintain the HPN phone. Request support from OSC as necessary. C. Evaluate Offsite Radiological Conditions in accordance with Procedure. D. Provide direction to the Offsite Team in determining monitoring and sampling activities of the teams and receive periodic updates.E. Ensure that the State/Local personnel in the EOE are provided with dose projection information for all Dose Calculations. Provide additional data as requested by the State/Locals. F. Through the TSC Manager and/or the Radiological Coordinator, ensure that you are kept informed of the latest estimate of the amount of core damage. ATTACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

7 of 7 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Continuous ReSponsibilitylActivities (continued) Notes G. Ensure that there is an exchange of field team data with the State/Local lead dose assessment personnel. H. Direct possible predictive and worse-case dose projections, when necessary. I. Conduct periodic briefings with the Emergency Director and the EOF Manager to discuss the status of offsite radiological information and assessments. J. Organize the information and concisely state the latest radiological conditions on the status and map boards. As new or additional information becomes available, update the boards.K. If necessary, obtain support from the OSC to assist the EQE on decontamination activities.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Termination to the Recovery Phase A. Assist the Emergency Director" in formulation of a recovery plan using Attachment 9.16, "Recovery Issues/Strategy Guide" of this procedure.

3.2 Contact

State Radiological Personnel or local Radiological Personnel (if applicable) and inform them that the EOE is deactivated.

3.3 Return

all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.4 Review

all documentation the Radiological Assessment Coordinator maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.5 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. Sheet I of 5 OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR ATTACHMENT

9.6 OFFSITE

COMMUNICATOR Sheet I of 5 Offsite Communicator Name:_________________ Date:____1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activities Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Offsite Communicator binder & ID Badge B. Review available sources to obtain overall status of emergency situation.

C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) or EOF Manager on emergency status.1.2 Assume the position of Offsite Communicator A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Obtain copies of all Emergency Notification Forms that have been transmitted prior to EOF activation from Room.2. Ensure communication is available to the states and locals via primary or alternate communication methods by conducting a test of the system.3. Call the Control Room to: (a) Determine and record other offsite notifications made.(NRC, Corporate).(b) Determine and record the next time required offsite agencies notifications are due. ATTACHMEN Sheet 2 of 5T9.OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR 5 Initial Res ponsibilitylActivities Notes 4. Obtain from the EQE Technical Advisor, Radiological Assessment Coordinator and/or EOF Manager the information needed for Emergency Notification Form: (a) Time of emergency classification declaration (b) Plant status (c) Release status (d) Meteorological conditions (e) PARs, if any 5. Log on to Web EOC.6. Inform the EOF Manager when you are prepared to assume Offsite Communicator duties.7. Notify the Offsite Agencies when the EOF was declared operational by the ED: B. IF relieving another Offsite Communicator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Offsite Communicator:

1. Review the current Offsite Communicator log.2. Obtain briefing from current Offsite Communicator on the emergency and any notifications or actions that have been completed or are in progress.(a) Review all Emergency Notification Forms that have been transmitted prior to your arrival.(b) Determine and record the next time required notifications are due..(c) Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EQE staffing board if applicable.(d) Log on to Web EOC.3. Inform the EOF Manager that you are now the Offsite Communicator.

ATTACHMEN~ Sheet 3 of 5T9.OFFSITE COMMUNICATOR 5 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitvlActivities Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the EQE A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area, THEN inform ,the EQE Manager you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EQE Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Maintain Log A. Maintain log using EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form for recording events and decisions.

1. Log when you assumed the duties of the Offsite Communicator (and EQE activation, if not previously done).2. Log time of offsite agencies notifications and time for next notifications.

3. Log all significant communications with other offsite officials.

2.3 Initial

Notification of. Emergency Classification and/or PARs to Offsite Agencies CAUTION State/locals notifications MUST be initiated within 15 minutes of emergency classification declaration. A. Coordinate with the EOF Technical Advisor, Radiological Assessment Coordinator and/or EOF Manager to obtain the information needed to complete Emergency Notification Form: 1. Time of emergency classification declaration

2. Plant status 3. Release status per the Note above, 4. Meteorological conditions

5. PARs B. Acquire Emergency Notification Form.C. Input the required data and review form for accuracy.

ATTACHMENT

9.6 OFFSITE

COMMUNICATOR ATTACHMENT

9.6 OFFSITE

COMMUNICATOR Sheet 4 of 5 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes D. If not already accomplished, ensure the completed Emergency Notification Form has been reviewed and approved by the ED (The*EDs approval is non-delegable). E. IF computer generated Emergency Notification Form is unavailable, THEN manually complete Emergency Notification Form.F. Using the Primary or alternate notification method, transmit the Emergency Notification Form to offsite agencies, within 15 minutes of the Emergency Classification declaration, in accordance with procedure. G. Verify offsite agencies received and understood the emergency notification. H. Provide a copy of transmitted Emergency Notification Forms to the EOF Log Keeper for distribution to appropriate personnel in the EOF including offsite agencies.I. Report to the Emergency Director, EOF Manager and Public Information Liaison when transmittal is complete.J. Maintain records of all notifications and communications.

2.4 Periodic

updates to offsite agencies A. Ensure the Offsite Communicator obtains the information needed for "Emergency Notification Form", at the following frequencies:

1. 15 minutes for any classification upgrade 2. 15 minutes for any PAR change 3. In accordance with site specific requirements when one of the following occurs: (a) There has been a release or.(b) A significant change in release rates or (c) A significant change in meteorological conditions (d) A significant change in plant conditions j MNGETNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2___________JMANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 42 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.6 0OFFSITE

COMMUNICATOR Sheet 5 of 5 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes (e) Conditions are stable (30, 60, or 120 minutes (JAF- I approximately 30 minutes) following the last notification to offsite agencies). B. IF computer generated Emergency Notification Form is unavailable, THEN manually complete Emergency Notification Form.*C. When periodic updates are required, refer back to Step 2.3.D. IF other plant events are occurring that do not require an upgrade to the emergency classification, THEN provide that information in the remarks section.E. IF it becomes necessary to relocate or evacuate the EQE to a I backup or alternate facility, THEN provide that information in the remarks section.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Complete notifications for entry to Recovery using Emergency Notification Form.3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all the Offsite Communicator maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that Jogs, forms and other documentation are complete. 3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase./ ATTACHMENT

9.7 Sheet

I of 3 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON Public Information Liaison Name:_______________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibilitv/Activitv Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EQE staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Public Information Liaison binder & ID Badge B. Review any available sources of plant information to obtain overall status of emergency situation.

C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) or EOF Manager on emergency status.D. Log into WebEOC.1 .2 Assume the Position of Public Information Liaison A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Test the EOF PA system if applicable.

2. In coordination with the EOF Manager, synchronize clocks in the EOF with Control Room time.3. Notify the ED of any time discrepancies between Plant Data System and the Control Room times.4. When the EOF has been declared operational (obtain from the ED), make the following announcement over the EOF PA system "The EOF was activated at ___hrs. The time is now____hrs, please synchronize clocks in your area." 5. Inform the EOF Manager when you are prepared to assume the Public Information Liaison duties.

ATrACHMENT

9.7 PUBLIC

INFORMATION LIAISON Sheet 2 of 3 Initial Responsibility/Activity Notes B. IF relieving another Public Information Liaison in the EOF THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Public Information Liaison.1. Obtain briefing from current Public Information Liaison on the emergency and any notifications or actions that have been completed or are in progress.(a) Review all Emergency Notification Forms that have been transmitted prior to your arrival.2. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Inform the ED that you are now the Public Information Liaison.2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area, THEN inform the EOF Manager you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Perform Public Information Liaison Duties A. Assist in the preparation of press releases by keeping the JIC Technical Advisor and Press Release Writer updated on the event.B. Immediately notify the Company Spokesperson of any classification upgrades or changes in radiological release.C. Make EOF announcements as directed by the ED.2.3 Review and approve/concur Entergy press releases A. Obtain draft press releases (may be done via WebEOC) from the JIC, provide a review of the information to check for key points and provide to ED for review and approval. A'IrACHMENT

9.7 PUBLIC

INFORMATION Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous Responsibil ity/Activity Notes B. Obtain ED signature on final press releases.C. Notify the JIC Press Release Writer or Information Coordinator of any necessary revisions to the press release and/for ED's approval.D. Provide a copy of the approved press releases to the JIC and offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) in the EOF. Keep the original press releases.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Public Information Liaison maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHME Sheet I C ofT 9.LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON ,f 4 Lead Offsite Liaison Name:_________________ Date:____1.0 Initial Responsibility1Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Lead Offsite Liaison binder & ID Badge B. Review any available sources to obtain overall status of emergency situation.

C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) or EOF Manager on emergency status.D. IF Emergency Notification Form has been generated in the EOF, THEN obtain copies of all the forms and provide to the State/Local Agencies in the EOF.1.2 Assume the Position of Lead Offsite Liaison A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Inform the EOF Manager when you are prepared to assume the Lead Offsite Liaison duties.B. Notify the Offsite Communicator when State EOCs are staffed.C. Ensure that the offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) at the EOF are updated on the status of the emergency upon arrival at the EOF using EP-1 3-ALL, NRC Briefing Form.D. IF relieving another Lead Offsite Liaison in the EOF THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Lead Offsite Liaison.1. Obtain briefing from current Lead Offsite Liaison on the emergency and any notifications or actions that have been completed or are in progress.(a) Review all Emergency Classification and PAR Notification/Upgrade Forms that have been transmitted prior to your arrival. ATTACHMENT 9.8 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Resp~onsibilitvIActivitv (continued) Notes 2. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Inform the EOF Manager that you are now the Lead Offsite Liaison.2.0 Continuous Res ponsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area, THEN inform the EOF Manager you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Ensure offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) in the EOF are kept informed A. Provide initial briefings as offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.)arrive at the EOF: 1. Offsite radiological release status via Radiological Assessment Coordinator

2. Dose assessment and PARs via Radiological Assessment Coordinator B. Ensure that the offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) in the EOF are updated on the status of the emergency periodically.

C. Provide additional information, if requested, on each significant change in: 1. Plant parameters

2. Emergency classification escalations or de-escalations

3. PAR recommendations

4. Dose Projections D. Ensure offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) in the EOF are aware of briefings.

E. Respond to offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) in the EOF questions. ATTACHMENT 9.8 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON Sheet 3 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) ,-Notes F. IF it becomes necessary to relocate or evacuate the EQE to a backup or alternate facility, THEN notify the offsite agencies (state,I local, NRC, etc.) in the EQE of the relocation. G. Provide feedback to the ED directly or via the EOF Technical Advisor regarding:

1. Offsite agencies (state, local, NRC, etc.) questions and concerns.2. State's or local's (if applicable) protective action directives.

2.3 Ensure

Offsite Liaisons are kept informed A. Provide initial briefings as Offsite Liaisons arrive at their locations via conference bridge line or another communications method: 1. Emergency events 2. Current plant conditions

3. Emergency response activities currently underway 4. Offsite radiological release status 5. PARs B. Provide periodic briefings on the status of the emergency to Offsite Liaisons via conference bridge line or another communications method.C. Provide additional information on each significant change in: 1. Plant parameters

2. Emergency classification escalations or de-escalations

3. PAR recommendations D. Respond to Offsite Liaisons' questions.

E. IF it becomes necessary to relocate or evacuate the EOF to a backup or alternate facility, THEN notify the Offsite Liaisons of the relocation.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Termination to the Recovery Phase A'IrACHMENT 9.8 LEAD OFFSITE LIAISON Sheet 4 of 4 Closeout Activity (continued) Notes A. IF conditions warrant de-escalation to a recovery phase, THEN, facilitate a discussion between the ED and the State/Local/NRC representatives at the EOF.3.2 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.3 Review

all documentation the Lead Offsite Liaison maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.4 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

1 of 4 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR Offsite Team Coordinator Name:_______________ Date:____1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activitv Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Offsite Team Coordinator binder & ID Badge B. Review status boards, map boards and any other available sources to become familiar with current radiological conditions and plant status to develop a plume tracking strategy.C. Obtain a briefing from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on emergency status.1. Review On-site!/Site Boundary team and Off-Site team data.2. Request any additional information on current status of emergency response.D. Obtain and review field team data.E. Perform communication check (radio, telephone, etc.) check with Offsite Monitoring Teams.F. Obtain phone numbers for OMT cell/satellite phones (if applicable).

1.2 Assume

the position of Offsite Team Coordinator A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. As directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, Direct Offsite Monitoring Teams in accordance with Radiological Monitoring procedure.

2. When communications has been established with the Off-Site Teams, inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator that you are ready to assume the dispatching and tracking of the monitoring teams.3. Ensure that the EPZ map posted in the EOF indicates team location and correct wind direction.

I NON-QUALr'Y RELATED I N-EP609I1I EV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 51 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS A'IrACHMENT

9.9 OFFSITE

TEAM COORDINATOR Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Responsibility/Activities '(continued) Notes 4. Log on to WebEOC and access the Rad Monitoring Field Team Data Board.5. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and Off-site Monitoring Teams that you have assumed the responsibility of direction and coordination of the teams.B. IF relieving another Offsite Team Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Offsite Team Coordinator:

1. Obtain briefing from current Offsite Team Coordinator on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.2. Upon arrival at the EOF, sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Log on to WebE:OC using and access the Rad Monitoring Field Team Data Board.(a) IF WebEOC is unavailable, THEN use EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to record data.4. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and Off-site Teams that you are now the Offsite Team Coordinator.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activities

2.1 Maintain

Log A. Maintain a log using WebEOC or EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.1. Log when you assume the duties of the Offsite Team Coordinator (and EOF activation, if not previously done).2. Log communications with OMT to include dose /air sample survey results, dosimeter reading, etc.3. Log significant events not captured on WebEOC (i.e. times contact of field teams and purpose of contact, coordination with State/Local teams, etc.).4. Log all significant communications with other members of the ERO and offsite agency officials. B. Periodically review log for accuracy. ATT-ACHMENT

9.9 OFFSlTE

TEAM COORDINATOR Sheet 3 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activities Notes 2.2 Maintain personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the EQE, THEN inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator you are leaving the area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.3 Transmit information to the Off-Site Monitoring Teams A. In the event that messages of a routine nature are occupying the radio channel and it is necessary to transmit an urgent message, depress the microphone button and announce "Break, Break, Break -Urgent Message." When the channel is cleared of traffic, proceed with the urgent message.B. Get direction from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on team dispatching and log in WebEOC or use EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.C. When directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, inform all Off-Site Monitoring team personnel of their exposure limits and authorization to ingest KI. -D. When directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, brief the Off-Site Monitoring Teams on their exposure limits, plant conditions and meteorology (wind direction, wind speed and stability class) Using the proper procedures. E. Periodically inform, Off-Site Monitoring Teams of major changes in emergency status: 1. Changes in emergency classification.

2. Start or stop of any offsite releases of radioactive materials.

F. Continue to perform steps as directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and procedure guidance.1. Notify/Advise Radiological Assessment Coordinator of significant potential events or non-conservatism.

2. Input air sample data into WebEOC.

ATFACH-MENT

9.9 Sheet

4 of 4 OFFSITE TEAM COORDINATOR Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (continued) Notes (a) IF WebEOC is unavailable, THEN use EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to record air sample data.3. Log all surveys and provide to the Dose Assessor.4. Request support from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, as needed.G. Continuously exchange field team data with the States' or local's (if applicable) lead dose assessment personnel and Dose Assessor.H. Investigate other radiological concerns as requested by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator. I. Continue plume tracking in accordance with procedures until the Radiological Assessment Coordinator determines surveys and sampling is no longer necessary.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Direct On-site and Off-Site Monitoring Teams to return to site 3.2 Direct and assist staff in returning all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.3 Review

all documentation Offsite team Coordinator and staff maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.4 Provide all logs, forms and records to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.10 ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS COORDINATOR Sheet 1 of 4 Administration & Logistics Coordinator Name:__________ Datq 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1 .1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Administration and Logistics Coordinator binder &ID Badge B. Review any available sources to obtain overall status of emergency situation.

C. Obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on emergency status.1.2 Establish Access Control for the EOF A. Man the EOF main access point, if applicable, until Security or other designated personnel arrive. If a breath test is required due to fitness for duty concern, then Security must be contacted. B. Ensure EOF is secure by closing and locking doors as necessary.

1.3 Assume

the position of Administration and Logistics Coordinator A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Review any outstanding requests.2. Report to the EOF Manager when prepared to assume the.Administration and Logistics Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Administration and Logistics Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Administration and Logistics Coordinator:

1. Review the Administration and Logistics Coordinator log.2. Obtain briefing from current Administration and Logistics Coordinator on the emergency and any actions they have completed or are in progress.3. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

Notes MNGMNNUCLEAR NONj-QUALrY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2~Etry MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 55 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATT-ACHMENT 9.10 ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS COORDINATOR Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 4. Ensure you have an understanding of any outstanding request for outside support or materials.Inform the EOF Manager that you are now the Administration and Logistics Coordinator.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activities

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EQE A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area, THEN inform the EOF Manager you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EQE Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Maintain a Log A. Maintain a log using EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.1. Log when you assume the duties of the Administration and Logistics Coordinator (and EQE activation if not previously done).2. Log all significant tasks and requests.B. Periodically review log for accuracy.2.3 Prepare/support the Emergency Response Organization for resource assistance: A. Determine initial staff by obtaining rosters from the EOF, TSC, OSC and JIC Manager's. Record on Attachment 9.17, "Shift and Relief Planning Worksheet". B. Determine available manpower: 1. Ask ED what team (color, letter or number) will become relief shift, in case a relief shift may be needed. Record on Attachment 9.17, "Shift and Relief Planning Worksheet". C. IF additional resources are needed to support emergency response, THEN obtain resources via Emergency Telephone Book/Directory. L NUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANAGEMENT ~ntiy MANUAL J REFERENCE USE PAGE 56 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS A'n'ACHMENT 9.10 'ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS COORDINATOR Sheet 3 of 4 Continuous Responsibilitv1Activities (continued) Notes D. Coordinate requests and expedite any urgent requests as appropriate. E. If offsite support (i.e. technical support, emergency response equipment, offsite resources, etc.) is needed, coordinate directly with other Entergy stations or industry sources of offsite support (i.e., INPO or other unaffected nuclear siteS) to locate and obtain the needed support. The Corporate Emergency Center, if activated, may be able to assist with the coordination of offsite support.1. Act as Single Point of Contact in accordance with the SAFER Response Plan.F. Manage logistics for supporting the onsite and offsite emergency response such as additional support personnel or equipment, meals, lodging, etc.G. Conduct procurement activities under standard procedures to the maximum extent possible.H. Work with appropriate administrative units to negotiate rental rates not already established or purchase price with vendors as required.I.Periodically check with the EOF Manager, TSC Manager, Shift Manager, JIC Manager and OSC Manager to evaluate and discuss future manpower and logistics needs. Numbers can be found via the Emergency Telephone Book!/Directory. 2.4 Long Term Emergency Response Support A. Depending upon the duration of the emergency, ensure arrangements are made to have food/water delivered to all emergency response facilities (Control Room/OSC/TSC/EOF/JIC). Coordinate the delivery and distribution of supplies with EOF Manager, TSC Manager, Shift Manager, JIC Manager and OSC Manager.B. Arrange lodging for emergency workers if their homes are in evacuated areas.C. Depending upon the anticipated duration of the emergency, prepare relief schedules. The guidance listed in Attachment 9.20,"ERO Staffing for Long Duration Events" may be used in developing the relief schedules. SNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 122 MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 57 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.10 ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS COORDINATOR Sheet 4 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes 1. Once agreement is obtained on the relief schedule: (a) Notify the Emergency Director.(b) Fax completed Attachment 9.20, "ERO Staffing for Long Duration E~vents" to the EOF Manager, TSC Manager, Shift Manager, JIC Manager and OSC Manager.(c) Coordinate implementation of the relief schedule.2. Ensure the relief staff is notified of any special routing to facilities. Need for special routing can be obtained by discussing with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator. D. Support EQE Isolation (if applicable) in accordance with site specific performance aid.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Administration and Logistics Coordinator maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the E=OF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. SNUCLEAR NoN-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2En MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 58 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS " A1T-ACHMENT 9.11 IT SPECIALIST Sheet 1 of 3 IF th iT pecilistNOTE IF heIT peialstis staffed in the EOF versus the TSC, THEN this checklist is Sapplicable. IT Specialist Name:_______

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Date:____Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board.3. Obtain the IT Specialist Binder & ID Badge.1.2 Assume the position of IT Specialist. A. IF the EOF has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the EOF Manager when prepared to assume the IT Specialist position.B. IF relieving another IT Specialist, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current IT Specialist:

1. Obtain the IT Specialist's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting IT Specialist on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current IT Specialist.

C. Inform EOF Manager and staff that you are now the IT Specialist. NOTE: ERDS is not functional in the Simulator for a Drill.D. Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) SEtry NUCLEAR NON-QUAUTY RELATED EN-EP-609 I REV. 2+/-ifltij~y MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 59 OF 80__ EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATi-ACHMENT 9.11 IT SPECIALIST Sheet 2 of 3 Initial Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 1. IF not previously performed, THEN verify EROS is activated within one (1) hour of declared emergency at ALERT OR higher classification. Refer to EN-EP-31 1.E. Support the setting up the EQE electronic displays.2.0 Res ponsibilitylActivity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOE.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the EOF Manager of destination and expected return.2. Inform the EOF Manager of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Maintain log using EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form for recording events and decisions.

1. Log when you assumed the duties of the IT Specialist.

2. Log significant communications with ERO members.3. Log major decisions and actions and any important details.2.3 Assist the EQE personnel in obtaining plant data from the various EQE Computer systems.2.4 Ensure computer displays continue to operate properly.A. Monitor facility equipment (computer related and communications) to ensure adequate operation B. Resolve any IT related malfunctions C. Verify or perform ERDS activation, as requested.

D. Assist with issues related to WebEOC, if available S ter NUCLEAR NON-QUALTY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 Enlergy MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 60 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATrACHMENT 9.11 IT SPECIALIST Sheet 3 of 3 3.0 Closeout Activity Notes 3.1 Assist EQE personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations: A. Log off P~s.B. Turn off or dim computer display systems.3.2 Provide all logs and records to the EQE Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. A'I-ACHMENT 9.12 Sheet 1 of 3 DOSE ASSESSOR Dose Assessor Name:____________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Dose Assessor binder & ID Badge B. Review status boards, map boards and any other available sources to become familiar with current radiological conditions and plant status.C. Obtain a briefing from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on emergency status.D. Obtain Field Survey information from Field Team Coordinator and perform dose calculations.

1.2 Assume

the position of Dose Assessor A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Log into the Dose Calc program and verify printer operation.(a) If the printer or Dose Calc computer is not working properly contact the IT Specialist for assistance.

2. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator when you are ready to assume Dose Assessor responsibilities.

B. IF relieving another Dose Assessor THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Dose Assessor.1. Obtain briefing from current Dose Assessor on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.2. Verify current dose projections.

3. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable o :n"'- MNGMNNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 62 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.12 DOSE ASSESSOR Sheet 2 of 3 Initial Responsibility/Activitv (continued)

Notes 4. Inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator that you are now the Dose Assessor.2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activities

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the EQE, THEN inform the Radiological Assessment Coordinator you are leaving the area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and/or other Dose Assessor on any events, which have occurred while you were away.2.2 Monitor Radiological Release Rates and Perform Dose Assessment Calculations A. When directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, perform a base line dose projection based on current readings in accordance with Radiological Assessment procedure. B. When directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator, perform "what if' dose projections out to 10 miles. Ensure this is labeled "what if "on the data sheet.C. Ensure "what if "calculations are provided to the State(s) or local (if applicable) Dose Assessment personnel. D. Notify the Radiological Assessment Coordinator immediately of any change in release status as a result of: 1. Monitoring Plant Effluent Monitors for changes in Release Rates.2. Monitoring of meteorological data for changes, which may affect offsite dose projections, Emergency Classification or Protective Action Recommendations.

3. Updated field team surveys.

Eney ANA METUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 63 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATrACHMENT 9.12 DOSE ASSESSOR Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (continued) Notes NOTES 1. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) shall only be made at the General Emergency Classification.

2. Any change of PAR must be transmitted to offsite agencies within 15 minutes.E. Assist the Radiological Assessment Coordinator with the development of PrOtective Action Recommendations.

F. IF there is a change in any parameter, THEN recalculate dose projections using Dose Assessment software and Radiological Assessment procedure and report results to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator immediately. G. Ensure each dose calculation is provided to the State or local (if applicable) Dose Assessment personnel after approval by Radiological Assessment Coordinator. Provide additional information as requested by the offsite.H. As new or additional information becomes available, update status and map boards.I. Continue performing dose projections in accordance with the actions listed in Radiological Assessment procedure.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Dose Assessor maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. SEtry MNGMNNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 64 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.13 OFFSITE LIAISON Sheet I of 2 Lead Offsite Liaison Name:__________________ Date:______ Offsite Liaison Name:___________________ Date:_______

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity ,Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon notification bf an event, report to your assigned offsite EQOC without delay.B. Ensure you are wearing your Entergy ID Badge.1.2 Upon arrival to your designated location: A. Sign in on the staffing board or equivalent.

1. Review status boards, map boards and any other available sources to become familiar with current radiological conditions and plant status.2. Obtain a briefing from the individual in charge of the EOC facility.3. Contact the Lead Offsite Liaison in the EOF to receive an update on the event.B. Assume the position of Offsite Liaison.1. IF initial activation THEN: (a) Inform the Lead Offsite Liaison when you are ready to assume Offsite Liaison responsibilities.

2. IF relieving another Offsite Liaison, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Offsite Liaison.(a) Obtain briefing from current Offsite Liaison on the emergency and any actions the have been completed or are in progress.S (b) Inform the Lead Offsite Liaison that you are now the Offsite Liaison.

ATTACHMENT 9.13 Sheet 2 of 2 OFFSITE LIAISON 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activities Notes 2.1 Perform Offsite Liaison Duties A. Obtain plant information form Lead Offsite Liaison and ensure the offsite agencies located in the EQOC are briefed on the plant conditions and the status of the emergency. B. Assist State/Local personnel by interpreting information/data, if available/necessary, use the NRC-ERDS and any other computer systems used for radiological assessment. C. Provide clarification/information (not direction) to questions about information they are receiving from their representatives at the site.D. Assist State/local personnel in performing their duties by helping to analyze information in engineering, operations, and radiological assessment areas.2.2 Maintain personal accountability. A. IF you are temporarily leaving the facility, THEN inform the EOC representatives and the EOF Lead Offsite Liaison you are leaving the area.1. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the Lead Offsite Liaison and/or State/Local EOC representative on any events, which have occurred while you were away.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all forms and records obtained from your facility to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. A'I-ACHMENT 9.14 EOF COMMUNICATOR Sheet 1 of 2 EOF Communicator Name:_______________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Res ponsibilitylActivity Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EQE: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the EOF Communicator binder & ID Badge B. Review any available sources to obtain overall status of emergency situation.

C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Director (ED) or EOF Manager on emergency status.1.2 Assume the position of EOF Communicator A. IF initial activation THEN: 1. Inform the EOF Manager that you have assumed the position EOF Communicator. , B. IF relieving another EOF Communicator, THE.N perform a formal turnover with the current EOF Communicator.

1. Obtain a briefing from the current FOF Communicator on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.2. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form and EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Inform the EOF Manager that you have assumed the position of EOF Communicator.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the EOF A. IF you are temporarily leaving the work area, THEN inform the EOF Manager you are leaving the work area.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the EOF Manager on any events, which have occurred while you were away. ________JMANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 67 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.14 EOF COMMUNICATOR Sheet 2 of 2 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes 2.2 Perform EOF Communicator Duties A. Transmit and receive information from onsite ERF's as necessary. B. Ensure EOF is notified of information received of significant changes in plant conditions (e.g., start of a release, LOCA, EAL conditions) received over the inter-facility communications. C. Monitor inter-facility communications and document information in WebEOC or on EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.D. Assist the EOF Manager with other non-regulatory notifications or communications.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to its proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation EOE Communicator maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Provide all logs, forms and records to the EOF Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. A'T-ACHMENT 9.15 EVENT TERMINATION CHECKLIST Sheet I of 1 INSTRUCTION: This checklist may be used by the Emergency Director to evaluate a decision to terminate an existing emergency condition. All criteria shall be met.This checklist, completed and signed by the Emergency Director, is a prerequisite for initiation of the Recovery Organization. CRITERIA CRITERIA MET (Initials)

1. The plant is in a stable configuration with adequate _____core cooling.2. In-plant radiation levels are stable or decreasing with time. _____3. The release of radioactive material to the environment is _____controlled and there is no significant potential for additional uncontrolled release.4. Fires are extinguished; flooding conditions and any other site______

damage is under control.5. All vital areas requiring occupancy are habitable.______

6. All safety systems necessary to maintain the plant in a stable ______configuration are operable.7. Site security control is established.______

8. For a Hostile Action Based Event, FBI and Local Law Enforcement

_____Agencies have completed associated actions.9. The decision to terminate the emergency classification, including ______the justification for termination, has been discussed with the NRC/State/Local officials (For Unusual Event only if their emergency response organizations have been activated as a result of this event).Date Time Emergency Director ATTACHMENT 9.16 Sheet 1 of 2 RECOVERY ISSUESISTRATEGY GUIDE The following actions should be taken once Attachment 9.15, Event Termination Checklist, is complete. The goal of the recovery phase is to return the plant to pre-emergency conditions. All actions taken during the recovery phase are planned and deliberate. Establish a recovery organization in accordance with procedures: El Develop an organizational chart showing recovery organization members, reporting assignments and location. You may modify the Organization Chart as necessary to fit the conditions, or develop a specific organization depending on the conditions. El Select a location for the recovery organization (EOF, 0CC etc.)[] Ensure the EOF Admin. Director develops a manning schedule and contacts recovery organization members.El Ensure transition from ERO to Recovery does not leave any responsibilities unmanned. Prior to eliminating an ERO position, ensure the duties are being performed by a Recovery Team member.El Develop recovery organization goals and priorities. These may be revised as recovery progresses. [] Inform offsite agencies that the recovery phase is being entered. Ensure that changes from the ERO to Recovery Organization that affect communications links are coordinated. El Consider other information outlets, such as the Entergy web site or newsletters to keep other plant personnel informed of plant conditions. El Make public address announcements to inform plant personnel that the recovery phase is being entered into. Include information about any remaining hazards/restricted areas.[] Establish additional assurance of plant stability by providing additional safety system capability. El Designate a member of the organization to calculate total population exposure.El Perform a systematic investigation to determine what equipment has been damaged. ATTACHMENT 9.16 RECOVERY ISSUESISTRATEGY GUIDE Sheet 2 of 2 Li Isolate and tag out components as necessary to control or minimize hazards.[] Consider the use of temporary shielding as necessary. [] Construct radiological boundaries and postings.Li Investigate the accident causes and consequences, both to the plant and the environment. Li Determine and initiate necessary plant repairs, modification and procedural changes.Li Develop and perform test programs (as necessary) to confirm system operability. [] Evaluate any planned radiological releases for environmental impact. Coordinate with offsite agencies prior to releases.Li Develop a near site environmental monitoring program.Review the activities performed during the Emergency Phase. Verify the following: [] Ensure radiation protection administrative requirements and controls, including normal exposure limits, RWP's, ALARA reviews and postings are in use.[] Ensure maintenance activities are in accordance with approved directives, including Maintenance Action Items and equipment tag-out.Li Ensure operations activities were performed in accordance with approved plant directives. Verify system line-ups and status.[] Develop a plan to dispose of all waste material generated during the emergency and recovery phases.Terminating the recovery phase.[] Site Vice President (or designee) has determined the condition of the plant is such that the recovery phase may be terminated and normal operating organization (forced outage) may be established. [] Offsite agencies are notified of the return to normal operation. Li Plant personnel are notified by public address of the return to normal operation. EtNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 71 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.17 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET Sheet I of 5 EOFI/OFF-SITE Date: ________POSITION INITIAL RELIEF SHIFT POSITION INITIAL SHIFT RELIEF SHIFT SHIFT EOF ___________Offsite Team Coordinator _______________ Emergency Director Off-Site Team No. 1 (2)Rad Assessment Coordinator Offsite Communicator Off-Site Team No. 2 (2)EOF Technical Advisor EOF Manager Offsite Liaison EOF Communicator Offsite Liaison Public Information Liaison Offsite Liaison EOF Log Keeper Offsite Liaison Lead Offsite Liaison-Admin. and Logistics Coordinator IT Specialist Dose Assessor Sheet 2 of 5 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET ATTACHMENT 9.17 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET Sheet 2 of 5 JIC Date: POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT POSITION INITIAL SHIFT RELIEF SHIFT Jic Inquiry Response Staff Company Spokesperson Inquiry Response Staff JIG Manager Inquiry Response Staff JIG Technical Advisor Inquiry Response Staff JIG Log Keeper Media Liaison Information Coordinator Media Monitoring Press Release Writer Logistics Coordinator Inquiry Response Coordinator Technical Assistant N/A Positions not applicable to your specific site. ATTACHMENT 9.17 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET Sheet 3 of 5 IN-PLANT /0OSC Date: POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT POSITION INITIAL SHIFT RELIEF SHIFT Control Room , ,... :, :=* : Shift Manager OSC Manager ________Shift Technical Advisor _________Work Control Coordinator ________CR Supervisor Operations Support SCRO\SRO Log Keeper _______CRs\~()Rad/Chem Coordinator _________________ Mechanical Coordinator A~s (3)Electrical /l &C Coordinator RP Technician _________Chemistry Technician ATAhMeNt 9.of7 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET Sheet 4 of 5 0SC IN-PLANT REPAIR TEAMS NOTE: Numbers of personnel depend on the emergency. Consult with 030 Manager for exact numbers needed. Date: POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT OSC ': Mechanical l&C Mechanical _ _ _ _ _ __ I&C _ _ _ _ _ _Mechanical I________ &C ________Mechanical ____ _____RP Electrical __________RP Electrical RP Electrical RP Electrical Operations ____________ Operations_________ ____Operations _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _________________ SEnterg NUCLEAR NON-QUALIT.Y RELATED EN-EP-69RV ThfWI M'ANAGEMENT ________j ANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE- 75 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.17 SHIFT AND RELIEF PLANNING WORKSHEET Sheet 5 of 5 Date:______ __POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT POSITION INITIAL SHIFT -RELIEF SHIFT TSC Engineer Emergency Plant Manager Mechanical Engineer TSC Manager Reactor Engineer Radiological Coordinator IT Specialist Engineering Coordinator Maintenance Coordinator Operations Coordinator Security Coordinator TSC Communicator ENS Communicator ATTACHMENT 9.18 OFFSITE MONITORING TEAM Sheet I of 3 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the EOF: 1. Sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the EOF staffing board if applicable.

3. Obtain the Offsite Monitoring Team binder & ID Badge B. Report to Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Offsite Monitoring Team Coordinator.

1.2 Assume

the position of Offsite Monitoring Team A. Obtain necessary equipment for offsite radiological field monitoring. B. Complete necessary equipment and supply checks of equipment as outlined in radiological field monitoring procedure. C. Replace any defective equipment or supplies 0. Locate cell/satellite phones and GPS to be used by each team and verify operation, if applicable. E. Complete vehicle checks as outlined in procedure. F. Verify vehicle radio operability, if applicable. G. Ensure vehicle has adequate fuel.H. Receive briefing from Offsite Monitoring Team Coordinator I. Receive desired sample location from Offsite Monitoring Team Coordinator. J. A "site specific performance aid" listing of phone numbers, important to the Off Site Monitoring Team, is located in the Position Binders. Exchange cell phone numbers between teams and the Off-Site Team Coordinator, if applicable.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity , 2.1 Perform activities to support plume tracking and measurements as directed by the Offsite Team Coordinator by: A. Maintain communication (radio/telephone) with EOF. " N UCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-609

• REV. 2 Eterg MANAGEMENT

__________ MANUAL REVERENCE USE PAGE 77 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.18 OFFSITE MONITORING TEAM Sheet 2 of 3 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (continued) Notes B. Monitor radiological conditions during drive to assigned sample location.C. Upon arrival at assigned sample location complete radiological surveys and air sample if requested as outlined in Radiological Monitoring procedure. D. If assigned by EQE report to additional sample locations and complete any requested radiological surveys.E. Use good radiological practices to prevent cross contamination of samples and individuals. F. To ensure continuous Off-Site Monitoring capabilities the Off-Site Team Coordinator or Radiological Assessment Coordinator will provide direction/arrange for "In Field" relief of Off-Site Monitoring Team personnel, if required.* G. Monitor self-reading dosimeters and report results to the Offsite Team Coordinator. H. Implement KI protective measures when notified by the Offsite Team Coordinator.

2.2 Maintain

a log.A. Use WebEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to Offsite Monitoring Team activities.

1. Log when the Offsite Monitoring Team duties were assumed.2. Log significant communications with the EQE.3. Log major decisions and actions and any important details.Closeout Activity 3.1 Restore the equipment and supplies to pre emergency condition:

-A. Ensure equipment and kits are returned to proper storage locations. B. Kits and equipment are to be returned in an organized and usable manner.3.2 Return vehicle to normal location and ensure the vehicle has adequate fuel.3.3 Review all documentation maintained during the emergency to ensure it is complete and organized. ATTACHMENT 9.18 Sheet 3 of 3 OFFSITE MONITORING TEAM_Closeout Activity (continued) Notes 3.4 Provide all logs and records to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHME Sheet 1 C fT 9.1 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS f I GGNS When EOF staffing can be accomplished with onsite personnel, it is the goal to become operational within 45 minutes. [Commitment

1. P-28920, E-Plan 7.3.3 S11]j Otherwise offsite personnel shall provide shift augmentation in 75 minutes and be fully operational in 90 minutes. [Commitment
2. P-28921, E-Plan 7.3.3 S12]

S-Fnrtetg / MNEMTNUCLEAR NON-QUALIT RELATED EN-EP-69RV MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 80 OF 80 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.20 ERO STAFFING FOR LONG DURATION EVENTS Sheet I of I The following guidance is provided to assist the Admin & Logistics Coordinator establish an initial event staffing plan for a "long duration event" expected to last multiple days. The following plan assumes an assignment of (1) ERO team/shift. The assignment of an additional ERO team/shift or additional ERO members with specific expertise is acceptable and may be assigned if the additional resources are needed.[1] Develop an initial long duration event staffing plan for the Emergency Response Organization using the following assumptions:

• ERO teams will work 12-hours shifts (excluding turnover)* Work hours will be determined by the Emergency Director but will normally follow standard refueling outage schedules (ex. 0700 -1900)* Work hours may be adjusted as needed to allow a transition into the rotating shift schedule.* Initial staffing of day/night shifts consists of one ERO team/shift.

An additional team or ERO members with specific expertise may be added to each shift if needed.* Relaxation of the work schedule to allow additional time off between shift rotations may be implemented based on the man-power needs and availability of fleet/industry support personnel. [2] Assign 1 of the 4 ERO response teams (Red, Blue, Yellow, Green) to days and one ERO team to nights. If an additional ERO team or specific ERO position is deemed necessary, assign two each shift. Identify which ERO team/position will be the "lead" and which will serve in the "support" role.[3] Coordinate with the ED to have the remaining ERO teams sent home with guidance to return at the start of their next scheduled shift.[4] Using the following "Example" Staffing Matrix as a guide, develop a schedule to ensure 24-hour coverage of the event._____ __ ___Exam ple Staffinq Matrix DUTY:I M T WTh F Sa Su M T WiThE Sa Su M T W Th F Sa T.EAM... ....D D DD DD DO D N N N_N N N N N __N N 0 D D_ 0 DD-Yellow __ N N _ D D DDD _ DD D _Green 0 D N N N N N _ N N _ ATTACHMENT

9.1 SHEET

1 OF 3 I10CFR5O.54(q) SCREENING SProcedure/Document Number: EN-EP-609 Revision: 002 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): This change implements fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations, Rev. 2 for use by the RBS emergency response organization. Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? EIYES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Evaluati3) oni etinparto Alert and Notification System Design Report? NOT required.Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: vlcomplete Part Justification: El Bounding document attached (optional) Part II1. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3)-Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. El One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.El One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q:)(3) Evaluation is NOT required.' Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VIL CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10CFR50.54 (q)Part IV. Editorial Change EIYES [] NO 50.5 4 (qX 3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.Justification: Enter justification and complete Part VI.Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 E]staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] E]EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT

9.1 SHEET

2 OF 3 1 0CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: EN-EP-609 ]Revision: 002 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Stationi Title: EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS

4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained.

[2] []5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] U]6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency, plan. [3] LII 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] U]8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of jjj the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an' emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt U]instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10:. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and LI Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response El organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] El 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the []plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7] ___14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] El 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] [16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] r []17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] _____18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] U [19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are []available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including [those for hostile action events.[10]

21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established.

[11] LII 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] []23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] []24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program []areas) is established. [14]25. D rills, exercises,, and trainingevyolutions that.p~rovi.de performance opportunities to dev~elop ........................... U.....maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [141 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] U]27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] U]28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] U]29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] U]EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR5O.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 3 Procedure/Document Number: EN-EP-609 Revision: 002 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY (EOF) OPERATIONS APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION Blf no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOTg required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.0If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Entergy ERO responsib~ilities are outlined in EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-020 rev. 33 as part of implementation of the Fleet Standard ERO and were previously evaluated under a 10CFRS0.54(q)(3) performed on 12/2110. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations which includes those same ERO responsibilities. This procedure revision transitions to the new fleet procedure. EIP-2-020is being maintained by RBS to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-609. Existing RBS facilities and equipment are still being maintained and there are no changes to any intent in procedure actions.Summary.* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* Some ERO responsibilities in EIP-2-020 have been relocated to align with EN-EP-609.

• The description, activation and operation of the EOF as described in the RBS Emergency Plan have not been changed.* All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure..
• This change does not alter the EQF structure, organization or location.The revision of the site EOF procedure (EIP-2-020) and incorporating the use of fleet EOF procedure (EN-EP-609) does not alter the meaning or intent of this procedure, affect any facilities or equipment, or any process described in the procedure.

No further evaluation is required on this change.Part VI. Signatures: Preparer Name (Print) ' rlr i]aue/Date: John Hurst"/ j' , /,p '"q .j " (optional) Relviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) Approver in~e Date: 'EP manager or designee -EN-EP-305 REV 3 Procedure Contains NMM ECH eB REFLIB Forms: YES []NO [Procedure Revision Type: New []NON-Editorial []Editorial []TC []Cancellation [HQN Dean Burnett Mary Ann Wilson Effective Procedure Owner: DrcoEegny Governance Owner: Director, Emergency Date Title: Programs Sitle: Programs 01/27/2016 1St:HQN HQN Site Site Procedure Champion Title ANO N/A N/A BRP N/A N/A CNS N/A N/A GGNS Jeff Seiter Manager, EP IPEC Lori Glander Manager, EP JAF James Jones Manager, EP PLP Dan Malone MngrE RBS Tim SchenkMageE HQN Jack Lewis E rjc aae For site implementation dates see ECH eB REFLIB using site tree view (Navigation panel).Site and NMM Procedures Canceled or Superseded By This Revision PAL: EI-4.1. Superseded site procedures remain active until the site-specific implementation date.Process Applicability Exclusion: All Sites: El Specific Sites: ANO lii BRP El GGNS El IPECE-- JAF El PLP El PNPS[]- RBS El VY El W3 El Change Statement This revision corrects the procedure and implements lessons learned from use at GGNS and JAF.* Added IPEC, PAL and RBS to title page with corresponding deletion of site procedures as applicable.

• Added NOTE that reads "This procedure may be used for activation and operations at the backup/alternative TSC as applicable" in the Purpose section -1.0.* Corrected formatting (indentation) for Section 4.0.* Changed formatting to list the number of a form when the form title is "called" throughout the procedure.
• Section 6.0[7]: Changed "LIST OTHER FLEET FACILITY PROCEDURES" to actually list the fleet EOF and OSC procedures as 6.0[7] and 6.0[8].* Section 8.0: Incorporated Palisades, Pilgrim and River Bend commitments.
• Added section 2.1 in Attachment 9.2 and corrected numbering to provide accountability section for TSC Manager that was inadvertently omitted in other revisions (IPEC gap #11).* Added reference to form EP-1 1-ALL for prioritization of repair team activities in step 2.7 of Attachment 9.3, Operations Coordinator (IPEC gap #6).* Added NOTES heading to top of page 32 (current) to correct procedure for formatting.
• Changed "Engineering Action Tracking Form" to "EP-1 2-ALL. Engineering Task Assignment Form" in step 2.5 of Attachment 9.5 to correct procedure.

There is no "Engineering Action Tracking Form."* Changed "Accountability Roster Form" to "EP-7-ALL, "Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form" in step 1.30.3 of Attachment 9.10 to correct procedure. There is no "Accountability Roster Form."* Added step 2.5, "Assist with issues related to webEOC" to Attachment 9.7, IT Specialist (PAL gap #39).* Added "Security" to step 2.12 (new number) of Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager that reads"Maintain adequate staffing, access control, and 24-hour functional continuity of the Control Room, TSC, Security and OSC" (JAF EAP-46 Rev 1).* Added step 2.22 to Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager that reads "Confer with the Operations Coordinator and/or ENS Communicator to review status of ongoing NRC communications. (What information is being requested and are there any issues?)" (JAF EAP-46 Rev 1).* Added A to step 2.17 (new number) of Attachment 9.1 for 50.54(x) actions for the Emergency Plant Manager that reads "IF actions being taken have the potential to directly affect offsite (such as containment venting or other action that may significantly increase offsite release), THEN obtain Emergency Director approval prior to taking action (JAF EAP-46 Rev 1).* *Added ". ..when leaving the primary TSC and when the backup or alternate TSC is operational" to the end of step 2.19 (new number) of Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager that reads "IF it becomes necessary to evacuate or relocate the TSC, THEN notify the OSC, EOF and Control Room" (JAF EAP-46 Rev 1).* Added step 2.10 (and renumbered succeeding steps) in Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager: "Provide periodic status updates using site-wide announcements, except during hostile action-based events."* Step 2.4B of Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager and step 2.4C of Attachment 9.2, TSC Manager: Added use of EP-1 4-ALL, Briefing Form where the conduct of briefings is referenced.

• Added step 2.5 to Attachment 9.12, ENS Communicator: "Keep the Emergency Plant Manager informed of the status of NRC communications (requests being made, questions asked, etc.)."* Added step 2.5 (and renumbered succeeding steps) to Attachment 9.10, Security Coordinator: "Coordinate Security Force staffing needs with the TSC Manager and ensure 24-hour staffing of the Security Force."* Spelled out words Control Room (from CR), Nuclear Steam System Supplier (from NSSS), Emergency Telephone Directory (from ETD), Radiation Monitoring System (from RMS), Reactor Coolant Pump (from RCP) and Core Exit Thermocouple (from CET) throughout procedure to clarify procedure.
• Removed "FTS" (Federal Telephone System) designation from NRC phone references throughout procedure to simplify procedure.
• Removed superfluous "TSC" from the ENS phone designation in step 1 .3B of Attachment 9.12.* Revised step 1.2A2 in Attachment 9.1 that provides direction on when to declare the TSC operational to better align with the "operational" definition provided in step 3.0[2].

Chanaqe Statement (Cont'd)* Changed step 1.2E of Attachment 9.10 from "...Security posts (personnel as necessary)" to "...Security post personnel (as necessary)" to correct procedure.

• Changed step 5 of Attachment 9.13 from "...NRC HPN Health Physics Network..." to "...NRC Health Physics Network (HPN). .." to correct procedure.
• Changed step 4.0[1] from "...checklists applicable site specific..." to "...checklists and applicable site specific..

." (inserted the word "and") to correct grammatical error.*Change the title of section 2.0 of Attachment 9.10 on page 48 (current revision) from "Initial Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd)" to "Continuous Responsibility/Activity" to correct typographical error.* Changed the title of section 3.0 of Attachment 9.11 on page 54 (current revision) from "Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd)" to "Closeout Activity" to correct typographical error.* Renumbered step 2.1 B of Attachment 9.5 on page 27 (current revision) to 2.1A to correct typographical error.* Renumbered steps in section 2.2 of Attachment 9.5 on page 27 (current revision) to correct typographical error where two step "As" were listed.* Sheet 1 of Attachment 9.11 on page 51 (current revision): Changed numbering of section 2.2 to 1.1 to correct typographical error.* Change GGNS commitment document references in section 8.0 on page 7 because of GGNS Emergency Plan changes.Associated PRHQN #: PR-PRHQN-2015-0494 /Procedure Writer: James J. Lewis Contains Proprietary Information: YES LI NO [] TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title PaQe 1.0 PURPOSE................................................................ 5

2.0 REFERENCES

........................................................... 5 3.0 DEFINITIONS............................................................. 5 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................... 5 5.0 DETAILS................................................................. 5 6.0 INTERFACES ............................................................ 6 7.0 RECORDS ..................................................... 6 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS ....................................... 7 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ......................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT

9.9 ATTACHMENT

9.10 ATTACHMENT 9.11 ATTACHMENT 9.1i2 ATTACHMENT 9.13 EMERGENCY PLANT MANAGER ...... 8 TSC MANAGER.......................... i........................15 OPERATIONS COORDINATOR....................................21 REACTOR ENGINEER............................................ 25 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR .................................. 28 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL/I&C ENGINEERS .............. 32 IT SPECIALIST.................................................... 35 TSC COMMUNICATOR....... .................................... 37 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR.................................. 40 SECURITY COORDINATOR ...................................... 48 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR.................................. 53 ENS COMMUNICATOR ....................................

......57 ENS COMMUNICATIONS GUIDANCE ............................

60

1.0 PURPOSE

NOTE This procedure may be used for activation and operations at the backup/alternative TSC as applicable. [1] To describe the activation and operation of the TSC.

2.0 REFERENCES

[1] Site Emergency Plans[2] Site Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures

3.0 DEFINITIONS

[1] Activation -Actions taken to staff and setup an emergency response facility to make it operational. Actions include but are not limited to notification of emergency personnel, equipment setup and equipment operability testing.[2] Operational -Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is setup and available to assume/perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES [1] The entire staff of the TSC is responsible for the activation and operation of the facility using this procedure, their position specific checklists and applicable site specific performance aids.5.0 DETAILS NOTE The actions Of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended. [1] The EPM follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, Emergency Plant Manager.[2] The TSC Manager follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, TSC Manager.[3] The Operations Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, Operations Coordinator. [4] The Reactor Engineer follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, Reactor Engineer.[5] The Engineering Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.5, Engineering Coordinator. [6] The Mechanical Engineer follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.6, Mechanical and Electrical/l&C Engineers. [7] The Electrical/l&C Engineer follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.6, Mechanical and Electrical/l&C Engineers.

5. 0 cont'd[8] The IT Specialist (if in the TSC) follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.7, IT Specialist.

[9] The TSC Communicator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.8, TSC Communicator. [10] The Radiological Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.9, Radiological Coordinator. [11] The Security Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.10, Security Coordinator. [12] The Maintenance Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.11, Maintenance Coordinator. [13] The ENS Communicator follows the instructions outlined in Attachments 9.12 and 9.13.6.0 INTERFACES [1] EN-AD-I103, Document Control & Records Management Programs[2] EN-EP-311I, Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) Activation via the Virtual Private Network (VPN)[3] EN-EP-601, Corporate Emergency Center Operations [4] EN-LI-I102, Corrective Action Process[5] EN-NS-1 02, Fitness for Duty Program[6] EN-FAP-OM-012, Notifications of Off-Normal Situations / Corporate Duty Manager Responsibilities [7] EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations [8] EN-EP-611I, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations

7.0 RECORDS

Any logs or forms completed by members of the ERO during an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records and are maintained in accordance with EN-AD-1 03. 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS Step Site Document Commitment Number or Reference* GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 5.4.19* GGNS G GNS Emergency Plan 5.4.18* GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 7.3.1 $1 ___________ Attach 9.9 PAL NRC Inspection Report 93-07 CMT9320021 14 step 2.0E Attach 9.9 PAL NRC Inspection Report 93-07 CMT9320021 16 step 2.0E PIL -NRC Inspection Finding 86-39-01 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _PIL NRC Inspection Finding 82-15-47 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _RBS Commitment 15578 9.0 ATTACHMENTS

9.1 Emergency

Plant Manager 9.2 TSC Manager 9.3, Operations Coordinator

9.4 Reactor

Engineer 9.5 Engineering Coordinator

9.6 Mechanical

and Electrical/l&C Engineer 9.7 IT Specialist 9.8 TSC Communicator

9.9 Radiological

Coordinator 9.10 Security Coordinator 9.11 Maintenance Coordinator 9.12 ENS Communicator 9.13 ENS Communications Guidance ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet I of 7 EPM Name:_____________________ Date:____1.0 Initial Resoonsibilitv/Activitv Notes NOTE The ERO should take appropriate actions necessary to mitigate the event regardless of manning or facility status.1.1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the EPM Binder & ID Badge.B. Call the (affected unit for ANO and IPEC) Control Room and receive a briefing on plant conditions. Use EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form to document turnover information.

1. This briefing is not required to declare the TSC operational.

C. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. D. Ensure that the OSC and TSC are in the process of meeting minimum staffing. Minimum staffing is listed in the TSC and OSC Manager's checklists. ATTACHM ENT 9.1 EMERGENCY PLANT MANAGER ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 2 of 7 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes 1.2 Assume the position of Emergency Plant Manager (EPM).A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Direct the activation of the TSC.(a) IF additional personnel are needed or positions are vacant THEN direct someone to fill vacancies in accordance with EP-1 0-ALL, Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation Form.(1) This step should be performed by the TSC Manager.NOTE During a Security Event only personnel and facilities necessary to mitigate the emergency situation should be activated. The TSC may be declared operational without all key members being present. This will, be determined by the most senior person in the facility.2. WHEN minimum staffing for the TSC is met AND equipment is setup and available to assume/perform TSC functions, including any equipment necessary to support communications with the Control Room and OSC, THEN declare the TSC operational and record in webEOC or on EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.3. Make an announcement to the TSC and inform the Control Room, OSC and EOF that the TSC is operational.

4. Perform an initial briefing for the TSC staff. Use EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form as guidance.B. IF relieving another EPM, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current EPM.1. Obtain the EPM's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting EPM on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress using EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form.4. Relieve the current EPM.5. Announce to the TSC, OSC, Control Room and EOF that you are now the EPM.

ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 3 of 7 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity Notes 2.1 Direct the activities of the TSC.A. Coordinate the activities of the Control Room, TSC and OSC.B. Coordinate and direct the response activities of all onsite ERO personnel.

1. Establish and promulgate onsite priorities in response to the emergency using the guidance for priority numbering in EP-1 1-ALL, Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form.2.2 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Designate an individual to be in command during your absence.2. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of destination and expected return.3. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing from TSC Manager on any events that have occurred while away.2.3 Maintain a log.A. Maintain (or direct an assistant to maintain) a log using webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.1. Log when the EPM duties were assumed.2. Log significant communications to individuals outside the TSC and all communications to individuals offsite.3. Log major decisions and any important details used to make the decision (i.e. emergency classification changes, accountability status, radioactive releases, station priorities, etc.).4. Periodically review log for accuracy.

ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 4 of 7 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 2.4 Prepare and facilitate facility briefings. A. Coordinate with the TSC Manager to establish a time period for the conduct of facility briefings.

1. Establish briefing periods at every 30-60 minute intervals as conditions warrant or as conditions change.2. Make an announcement approximately 5 minutes before actual brief that a brief will be conducted (if possible).

B. Use EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form and EP-1 4-ALL, Briefing Form as guidance.1. The EPM may use the Operations Coordinator to complete the Essential Information Form to support periodic briefs.C. Direct key staff to provide information needed for the briefing, if necessary. D. Conduct briefing, announce the time for the next briefing at the end of the briefing and ensure information provided in the briefing is captured and appropriately documented. 2.5 If there has been a loss of a large area of the plant due to fire or explosion, implement the applicable site-specific procedure or guideline for a loss of a large area of the plant.2.6 Ensure timely ENS notifications.

2.7 Perform

accident assessment to prioritize mitigation actions.2.8 Direct personnel evacuation, assembly and accountability. A. Direct the establishment or re-establishment of accountability as determined to be appropriate. B. Confer with the Emergency Director on release or evacuation of non-essential personnel from the other buildings, Generation Support Building and/or training building if used.C. Check with Control Room, TSC Manager and 0S0 Manager to determine if additional personnel are needed.D. Inform the Emergency Director when there are no immediate personnel needs and the TSC concurs with release of non-essential personnel from the site. ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 5 of 7 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 2.9 Maintain communications with the Shift Manager/Control Room.A. Discuss current plant status and planned operations. B. Discuss tasks the TSC/OSC are performing and review priorities. C. Inform Control Room of any other important ERO activities (such as shift changes, arrival of NRC personnel, etc.).2.10 Provide periodic status updates using site-wide announcements, except during hostile action-based events.2.11 Maintain Communications with the Emergency Director.A. Inform the Emergency Director of onsite priorities and activities. B. Provide information and recommendations to the Emergency Director regarding plant activities/emergency classifications. C. Inform the ED of any plant conditions or events which have the potential for change of emergency classification or radiological releases status.1. Advise the ED on core damage and plant conditions for classification and PAR determination.

2. Verify event classifications.

2.12 Maintain adequate staffing, access control, and 24-hour functional continuity of the Control Room, TSC, Security and OSC.A. Request additional material, manpower, and equipment as necessary from the EQE Administration and Logistics Coordinator. 2.13 Direct the organization, coordination and prioritization of repair corrective action teams.A. Provide concurrence prior to any OSC repair team action that may affect the operability of a plant system.B. Approve deviations from any plant procedure dealing with changing plant configuration or personnel safety.C. Approve repair team actions that would normally require a procedure but no procedure exists.2.14 Direct onsite protective actions. ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 6 of 7 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitvlActivitv (Cont'd) Notes 2.15 Authorize emergency radiation exposure and issuance of KI to recommended personnel in the Control Room, TSC or 0S0 or to -Security personnel., 2.16 Make operational decisions involving the safety of the plant and its personnel and make recommendations to the Control Room.2.17 Initiate immediate corrective actions to limit or contain the emergency, invoking the provisions of 10 CFR 50.54(x) if appropriate. A. IF actions being taken have the potential to directly affect offsite (such as containment venting or other action that may significantly increase offsite release), THEN obtain Emergency Director approval prior to taking action. , 2.18 When applicable, direct implementation of Severe -Accident Management procedures/guidelines. 2.19 Direct relocation to an alternate location as necessary. A. IF it becomes~necessary to evacuate or relocate the TSC, THEN notify the OSC, EOF and Control Room when leaving the primary TSC and when the backup or alternate TSC is operational. 2.20 Integrate offsite responders with on-site response efforts when required.A. Prepare for NRC Site Team response activities.

1. Coordinate the arrival of the Site Response Team with the EOF.2. Brief (or designate an individual to brief) the in-plant NRC Site Team upon arrival.3. Direct the TSC Manager to coordinate activities associated with the NRC Site Team.2.21 Confer with the Operations Coordinator and/or ENS Communicator to status of ongoing NRC communications. (What information is being requested and are there any issues?)

NUCLEAR NoN-QUALTY RELATED E-P60RV S- MANAGEMENTI gy MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 14 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.1 EMERGENCY

PLANT MANAGER Sheet 7 of 7 3.0 Closeout Activity Notes 3.1 Preparations for Recovery Phase: A. Provide information to the ED to support transition to the Recovery Phase. Discuss the following: B. Plant configuration and core cooling status.1. In-plant radiation levels.2. Radioactive material releases to the environment and the potential for additional uncontrolled releases.3. Fires; flooding conditions and any other site damage.4. Vital areas requiring occupancy are habitable.

5. Site security control is established.

3.2 Direct

onsite personnel to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.3 Collect

all documentation: A. Direct TSC staff to verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Direct the TSC Manager to verify that all repairs performed by OSC Teams that deviate from normal station procedures are properly documented, so that necessary actions can be taken for continuous plant operations or plant recovery operations. C. Direct the TSC Manager to verify that all deviations from Technical Specifications, Quality Assurance documents and other procedures are documented in PCRS so that these items are evaluated duding the Recovery Phase.D. Provide all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT

9.2 Sheet

1 of 6 TSC MANAGER TSC Manager Name:_________________ Dal 1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activity

1.1 Initial

Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSG: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "TSC Manager" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the EPM to identify the following:

1. Plant conditions.

2. Actions that have been taken.3. Engineering actions to be initiated.

te: Notes ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER Sheet 2 of 6 1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activitv (Cont'd)1.2 Assume the position of TSC Manager.A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: Notes NOTE Typical minimum staffing to declare the TSC operational. The site's staffing requirements may differ as needed to address site specific requirements: -EPM-Reactor Engineer-Radiological Coordinator -Mechanical and Electrical/l&C Engineers -appropriate staff to perform the facility's key function areas for the event.-ENS Communicator NOTE During a Security Event only personnel and facilities necessary to mitigate the emergency situation should be activated. The TSC may be declared operational without all key members being present. This will be determined by the most senior person in the facility based on plant conditions.

1. Verify the minimum TSC staff is present.(a) IF additional personnel are needed or positions are vacant, THEN direct someone to fill vacancies in accordance with EP-1 0-ALL, Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation Form.2. Report readiness status to the EPM and Control Room when prepared to assume the TSC Manager position and declare the TSC operational when minimum staffing for the TSC is met and equipment is setup and available to assume/perform TSC functions, including any equipment necessary to support communications with the Control Room and OSC, (a) Notify the EPM when operational conditions exist.

ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER Sheet 3 of 6 1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes B. IF relieving another TSC Manager, THE..N perform a formal turnover with the current TSC Manager.1. Obtain the TSC Manager's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting TSC Manager.4. Relieve the current TSC Manager.C. Announce to the TSC staff that you are now the TSC Manager.0. IF not previously performed, THEN verify Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) is operational (set up to run 24/7 and should be running).1. Verify ERDS is activated. ERDS is required to be activated within one (1) hour of declared emergency at ALERT higher. Refer to EN-EP-31 1.2. IF TSC IT Support is available, THEN request ERDS activation verification.

3. IF TSC IT Support is NOT available, THEN Verify ERDS is activated.(a) IF, due to conflicting priorities, ERDS cannot be verified to be activated, THEN request the EOF to verify ERDS activation.

1.3 Call out additional personnel as needed. ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER Sheet 4 of 6 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity oe 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the Emergency Plant Manager and Engineering Coordinator of destination and expected return.2. Inform the Emergency Plant Manager and Engineering Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Assist the EPM in the activation, operation and deactivation of the TSC.A. Assist the EPM to make operational decisions concerning the safety of the plant.2.3 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the TSC Manager position.1. Log when the TSC Manager duties were assumed.2. Log significant communications to individuals outside the TSC and all communications to individuals offsite.3. Log major decisions and actions and any important details.2.4 Participate in periodic briefings with EPM.A. Coordinate with the OSC Manager, as appropriate, to schedule the conduct of periodic briefings. B. Establish briefing periods at every 30-60 minute intervals as conditions warrant or as conditions change.C. Use EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form and EP-14-ALL, Briefing Form as guidance for the conduct of briefs.2.5 Manage the activities of the TSC Staff: A. Analyze plant information to provide support to plant operations personnel in returning the plant to a safe condition. B. Develop action plans and procedures to repair and/or mitigate consequences. ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER Sheet 5 of 6 2.0 Continuous Responsibilitv/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes 1. Recognize and implement all technical aspects of accident mitigation for the emergency.

2. Perform technical assessments and communicate the conclusions to the EPM.C. Anticipate TSC support requirements from ERO.D. Procure drawings and information needed to solve plant problems.E. Direct the tracking of plant configuration changes.2.6 Maintain TSC Staffing A. Support/coordinate with the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator to ensure that manpower planning is being conducted to provide for response efforts over an extended period.B. Upon direction from the EPM, reduce staffing per shift schedule.C. Continually assess the need for additional personnel, especially during off hours.2.7 Direct EOP questions to the Operations Coordinator.

A. Assist the EPM in setting priorities for TSC activities using the guidance for priority numbering in EP-1 1-ALL, Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form.B. Keep TSC Staff informed of priorities. C. Direct that TSC assignments in webEOC are updated to reflect priorities.

2.8 Establish

communications as needed with the Entergy Engineering Groups for engineering support functions. Use company phone directory and Emergency Telephone Directory to locate phone numbers.2.9 Core Damage Assessment A. Direct TSC Staff members to complete core damage assessment B. Provide summary of core status to EPM, TSC staff and other emergency facilities when core damage assessment is complete.2.10 Notify Nuclear Steam Supply System (NSSS) vendor and other vendors of emergency conditions, as required. (Phone numbers in Emergency Telephone Directory). ATTACHMENT 9.2 TSC MANAGER Sheet 6 of 6 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes 2.11 Oversee the activities for relocation to an alternate location as necessary.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Direct TSC staff to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation: A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all repairs performed by 0S0 Teams that deviate from normal station procedures are properly documented, so that necessary actions can be taken for continuous plant operations or plant recovery operations. C. Verify that all deviations from Technical Specifications, Quality Assurance documents and other procedures are documented in PCRS so that these items are evaluated during the Recovery Phase.D. Verify that all temporary procedures Used and/or developed are documented in webEOC for use by Recovery Organization so that necessary actions can be taken for plant operations.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the EP Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT

9.3 Sheet

1 of 4 OPERATIONS COORDINATOR Operations Coordinator Name:________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activitv Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.13. Obtain the "Operations Coordinator" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic-displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions.

1.2 Assume

the position of Operations Coordinator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the Engineering Coordinator or TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Operations Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Operations Coordinator, THEN perform a formal \turnover with the current Operations Coordinator.

1. Obtain the Operations Coordinator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Operations Coordinator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Operations Coordinator.

C. Inform the TSC Manager and Engineering Coordinator that you are now the Operations Coordinator. LLne-y MANAGEMENTNCE INE.0 V.MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 22 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.3 OPERATIONS

COORDINATOR Sheet 2 of 4 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the Engineering Coordinator and/or Security Coordinator of destination and expected return.2. Inform the Engineering Coordinator and/or Security Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred 7 while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Operations Coordinator position.B. Log when the Operations Coordinator duties were assumed.2.3 Monitor plant data communications between Control Room and other Emergency Response Facilities. A. Ensure the Control Room, TSC, and EOF are informed of significant changes in event status (e.g. changes in classification, command and control, initiation of station assembly, accountability, evacuation, etc.).2.4 Inform the TSC of the overall plant condition and significant changes to system and equipment status.2.5 Provide technical assistance to the Shift Manager.2.6 Monitor fission product barrier and plant status A. Provide recommendations to TSC Manager and EPM for emergency classification changes based on EALs.B. Assist the Reactor Engineer in maintaining the fission product barrier status.C. Assist in clarifying plant parameter Information to EPM, TSC Manager and other members of the engineering team. ATTACHMENT

9.3 Sheet

3 of 4 OPERATIONS COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd)Noe

2.7 Coordinate

TSC efforts in determining the nature and extent of emergencies pertaining to equipment and plant facilities in support of Control Room actions.A. Recommend equipment operations checks and miscellaneous actions to the Control Room in support of restoration and accident mitigation. B. Recommend changes in plant priorities. C3. Assist the EPM in determining the priority assigned to OSC activities. Refer to EP-1 1-ALL, Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form.2.8 Work with other members of the Engineering Team to provide support to the Control Room to mitigate the effects of the event and return the plant to a safe condition. A. Perform accident assessment activities. B. Recommend strategies and actions to prevent severe core damage and containment failure and reduce radiological releases.C3. Provide recommendations on plant operations.

0. Provide assistance to initiate immediate corrective actions to limit or contain the emergency invoking the provisions of 10 CFR 50.54(x) if appropriate, and specifically when addressing Severe Accident Management Guidelines.

E. Provide technical support to OSC teams as needed.F. Look ahead for possible plant problems and solutions.

2.9 Coordinate

requests for operations activities outside of the Control Room.2.10 Coordinate additional staffing for the Control Room if requested by the SM.2.11 As applicable and at the direction of the EPM, assume the duties and responsibilities of the Evaluator, or Decision-Maker if qualified, when transition to Severe Accident Management Guidelines is initiated. 2.12 Complete EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form to support periodic briefs as requested by the EPM. ATTACHMENT

9.3 Sheet

4 of 4 OPERATIONS COORDINATOR

3.0 Closeout

Activity Notes 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Operations Coordinator(s) maintained during the emergency: A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all temporary procedures used and/or developed are documented for use by Recovery Organization so that necessary actions can be taken for plant operations.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the Engineering Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. Sheet 1 of 3 REACTOR ENGINEER ATTACHMENT

9.4 REACTOR

ENGINEER Sheet I of 3 Reactor Engineer Name:__________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

RespDonsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Reactor Engineer" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Discuss Fission Product Barrier status with the Operations Coordinator and update displays as required.1.2 Assume the position of Reactor Engineer.A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the Engineering Coordinator or TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Reactor Engineer position.B. IF relieving another Reactor Engineer, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Reactor Engineer.1. Obtain the Reactor Engineer's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Reactor Engineer on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Reactor Engineer.C. Inform the TSC Manager and Engineering Coordinator that you are now the Reactor Engineer.

NUCLEAR JNON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-610I RE V. 21 MANUAL J REFERENCE USE PAGE 26 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATAhMeNT2 9.43 REACTOR ENGINEER Sheet 2 of 3 2.0 2.1 Continuous Responsibility/Activity Notes*Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the Engineering Coordinator of destination and expected return.2. Inform the Engineering Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Reactor Engineer position.B. Log when the Reactor Engineer duties were assumed.2.3 Monitor plant conditions for any indications of core damage.A. Perform and update core damage assessment based on current information using site-specific procedure. B. Notify TSC Manager and/or Engineering Coordinator immediately of any changes in core status.C. Keep the Radiological Coordinator informed of core status to assist in maintaining radiological controls for plant personnel.

0. Through the TSC Manager and/or the Radiological Coordinator, ensure that the EQE Radiological Assessment Coordinator is kept informed of the. latest estimate of the amount of core damage.2.4 Assist in clarifying core parameter information to other members of the Engineering Team.A. Provide recommendations on plant operations.

B. Assist in developing emergency procedures if needed. ATTACHMENT

9.4 Sheet

3 of 3 REACTOR ENGINEER 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes 2.5 Work with other members of the Engineering Team to provide support to the Control Room to mitigate the effects of the event and return the plant to a safe condition. A. Provide recommendations on plant operations. B. Assist in developing emergency procedures if needed.C. Assist in Severe Accident Management Guideline implementation.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Reactor Engineers maintained during the emergency: A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that any core parameters that were outside technical specifications during the event are documented so that proper actions can be taken during the Recovery Phase.3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Engineering Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ENGINEERING COORDINATOR ATTACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

1 of 4 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR Engineering Coordinator Name:___1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activitv

1.1 Initial

Orientation. Date: Notes A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Engineering Coordinator" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Evaluate the adequacy of the Engineering Team staffing and ability to support the Control Room in technical assessment activities, The normal Engineering Team includes: 1. Reactor Engineer 2. Electrical / I&C Engineer 3. Mechanical Engineer 1.2 Assume the position of Engineering Coordinator. A. IF the TSC has NOT, been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Engineering Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Engineering Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Engineering Coordinator:

1. Obtain the Engineering Coordinator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Engineering Coordinator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Engineering Coordinator.

C. Inform the TSC Manager and staff that you are now the Engineering Coordinator. ATTACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

2 of 4 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Res ponsibility/Activity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager of destination and expected return.2. Inform the TSC Manager of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Engineering Coordinator position.B. Log when the Engineering Coordinator duties were assumed.C. Note the Engineering Team activities undertaken with information pending actions to ensure the plant is returned to a safe condition. D. Note communications external to the TSC.2.3 Coordinate with the TSC Manager to call in additional engineering assistance as needed: A. All Entergy engineering resources should be utilized as required.Individuals may be tasked with activities to be completed at engineering offices external to the TSC, and to be called to report to the TSC or directed to other facilities as needed.B. Call on non-Entergy engineering support such as Westinghouse, equipment vendors and/or NRC engineers as necessary (some support organization phone numbers are located in the Emergency, Telephone Directory).

2.4 Track

assignments to TSC engineering personnel using webEOC or EP-12-ALL, Engineering Task Assignment Form if webEOC is unavailable. ATTACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

3 of 4 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitylActivity (Cont'd)Noe

2.5 Assist

the TSC Manager in planning and performing engineering assessment of the plant conditions and/or actions to be taken to mitigate plant damage.A. Assist the EPM and TSC Manager in establishing onsite priorities in response to the emergency using the guidance for priority numbering in EP-1 2-ALL, Engineering Task Assignment Form.2.6 Direct the activities of the Engineering Team in the following areas and provide results back to the TSC Manager: A. Direct the technical support and engineering activities in accordance with the priorities established by the EPM and the TSC Manager.B. Use available computer systems to monitor and assess vital plant parameters and conditions. C. Direct the Engineering Team to monitor, trend and assess plant parameters and status to determine the condition of safety related systems and the fission product barriers.1. Verify the status of equipment out-of-service is maintained.

2. Provide recommendations for emergency classification changes based on review of the EALs.3. Provide recommendations for mitigating activities.

4. Forecast expected changes in the level of plant and system safety.5. Determine the extent of core damage.6. Recommend strategies and actions to prevent severe core damage and containment failure and reduce radiological releases.D. When applicable, perform monitoring, assessment and evaluation to support Severe Accident Management Guideline activities and strategies.

E. Track plant configuration changes.F. Direct personnel to develop or modify procedures to perform response activities as necessary. (For example, emergency repairs or emergency system lineups). ATTACHMENT

9.5 Sheet

4 of 4 ENGINEERING COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibilitv/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes G. Confirm any sample requests for chemistry sampling contain specific details on the type of information that is necessary (such as system boron concentration, activity, etc.).H. Provide engineering support for OSC activities as requested.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Direct Engineering Team Staff to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Engineering Team maintained during the emergency: A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all temporary procedures used and/or developed are documented for use by the Recovery Organization so necessary actions can be taken for continuous plant operations or long-term restoration.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT

9.6 Sheet

1 of 3 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALII&C ENGINEERS Engineer Name:______________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Mechanical Engineer" Binder & ID Badge or"Electrical/l&C Engineer" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review facility electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions.

1.2 Assume

the position of Mechanical (Electrical/l&C) Engineer.A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the Engineering Coordinator when prepared to assume the Mechanical (Electrical/l&C) Engineer position.B. IF relieving another engineer, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current engineer.1. Obtain the Mechanical (Electrical/l&C) Engineer's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting engineer on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Mechanical (Electrical/l&C) Engineer.C. Inform Engineering Coordinator that you are now the Mechanical (Electrical/l&C) Engineer. ATTACHMENT

9.6 Sheet

2 of 3 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALII&C ENGINEERS 2.0 Continuous Res ponsibilitv/Activitv Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the Engineering Coordinator of destination and expected return.2. Inform the Engineering Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 ~Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the position.B. Log when the engineer duties were assumed.2.3 Assist in clarifying Mechanical or Electrical / I&C information to other members of the Engineering Team.2.4 Work with other members of the Engineering Team to provide support to the Control Room to mitigate the effects of the event and return the plant to a safe condition. A. Respond to engineering requests from the Engineering Coordinator. B. Provide recommendations on equipment operations. C. Develop emergency procedures if needed.D. Identify emergency repairs that can be undertaken to restore and maintain equipment operability and plant safety.2.5 Assist the OSC Mechanical and I&C/Electrical Coordinators in preparing to send repair teams into the plant.A. Provide information on parts needed.B. Provide information on tools required.C. Prepare emergent maintenance procedures for OSC repair teams.D. Participate in team briefing if required.2.6 Evaluate Severe Accident Management Guideline strategy implementation when designated. ATTACHMENT

9.6 Sheet

3 of 3 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALI.I&C ENGINEERS 3.0 Closeout Activity Notes 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Mechanical or Electrical / I&C Engineers maintained during the emergency: A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that any equipment repairs that were performed outside normal requirements during the event are documented so that proper actions can be taken during the recovery phase.3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Engineering Coordinator upon Stermination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.7 IT SPECIALIST Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE IF the IT Specialist is staffed in the TSC versus the EOF, THEN this checklist is applicable. IT Specialist Name:________

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Date: Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "IT Specialist" Binder & ID Badge..1.2 Assume the position of IT Specialist. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the IT Specialist position.B. IF relieving another IT Specialist, THE..N perform a formal turnover with the current IT Specialist:

1. Obtain the IT Specialist's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting IT Specialist on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current IT Specialist.

C. Inform TSC Manager and staff that you are now the IT Specialist. D. Emergency Response Data System (EROS)1. IF not previously performed, THEN. verify EROS is activated within one (1) hour of declared emergency at ALERT O.R higher classification. Refer to EN-EP-31 1.E. Support the setting up of the TSC/OSC electronic displays. ATTACHMENT

9.7 Sheet

2 of 2 IT SPECIALIST

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager of destination and expected return.2. Inform the TSC Manager of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the position.B. Log when the IT Specialist duties were assumed.2.3 Assist the Engineering Team in obtaining plant data from the various TSC Computer systems.2.4 Ensure computer displays continue to operate properly.2.5 Assist with issues related to webEOC.3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations: A. Erase TSC Electronic displays.B. Log off PCs.C. Turn off or dim computer display systems.3.2 Provide all logs and records to the Engineering Coordinator upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT

9.8 Sheet

I of 3 TSC COMMUNICATOR TSC Communicator Name:_______________ Date 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity

1.1 Initial

Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "TSC Communicator' Binder & ID Badge.B. Review facility electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions.

1.2 Assume

the position of TSC Communicator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the TSC Communicator position.B. IF relieving another TSC Communicator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current TSC Communicator:

1. Obtain the TSC Communicator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting TSC Communicator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current TSC Communicator.

C. Inform TSC Manager and staff that you are now the TSC Communicator. D. IF inter-facility communications has NOT been established with the other facilities, THEN establish this communications link.1. Inform all parties you are establishing communications from the TSC and are now monitoring line.2. Stay on line at all times or inform other parties when you will be off line.Notes ATTACHMENT

9.8 Sheet

2of 3 TSC COMMUNICATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Request the TSC Operations Coordinator monitor the inter-facility communications to the Control Room, OSC and EQE as necessary.

2. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of destination and expected return.3. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away. j 2.2 Maintain alog.A. Use webEOC or if unaviailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the TSC facility and the TSC Communicator position.B. Log when the TSC Communicator duties were assumed.C. Update facility status in webEOC.0. Log significant Communications pertaining to plant operations and all communications to individuals offsite.2.3 Ensure timeliness of facility briefs by prompting EPM to develop and adhere to briefing schedule.2.4 Communicate between the other emergency response facilities (ERFs) if necessary regarding plant status or webEOC entries.A. Transmit/receive data to/from the TSC as applicable regarding action being taken in all ERFs.B. Advise communicators in the other ERFs of the actions being taken in the TSC and OSC (as applicable):

1. Report TSC and OSC (as applicable) activities.

2. Question others regarding activities and actions at their facilities.

3. Ask for feedback from OSC on engineering decisions.

2.5 Maintain

communications as necessary with satellite Entergy response groups outside ERFs. ATTACHMENT

9.8 Sheet

3 of 3 TSC COMMUNICATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 2.6 Keep aware of Control Room personnel actions and procedures being implemented. Notify TSC Engineers if appropriate. 2.7 Work with other members of the TSC Staff to provide support to the Control Room to mitigate the effects of the event and return the plant to a safe condition.

2.8 Support

the EPM/TSC Manager as requested. A. When requested by TSC Manager, notify the Nuclear Steam Supply System (NSSS) vendor and other vendors of emergency Phone numbers can be found in the Emergency Telephone Directory. B. Provide information to the NRC Operations Center as requested.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that any equipment and procedure problems noted during the event are documented so that proper actions can be taken to correct them.3.3 Provide all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMEN~ Sheet 1 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR IT 9.9 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR 8 Radiological Coordinator Name:________________ Date: 1.0 Initial Responsibilitv1Activitv 1 .1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Radiological Coordinator' Binder & ID Badge.B. Review facility electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant and radiological conditions.

1.2 Assume

the position of Radiological Coordinator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Contact the shift RP personnel and receive a briefing of radiological conditions and status of any ongoing jobs.2. Determine if any personnel are currently in the field.3. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Radiological Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Radiological Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Radiological Coordinator:

1. Obtain the Radiological Coordinator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Radiological Coordinator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Radiological Coordinator.

Notes ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

2 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes C. Inform the TSC Manager and TSC staff that you are now the Radiological Coordinator. 1 .3 IF NOT already performed, THE.N perform the following: A. IF necessary, THEN direct a Rad Protection Technician to perform a habitability survey of the TSC and set up radiological controls (access/egress checkpoints) as required.B. Establish the capability for monitoring of Iodine, should it become necessary, using an AMS-4 or other equipment. C. Establish contamination controls for the Control Room and TSC if necessary. D. IF individuals have not been previously issued dosimetry, THEN. have dosimetry issued to them.E. Assign personnel to the following positions:

1. TSC RP monitor 2. Protected Area/Onsite Monitoring Team, IF requested by the EOF 3. EOF RP monitor, IF requested by the EOF 4. Personnel to report to the EOF to support any decontamination efforts, IF requested by the EOF.5. RP monitor to Assembly Area(s) as necessary.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of destination and expected return.2. Inform the TSC Manager and/or Security Coordinator of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away. ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

3 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitvlActivitv (Cont'd) Notes 2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Radiological Coordinator position.B. Log when the Radiological Coordinator duties were assumed.C. Record any significant and unusual indications from the plant Radiation7 Monitoring System.D. Record any significant changes in radiological conditions reported from Field Teams.E. Record any communications outside the Protected Area Fence or significant communications to facilities outside the TSC/OSC.2.3 Assess radiological conditions and develop radiological plans.A. Obtain and evaluate data on plant conditions such as meteorological and radiological readings and other pertinent data.B. Keep the TSC Manager informed of radiological conditions.

2.4 Advise

the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator of changes in plant conditions or equipment that may change radiological conditions onsite.2.5 Establish and maintain radiological habitability. A. Direct periodic radiological monitoring of emergency response facilities within the Protected Area and other occupied areas as necessary, particularly when a release of radioactive material~into plant environments is in progress or suspected.

1. At a minimum, verify habitability in the Control Room, TSC and OSC.2. Re-verify this habitability approximately once every 60 minutes or when conditions have likely worsened.3. IF there has been a release of radioactive material, THE._N dispatch RP Technicians to Assembly Area(s) to verify habitability as necessary.

ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

4 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes B. IF the following conditions exist in the TSC or Control Room, THEN request the EPM to implement restrictions on eating and drinking in the affected areas.1. Radiological conditions are unknown.2. Contamination levels above background.

3. Airborne contamination levels above background.

C. Set up radiological controls for the TSC.D. Ensure Control RoomITSC/OSC/Security personnel are aware of any restrictions in place. Note any radiological release that may interfere with personnel movement outside.1. Advise the TSC Manager and EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator of changes in radiological release status.2. Coordinate with the Security Coordinator to determine the routes to be used for evacuation of non-essential personnel and BREs.E. IF any of the following conditions exist, THEN request the TSC Manager immediately consider a planned evacuation of the TSC (OSC or other occupied area): 1. TSC (OSC or other occupied area) dose rates > 500 mRem/hr 2. Projected doses > 1 Rem TEDE or 5 Rem CDE over a 12 hour period 3. Airborne concentrations which may result in exceeding occupational limits for inhalation specified in 10CFR20, Appendix B, Table 1.F. IF any of the above limits are reached, THEN coordinate with the OSC/TSC Managers to survey alternate locations for habitability prior to relocation if possible. ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

5 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activitv (Cont'd) Notes 2.6 Suspend normal RWP requirements for performing work in radiological controlled areas if necessary. A. Emergency Radiation Work Permits (ERWP) will then be used for team dispatch.B. In the event that radiation fields change while a team is in the field, the RP Technician accompanying the team becomes a "Walking ERWP" and may determine what radiological precautions are appropriate for the situation. 2.7 IF immediate action is necessary to mitigate a situation that severely threatens plant or personnel safety, THEN documentation on ERWPs and Team Dispatching Forms may be deferred.A. Documentation shall be finished as soon as possible after team dispatch.2.8 Suspend radiological posting requirements, if necessary, for areas outside the RCA that are affected by the accident until the Recovery Phase is entered.2.9 Document radiological readings taken by RP Technicians or other meter qualified individuals in the field on survey maps.2.10 Establish and maintain dosimetry, protective clothing, and other protective equipment requirements for onsite ERO personnel. A. Use ERWPs to control radiological requirements for personnel sent into the ,plant.B. Initiate ERWPs for anticipated activities in various plant areas.C. WHEN possible, THEN use normal criteria when establishing requirements for dosimetry, protective clothing, and respiratory protection equipment. 2.11 Direct Radiation Protection Technicians in the following activities: A. Assign RP Technicians to assist in emergency response support activities. B. Use EP-5-ALL, Team Dispatching Form to prepare and document team assignments. Ensure each team dispatched has a copy of the Team Dispatching Form. ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

6 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitylActivity (Cont'd) Notes C. Assign personnel to conduct in-plant radiological surveys as required to support ERO activities.

0. Assign RP Technicians to accompany teams requiring radiological support.2.12 Assist in planning rescue operations~

and provide monitoring services as required, including the transfer of injured and/or contaminated personnel. A IF there are contaminated injured personnel, THE..N perform the following:

1. Provide radiological support for the assessment, treatment, and transportation of contaminated injured personnel.

2. Monitor patients for contamination and decontaminate as appropriate.

3. Make arrangements to pick up Rad Protection personnel at the hospital.4. Follow proper procedures to retrieve radioactive waste from offsite treatment locations.

5. Obtain concurrence from the EPM prior to releasing the hospital's Radiological Emergency Room or the ambulance for uncontrolled use.2.13 Emergency Exposure Control: A. IF emergency exposure controls are implemented, THEN maintain individual emergency exposures as follows: 1. Give EPM the recommendation for the ERO Dose Limits to be raised to 5 Rem.2. IF individuals are required to receive greater than 5 Rem emergency exposures, THEN complete EP-4-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form AND request per mission from EPM authorizing exposure in excess of 5 Rem.

ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

7 of 8 RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibilitv/Activitv (Cont'd)Noe B. An RP Technician escort is required for any team being sent into an area where any of the following conditions exist: 1. Radiological conditions are unknown. Surveys or ARMs may be used to predict radiological conditions.

2. Radiation field in excess of 1 R/hr is expected.3. In the event of any release of radioactivity to the environment.

2.14 IF individuals receive or are expected to receive radioiodine uptakes > 5 REM ODE thyroid dose or a General Emergency has been declared, THEN: A. Control the issuance of KI to onsite emergency workers as follows: 1. Discuss issuance of KI with Radiological Assessment Coordinator in the EOF.2. Get approval of the EPM for issuance of KI.3. Direct team members to read Patient Package Insert prior to*taking KI (see EP-8-ALL, KI Instructions/Briefing Form for sample).4. Recommend emergency workers to take one KI tablet per day.Refer to site specific procedure for location of KI.5. Record KI issuance information on EP-8-ALL, KI Instructions/Briefing Form.6. Select and announce appropriate locations (TSC, OSC, etc.) for all ERO members inside the Protected Area to report for distribution of KI.7. Notify the Assembly Area Coordinator(s) to issue KI to personnel in the assembly area(s) as necessary. B. Evaluate iodine uptakes for persons issued KI, informing contracted medical representatives of KI issuance.2.15 Direct the decontamination efforts of personnel, equipment, and onsite areas as appropriate. 2.16 Ensure that appropriate bioassay procedures have been implemented for onsite personnel when a radioactivity incident has occurred. ATTACHMENT

9.9 Sheet

8 of 8 S RADIOLOGICAL COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitvlActivitv (Cont'd) Notes.2.17 Ensure adequate personnel, materials and supplies are available for assigned missions.A. Obtain needed materials from normal station supply locations. B. IF additional personnel or supplies are needed, THEN request any materials, supplies, or personnel needs from the OSC3 Manager and/or EQE Administration and Logistics C3oordinator.

3.0 Closeout

Activity 3.1 Review all documentation maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that any equipment and procedure problems noted during the event are documented so that proper actions can be taken to correct them.3.2 IF radiological conditions allow, THEN direct Rad Protection Technicians: A. To return emergency equipment to proper storage areas and restock supplies as needed.B. Review radiological conditions in the plant and update postings as required.C3. Review any open RWPs to ensure conditions have not changed that may affect their use.3.3 Provide all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.10 Sheet 1 of 5 SECURITY COORDINATOR Security Coordinator Name:__________________ Date: 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activitv

• 1.1 Initial Orientation.

A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Security Coordinator" Binder & ID Badge.1.2 Assume the position of Security Coordinator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Security Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Security Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Security Coordinator:

1. Obtain the Security Coordinator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Security Coordinator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Security Coordinator.

C. Inform the TSC Manager and TSC staff that you are now the Security Coordinator. D. Perform a communication check with the CAS and SAS and inform them that you are the Security Coordinator and how you can be contacted. E. Perform a communications check with the OSC (as necessary) and EOF Security post personnel (as necessary). Notes ATTACHMENT 9.10 Sheet 2 of 5 SECURITY COORDINATOR

1.0 Initial

ResponsibilitylActivity ((3ont'd) Notes 1.3 IF NOTQ already performed, THE..N perform the following: A. Have all visitors leave the plant site at an Alert or higher classification.

1. Notify the TSC3 Manager this has been done.B. Secure site access at a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency classification.

1. Notify the TSC3 Manager this has been done.C3. Initial Accountability.

1. Designate a Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) and verify that the accountability card readers are active.2. IF the event has been classified as a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency AN__D Initial Accountability has NOT been performed, THEN immediately perform accountability in accordance with site specific procedures.

0. Continuous Accountability.

1. Assign an Accountability Coordinator.

2. Report readiness to conduct accountability to the EPM. Utilize the Accountability Coordinator to assist in accountability.

3. Direct the Accountability Coordinator to support monitoring of the Accountability Card Readers while ERO members are carding into the TSC3 (OS(0), direct them to verify badges are properly read by the Accountability Card Reader and to log the name and badge number on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form of anyone having difficulty carding in.4. Inform the EPM and TSC (OSC) staff that y~ou are overseeing the function of Accountability.

ATTACHMENT 9.10 Sheet 3 of 5 SECURITY COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager of destination and expected return.2. Inform the TSC Manager of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Security Coordinator position.B. Log when Security Coordinator duties were assumed.C. Record Security Team activities undertaken. (Sensitive or Safeguards Information from team briefing forms need not be repeated). D. Record all communications outside the Protected Area Fence.E. Record Accountability Team activities undertaken and completed.

2.3 Establish

and maintain communications with the TSC Radiological Coordinator. Review the following items as necessary. A. Radiological conditions and any protective actions for Security Force movements. B. Dosimetry requirements for Security Force.C. Issuance of Potassium Iodide (KI) to Security Force.2.4 Establish and maintain communications with the Security Force.Keep them updated on the following items.A. Plant conditions and actions being taken to end emergency. B. Radiological conditions, other hazards and any restrictions of movement.C. Implementation and status of site specific Security response procedures.

2.5 Coordinate

Security Force staffing needs with the TSC Manager and ensure 24-hour staffing of the Security Force. ATTACHMENT 9.10 Sheet 4 of 5 SECURITY COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

Responsibilitv/Activitv Notes 2.6 Coordinate the Security response to any emergency conditions with other emergency response organizations (TSCIOSCIEOFIICP) and act as designated National Incident Management System (NIMS)Liaison between the ICP and site organization. Use guidance provided in: A. Site specific procedures for response to Site Access Threat.B. Site specific procedures for assembly, accountability and relocation of personnel offsite.C. Site specific procedures for responding to fire or medical emergencies 2.7 Keep the ED/EPM informed of any security contingency event that may be occurring and response in progress.2.8 Provide assistance in evaluating plant equipment / system(s) to determine if malfunctions are related to sabotage.2.9 Coordinate assistance to monitoring teams by permitting access to owner controlled areas normally gated off.2.10 IF evacuation/relocation~of onsite personnel to offsite locations is called for, THEN: A. Coordinate with TSC Radiological Coordinator to monitor evacuation routes as necessary. B. Ensure Security Force is aware of pending evacuation/relocation and routes to be used.C. Notify the Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) of the following:

1. Pending evacuation

2. Routes to beused 3. Mode of transportation

4. Establishment of decontamination location as necessary D. Coordinate the evacuation/relocation efforts with the Security Force and coordinate the dispatch of Security officers to evacuation assembly areas as necessary.

1. Sound the applicable alarm (from Control Room as necessary) and make site-wide announcements.

E. Keep the ED/EPM informed of evacuation accountability. ATTACHMENT 9.10 SECURITY COORDINATOR ATTACHMENT 9.10 SECURITY COORDINATOR Sheet 5 of 5_2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 2.11 Provide overall coordination of offsite assistance for the security-related response.A. Interface with Offsite Law Enforcement Agencies as necessary. 2.12 Establish and maintain continuous accountability. NOTE 1. Initial Accountability shall be accomplished within 30 minutes of the classification of Site Area Emergency or General Emergency. Accountability may be directed at the Alert classification (or any other time deemed necessary) at the direction of the Shift Manager or EPM.2. Accountability may be suspended if the safety of personnel may be jeopardized by a security event or other event hazardous to personnel. WARN ING During Security Emergencies, do not evacuate personnel without permission from Security (CAS/SAS). A. Accountability may be suspended if the safety of personnel may be jeopardized by a security event or other event hazardous to personnel B. Perform or re-perform initial accountability as necessary.

1. Initial accountability is accomplished by evacuation/assembly of all non-essential personnel in locations outside of the Protected Area and physically accounting for all individuals who remain within the Protected Area. (Refer to step 2.9)2. IF the emergency classification is changed to a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency OR if directed by the EPM, THEN establish or re-establish initial accountability in accordance with site specific procedures.

C. Ensure continuous accountability is maintained in emergency response facilities and other locations where emergency response personnel are located.3,0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Provide

all logs and records to the TSC (or OSC) Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.11 Sheet 1 of 4 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR Maintenance Coordinator Name:_______________ Date 1.0 Initial ResponsibilitvlActivity

1.1 Initial

Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "Maintenance Coordinator' Binder & ID Badge.1.2 Assume the position of Maintenance Coordinator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Discuss with the OSC Work Control Coordinator any actions that have been completed or are in progress.2. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the Maintenance Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Maintenance Coordinator, THE.N perform a formal turnover with thecurrent Maintenance Coordinator:

1. Obtain the Maintenance Coordinator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting Maintenance Coordinator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current Maintenance Coordinator.

C. Inform the TSC Manager and TSC staff you are now the Maintenance Coordinator. Notes "MAAGMNTULERNON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-610 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 54 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.11 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR Sheet 2 of 4 2.0 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity Notes 2.1 Maintain personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager of destination and expected return (for accountability purposes).

2. Inform the T.SC Manager of return.1. Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the Maintenance Coordinator position.B. Log when Maintenance Coordinator duties were assumed.C. Ensure that chemistry sample requests are logged.2.3 Support OSC mitigation activities.

A. Work with the EPM, TSC Manager and OSC Manager to provide support to the Control Room to mitigate the effects of the event and return the plant to a safe condition.

1. Obtain and provide operational guidance and recommendations on equipment operations.

2. Obtain and identify emergency repairs that can be undertaken to restore and maintain equipment operability and plant safety.3. Look ahead for possible plant problems and solutions.

4. Assist in developing emergency procedures if needed.5. Assist the Control Room, EPM, TSC Manager and OSC Manager in planning and preparing for any OSC maintenance activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition.

6. Maintain manpower status to ensure OSC is adequately staffed to support mitigation activities.

7. Maintain a list/log and status of OSC work assignments by maintaining frequent communications with the OSC Work Control Coordinator.

ATTACHMENT 9.11 Sheet 3 of 4 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitvlActivity (Cont'd) Notes 2.4 Assist the OSC Coordinators in preparing to send repair teams into the plant.A. Provide technical support to OSC teams, as needed.2.5 Using webEOC, open a new record from the Repair/Corrective Action board menu to initiate assignments to OSC teams and transmit team.A. Select the appropriate team priority using the guidance for priority numbering in EP-1 1-ALL, Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form.B. Call the Work Control Coordinator to inform of job initiation. 2.6 Provide/request information as directed by the EPM.A. Inform the EPM of activities of OSC Operations personnel -Non-Licensed Operators (NLOs) in the OSC 1. IF informed by the OSC of any NLOs requested to be dispatched from the OSC by the Control Room, THEN notify the EPM immediately.

2. IF requested by the OSC, THEN obtain prior approval from the EPM for: (a) OSC request to deviate from any existing plant procedure dealing with changing plant configuration or personnel safety.(b) 050 request to perform an action that would normally require a procedure but no procedure exists.B. Inform the EPM and/or the SM of changing situations in the plant based on information received from OSC teams in the field.2.7 Assist in clarifying OSC/TSC information to the Engineering Coordinator.

-Etgy MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 56 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.11 MAINTENANCE COORDINATOR Sheet 4 of 4 3.0 Closeout Activity Notes 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all tasks performed that deviated from normal station procedures are properly documented so that necessary actions can be undertaken for continuous plant operation or recovery operation~s.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.12 ENS COMMUNICATOR Sheet 1 of 3 ENS COMMUNICATOR Sheet I of 3 ENS Communicator Name:__________________ Date 1,0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1 .1 Initial Orientation. A. Upon arrival at the TSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers (as required) and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the TSC staffing board.3. Obtain the "ENS Communicator" Binder & ID Badge.1.2 Assume the position of ENS Communicator. A. IF the TSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN: 1. Verify the TSC plant data electronic displays are on and operational and adjust for viewing as necessary.

2. Verify that the TSC NRC ENS phone is operational by checking for dial tone.3. Review facility electronic displays, plant data and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions.

4. Report readiness status to the TSC Manager when prepared to assume the ENS Communicator position.B. IF relieving another ENS Communicator, THE.N perform a formal turnover with the current ENS Communicator:

1. Obtain the ENS Communicator's position binder and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting ENS Communicator on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current ENS Communicator.

C. Inform the TSC Manager and TSC staff you are now filling the duties of the ENS Communicator. Notes ATTACHMENT 9.12 Sheet 2 of 3 ENS COMMUNICATOR

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 1.3 IF NOT already performed, THEN perform the following steps: A. Contact the Control Room Communicator and receive a turnover on NRC communications activities. B. Establish contact with the NRC Operations Center on the NRC ENS phone using the guidance in Attachment 9.13, ENS Communications Guidance.2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Maintain

personnel accountability in the TSC.A. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Inform the TSC Manager of destination and expected return.2. Inform the TSC Manager of return.(a) Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events that have occurred while away.2.2 Maintain a log.A. Use webEOC-or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form to maintain a log of significant items pertaining to the ENS Communicator position.B. Log when ENS Communicator duties were assumed.C. Log all significant communications with the NRC, TSC staff and other ERO members outside the TSC.2.3 Assist the Engineering Coordinator as necessary in obtaining plant data.2.4 Provide information to the NRC Operations Center as requested. A. Use the ENS phone to transmit information. B. Refer to the guidance in Attachment 9.13, ENS Communications Guidance.C. IF the NRC requests an open, continuous ENS communications channel (ENS phone), THEN continuously maintain the ENS phone.1. Use Attachment 9.13, ENS Communications Guidance.2. Request support as necessary form the Operations Coordinator in providing information. ATTACHMENT 9.12 Sheet 3 of 3 ENS COMMUNICATOR

2.0 Continuous

ResponsibilitvlActivitv (Cont'd) !_ Notes 2.5 Keep the Emergency Plant Manager informed of the status of NRC communications (requests being made, questions asked, etc.)3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Assist TSC personnel in returning all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation maintained during the emergency. A. Verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.3.3 Log off P~s as necessary.

3.4 Provide

all logs and records to the TSC Manager upon termination of the emergdncy and entry into the Recovery Phase. ATTACHMENT 9.13 ENS COMMUNICATIONS GUIDANCE ATTACHMENT 9.13 ENS COMMUNICATIONS GUIDANCE Sheet I of 3 1.Establish contact with the NRC Operations Center on the NRC ENS phone by: A. Lifting the receiver B. After receiving dial tone, dial the first number listed below using all 11 digits.1. IF the first number is busy, THEN use the second, etc.1-301 -816-5100 1-301-951-0550 1-301-415-0550 C. Ask to be placed on the ENS Conference Bridge.NOTE 1. In an emergency, the initial contact with the NRC is through the Headquarters Operations Officer (HOO). The HOO also maintains the official log to document the time the NRC event notifications are received. When the incident response center is manned, the incident response center personnel recommend that the ENS Communicators ask if the HOO is on the line when making notification of classification or protective action recommendation updates to ensure the correct time is officially recorded.2. NRC considers every event a potential security event until it is confirmed otherwise. The NRC may patch the ENS line through to a Security Counterpart Link during any event, and the NRC Safeguards personnel may ask to speak to plant Security management.

2. Provide information directly to the NRC as requested, except information regarding decisions in progress and not yet finalized.

A. Information obtained from status boards, previously approved notification forms and other TSC personnel (including changes in classification and Protective Action Recommendations) do NOTI require approval prior to transmittal. B. NRC Form-361 may be used to organize and collect information for the NRC.I. IF NRC Form-361 is used, THEN care should be taken to ensure that the use of this form does not slow the free flow of information about the emergency condition to the NRC. ATTACHMENT 9.13 Sheet 2 of 3 ENS COMMUNICATIONS GUIDANCE 3. Potential questions that may be asked by the NRC: A. What is the status of the fuel?B. What are you doing to protect the fuel?C. What is the status of safety systems?0. How many Reactor Coolant Pumps do you have?E. Is there an offsite release?F. What is the source of the release?G. What are you doing to secure the release?H. What protective actions are you taking for plant personnel and the general public?I. What is the status of evacuating/sheltering of local offsite areas?J. What are steam generator pressures? K. What are Core Exit Thermocouple temperatures? L. Is the core covered?M. What are your plans to restore the plant to normal operations? N. 'What is the potential to escalate to a higher emergency classification?

0. Have the local government agencies been notified?P. What are the licensee's current top priorities for the station?Q. Are there significant uncertainties about any aspect of the event (e.g., is the situation improving or degrading)?

R. Does the licensee need help from the NRC or other Federal agencies?S. Is the licensee having any communication or staffing problems?T. (Security Event Related): Has the facility sustained significant damage (including the central and secondary alarm stations), damage to the physical security features or security force, or loss of licensed materials? U. (Security Event Related): What are the sources and status of offsite emergency assistance (e.g., local law enforcement, State, Federal (especially Federal Bureau of Investigation), National Guard)? NULEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED E N-EP-610 REV. 2~Etry MANUAGEEN REFERENCE USE "PAGE 62 OF 62 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.13 ENS COMMUNICATIONS GUIDANCE Sheet 3 of 3 V. (Security Event Related): Is additional Federal assistance required (e.g., personnel, material, communications)? W. (Security Event Related): What compensatory measures have been implemented (e.g., temporary barriers, relocation of responders)?

4. Although NOT required (with the exception of commitments), it is desirable, if time permits, to record (or summarize) contacts with the NRC in webEOC or in a facility log.A. Document and track any commitments made to the NRC.B. Ensure all commitments made are discussed with NRC prior to event closeout.5. IF the NRC requests the NRC Health Physics Network (HPN) Line to be manned, THEN inform the Radiological Coordinator.

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 1 of 3 Procedure/Document Number: EN-EP-61 0 Revision: 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: Rive~r Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation-of the emergency plan): This change issues fleet procedure EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations, Rev. 2 for use by the RBS emergency response organization. Part I!. Activity Previously Reviewed? DYES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.Enter If YES, identif~y bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and -proposed change is documented below: complete vI. _ _ _ _ _Justification: LI Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. LI One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.LI One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) , Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OGFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change D--YES []NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.J ustification: Enter justification and"No" is checked because there are changes in this revision that are not editorial, complete Part" -VI.Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function 0654/FEMA REP-I Section II?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 []staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] LI 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] LI EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 2 of 3 ProcedurelDocument Number: EN-EP-610 Revision: 2 EquipmentlFacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations

5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] U]6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] [7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] U]8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of U]the declared emergency within 15 minutes after" declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.

[5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt U]instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5] ___10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and U]Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response U]organizations. [6] ___12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] U]13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the U]plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7] ___14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] U 15. Adequate facilities are, maintained to support emergency response. [8] U]16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] U]17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] U]18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] U]19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are U]available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including U]those for hostile action events.[1 01 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] U]22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] [23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] U]24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program U]areas) is established. [14] ___25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, U]maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] U..... [27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] U]28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] U]29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] U]EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 3 of 3 ProcedureiDocument Number: EN-EP-610 Revision: 2 Equipment/FacilitylOther: River Bend Station Title: Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.C] If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.541(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Entergy ERO responsibilities are outlined in EN-EP-801, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-01 8 rev. 33 as part of implementation of the Fleet Standard ERO and were previously evaluated under a 10CFR50.54(q)(3) performed on 12/6/10. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations which includes those same ERO responsibilities. This procedure revision transitions to the new fleet procedure. EIP-2-01 8 is being maintained by RBS to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-61 0. Existing RBS facilities and equipment are still being maintained and there are no changes to any intent in procedure actions.Summary:* No ERO positions have been added or deleted.* Some ERO responsibilities in EIP-2-018 have been relocated to align with EN-EP-610. A 10CFR50.54(q) will be performed concurrently as part of the EIP-2-01 8 revision. The 10OCFR50.54(q) review for the EIP-2-01 8 revision will be approved prior to the implementation of EN-EP-61 0 at RBS.* The description and activation of the TSG as described in the RBS Emergency Plan has not been changed.The ability of the TSC to perform classifications, notifications, dose assessments and protective action recommendations will be impacted as fleet procedures EN-EP-801 and EN-EP-610 do not reflect these capabilities as residing in the TSC. A 10CFR50,54(q) will be performed concurrently as part of the EIP-2-018 revision to remove these capabilities. The RBS Emergency Plan will also be revised and this change in capability will be reflected in E-Plan revision 42. The 10CFR50.54(q) review for E-Plan revision 42 will be approved prior to the implementation of EN-EP-61 0 at RBS.* All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.

• This change does not alter the TSC structure, organization or location.The revision of the site TSC procedure (EI P-2-018) and incorporating the use of fleet TSC procedure (EN-EP-610) screens out. No further evaluation is required for this revision.Part VI. Signatures:

Preparer Name (Print) //T'parer~i a(ia(0re -__,_ Date: John Hurst i12-7-15 (Optional Reviewer Name (Print) (. Reiwegnt Date: ReviwerNam IDate: EP manager or designee EN-EP-305 REV 3 Procedure Contains NMM ECH eB REFLIB Forms: YES II NO []Procedure Revision Type: New LI NON-Editorial [] Editorial III TC El Cancellation El HQNMayAnWlo Effective Procedure Owner: Dean Burnett Governance Owner:MayAnWlo Dae Title: Director, Emergency Title: Director, Emergency Dae Site: Programs Site: Programs 1/27/2016 IHQN HQN Site Site Procedure Champion Title ANO NA NA BRP N/A N/A CNS N/A N/A GGNS Jeffrey Seiter Manager, EP IPEC Lori Glander Manager, EP JAF James Jones Manager, EP PLP Dan Malone Manager, EP PNPS N/A N/A RBS Tim Schenk N/A VY N/A N/A W3 N/A N/A HQN Tim Garvey Project Manager, EP For site implementation dates see ECH eB REFLIB using site tree view (Navigation panel)Site and NMM Procedures Canceled or Superseded By This Revision Process Applicability Exclusion: All Sites: lii Specific Sites: ANO LI BRP El GGNS El IPECE] JAF El PLP El PNPS[-] RBS El VY El W3 El Change Statement Revision 2:* Implements the fleet standard Operations Support Center Operations procedure Palisades, Indian Point, ANO and RBS.* Added Note to the procedure's Purpose that allows the procedure to be used at the backup/alternate OSC as applicable.

• Added Form Number (EP-#-ALL) before all Forms referenced in the procedure.
• In the Table of Contents, deleted reference to Attachment 9.7, which does not exist.* In Section 8.0 added Palisades' and River Bend's Site Specific Commitment.
• Added guidance to the OSC Manager's checklist to coordinate with the EOF Admin & Logistics Coordinator for call-out of additional staff as required.* Added guidance to the OSC Manager's checklist to use EP-1 4-ALL for facility briefs.* Clarified guidance in the OSC Manager's checklist regarding coordination with the EOF Admin &Logistics Coordinator regarding materials and supplies that are not available on site.* Clarified guidance in the Operations Support checklist regarding turnover of responsibility for Operations Team dispatch from the Control Room.* Grammatical correction in the Work Control Coordinator's checklist for clarification regarding log keeping.* Added guidance to the Rad/Chem Coordinator's checklist to obtain current plant status from the shift Radiation Protection personnel.
• Clarified guidance in the Rad/Chem Coordinator's checklist regarding log keeping.* Clarified guidance in the Work Control Coordinator's checklist regarding communications with the TSC on team assignments.
• Added guidance to the Rad/Chem Coordinator's checklist to deploy onsite radiation monitoring teams to survey radiation levels and samPle for contamination.
• Added guidance to the Rad/Chem Coordinator's checklist to ensure habitability of the OSC.* Deleted a duplicate step in the Rad/Chem Coordinator's checklist.

Associated PRHQN #: PR-PRHQN-201 5-00505 /Procedure Writer: T. Gre Contains Proprietary Information: YES iii NO [] TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Paae 1.0 PURPOSE.................................................................. 4

2.0 REFERENCES

.............................................................. 4 3.0 DEFINITIONS .............................................................. 4 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................... 4 5.0 DETAILS..........................,.......................................... 4 6.0 INTERFACES .............................................................. 5 7.0 RECORDS.................................................................. 5 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS ........................................ 5 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ........................................................... 6 ATTACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER ...................................................... 7 ATTACHMENT 9.2 OSC OPERATIONS SUPPORT.................................... 14 ATTACHMENT 9.3 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR.....".................... ........ 17 ATTACHMENT

9.4 MECHANICAL

AND ELECTRICALJI&C COORDINATORS.......... 21 ATTACHMENT 9.5 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR... ................................... 24 ATTACHMENT 9.6 OSC LOG KEEPER ............... .. ............................. 29

1.0 PURPOSE

NOTE This procedure may be used for activation and operations at the backup/alternate OSC as applicable. [1] To describe the activation and operation of the OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC)

2.0 REFERENCES

[1] Site Emergency Plans[2] Site Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures

3.0 DEFINITIONS

[1] Activation -Actions taken to staff and setup an emergency response facility to make it operational. Actions include but are not limited to notification of emergency personnel, equipment setup and equipment operability testing.[2] Operational -Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate facility manager upon determining that the facility is adequately staffed and equipment is setup and available to assume/perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES [1] The entire staff of the Operations Support Center (OSC) is responsible for activation and operation of the facility using this procedure, their position specific checklists and applicable site specific performance aides.5.0 DETAILS NOTE The actions of this procedure may be completed in any sequence, however, the sequence presented is recommended. [1] The OSC is required to be activated at the declaration of an Alert, Site Area Emergency and General Emergency. [2] The OSC Manager follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, OSC Manager.[3]1 The OSC Operations Support follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, Operations Support. [4] The Work Control Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, Work Control Coordinator. [5] The Mechanical and Electrical/l&C Coordinators follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, Mechanical and Electrical/l&C Coordinators [6] The Rad/Chem Coordinator follows the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.5, RadlChem Coordinator. [7] The OSC Log Keeper follows~the instructions outlined Attachment 9.6, OSC Log Keeper.[8] Other shift personnel and additional support personnel assemble at the OSC to provide assistance as necessary.

6.0 INTERFACES

[I] EN-AD-i103, Document Control & Records Management Programs[2] EN-EP-601, Corporate Emergency Center Operations [3] EN-LI-I102, Corrective Action Process[4] EN-NS-1 02, Fitness for Duty Program[5] EN-FAP-OM-012, Notifications of Off-Normal Situations / Corporate Duty Manager Responsibilities [6] EN-EP-609, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Operations [7] EN-EP-61 0, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations

7.0 RECORDS

Any logs or forms completed by members of the ERO during an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records and are maintained in accordance with EN-AD-i103. 8.0 SITE SPECIFIC COMMITMENTS Step Site Document Commitment Number________________________ or Reference GGNS GNRO-97/001 13.97-15-01 .ITEMI P-331 88 GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 7.3.2 $1 P-28915 5.0 [8] GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 7.3.2 S4 P-28916______GGNS GGNS Emergency Plan 7.3.2 $6 P28917_____ PAL NRC Inspection Report 93-07 CMT9320021 14____ RBS _____________P-i15578 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENT]9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 OSC Manager 9.2 Operations Support 9.3 Work Control Coordinator

9.4 Mechanical

and Electrical/l&C Coordinator 9.5 Rad/Chem Coordinator 9.6 OSC Log Keeper NUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-.EP-611 REV. 2 Efltrgy' MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 7 OF 30 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER Sheet I of 7 OSC Manager Name:_________________ Date:____1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activity Notes NOTE The ERO should take appropriate actions necessary to mitigate the event regardless of facility manning or status.1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the OSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-InfAccountability Form 2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the OSC Manager Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the Emergency Plant Manager (EPM): 1. Plant conditions , 2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel currently in the field)4. Team requirements for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.2 Assume

the Position of OSC Manager A. IF the OSC has NOT been declared operational, THEN:* SEtry NUCLEAR NON-QUALTY RELATED EN-EP-611EV2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 8 OF 30 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER Sheet 2 of 7 Initial Responsibility1Activity (cont.) Notes NOTE: Typical minimum staffing needed to declare OSC Operational. The Site's staffing requirements may differ as needed to address site specific requirements.

• OSC Manager* Rad/Chem Coordinator
• Maintenance (craft), RP and Chemistry personnel (the appropriate staff to perform the facilities key functional areas for the event).NOTE: During a Security Event only personnel and facilities necessary to mitigate the emergency situation should be activated.

The OSC may be declared operational without all key members being present. This will be determined by the most senior person in the facility.1. Verify the minimum OSC staffing is present.(a) IF additional personnel are needed or positions are vacant THEN direct someone to fill vacancies in accordance with EP-10-ALL, Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation I Operation Form.2. Ensure communication is available for the dispatching of teams via verbal concurrence by the Work Control Coordinator or the Mechanical and/or the Electricalll&C Coordinator.

3. Ensure communication is available to the Control Room via verbal concurrence by the Operation Support personnel.

4. Ensure radiological monitoring capabilities are available in the OSC via verbal concurrence by the Rad/Chem Coordinator.

5. Ensure the OSC is ready to dispatch required teams and maintain radiological onsite assessment.

6. When the OSC is ready, contact the Control' Room and request a complete listing of personnel currently performing tasks from the Control Room.7. Ensure the Control Room listing 'of personnel/tasks is provided to the Work Control Coordinator or the Mechanical and/or Electrical/l&C Coordinator.

ATrACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER Sheet 3 of 7 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) Notes 8. WHEN minimum staffing for the OSC is met AND Steps 2 through 7 above are complete, THEN declare the OSC operational and record in WebEOC or on EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form.9. Make an announcement to the OSC and inform the CR, TSC and EOF that the OSO is operational.

10. Consider assignment and preparation of a search and rescue team to expedite dispatch if needed.11. Perform an initial briefing for the OSC staff using EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form.B. IF relieving another OSC Manager THEN perform a formal turnover with the current OSC Manager.1. Obtain the OSC Manager's position binder/badge and review any documents used.2. Review facility log.3. Obtain a briefing from the acting OSC Manager on the emergency, plant conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.4. Relieve the current OSC Manager.5. Announce to the OSC, TSC, CR, and EOF that you are now the OSC Manager.2.0 Continuous Responsibilitv/Activity

2.1 Direct

the activities of the OSC A. Coordinate and/or prioritize assessment and corrective actions with the TSC.B. Ensure work task priorities are being maintained. C. Keep OSC Coordinators updated on pending assignments.-D. IF multiple pre-assignment briefs are to occur simultaneously, THEN instruct the Coordinators to use other areas of the OSC to conduct briefings. E. Ensure OSC staff members are following appropriate procedures. ATT'ACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER Sheet 4 of 7 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity (cont.) Notes 2.2 Maintain personnel accountability in the 0S0 A. Ensure all ERO members reporting to the 0S0 swipe their Security Badge at one of the Accountability Card Readers or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form.B. IF you leave the area, THEN: 1. Assign the Work Control Coordinator to fulfill your responsibility.

2. Upon your return, obtain a briefing from the Work Control Coordinator on any events that occurred while you were away.2.3 Maintain Adequate OSC Staffing A. Ensure an adequate number of personnel are available for Repair and Corrective Action Teams.B. Coordinate shift scheduling with EOF Admin and Logistics Coordinator.

1 With assistance from OSC Coordinators, ensure those personnel required for the second shift are available and do not have other emergency response duties.2. Ensure second shift personnel are notified of their assignments and time of shift turnover.C. Upon direction from the ED reduce staffing per shift schedule.D. Continually assess the need for additional personnel. E. Coordinate with the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator for call-out of additional staff as required.2.4 Maintain a Log A. Ensure the OSC Log Keeper is maintaining a log: 1. Log when you assume the duties of the OSC Manager and OSC activation.

2. Log significant decisions and important details used to make decisions.

3. Log significant communications with other members of the ERO and offsite officials.

4. Log the dispatch of teams.B. Periodically review log for accuracy.

A'T-ACHMENT

9.1 Sheet

5 of 7 OSC MANAGER Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Cont'd) Notes 2.5 Assign an individual to monitor inter-facility communications between the Control Room, TSC and EQE as necessary 2.6 Prepare and Facilitate Facility Briefings A. Coordinate with the TSC Manager, as appropriate, to schedule periodic facility briefings:

1. Briefings should be every 30-60 minutes or as conditions change.2. Make an announcement approximately 5 minutes before the actual briefing that a briefing will be conducted, if possible.B. Use EP-1 4-ALL, Briefing Form and EP-2-ALL, Essential Information Form for periodic briefs.C. Direct key staff to provide information needed for the briefing, if necessary.

D. Conduct briefing and ensure information provided in the briefing is captured and appropriately documented by the OSC Log Keeper.2.7 Supervise the activities of the OSC Coordinators and team personnel. A. The EPM is responsible for overall control of the onsite emergency response. Obtain EPM concurrence prior to directing any actions that may affect the operability of a plant system.B. Coordinate activities of operations personnel in the OSC with the Operations Support and the Control Room.C. Inform the EPM immediately of any operations teams requested to be dispatched from- the OSC by the Control Room.D. Maintain adequate personnel and material resources for the onsite response.E. Assign tasks to OSC Coordinators. EP-6-ALL, Team Tracking Form, may be used to track task assignments if WebEOC is unavailable. F. Keep the Work Control Coordinator, OSC Coordinators, and Team Members informed of the overall focus of the emergency, task priorities and existing radiological conditions. ATTACHMENT 9.1 ,OSC MANAGER Sheet 6 of 7 Continuous Res ponsibility/Activity (cont. Notes G. Remind the Work Control Coordinator and OSC Coordinators to maintain an awareness of the activities and concerns of OSC team members.H. Verify that the Work Control Coordinator is maintaining current status as new tasks are assigned, old tasks completed, and as priorities are changed.I. Interact wit~h the OSC Coordinators and clarify any concerns/questions regarding plant or equipment status.J. Prioritize team dispatch with EPM.K. Ensure the EPM/CRIEOF ED are notified when the team(s) are dispatched. L. Coordinate development of emergency repair and corrective actions with the TSC Manager and the Ops Support personnel.

2.8 Request

assistance from the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator for materials and supplies not available on site as required.2.9 Obtain approval from the EPM prior to deviating from any existing plant procedure dealing with changing plant configuration or personnel safety.2.10 Obtain approval from the EPM prior to performing an action that would normally require a procedure but no procedure exists.2.11 Ensure timely dispatch of search and rescue teams.A. Coordinate the search and rescue activities in accordance with site specific procedures. B. Instruct search and rescue teams not to move an incapacitated victim without a Medical Representative or qualified First Responder unless the potential harm from radiation or other hazards outweighs the potential harm of moving the victim.2.12 Inform the EPM of changing situations in the plant based on information received from teams out in the field.2.13 IF conditions require an emergency radiation exposure and/or issuance of KI, THEN obtain EPM approval prior to the emergency radiation exposure and/or issuance of KI to OSC personnel. A. Use EP-8-ALL, KI Instructions/Briefing Form if required. A'i-IACHMENT 9.1 OSC MANAGER Sheet 7 of 7 Continuous ResponsibilitvlActivity (cont'd.) Notes 2.14 Additional/Long Term Emergency Response A. Support/coordinate with the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to ensure that manpower planning is being conducted to provide for response efforts over an extended period.B. Depending upon the duration of the emergency, coordinate with the Administration and Logistics Coordinator to make arrangements for food and potable water delivery to all emergency response centers, including off-site teams.2.15 Evacuation of OSC A. IF it becomes necessary to evacuate or relocate the 0SC, THEN notify the EPM, EOF and Control Room.B. Ensure OSC staff completes the following:

1. Bring their position books and any other required documents.

2. Bring any required equipment

-radios, satellite phones, etc.C. Refer to the applicable site specific performance aides for guidance regarding set up and operations of the backup/alternate OSC 3.0 Closeout Activity 3.1 Direct 0S0 personnel to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Collect

all documentation: A. Direct 0S0 staff to verify that logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Verify that all repairs performed by oSC Teams which deviated from normal station procedures are properly documented, so that necessary actions can be taken for continuous plant operations or plant recovery operations.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the EP Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTFACHMENT 9.2 OSC OPERATIONS SUPPORT Sheet I of 3 Operations Support Name:__________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the 0S0: 1. Card in the accountability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-I n/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the Operations Support Binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the OSC Manager: 1. Plant conditions

2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel currently in the field)4. Team requirement for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.2 Assume

the position of Operations Support A. Track the dispatching of the non-license operators from the Control Room until released to the 0SC by establishing communications with the Control Room.B. Report your readiness to the OSC Manager when prepared to assume the Operations Support position.C. IF relieving another Operations Support person THEN perform a formal turnover.1. Review current logs.2. Obtain a briefing from the current Operations Support personnel on the emergency, radiological conditions and any actions that.have been completed or are in progress.3. Relieve current Operations Support person.4. Inform OSC Manager and staff that you are now the Operations Support person. ATTACHMENT 9.2 OSC OPERATIONS SUPPORT Sheet 2 of 3 2.0 Continuous Res ponsibilitv/Activitv NOTES 2.1 Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or the 050 Manager when temporarily leaving the work area.A. IF you are leaving the OSC THEN: 1. Inform an 050 Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you leave, where you are going and when you expect to return.2. Inform an OSO Coordinator and/or 050 Manager when you return.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events, which have occurred while away.2.2 Use WebEOC, or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form, to maintain a log of activities. A. Record the time you assume position of Operations Support person.B. Record Operations Team activities undertaken with information on repairs performed and pending actions to ensure repairs are completed. C. Record key communications received and sent and associated time.2.3 Assist the Control Room and OSC Manager in planning and preparing for any Operations activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition. A. Establish communications with the Control Room.B Keep the Control Room informed of field team activities currently underway or that are planned.C. Coordinate operations and repair activities with the Control Room.D. Provide operational guidance to other OSC staff and in-plant teams.2.4 Participate in Team dispatch and field operations: A. Choose Operations personnel who are best qualified to conduct assigned task(s) ATrACHMENT 9.2 OSC OPERATIONS SUPPORT Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity (cont.) Notes NOTE: For urgent Operations requirements, EP-5-ALL, Team Dispatching Form, may be completed after team dispatch.B. Use EP-5-ALL, Team Dispatch Form, to prepare and document J team assignments. Ensure each team dispatched has a copy of theI Team Dispatching Form.C. Ensure the Team is properly equipped to conduct repairs, including*procedures, drawings, tools and repair parts.D. Participate in Team briefings to ensure team members understand assigned task and understand the hazard to be encountered. Briefings should be clear, concise, accurate and prompt.E. Ensure responsibility for dispatch of Operations Teams is turned over to the OSC as soon as possible (e.g. no later than at Site Area Emergency declaration). F. Keep the OSC Manager aware of all teams' progress.G. Maintain communication Capability (i.e. phone, radio) and work with the Work Control Coordinator while the team is in the field to answer any question that may arise concerning task.H. Debrief Operations team members when they return and ensure actions are properly documented. I. Report results and status of team efforts to the OSC Manager as necessary. J. Assist the OSC Manager as necessary.

3.0 Closeout

ResponsibilitvlActivitv

3.1 Assist

OSC personnel to return equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the Operations Support person(s) maintained during the emergency. A. Ensure logs, forms and other documentation are complete.B. Ensure all repairs performed by OSC Operations Teams that deviated from normal station procedures are properly documented. C. Provide all logs and records to the OSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATT-ACHMENT 9.3 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR Sheet 1 of 4 Work Control Coordinator Name:_______________ Date 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity

1.1 Initial

Orientation A. Upon arrival at the OSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the Operations Support Binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the OSC Manager: 1. Plant conditions

2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel currently in the field)4. Team .requirements for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.2 Assume

the position of Work Control Coordinator A. Obtain a briefing from the OSC Manager on the status of any personnel or teams currently in the field.B. Coordinate the formation, briefing/debriefing, of dispatched teams.Establish communications with field personnel and establish that the OSC has now taken control of their actions.C. Report your readiness to the OSC Manager" when prepared to assume the Work Control Coordinator position.0. IF relieving another Work Control Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Work Control Coordinator:

1. Review current log(s).2. Obtain briefing from current Work Control Coordinator on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.Notes ATTACHMENT

9.3 Sheet

2 of 4 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) Notes 3. Relieve current Work Control Coordinator.

4. Inform OSC Manager and staff that you are now the Work Control Coordinator.

2.0 Continuous

Responsibility/Activity

2.1 Inform

an OSC Coordinator and/or the OSC Manager when temporarily leaving the work area.A. IF you are leaving the OSC THEN: 1. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you leave, where you are going and when you expect to return. (For accountability purposes)2. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you return.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events, which have occurred while away.2.2 Use WebEOC, or if unavailable, EP-1 1-ALL, Repair & Corrective Action Assignment Form, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Form, and EP-6-ALL, Team Tracking Form, to maintain a log of significant items/tracking of the teams, including: A. Time you assume position of Work Control Coordinator. B. Teams dispatched from the OSC including updates when the team status changes (i.e. priority, deployment status, task outcome).2.3 Maintain communications with the TSC regarding team assignments and priority.2.4 Issue radios (and headsets as needed) to OSC Coordinators and teams being dispatched. NOTE: The headphone would normally be used when workers are dressed in Protective Clothing and/or respirators. A. Ensure that charged batteries are installed in portable radios.B. Ensure communication methodology is established and the proper (radio) communications protocol is utilized. Sheet 3 of 4 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR ATTACHMENT 9.3 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR Sheet 3 of 4 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivity (cont.) Notes C. Remind personnel using radios to check operability of their radio when entering any area for which communications might be suspect.2.5 Ensure ongoing accountability (unless directed otherwise) for OSC personnel. NOTE: A computer spreadsheet may be used in place of EP-6-ALL, Team Tracking Form, and EP-4-AII, Exposure Authorization Form, to keep records of teams sent into the field from the 0SC.A. Use EP-5-ALL, Team Dispatching Form, to prepare and document team assignments. Ensure each team dispatched has a copy of the Team Dispatching Form.B. Track all individuals leaving OSC on EP-6-ALL, Team Tracking Form.1. IF the Computer spreadsheet is used THENJ printout copies of the spreadsheet to maintain hard copy records of team activities. C. IF individuals are going to be receiving emergency radiation exposure THEN track radiation exposures on EP-4-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form.0. Inform the OSC Manager immediately of any missing personnel. E. IF anyone is unaccounted for THEN assist in search and rescue operations utilizing teams.2.6 Monitor the activities of the team personnel in the field.A. Keep informed on team mission priorities

1. The OSC Manager will inform you of task priorities.

2. Track and communicate assigned priorities.

3. Continually remind OSC personnel dispatched to perform task of current priorities and any changes to priorities.

B. When possible, participate in team briefings to ensure you are aware of the team's assigned tasks and expected hazards. SEtry NUCLEAR NNQAIYRLTD EN-EP-611 REV. 2 Eat ergy MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 20 OF 30 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) OPERATIONS ATT-ACHMENT 9.3 WORK CONTROL COORDINATOR Sheet 4 of 4 Continuous Res ponsibility/Activity (cont.) Notes C. Maintain communications with teams once they are dispatched from the OSO.0. Keep track of team radiation exposure while they are in the field using spreadsheet or manual forms. Transfer information to EP-4-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form, when teams return.E. When possible, participate in Team Debriefings when teams return to the OSC, to keep informed on field conditions. F. Immediately update teams of any change in emergency classifications or changing conditions, which may affect their safety, such as the start of a release.G. Immediately update OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator of any changing or unexpected conditions reported by teams in the field.2.7 Direct the 0S0 Log-Keeper to assist you in maintaining records as necessary.

2.8 Inform

the OSC Manager and other OSO Coordinators of changing situations in the plant based on information received from dispatched teams.A. Unexpected radiation levels.B. Unreported hazardous conditions. C. Important equipment status.3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity

3.1 Assist

OSC personnel to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the OSC Coordinators maintained during the emergency: A. Ensure logs, forms and other documentation are complete B. Work with other OSC Coordinators to ensure all repairs performed by OSC Teams that deviated from normal station procedures are properly documented so that necessary actions can be taken for continuous plant operations or recovery operations.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the OSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT

9.4 Sheet

I of 3 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICALII&C COORDINATORS Mechanical Coordinator Name:________________ Date:_____ Electrical/l&C Coordinator Name:_______________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1.1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the OSC: 1. Card in the accoL~ntability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form 2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator Binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, piant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the OSC Manager: 1. Plant conditions

2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel currently in the field)4. Team requirement for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.~2 Assume the position of Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator A. Report readiness status to the OSC Manager when prepared to assume the Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator position.B. IF relieving another Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator, THEN perform a formal turnover with the current Mechanica~l or Electrical/l&C Coordinator:

1. Review current log(s).2. Obtain briefing from current Coordinator on the emergency and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.3. Relieve current Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator.

4. Inform OSC Manager and staff that you are now the Mechanical or Electrical/l&C Coordinator ATT-IACHMENT

9.4 MECHANICAL

AND ELECTRICALII&C COORDINATORS Sheet 2 of 3 Initial Responsibility/Activitv (cont'd) Notes 2.0 Continuous Responsibility1Activities

2.1 Inform

an OSC Coordinator and/or the OSC Manager when temporarily leaving the work area.A. Request another OSC Coordinator assume the Work Control Coordinator duties while you are away.B. LF you are leaving the OSC THEN: 1. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you leave, where you are going and when you expect to return. (For accountability purposes)2. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you return.C. Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events, which have occurred while away.2.2 Assist OSC Manager in planning and preparing for any maintenance activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition.

2.3 Participate

in team dispatch and field operations: A. Choose maintenance personnel who are best qualified to conduct assigned task(s)B. Use EP-5-ALL,Team Dispatching Form, to prepare and document team assignments. C. Ensure each team dispatched has a copy of the Team Dispatching Form.D. Ensure Team is properly equipped to conduct repairs, including procedures, drawings, tools and repair parts.E. Participate in Team briefings to ensure team members properly understand assigned task and understand the hazards to be encountered. Briefings should be clear concise, accurate and prompt. AI-FACHMENT

9.4 MECHANICAL

AND ELECTRICAL/I&C COORDINATORS Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (cont.) Notes F. Maintain communication capability (i.e. phone, radio) and work with.the Work Control Coordinator while the team is in the field to answer any questions that may arise concerning task.G. Assist the Work Control Coordinator as required/requested with Team status and dose tracking using EP-6-ALL, Team Tracking Form, and EP-4-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form.H. Debrief team members when they return and ensure actions are properly documented. I. Inform the OSC Manager prior to dispatching teams.J. Report results and status of team efforts to the OSC Manager as necessary. K. Assist with maintaining team status/results in WebEOC or applicable forms as necessary.

3.0 Closeout

Responsibility/Activity

3.1 Assist

OSC personnel to return all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation the OSC Coordinators maintained during the emergency: A. Ensure logs, forms and other documentation are complete B. Work with other OSC Coordinators to ensure all repairs performed by OSC Teams that deviated from normal station procedures are properly documented so that necessary actions can be taken'for continuous plant operations or recovery operations.

3.3 Provide

all logs and records to the OSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT 9.5 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR Sheet 1 of 5 Rad/Chem Coordinator:___________________ Date:_____

1.0 Initial

Responsibility/Activity Notes 1 .1 Initial Orientation A. Upon arrival at the OSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form. 2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the "Rad/Chem Coordinator" Binder & ID Badge.B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain status of radiation protection activities and current plant radiological conditions from shift Radiation Protection personnel. D. 'Obtain a briefing from the 0S0 Manager: 1. Plant conditions

2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel, currently in the field 4. Team requirement for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.2 Assume

the position of Rad/Chem Coordinator A. Contact the TSC Radiological Coordinator and receive a briefing of radiological conditions and status of any ongoing jobs.B. Determine if'any personnel are currently in the radiological controlled area (RCA) using available tools (e.g. Sentinel). C. Obtain a copy of current employee exposure for use in ALARA considerations when assigning OSC team members.D. Brief the OSC Manager of the information obtained from the Radiological Coordinator and/or Watch RP Tech.E. Ascertain the ability to conduct chemistry sampling via normal as well as through PASS (if available) and provide this information to the OSC Manager.F. Assess the need for additional Radiological or Chemistry personnel and provide any requests to the OSC Manager. MNGMNNUCLEAR NON-QUALITY RELATED EN-EP-611 REV. 2 MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 25 OF 30 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT 9.5 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR Sheet 2 of 5 Initial ResponsibilitylActivity(cont.) Notes G. Ensure initial and subsequent provisions of habitability surveys of the 0SC (if co-located include the TSC) and other occupied staging areas. Discuss any issues with the TSC Radiological Coordinator. H. Check radiological equipment supplies for operability and inventories. I. Obtain resultant dose and radiological information and provide to the TSC Radiological Coordinator. J. Report readiness status to the 0S0 Manager when prepared to assume the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator position.2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activities 2.1 IF relieving another 050 Rad/Chem Coordinator THEN perform a formal turnover: A. Review the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator's EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Forms, or WebEOC.B. Obtain a briefing on the emergency, radiological conditions and any actions that have been completed or are in progress.C. Relieve current 0SC Rad/Chem Coordinator. D. Inform 050 Manager and staff that you are now the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator.

2.2 Inform

an OSC Coordinator and/or the 0SC Manager when temporarily leaving the work area.A. IFE you are leaving the OSC THEN: 1. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or 0S0 Manager when you leave, where you are going and when you expect to return.2. Inform an OSC Coordinator and/or OSC Manager when you return.B. Upon return, obtain a briefing on any events, which have occurred while away. A'IrACHMENT

9.5 RADICHEM

COORDINATOR Sheet 3 of 5 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (cont.) Notes 2.3 Use WebEOC or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Forms, to maintain a log of activities. A. Record the time you assume position of Rad/Chem Coordinator. B. Record time and details of sample requests.C. Record radiological/chemistry activities undertaken with information on tasks performed and pending actions to ensure tasks are completed. (You need not repeat information on team briefing forms)D. Record all communications outside the/Protected Area Fence.2.4 Assist 0S0 Manager in planning and preparing for any Radiological/Chemistry activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition.

2.5 Ensure

adequate staffing is available and assign personnel as required (e.g. communication with TSC).2.6 Deploy onsite radiation monitoring teams to survey radiation levels and sample for contamination.

2.7 Ensure

habitability of the 030 A. Ensure appropriate radiological controls are established for the 0S0 (e.g. frisking, air sampling) per site procedures. B. Ensure emergency ventilation filtration system is started per appropriate site procedures.

2.8 Ensure

requests for chemistry sampling contain specific details on the type of results information that is necessary (e.g. boron concentration, activity, etc.).2.9 Participate in team dispatch and field operations: A. Choose personnel who are best qualified to conduct assigned task(s).B. Use EP-5-ALL, Team Dispatching Form, to prepare and document team assignments. C. Ensure each team dispatched has a copy of the Team Dispatching Form.D. Prepare or have prepared RWP documentation. Review and approve the prepared form and then use or have it used. S*NUCLEAR NON-QUIAUTY RELATED E-P61RV E~nW1rg, MANAGEMENT MANUAL REFERENCE USE PAGE 27 OF 30 OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER (OSC) OPERATIONS ATTACHMENT

9.5 RADICHEM

COORDINATOR Sheet 4 of 5 Continuous ResponsibilitvlActivities (cont.) Notes E. Use the RWP to discuss dose limits, surveys to be performed, expected and maximum dose rates, and stay times. Advise team members to immediately contact or return to the OSC when dose rates or stay times approach the established limits.F. Determine the need for emergency exposure limits and KI issuance and communicate conditions to the OSC Manager and the TSC.G. Discuss dosimetry requirements. H. Discuss protective clothing and respiratory protection requirements. I. Discuss travel route requirements and if there are any releases in progress.J. Advise team members on monitoring and decontamination procedures following mission completion. K. Advise team how they will be notified of changing conditions or classifications. Direct radiological control personnel to read dosimetry for personnel whose exposure limits are approached. L. Participate in team briefings to ensure team members understand the assigned task and understand the hazard to be encountered. Briefings should be clear, concise, accurate and prompt.M. Participate in OSO team post job briefings, if needed.N. Maintain communication capability (i.e. phone, radio) and work with the Work Control Coordinator while the team is in the field to answer any questions that may arise concerning the task.0. Verify the Work Control Coordinator is tracking individual exposure data in WebEOC or on EP-4-ALL, Exposure Authorization Form.P. Coordinate with the OSC Manager for tasks involving injured personnel or search and rescue activities.(a) IF potentially contaminated or highly exposed personnel require offsite medical facility attention, THEN support transport with Operations and Security.Q. Frequently brief the OSC Manager on assigned task status.R. Coordinate with the EOF Administration and Logistics Coordinator to obtain equipment and materials not available onsite or through previously arranged agreements. Discuss with the Radiological Coordinator. A'IrACHMENT 9.5 RAD/CHEM COORDINATOR Sheet 5 of 5 Continuous Responsibility/Activities (cont.) Notes SS. Ensure adequate supplies of SCBA's/Respirators are maintained to support dispatched teams.2.10 IF there are contaminated injured personnel THEN perform the following: A. Provide radiological support for the assessment, treatment, and transportation of contaminated injured personn~el. B. Monitor patients for contamination and decontaminate as appropriate. C. Make arrangements to pick up Rad Protection personnel at the hospital.D. Follow proper procedures to retrieve radioactive waste from offsite treatment locations. E. Obtain concurrence from the Radiological Coordinator prior to releasing the hospital's Radiological Emergency Room or the ambulance, for uncontrolled use.3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 IF radiological conditions allow THEN direct Rad Protection Technicians: A. To return emergency equipment to proper storage areas and restock supplies as needed.B. Review radiological conditions in the plant and update postings as required.C. Review any open RWPs to ensure conditions have not changed which may affect their use.3.2 Provide all logs and records to the OSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT 9.6 OSC LOG KEEPER Sheet I of 2 OSC Log Keeper: Date: 1.0 Initial Responsibilitv/Activity

1.1 Initial

Orientation A. Upon arrival at the OSC: 1. Card in the accountability readers and/or sign in on EP-7-ALL, Facility Sign-In/Accountability Form.2. Sign in on the OSC staffing board 3. Obtain the 0SC Log Keeper Binder & ID Badge B. Review electronic displays, plant data, status boards and any other available information to become familiar with current plant conditions. C. Obtain a briefing from the OSC Manager: 1. Plant conditions

2. Equipment Status 3. Actions being taken (any repair/Operations personnel currently in the field)4. Team requirements for actions planned but not yet initiated.

1.2 Assume

the position of OSC Log Keeper A. Log on to WebEOC B. Report readiness to the OSC Manager when prepared to assume the 05C Log Keeper position, and assist in OSC staffing 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activities 2.1 IF relieving another OSC Log Keeper THEN perform a formal relief turnover: A. Review WebEOC logs and applicable Log Sheet Forms.B. Obtain a briefing on facility status C. Inform the OSC Manager and staff that you are now the 0S0 Log-Keeper Notes ATTACHMENT 9.6 OSC LOG KEEPER Sheet 2 of 2 Continuous ResponsibilitylActivities (cont'd) Notes 2.2 Inform the 050 Manager when temporarily leaving the area and upon return.2.3 Support the Security Coordinator with Accountability, if applicable

2.4 Support

the OSC in work activities needed during event e.g. log keeping, tracking personnel leaving 0SC, document/drawing retrieval.

2.5 Assist

with TSC activitiesas requested where the TSC is co-located with the 03G.2.6 Assist the 05C Manager in second shift scheduling A. Obtain shift turnover time from the 030 Manager.B. Assist the 05C Manager and Administration and Logistics Coordinator (EOF) with coordination of second shift coverage including contacting personnel to verify availability and informing them of turnover time.2.7 Use WebEOC, or if unavailable, EP-3-ALL, Log Sheet Forms, to maintain a log.A. Log when the OSC Manager assumed the duties of OSC Manager (and when the 0SC was declared operational, if not previously done)B. Log significant decisions and important details used to make decisions. C. Log significant communications with other ERO members and offsite officials.

2.8 Receive

status updates from the 030 Manager and if directed post updates on the appropriate electronic displays.3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity

3.1 Assist

0SC personnel to retum all equipment to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review

all documentation you maintained during the emergency. Ensure logs, forms and other documentation is complete.3.3 Provide all logs and records to the OSC Manager upon termination of the emergency. ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR5O.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 1 of 3 Procedure/Document Number: EN-EP-611 Revision: 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): I, This change issues fleet procedure EN-EP-61 1, Operations Support Center (TSC) Operations, Rev. 2 for use by the RBS emergency response organization. Part I1. Activity Previously Reviewed? E-IYES [] NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Alet ad NtiicaionSysemDesgn epotEvaluation is next part Aler an NotfictionSysem Dsig ReprtNOT required.Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: coplt Pr Justification: I] Bounding document attached (optional) Part II1. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-I100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION [] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. III One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.[] One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controllinq change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change L--YES []NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.J ustification: Enter justification and"No" is checked because there are changes in this revision that are 'not editorial, complete Part VI..P~art._V_. E~mergencyPann E ntl.F~uncn Scen Asoitd1CR504()langstdard function ........identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section I1?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis',(24/7 LII staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1].3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] []4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [12] [EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING Sheet 2 of 3 ProcedurelDocument Number: EN-EP-611I Revision: 2 Equipment/Facility/Other: River Bend Station Title: *Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations

5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] El 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] El 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4]1[8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of El the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.

[5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt [instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and El* Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5] _11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response [organizations. [6]12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] ____13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the El plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7] ___14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] 11111 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to. support emergency response. [8] .E 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] El 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] El 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] El 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are El available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including El those for hostile action events.[1 01]___21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established: [11] El 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] El 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] El 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program El_.areas) is established. [14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, .E maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed, via a formal critique process in order to identify w e........ a k n e s _se s .[ ................... .. .... .................. 14 ].. .. ........... ............. ............................. ... .. .... .., ,,......... ................. .... .. ....26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] El 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] El 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] El 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] El EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR5O.54(q) SCREENING3 of 3 ProcedureiDocument Number: E-N-EP.611 Revision: 2 Equipment/FacifltylOther: River Bend Station Title: Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations"APPL.ICABILiTY CONCLusIoN " 0] if no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NQT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.[] If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Entergy ERO responsibilities are outlined in EN-EP-80l, Emergency Response Organization. These responsibilities were added to EIP-2-016 rev. 26 as part of Implementation of the Fleet Standard ERG and ware previously evalutatd under a 10CFR50.54(qX(3) performed on 12/6/10. Entergy has since developed fleet procedure EN-EP-611, Operationis Support Center (OSC) Operations which includes those same ERO responsibilities. This procedure revision transitions to the new fleet procedure. EIP-2-O1 6 is being maintained by RBS to address site specific actions not contained in fleet procedure EN-EP-611. Existing RBS facilities and equipment are stifl being maintained and there are no changes to any intent in procedure actions.Summary:* No ERG positions have been added or deleted.* some ERO responsibilities in EIP-2-016 have been relocated to align with EN-EP-61 1.* The description, activation and operation of the OSC as described in the RBS Emergency Plan has not been changed.* .All site specific commitments continue to be met under the fleet procedure and the use of a site-specific procedure.

• This change does not alter the OSC structure, organization or location.The revision of the site OSC procedure (ElP-2-016}

and incorporating the use of fleet OSC procedure (ENoEP-61 1)*screens out. No further evaluation: Is required fo~r this revision.Part VI; Signatures: John Hurst * (Optional) Rjvlewer Name (Print) / Rvee iaua ae Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Data: Approver Name (Print) pprover SignaIureo Date: EP..manager or designee .. )-7 EN-EP-305 REV 3}}